Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Case Ih 5100 Maxxum WSM Vol1
Case Ih 5100 Maxxum WSM Vol1
uk Maxxum Tractors
Table of Contents
SECTION NO. FORM NO.
GENERAL
Sectional lndex 7-32752
Safety, General lnformation and Torque Specifications .................. .1001" B-86530
Specifications .................. ....1 002 7-30801
Specifications (for Tractors from PIN JJF1030000) ................ .......1002** 7-39640
ENGINE
Sectional Index 7-32762
Engine Removal and lnstallation................ ..................2002 7-30810
.............,.-,
Engine Specifications ............2401 8-26063
Cylinder Head and ValveTrain ................2415 8-26073
..........
Cylinder Block ...........242s 8-26084
LubricationSystem ..............2445 8-26093
Cooling System ..................24Ss &26103
Turbocharger.................. ....2465 8-26110
Analysis
Turbocharger Failure .................2565 9-78235
FUEL SYSTEM
Sectional lndex 7-38660
Fuel Tanks... .....3005 8-85032
Fuel System and Filters .......3410 8-26131
Fuel lnjection Pump (CAV) ...3411 8-9771 1
Fuel lnjection Pump and Drive Gear (Bosch)........ .......3412 8-261 43
Fuel lnjectors .....................9413 8-26152
ELECTRICAL
Sectional Index 7-32780
Electrical Troubleshooting and Schematics
JJFl015046).......
(lor Tractors Prior to PIN .........4001* 8-85042
Electrical Troubleshooting and Schematics
({or Tractors with PIN JJF1013658, JJF1013661 , JJF1013665,
JJFl013667, JJF]013669, JJFl 013771 , JJVAfi772,
JJF1013773, JJF1013981 and for Tractors from PtN JJ 1015046..............4001* 7-38440
Electrical Troubleshooting and Schematics
(for Tractors from PIN JJF1030000) .....,............. .4001** 7-39270
Starter Motor.......... ..............4003 7-41780
Battery Testing, Maintenance and Booster Battery Connections ..,..4004 8-8511 0
Alternator..... ..4009 7-41790
* Schematic Set
Sections (for Tractors prior to plN JJF10300OO)
** Schematic
Set Sections (for Tractors from plN JJF103O0O0)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk SECTION NO. FORM NO.
STEERING
Sectional lndex 7-32790
Steering Hand Pump (DANFOSS) ...........5001 8-8s1 30
Steering Hand Pump (EATON) ................5001 7-38770
Steering Cylinder 2WD............ ................5002 8-851 41
Front Axle 2WD ............ .......5003 8-851 60
MFD Steering Cylinder ........5004 B-851 51
TRANSMISSION
Sectional lndex i -JJ4J I
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk SECTION NO. FORM NO.
BRAKES
Sectional lndex 7-3281Q
Parking 8rake........... ............7001 8-85351
Controls.......
Brake Cylinders and ............7002 8-85340
HYDRAULICS
Sectional lndex 7-32820
Hydraulic Troubleshooting and Schematics
(for Tractors Prior toptNJJFl030000 ............._....8001* B-85383
Hydraulic Troubleshooting and Schematics
...................
(for Tractors from PIN JJF1030000) .8001** 7-3961 0
024468)
Hydraulic Pump (for Tractors Prior to PIN JJFl ..................8002 8-85401
..................
Hydraulic Pump(for Tractors from PIN JJF1024468) .....9002 7-37121
Charge/LubricationPump............................-.. ..............8003 8-8541 1
Sensor
Hydraulic Lift Cylinder and Position .........,.......9004 8-85420
Hitch Adjustments-....."...... ..BoOs 7-31 880
Remote Valves ....................9006 8-85431
Front Hitch... .....g007 8-85470
Shuttle Va1ve........... .............8009 8-88721
Hydraulic Housing andFilter..... ...............8009 B-85230
Draft SensingVa1ve........... ...8010 7-32100
Shuttle/PTO Valve.......... .....8011 7-39630
CHASSIS
Sectional lndex 7-32830
Pedal and Lever Adjustments .......... ........9001* 8-85493
Pedal and Lever Adjustments
(for Tractors from PIN JJF1030000) ................. .900l** 7-39440
Air Conditioning - Troubleshooting
(for Tractors prior to PINJJF1034500)....... ..................9002 B-85501
Air Conditioning - Troubleshooting
(for Tractors from PIN JJFl034500 with HFC-134a Refrigerant) ................9002 7-69030
Air Conditioning - Gauges and Testing
(for Trabtors prior to PINJJF1034500)....... .................9003 8-8551 1
* Schematic Set
Sections (for Tractors prior to PIN JJFI03OOO0)
** Schematic Set
Sections (for Tractors from plN JJFI O30OOO)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus
CHASSIS www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
(Continued)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Sectional lndex
T Torque Data
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
1001
Prinled in England
CASE CORPORATION June 1 989
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1001-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAFEry ' .... ..., ... .. '..... ' 3
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1001-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SAFETY
Put the warning tag shown below on the key for the
keyswitch when servicing or rcpairing the machine One
warning tag is supplied with each machine. Additional
tags Part Number 331-4614 are available {rom your
service parts supplier,
JlCd mT
\/i
^r.'<c..*-
hturb
,!-r. 5. S,rlncd by
u
-
Bm4
Don 8-86530
lssued 6-89 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1001-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1001-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
GENERAL INFORMATION
CLEANING GEARS
Clean all metal parts except bearings, in mineral spirits Check all gears for wear and damage. Replace gears
or by steam cleaning. Do not use caustic soda for that have wear or damage.
steam cleaning. After cleaning dry, and put oil on all
parts. Clean oil passages with compressed air. Ciean OIL SEALS, O-RINGS AND GASKETS
bearings in kerosene, dry the bearings completely and
put oil on the bearings. Always install new oil seals, o-rings and gaskets. Put
petroleum jelly on seals and o-rings.
INSPECTION
SHAFTS
Check all parts when the parts are disassernbled.
Replace all parts that have wear or damage. Small Check all shafts that have wear or damage. Check the
scoring or grooves can be removed with a hone or bearingandoil seal surfacesof theshaftsfordamage.
crocus cloth. Complete visual inspection for
indications of wear, pitting and the replacement oi parts
necessary will prevent early failures. SERVICE PARTS
NEEDLE BEARINGS Only use the oils and lubricants specified in the
Operator's or Service Manual. Failures due to the use
Before you press needle bearings in a bore always of non specified oils and lubricants are not covered by
remove any metal protrusions in the bore or edge of the warranty.
bore. Before you press bearings into position put
petroleum jelly on the inside and outside diameter of
the bearings.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1001-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STANDARD TOHQUE DATA FOR NUTS AND BOLTS
Where no special torque data is specified, the following torque figures should be applied. Threads should be lubricated
with engine oil or chassis grease.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1001-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
12 mm x l.5 26 J.E)
18 mm x 1.5 70 51 7.1
16 mm x 1.5 2A 14.5 2
18 mm x 1,5 3s 26 3.6
24mmx15 60 44 61
FLANGES
8 mm x.1 .5 ,a tt 2.9
10 mm x 1.5 55 41 5.6
12 mm x 1.75 90 67 9.2
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
1 002
SPECIFICATIONS
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL SPECI FICATIONS
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Capacities
Engine Oil Capacity (with Filter Change) .... ..,. 15 Litres 15.8 US Quarts
Engine Oil Capacity (wilhout Filter Change) . . . .. . 14.3 Litres 15.1 US Quarts
Cooling System (with Cab) .... . 20.8 Litres 22 US Quarts
..........
Cooling System (without Cab) 18.9 Litres 20 US Quarts
System
Transmission/Hydraulic .. 76 Litres 80.3 US Quarts
MFD Axle - Differential 6.5 Litres 6.8 US Ouarts
MFD Axle - Planetaries 0.9 Litres 0.9 US Quarts
Fuel Tank - Standard 130 Litres 137 US Quarts
Fuel Tank - Optional 170 Litres 180 US Quarts
Batteries
Number ol Batteries Required
Voltage of the Battery 12 Volts
Reserve Capacity 170 minutes
Cold Cranking Capacity (SAE) at - '18"C (0.4'F) 700 Amperes
Starter Motor
....
Current Draw ,,,. 170 Amperes maximum
Armature Speed ... ...... 8000 rpm minimum
Brush Length ..,,. 8.55 mm minimum 0,336 inch minimum
Armature Runout 0.03 mm maximum 0,001 inch maximum
Commutator Diameter 42,5 mm minimum 1,67 inch minimum
Armature End Play 0.10 to 0.30 mm 0.004 to 0.012 inch
Alternator
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1 002-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Steeri ng Specifications
Front Axle - 2WD
Toe-in Adjustment ...,..,... ..... 2 to B mm 0.79 to 0.314 inch
Front Axle - MFD
Toe-in Adjustment .......,.. ..... 0 to 2 mm 0 to 0.79 inch
Model
Rated Flow
2WD ......., ........ 101/min 2.6 US/gpm
MFD .. ........ .. ..... 16 l/min 4.2 US/gpm
Rotor - Stator Wear Limit . ... . .. 0.127 mm 0.005 inch
Rotor - Stator Thickness Ditference . ...........,... 0.051 mm 0.002 inch
Rear Axles
Axle Shaft Bearing Pre-load 3.4 to 5.7 Nm 30 to 50 lb inch
MFD Axle
Torque
Pinion Shaft Rotating 1.7 to 2.2 Nm 15 to 20 lb in
Crown wheel Backlash 0.15 to 0.25 mm 0.006 to 0.010 inch
Float
Swivel Pin Bearing End 01 to 0.2 mm 0.003 to 0.008 inch
Pianetary and Wheel Hub Lubricant ............... . SAE 85W140 Gear Lubricant
Planetary and Wheel Hub Capacity .............. 1 Litre 1.05 US Quart
Swivei Housing End Play . 0 to 0.1 mm 0 to 0.003 inch
Pinion Bearing Pre-load ...92 to 137 N 20.71o 30.8 lb
Prnion Bearing/Differential Bearing Total Pre-load ...92 to 137 N + 31 to 47 N 20.71o 30.8 lb + 7to 10.5 lb
Bevel Gear Babklash 0.17 to 0.24 mm 0.007 to 0.009 inch
Lubricants
Planetary and Wheel Hub
Type Case SAW B5W-140 EP Gear Oil (MS 1316)
Capacity 1 Litre per Hub 1.05 US Quarts
Axle
TyPe...
Capacity ... 6 Litres 6.3 US Quarts
Grease Case 251 H EP or equivalent Multi-Purpose Lithium Grease
MFD CIutch
MFD Clutch Friction Plate Thickness .. ..,......... .,.2.45 to 2.60 mm 0.096 to 0.'102 inch
MFD Clutch Separator Plate Thickness .......,.....,, 2.16 to 2.3.1 mm
.11.00
0.085 to 0.090 inch
Height
Belleville Washer Free mm 0.433 inch
MFD Clutch Assembly End Play ..................1.00 mm 0.039 inch
MFD Bearing Housing End Play 0.025 to 0.102 mm 0.001 to 0.004 inch
MFD ldler Gear End Play ........... 0.025 to 0.102 mm 0,001 to 0.004 inch
Don 7-30801 lssued 10-91 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1002-4
powrquadplus
Range www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Transmission
lntermediate shaft End Play . .. .... 0.025 to 0..102 mm 0.001 to 0.004 inch
.
Shuttle Shaft End Play .......... .... 0.025 to 0'102 mm 0.001 to 0.004 inch
Friction Plate Minimum Thickness 2.40 mm 0.094 inch
Separator Plate Minimum Thickness ..,....... 2.10 mm 0.082 inch
Powershift Transmission
Friction Plate Thickness ........,,..,.. . Z 43 lo 2.60 mm 0.96 to 0.102 inch
Steel Separator PlateThickness .... 2.11 to 2.31 mm 0.083 to 0.091 inch
lnput Shaft Diameter 44.99 to 45.00 mm 1 .7721o 1.773 inch
1st Gear lnside Diameter ........,..... 50.009 to 50,02 mm 1 .968 to 1.970 inch
3rd Gear lnside Diameter ......,...,.... 50.009 to 50.025 mm 1.968 to 1.971 inch
Dropshaft Diameter (2nd Gear) 44 389 to 44,404 mm 1 748 to 1.749 inch
Dropshaft Diameter (4th Gear) 39 985 to 40.000 mm
.1.594
to 1 .574 inch
2nd Gear lnside Diameter 57.117 to 57 137 mm 2.2481o 2.249 inch
4th Gear lnside Diameter . ... ..,. . 45 009 to 45.025 mm 1.772 to 1 .773 inch
Parking Brake
Friction Plate Thickness .....,..,...,.. .. 6.25 to 6.40 mm 0.246 to 0.251 inch
Backing Plate Thickness ....,..,.,..... 2-16 to 2 31 mm 0.085 to 0.090 inch
Differential Lock Pressure (engaged) 17.9 to 20.0 bar 260 to 290 psi
Differential Lock Pressure (disengaged) . 17.9 to 20.0 bar 260 to 290 psi
PFC Hydraulic Pump Maximum Pressure 190 bar +- 3.4 bar 2755 t 50 psi
PTO Pressure (engaged) 17.9 to 20.0 bar 260 to 290 psi
PTO Pressure (disengaged) 17I to 20.0 bar 260 to 290 psi
Powershift Prcssure 17 I to 20.0 bar 260 to 290 psi
NOTE: The dilferences between pressure readings for each gear must be no more than 0.7 bar (10 psi)
Don 7 30801 lssued 10-91 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1 002-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Regulated Pressure P.1 17.9 to 20.0 bar 260 to 290 psi
Steering pressure (maximum) 172 1 3.4 bat 2495 -t- 50 psi
NOTE: The steering cylinder pressure could be up to 6.9 bar (100 psi) more than the steering maximum pressure.
Lift Arm
Rockshaft Bearing Diameter - Large End .. 69.825 to69.774 mm 2.7491o 2.747 inch
Rockshaft Bearing Diameter - Small End .. 60/300 to60.249 mm 2.3741o 2.372 inch
Rockshaft Eearing Bushing - Large End 70.0104 to 70.002 mm 2.76 to 2.756 inch
Rockshaft Bearing Bushlng - Small End . 60.566 to60.465 mm 2 384 lo 2.38 inch
Cylinder Bore Diameter 105.0 to 105.07 mm 4.13 to 4.136 inch
Remote Valves
Remove Valve Type Double acting Single acting for front hitch
Maximum Number of Remote Valves 4
Remove Valve Systcm Oil Pressure 190 bar 2755 psi
Maximum Oil Flow to Remote Valves .. . ... . 57 l/min 15 US/gpm
Spool Centering Spring Free Length ...... . 60.05 mm 2.364 inch
Flow Control Outer Spring Free Length (Single acting) 54.33 mm 2.138 inch
Flow Control lnner Spring Free Length (Single acting) 67.71 mm 2.665 inch
SINGLE REMOfE CIRCUIT PR|ORITY VALVE: Port load check valve on raise circuit. Break-away couplers
DUAL, TRIPLE AND QUAD remote valve circuits. Priority on first remote. Port load check valves on raise or lowcr
circuits Break-away couplers.
TRACTORS WITH FRONT HITCH. Priority on first remote. Single acting remote valve. Port load check valve on lower
circuit.
Shuttle Valve
Circuit Pressur-e
Forward Circuit Pressure ...,,,..,.,... 17.9 to 20.0 bar 260 to 290 psi
Reverse Circuit Pressure ..,.....,..,.. 7.9 to 20.0 bar
"1
260 to 290 psi
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
'r002-6
powrquadplus
lnching www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Spool Cap/Plug Spring
Frce Length ,. 19,3 mm 0.76 inch
Outside Diameter 6.73 mm 0.265 inch
Compressor
Type .... .. .. 5 Horizontal Pistons Operating on a Cam Plate
Compressor Lubrication
Typc .. .. Positive Pressure
Lubricant Suniso 5GS, Tcxaco Capella WFl00, or Shell Clavus I29
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1002-7
Alternator
Alternator Mounting Bolts 24 Nm 18rbft
Pulley Retaining Nuts ,., 68 Nm s0 lbft
Transmission
Engine to Transmission Mounting Bolts
(16 mm) 335 to 375 Nm 247 lo 277 lb tI
.151
(12 mm).. .... 134 to Nm 99 to 1'11 lb ft
Speed lnput Shalt and Dropshaft Bearing Covers
Without Shims to Seat Bearings ......,.,........ I Nm 80 lb in
Without Shims to Measure Shim Cap ... ... 2 8 Nm 25 lb in
With Shims when installcd .... .... ..... 40 to 46 Nm 29 to 34 lb ft
Dropshaft Retaining Bolt ..... . .. . 101 to 113 Nm 75 to 83 lb ft
Front Bearing Carrier Plate Retaining Bolts ... '..' 70 to 79 Nm 52to58 lbft
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1 002-8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Creep
Dropshaft Gear Retaining Bolt .. ..... '101 to 103 Nm 75to76lbft
MFD Clutch
MFD Clutch Mounting Bolts 265 Nm 195 lb ft
Pinion Shaft Bolt ...
... .. 265 Nm 195 lb ft
Hydraulic PTO
PTO Housing Retaining Bolts .. ... . . 195 to 250 Nm 144 to 185 lb ft
Lower Link Sensing Bar Retaining Bolts ....... 610 to 730 Nm 450 to 539 lb ft
Oil Baffle Plate Retaining Bolts .. ... 37 to 43 Nm 27 lo 32lb ft
PTO Valve Betaining Bolts ,...,..,.. . . 73 to 87 Nm 54 to 64 lb ft
PTO Clutch Hub Retaining Bolts . "10'l to '113 Nm 75 to 83 lb ft
Output Shaft Cover Retaining Bolts 73 to 87 Nm 54to64 lbft
Clutch Hub Seal Carrier Retaining Bolts .. ,.... . 37 to 43 Nm 27 to 32lb ft
Parking Brake
Parking Brake Housing Mounting Bolts
l2 mm 125 to 150 Nm 92 to 1.10lb ft
16 mm 310 to 380 Nm 2291o 2B0lb ft
Bellcrank Pivot Bolts 270 lo 3'10 Nm 199 to 229 lb ft
Hydraulics
Hydraulic Pump Mounting Bolts 134 to 15'l Nm 99 to 111 lb ft
Compensator - Draft Control Valve Retaining Screw 50 Nm 37 lb ft
Solenoid Valve Installation Torque 15 to 25 Nm 11 to 18 lb ft
Draft Control Valve Port Housing Screws 62 Nm 46 lb fr
Draft Control Valve Side Housing Screws 24lb ft.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1002-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Shuttle Valve
Forward Solenoid Valve.......,. ..,.,..... 15 to 25 Nm 11to18lbft
,,,.,...,,
Reverse $olenoid Valve .,'.".,.. 15 to 25 Nm 11to18lbft
,,,.,.....
Differential Solenoid Valve ,...,. 10 to 20 Nm 7to15 lbft
.,,.,.
Modulation Solenoid Valve ,., .".' 10 to 20 Nm 7to15 lbft
Screws
Shuttle Valve Mounting ........ 73 to 87 Nm 54to64lbft
..,........
Modulation Plug 47 to 54 Nm 35to40lbft
Plug
lnching Spool ."... 70 to 80 Nm 52to59lbft
Plug
$equencing Spool 34 to 41 Nm 25to30lbft
Pressure Switch ,.,...,.. 0.8 to 1.0 Nm Tto9lbins
\ir Conditioning
Compressor Cylinder Head Bolts .........30 to 34 Nm 22lo 25lb tL
Compressor Rotor Shaft Nut ............. ..' 34 to 41 Nm 25to30lbft
oon 7-30801
lssued 1G91 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
1002
SPECIFICATIONS
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
GEN ERAL SPECI FICATIONS
SPECIAL TORQUES
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1 002-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Alternator
Manufacturer Bosch
Output (Part No 4187623) at 6000 rpm 14 Volts at 95 Amperes
Output (Part No A187873) at 6000 rpm 14 Volts at 65 Amperes
Resistance of Rotor Winding (A187623) 3.0 Ohms -+ 0.3 Ohms
Resistance of Rotor Winding (A187873) 2.8 Ohms r- 0.2 Ohms
Resistance of Stator Winding (A187623) ..... 0.055 Ohms t 0.005 Ohms
Resistance of Stator Winding (A187873) 0.1 Ohms -r0.0'1 Ohms
Brush Length Wear Limit 14 mm 0.55 inch
Maximum Rotor Shaft Run-out 0.051 mm 0.002 inch
Steering Specifications
Front Axle - MFD
Toe-in Adjustment ,., .. ... .......0 to 2 mm 0 to 0.79 inch
MFD Axle
Pinion Shaft Rotating Torque 17to2.2Nm 15 to 20 lb in
Crown wheel Backlash 0.15 to 0.25 mm 0.006 to 0.010 inch
Swivel Pin Bearing End Float 0.1 to 0.2 mm 0.004 to 0.008 inch
Planetary and Wheel Hub Lubricant . .. ........... ...... Case SAE 85W140 Gear Lubricant
Planetary and Wheel Hub Capacity ... . ..... ... 1 Litre 0'26 US Gal
...
Swivel Housing End Play ........ 0 to 0.1 mm 0 to 0.004 inch
Pinion Bearing Pre-load ..... 92 to 137 N 20.7 lo 30.8 lbi
PinionBearing/Differential BearingTotal Pre-load....92to137N r 31 to47N 20.7to30.8|bf +7to'l0.5lbf
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1002-4
powrquadplus
MFD Clutch www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
MFD Clutch Friction plate Thickness .2.451o 2.60 mm 0.096 to 0.102 inch
MFD Clutch Separator plate Thickness 216to231 mm 0.085 to 0 091 inch
Belleville Washer Free Height .. 11.00 mm 0.433 inch
MFD Clutch Assembly End play 1.00 mm 0 039 inch
MFD Bearing Housing End play .0.025 to 0 102 mm 0.001 to 0.004 inch
MFD ldler Gear End play . 0.025 to 0 '102 mm 0.001 to 0.004 inch
Bange Transmission
lntermediate Shaft End play
. . .0025to0102mm 0.001 to 0.004 inch
Shuttle Shait End Ptay ... . . . 0 025 to 0 102 mm 0.001 to 0.004 inch
Friction Plate Minimum Thickness .. 2.40 mm 0.094 inch
Separator Plate Minimum Thickness 2.10 mm 0.082 inch
Powershift Transmission
Friction Plate Thickness 2.45 lo 2.60 mm 0.96 to 0.102 inch
Steel Separator Plate Thickness 2.11 lo 2 31 mm 0.083 to 0.091 inch
Differential and Differential Lock
Ring Gear and Pinion Backlash 0.15 to 0.30 mm 0.0059 to 0.011 inch
Friction Plate .. .. .. . .. 1.98 to 2.13 mm 0.078 to 0.084 inch
Separator Plate .... . . 1.05 to 1 18 mm 0.04.1 to 0.046
.
inch
Piston Return Plate 4.11 to 4.23 mm 0.162 to 0.167 inch
Rear Axles
Axle Shaft Bearing Pre-load 3,4 to 5.7 Nm 30 to 50 lb inch
Parking Brake
Frictron Plate Thickncss 6.25 to 6 40 mm 0.246 to 0.252 inch
Backing Plate Thickness .2.16 to 2 31 mm 0.085 to 0.091 inch
Lubricants
Transmission Oil .
Case HY-TRAN PLUS@ (rVS t2O7)
Transmission Oil with Additivo
(Use for the first 1000 hours after installation of new brake friction platcs) . Case HY-TRAN PLUS@ (MSl223)
Don 7-39640
lssued 1-94 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
.1002-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Hyd rau lic Specifications
Remote Flow (minimum) at 34 5 bar (500 psi) 60 l/min 15.9 US gal/min
Remote Flow (minimum) at 13.8 bar (200 psi) 57 l/min 15.1 US gallmin
Forward and Reverse Lubrication Pressure at 900 rpm . 0.3 to 0.8 bar 5 to 12 Psi
Forward and Reverse Lubrication Pressure aI 2200 rpm ........ . 1.0 to 1.7 bar 15 to 25 psi
Foruvard and Reverse Pressure 19.3 to 21 .4 bar 280 to 310 Psi
PFC Hydraulic Pump Maximum Pressure 186.6 to 193.4 bar 2700 to 2805 Psi
PTO Pressure (engaged) 19.3 to 21.4bar 280 to 310 Psi
PTO Pressure (disengaged) 19 3 to 21 .4 bar 280 lo 310 Psi
Powcrshilt Prcssure 19 3 to 21 .4 bar 280 to 310 Psi
NOTE: The difference beNveen pressure. readings for each gear must not be more than 0.7 bar (10 psi).
Lift Arm
Rockshaft Bearing Diameter - Large End . .. ...... 69.825 to 69 774 mm 2.7491o 2.747 incn
Rockshaft Bearing Diameter - Small End . .. ..... 60.300 to 60.249 mm 2.374 to 2.372 inch
Rockshaft Bearing Bushing - Large End ..
. .. 70104 to 70.002 mm 2.760 to 2 756 inch
Rockshaft Bearing Bushing - Small End .... .... 60.566 to 60.465 mm 2.384 to 2 381 inch
Cylinder Bore Diameter ..... .. . .... 105 0 to 105.07 mm 4.134 to 4 137 inch
Remote Valves
Type ... ....... Single Acting for Front Hitch
Maximum Number of Remote Valves 4
SINGLE HEMOTE CIRCUIT PRIORITY VALVE: Port load check valve on raise circuit. Break-away couplers,
DUAL, TRtpLE AND QUAD REMOTE VALVE CIRCUITS: priority on first remote port load checkvalves on raise or lower
circuits. break-away couplcrs.
TRACTORS WITH FRONT HITCH: Priority on first remote . single acting remote valve. Port load check valve on lower
circuit.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1002-6
powrquadplus
Shuttle/PTO www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Valve
Circuit Pressure
Fonrrard Crrcuit pressure (5-l50) 19 3 to 21 .4 bar 280 to 310 psi
Reverse Circuit Pressure (5i50) 19 3 lo 21 .4 bar 280 to 310 psi
Modulation Spring (Outer)
Free Length 107.34 mm 4 23 inch
outside Diameter 20 09 to 20 35 mm 0.791 to 0 801 inch
Test Length . ,. 88 60 mm 3.49 inch
Tcst Load .
37 23 to 45.51 N 8.83 to 10.23 lbf
Modulation Spring (lnncr)
Free Length 78,36 mm 3.09 inch
Outside Diamcter i3.05 to i3.31 mm 0.504 to 0 524 inch
Test Length ... 39 5 mm 1.56 inch
Test Load 96.08 to ti7.4z N 21.6 to 26,4lbf
lnching Spool Return Spring
Free Length 91.73 mm 3.61 inch
Outside Diameter 20.44 lo 20.70 mm 0.805 to 0.815 inch
Test Length 26.67 mm 1.05 inch
Test Load ..4003to4893N 9.0 to 11 .0 lbf
PTO Spool Return Spring
Free Length j00.44 mm 3.95 inch
Outsidc Diameter 21 97 lo 22.23 mm 0.865 to 0.875 inch
Tcst Length . 26.67 mm 1 05 inch
Test Load io4.o8 to tzt.2p N 23 85 to 29.15 lbf
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1002-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Air Conditioning Specifications
Refrigerant
Type R-'12, to Case Specification 86
Boiling Point at Atmosphere Pressure . -30'c -22'F
System Capacity 2.13 kg 4.69 lb
Compressor
Type 5 Horizontal Pistons Operating on a Cam Plate
Manufacturer SANDEN (Sankyo)
Model . . .. SD 508 HD
.. 35 mm 1 38 inch
Stroke 28.6 mm 1 .13 inch
Compressor Lubrication
Type Positive Pressure
Lubricant ., ... Suniso SGS, Texaco Capella WF100' or Shell Clavus 129
System Lubrication
Lubricant See Compressor Lubricant
Capacities (Add to Compressor)
Receiver - Drier 296ml lfloz
Condenser ........ 592m| 2floz
a(la-
Evaporator ...,... 592m|
Hoses (Total) ... 296ml llloz
High Pressure Switch
Location Discharge Hose from Compressor
Operation Closed by Excessive Pressure
Cut-Out Pressure . ....... 25 1 to 26.4 bar 365 to 385 psi
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1 002-B
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIAL TORQUES
Starter Motor
Drive Housing Nuts 4.5 to 6.0 Nm 3to4lbft
Starter Motor Mounting Bolts 43 Nm 32lb It
Altcrnalor
Aiternator Mounting Bolts . 24 Nm 18 tb ft
Pulley Betaining Nuts 68 Nm 50 lb ft
Transmission
Engine to Transmission Mounting Bolts
(16 mm) 220 lo 250 Nm 162 to 1B4 lb ft
(12 mm) 134 to 151 Nm 99to 111 lbft
Speed lnput Shaft and Dropshaft Bearing Covers
Without Shims to Seat Bearings . . ..... ... ., . . ...9Nm 80 lb in
Without Shims to Measure Shim Gap 2.8 Nm 25 lb ln
With Shims when installed . . 40 to 46 Nm 29 to 34 lb ft
Dropshaft Rctaining Bolt 101 to 113 Nm 75 to 83 lb ft
Front Bcaring Carrier Platc Rctaining Boits . 70la 79 Nm 52to58lbft
Rear Whecl Retaining Nuts , .. .. 450 to 500 Nm 332 to 369 lb ft
Creep
Dropshafl Gcar Retaining Bolt 130 Nm 96tbft
MFD Drive Shaft
Drive shaft Retaining Bolts 39 to 44 Nm 29 to 32 lb ft
MFD Clutch
MFD Crutch Mounting Bolts . 265 Nm 19s lb ft
Pinion Shaft Bolt 265 Nm 195 tb ft
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Hydraulic PTO
PTO Housing Retaining Bolts .. 195 to 250 Nm 144 to 185 lb ft
Lower Link Sensing Bar Retaining Bolts 610 to 730 Nm 450 to 539 lb ft
Oil Baffle Plate Retaining Bolts . ........ 37 to 43 Nm 27 to 32lb fl
PTO Valve Retaining Bolts . ..,...... .. ..73 to 87 Nm 54 to 64 lb ft
powrquadplus
PTOwww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Clutch Hub Retaining Bolts 101 to 113 Nm 75 to 83 Ib ft
Output Shaft Cover Retaining Bolts . .. .. 73 to 87 Nm 54 to 64 lb ft
Clutch Hub Seal Carrier Retaining Bolts ... 37 to 43 Nm 27 to 32lb fI
Parking Brake
Parking Brake Housing Mounting Bolts
12 mm 125 to 150 Nm 92lo 110 lb ft
16 mm 310 to 380 Nm 229 lo 280 lb ft
Bellcrank Pivot Bolts 270 lo 310 Nm 199 to 229 lb ft
Hydraulics
Hydraulic Pump Mounting Bolts 134 to 1 51 Nm 99 to 111 lb ft
Compensator - Draft Control Valve Retaining Screw 50 Nm 37 lbft
Torque
Solenoid Valve lnstallation . . .... 15 to 25 Nm 11 to 18 lb ft
Draft Control Valve Port Housing Screws 62 Nm 46 lb ft
Draft Control Valve Side Housing Screws . .. ...32 Nm 24lb ft
Remote Valve Retaining Nuts
12 mm 61 to 69 Nm 45 to 51 lb ft
10 mm 35 to 40 Nm 26 to 30 lb ft
Load Check Valve Body 34 to 41 Nm 25to30lbft
Load Check Valve End Cap . .. .34 to 41 Nm 25 to 30 lb ft
Load Check Poppet Spring Retainer 4to5Nm 3to4lbft
Flow Control Spindle Housing Plug ... .. . 41 to 47 Nm 30 to 35 lb ft
Flow Control Spindle Rotaling Torque 0.9 to 1.1 Nm 8 to 10 lb ins
Check Valve Body . ..... 16 to'19 Nm 12 to 14 lb ft
Check Valve Plug .. ... . .. .. 4 to 4.5 Nm 3 to 3.5 lb ft
Lever Kickout Adjusting PIug Locking Nut ...... 36 to 42 Nm 27 to 31 lb ft
Main Spool Detent Stud . . . .... 12 to 16 Nm 9to12lbft
Detcnt Housing Retaining Scrcws .. .... .. 5 to 7 Nm 4to5lbft
Drop Rate Screw Locknut 15 Nm 11 lbft
Charge/Lubrication Pump Mounting Bolts ...... . .. ... 134 to151 Nm 99 to 112|b ft
Screws
Shuttle/PTo Valve Fletaining . . 73 to 87 Nm 54 to 64 lb ft
..,,
Forward Solenoid Valve ...... 12 to 18 Nm 9to13lbft
Reverse Solenoid Va1ve.,.....,.... 12 to 18 Nm 9 to'l3 lb ft
Va1ve.........
Differential Lock Solenoid .....12 to 18 Nm 9to13lbft
PTO/lnching Spool End Cap Betaining Screws ..... .....10 to 12 Nm Tto9lbft
PTO Spool End Plug ....... ...47 to 54 Nm 35to40 lbft
..........
lnching Spool End Plug .. ..............47 to 54 Nm 35to40 lbft
PTO Piston Detent End Plug ........ ...........34 to 41 Nm 25 to 30 lb ft
Forward/Fleverse Spool End Plug ,,.........34 to 4'1 Nm 25to30 lbft
..
Modulator Piston End P1u9.......... .........47 to 54 Nm 35 to 40 Ib ft
Modulator Spool End P1u9........... . .....34 to 41 Nm 25 to 30 lb ft
Fonrrard Pressure TestFitting 8 to 14 Nm 6to10lbft
7116-20 Blanking Plugs.. .... 8 to 14 Nm 6to10lbft
9/16-18 Blanking Plugs. .....20 to 27 Nm 15 to 20 lb ft
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
'1002-10
Airpowrquadplus
Conditioningwww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Compressor Cylinder Head Bolts . . 30 to 34 Nm 22lo 25 lb ft
Compressor Rotor Shaft Nut .....,..,.... 34 to 4l Nm 25 to 30 lb ft
10 to 15 lb ft
Tubre and Hose Fittings (1/d inch fittings without o,rings)
Steel to Steel ... 16 to 20 Nm 12 to 15 lb ft
.
Don 7-39640
lssued '1-94 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk Sectional lndex
2 ENGINE SECTION NO.
B Bearings.....,. 2425
Belt Tensioner
Balancer 2447
Camshaft 2425
Cooling System (Engine)
Cleaning and Maintenance ............ 2455
By)
Crankshaft Pres sure Check (Blow .....................2425
Crankshaft ..... 2425
Cylinder Block
Cylinder Head 2415
Copyright @ 1992
CASE CORPORATION Don 7-32762 Printed in England
August 1992
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Section
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
2002
ENGINE REMOVAL
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2002-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS
Air Conditioning Compressor Drive Belt Tension
New Belt ......... 422 to 516 N 95 to 115 lb
Used Belt ......., 400 to 489 N 90to110lb
SPECIAL TORQUES
Side Rail Bolts ........... ....... 134 to 151 Nm 99to111|bft
Engine to Frame Mounting Bolts .......,... 335 to 375 Nm 247 to 277 lb ft
SPECIAL TOOLS
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2002-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
ENGINE HEMOVAL
STEP 2
h'W"+;
the exhaust
Don 7-30810
lssued 1-90 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2QQ2-5
powrquadplus
STEPwww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
3
Loosen the clamp and remove the air inlet tube from the
machine.
STEP 6
#l .',-
ro,tffit
ing the rear hood bracket.
Remove the rear hood bracket from the engine
STEP 4
W
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2002-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
@o@@
STEP 7 STEP 8
oo
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2002-7
STEP I (Con't)
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 12
STEP 9
STEP 13
STEP 1O
STEP 14
STEP 11
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2002-8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 15
Loosen the clamP and nisconnect the alternator electrical leads, terminals
D + and W, and move the electrical harness forward
clear out of the way.
STEP 1B
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2002-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 19 STEP 21
lnstall a sling to the engine lifting eyes and connect to a Remove the side rail bolts (both sldes).
suitable hoist.
NOTE : For Engine lnstallation, tighten the side rail bolts
STEP 20 to a torque of 134 to 151 Nm (99 to 111 lb ft).
ry1fFiffiffifr$4$Yr'"'
STEP 22
..DOr710
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
2401
SPECIFICATION DETAILS
IMPORTANT: This engine was made using the metric measurement system. Nl
measurements and checks must be made with metric tools to make sure of an
accurate reading when inspecting parts.
CASE CORPORATION
Copyright O 1992 ,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2401-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
RUN-IN INSTRUCTIONS,,
IDENTIFICATION MARKS
Crankshafl
Piston Pin..... .
o
Piston Rings,..,..,
t)
Cylinder Head
Lifters ., , . , .. .,. ,
. ... ..7
Connecting Rod .. . .
8
Crankshatt
..9
Camshaft
....9
Turbocharger..,., .,,,..,,.,,. .. . ,.
Gear Train.,.,
10
Rocker Arm Assembly.. . .. . .... .. ..
lntake Valve
10
Exhaust Valve ....,..,,.,
11
Valve Springs
. .11
Valve Seat lnstallation Dimensions
12-14
SPECIALTORQUES.. ..
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2401-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
RUN-IN INSTRUCTIONS
Engine Lubrication
Fill the 6-590 engine crankcase with CC/SF CD/SF, CE/SF or CF-4 service classification oil. Use the correct viscosity
rating for the ambient air temperature. lnstall new oil filters after the engine is rebuilt.
Fill the 6T590 and the 6T4 590 engine crankcase with CE/SF or CF-4 service classification oil. Use the correct viscosity
rating for the ambient air temperature. lnstall new oil filters after the engine is rebuilt.
Step 2 Remove the air from the cooling system at the temperature sending unit.
Step 3 Run the engine at 1000 HPM minimum load for 5 minutes and check for oil leaks.
Step 4 During the Run-ln, continue to chcck the oil pressure, coolant level, and coolant temperature.
During the Run-ln, continue to check the oil pressure, coolant level and coolant temperature.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
IDENTIFICATION MARKS
Crankshaft
Letter N : Nitroc Hardened, crankshaft must be rehardened to a minimum hardness of 450 HV 0.2 rockwell any time
the crankshaft has been reconditioned.
powrquadplus
Cylinder Block www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Letter X : The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0.25 mm has been removed. Use a thicker head gasket (two
notches).
Lelter XX = The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0.50 mm has been removed. Use a thicker head gasket
(three notches)
Cylinder Head
Lettcr G - Thermostat passagc in cylindcr did not need to be machined.
Lettcr M : Thermostat passage in cylinder head was machined.
Letter V = Valve seats have been machined.
Lettcr X : The cylinders in the cylinder block have been bored oversize. Use this gasket for standard replacement and
oversize cylinder holes (one notch).
Lctter XX '= The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0.25 mm has been removed use a thicker head gasket (two
notches).
Lettcr XXX = The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0.50 mm has been removed. Use a thicker head gasket
(three notches).
Numbers = RH rear corner of cylinder head indicates the amount of material removed from the cylinder head.
0 5 mm Oversize Piston
Machine Cylinder Bore to ..................102.40 to 102.44 mm
Hone to (Finished Diameter) .. ..........102.50 to 102.54 mm
'l 00 mm Oversize Piston
Machine Cylinder Bore to ................102.90 to 102.94 mm
Hone to (Finished Diameter) .............103.00 to 103.04 mm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2401-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Service Cylinder Sleeve
Piston
'_yyu. ...... Cam Ground
Piston Pin
i9.997 to 40 003 mm
Minimum Service Limil 39.990 mm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2401-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Piston Rings
No. 1 Compression 6T-590 and 6T4-590 Engine,. .,,.. . Key Stone Type (Barrel Face)
EndGapin10202lD........... ...............0.41o0.70mm
No, 1 Compression 6-590 Engine Rectangular Type (Barrel Face)
End Gap in 102.02ID ..... . . . 0 25 to 0,55 mm
Maximum Service Limit 0.806 mm
Cylinder Head
Warpage (Maximum) .. 0'20 mm
Maximum Material Removal 100mm
Minimum Head Height.. ... 93 75 mm
Engines Manufactured in U SA :
Lifters
Material ..... . Hardened lron
OD of Llfter 15.961 to 15 977 mm
Minimum Service Limit.. . .. .. i5 960 mm
Bore Diameter in Block .. .. . '16.000 to 16.030 mm
Maximum Service Limit 16 055 mm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2401-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Cylinder Block
Connecting Rod
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2401-8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Crankshaft
Type
... Hardened Steel, Balanced
Main Bearing Liners
..,., Replaceable
End Clearance, Center Main Bearing Cap .. .. ..
0.13 to 0.25 mm
Center Main Bearing Thrust Surface Thjckness.
2.50 mm
Connecting Rod Journal
OD Standard
68.987 to 69.013 mm
Maximum Service Limit
68 962 mm
0.25 mm OD Undersize, Grind to
.68 737 to 68 763 mm
Maximum Service Limit,
68 712 mm
0,50 mm OD Undersize, Grind to
..68 487 to 68.513 mm
Maximum Service Limit.. .. . .. .
68.462 mm
0 75 mm OD Undersize, Grind to
...68237 to 68.263 mm
Maximum Service Limit.
68.212 mm
1 00 mm OD Undersize, Grind to
...........67.987 to 68.013 mm
Maximum Service Limit
.. .. 67.962 mm
Connecting Rod Journai Maximum Taper
. . .....0.013 mm
Journals Out of Round Maximum
0.050 mm
Undersize Main Bearing Liners For Service .
. . ....0.25,0.50, 0 75 and '1,00 mm
Main Bearing Oil Clearance
. .. 0.041 to 0..119 mm
Maximum Service Limit
O i40 mm
Main Bearing Journai
OD Standard
82.987 to 83.013 mm
Maximum Scrvicc Limit .
. 82 962 mm
0 25 mm OD Undersize, Grind to
.......82.737 to 82,763 mm
Maximum Service Limit
...82.712 mm
0,50 mm OD Undersize, Grind to .. . ..,. .. .. 82,487 to 82.513 mm
Maximum Service Limit.
82.462 mm
0.75 mm OD Undersize, Grind to.
...82237 to 82.263 mm
Maximum Service Limit.. .. .. . ..
82.212 mm
1.00 mm OD Undersize, Grind to.
.81 987 to 82.013 mm
Maximum Service Limit... . .. .
81.962 mm
Main Bearing Journal Bore lD No Liners....
982 to BB.01B mm
Maximum Service Limit
88.031 mm
Main Journal Width:
1 st, 2nd, 3rd Sth . ..
.
. .
. . ....37.4241o 37.576 mm
4th
... ....... ......37.475 to 37.525 mm
Connect Rod Journals Width .. . .. ..38.950 to 39 050 mm
Rac 8-26063
Hevised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2401-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Camshaft
Bushing Lubrication:
1o..........,.,,.
No. 1 Oversize Bushing, Machine .,.',...57,722 to 57.758 mm
No.2,3,4 and 5, Less 8ushings,.,,.,,.,,,...,.,. ..... ....54'089 to 54.139 mm
No.2,3,4 and 5 Ovcrsize for Bushings, Machine 1o,.... ....,.. . ..57.222 to 57.258 mm
Camshaft Thrust Thickness.......,.,,.,. ... . . .. .. 9.42 to 9 58 mm
Minimum Service Limit " ' '934mm
Camshaft Thrust C1earance,,,........... . . . ..,...0 130 to 0.340 mm
Maximum Service Limit 0.470 mm
Camshaft Lobes:
Minimum Diameter at Peak 1ntake........... . ... .. .47.265 mm
Turbocharger
Horizontal Travel of Turbine Shaft 0 10 to 0.16 mm
Gear Train
Backlash:
crankshaft Gear to camshaft Gear " 0 08 to 0'33 mm
...
crankshaft Gear to ldler Gear. "" " 0'08 to 0 33 mm
Camshaft to Fuel Pump Gear ..0 08 to 0.33 mm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2401-10
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
8.089 mm
Maximum Service Limit
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2401-1 1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Valve Springs
lntake Seat
Diameter of lnsert 47.063 to 47.089 mm
Machine Qnra ln 46.987 to 47.0'13 mm
Depth of Bore .. .10 30 to 10.50 mm
Press Fit. 0,05 to 0.102 mm
lnstalled Height (above top of valve guide boss on head) 11.25 to 11 ,75 mm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2401-12
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIAL TOHQUES
Metric Value
21 to 27 Nm
Connecting Rod Bolts (Lubricate Threads with Engine Oil) ... . 60 Nm Plus 60 Degrees
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2401-13
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Metric Valve
Fuel Line Fitting (Low Pressurc) 22 to 28 Nm
r08 to 132 Nm
Oil Pan Heater Plug .
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2401-14
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Metric Value
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
241 5
IMPORTANT: This engine was made using the metric measurement system. All
measurements and checks must be made with metric tools to make sure of an
accurate reading when inspecting parts.
Copyright @ 1992
Rac 8-26073 Printed ir. J s.A.
CASE CORPORATION October, 1984 (Revised February, 1992)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
z
SPECIAI_ TOOLS 5
IDENTIFICATION MARKS
Letter G = Thermostat passage in cylinder did not need to be machined.
Letter M : Thermostat passage in cylindcr head was machined.
Letter XXX = The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0 50 mm has been removed. Use a thicker head gasket
(three notches)
Numbers : RH rear corner of cylinder head indicates the amount of material removed from the cylinder head.
Rao 8-26073 Bevtsed 2-92 printed in U.S.A,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
241s-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIFICATIONS
Engine Manufactured in U.S A
Prior to Engine Serial Number 45511034 ..... . . . ,.,.lnjector Nozzle 9 mm
Engine Serial Number 45511034 and After .. .. ...,,, lnjector Nozzle 7 mm
Engines Manufactured in Darlington England
Prior to Engine Serial Numbe r 2109287a lnjector Nozzle 9 mm
Engine Seria Nurrber 2t092870 and Afte. lnjector Nozzle 7 mm
Engine Manufactured in Neuss Germany
Prior to Engine Scrial Number 52107489 lnlector Nozzle 9 mm
Engine Serial Number 52107a89 and After lnjector Nozzle 7 mm
Cylinder Head
Maximum Warpage 0.010 mm in any 50 mm diameter area or more than
0.075 mm overall end to end or side to side
Maximum amount of material thatcan be removed during resur{acrng.., ., , 1.0 mm
Minimum total height of cylinder head
l4 mm replacement valve gulde
Valve guide OD .14 026 to 14 038 mm
Bore cylinder head to .13.987 to 14.013 mm
lnstalled height above top of valve guide boss on cylinder head ....11.25 to 1"1,75 mm
1i mm replacement valve guide
Valve guide OD 11 150 to 11.163 mm
Bore cylinder head to 11.112 to 1'1 138 mm
Press fit 0 0]2 to O 051 mm
lnstalled height above top of valvc guide boss on cylinder head 1 1.25 to 11 75 mm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIAL TORQUES
Rac 8-26073
Hevised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIAL TOOLS
(r(riii)
CAS-1066A WHENCH
SEE PAGE 8
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
24 t5-o
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SERVICING THE CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVE TRAIN
Cylinder Head Removal
STEP 1 STEP 4
Lrft the belt tensioner and remove the fan be t, Remove the beli tensioner bolt and the belt tensioner
STEP 2 STEP 5
Ren'ove the {an pulley bolts and the fan oulley Remove the Allen read bolts and the belt tensioner
bracket.
STEP 3
STEP 6
Rac I 26071-:
qt-'v scr' 2'92 Plrrlod rr J.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 7 STEP 1O
Rcmovc thc bolts that noid the altcrnator and remove Rcrrove thc bolis and the cxhaust manifold
the alternator
STEP 1 1
STEP B ffi
Bernove the leak off frttings, gaskets and tne ieak o1T
STEP 9 STEP 12
Removc the bol:s and the thermostat noustng as- Disconnect and remove the fuel lines. lnstail protective
sembly. covers on the injector pump and the fuel lines.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-8
INJECTION PUMP
STEP 13
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
the
Disconnect the iniection pump inlet Iine and remove
Looscn thc nut on the inlcctors'
inler line
NOTE: The iniector must not rotate in the bore of
the
the cylinder head.
cylinder head. This will damage CAV INJECTION PUMP
STEP 14
ffiffi
Disconnect the injection pump inlet llne and remove
the
inlet line
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 19 STEP 22
Use a strap wrench to ren ove tt e fle'f tte.s. Remove the intakc manrfold bolts and the iniakc
manifold cover.
STEP 20
STEP 23
STEP 24
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-10
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 25
TB01 61
Put the cyltnder hcad on a clcan work surfacc Rcmove the valve spring retainers and the valve spring
STEP 27 STEP 29
Usc a valve spr ng comoressor to push down the valve Remove the vaive seals
springs and remove the valve keepers.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
241 5-1 1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 30
ffi
#uHi..
Remove the valves.
# .ffi;
IMPORTANT: Using paint, make a mark on the valves,
keepers and retainers. This will make sure the parts are
installed in the onginal location.
rall
IU\ 738
Clean the cylinder head complctcly, removing carbon
and other deposits. Check for cracks and any sign of
damage in the area of the fire ring contact. Resurface the cylinder head in increments necessary to
straighten the surface and maintain surface finish ac-
STEP 32 cording to the following specifications.
iiiii:i:j:ri'ir:
A: 1.0 mm totai amount of material removed.
liiLr: ijliilnB;llirikii itiliil
:' l: rlri,l !!!
i';i:iii,:,:,1:l::ifi$l:,:ll:,irI B= 93.75 to94.25 mm minimum total height of the
cylinder head.
: Surface finish 0 5 to 3.2 micrometers.
D : Use this area to stamp the total thickncss of
cylinder head material removed in mm.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-12
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 34 STEP 35
89810
-"
Rernove the expansron plug from the cylinder head
Clean the sealing surface of all foreign material
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-13
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 38 STEP 39
1. EDGE
Rac B-26073
Bevised 2-92 Printed in U.S,A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT
14 mm Replacement Valve Guides
There are two drlferent diameters of replacement valve STEP 41
guides for your engine. You can get either 14 mm or 1 1
mmpowrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
OD replacement valve guides. Measure the re- tb'
placernent valve guides before you machine the
sHfis''i
cylinder head.
WI
Specifications
Valve guide OD ........ .. ...... .....14.026 to 14.038 mm I
Bore cylinder head to.,..,..... . ... i 3.gg7 to 14.013 mm
lnstalled height above top of valve
guide boss on cylinder head.,.. .., 1.l.25 to 11.75 mm
STE P 40
1
,'rtii6'{
INDER HEAD
STEP 42
303191
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-15
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
1 1 mm Replacement Valve Guides
Specifications
Valve guide OD...................11.150 to 11 163 mm
Bore cylinder head to.,,., .... ... 11.112 to 11 138 mm
lnstalled height above top of valve
guide boss on cylinder head.. ..,..11 25 to '11,75 mm
1
'l .25 TO 11.75 mm
_-L_-_t_
30319 1 STEP 45
Driii thc valve guidc bores to 11 112 ta 11 138 mm
diamcter.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-16
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
INSPECTION OF THE VALVES AND VALVE SEATS
STEP 46
STEP 47 (Cont'd)
56718
on the
Small amounts o{ very fine pitting can be found
valves are
surfaces of thc valve face or seat after the
will not change the
cleaned. These are normal and
engine performance. This fine pitting is caused by
noimal oxidation procedure and can occur on any
Do not
Clean the valves with a power driven wire brush the run-in period lt is not necessary to
engine during
scralcn the valve sterrs
griid vatves Jr seats if this fine pitting is found' because
iitting*irf generaliy occur after the engine is run for
STEP 47 several hours.
HEAVY CARBON AND VARNISH DEPOSITS
Check the valves for the followino conditions
VALVE STEM,WITH A NARROW NECK
OCCURS
NOTE: REPLACE THE VALVE lF THIS CONDITION valve guides
This condition is generally caused by worn
go by the
or bad seals on ine vatv"es permitting oil to
This Condition Can be Causcd bY:
ualves Low operating temperature is a secondary
l Valve does not have lubrication'
.ur.. Worn piston rings and cylinder walls will also
2 Bestriction in the water passages' p"irlt too much oil to reach the combustion chamber'
Operating the engine under contrnued overload
at
i
too much engine RPM RUST OR PIfiING ON VALVE STEM
IN VALVE FACE
56818
qualitY
56418 This condition can be caused bY using bad
keePing the
engine oil or fuel and by not correctlY
NOTE: GRIND OR REPTACE VALVE lF THIS CONDITION
engine in storage.
OCCURS,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-17
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 47 (Cont'd) STEP 48
INTAKE VALVES
BUST OR PITTING IN VALVE FACE
7.960 TO 7.980 mm
89910
NOTE: THIS CONDIT|ON CAN BE CAUSED By USTNG BAD
QUALITY ENGINE OIL OR FUEL.
7.960 TO 7.980 mm
89710
Check the intake valve stem diameter at three points
CONCAVE VALVE HEAD
along the stem lf the stem diameter is less than 7.960
mm, the valve must be replaced.
57018
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-18
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 49
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
z4 t3- tv
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
VALVE SEAT INSTALI-ATION
STEP 51
t
Machine the cylinder head to the following specifica- Clean the recessed area in the cylinder head. Put the
tions lor valve seats nerrv valve seais in dry ice for a minimum of one hour to
shrink the vaive seats for easy installation. Use a driver
Exhausl Valve Seal Specilications. and install the valve seats,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-20
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
REFACING INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVES AND
VALVE SEATS
STEP 53
STEP 54
t\
29
ANGLE \
45 DEGREE VALVE
+s
ANGLE
s
oecnEe \\
t
N
\\".."\\
45 DEGREE SEAT
299191
dimension A and B is iess than 1 .5 mm, the valve must
If
be replaced.
Rac 8-26073
Revised 2-92 printed in U S.A.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
2415-21
STEP 55 STEP 57
30 DEGREE VALVES
45 DEGREE VALVES
STEP 56
57518
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Bac 8-26073 Bevised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-22
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
DIAGNOSIS OF DIFFEBENT DYE PATTERNS
45 Degree Exhaust yalyes
IF THE YALVE OS{'ACT AREA ON T}IE .....> USE A
'I5
DEGHEE S'ONE TO LIFT AI{D .-+ USE A A USE A 60 OEGHEE S?ONE 70 }TARBOW .....> CHECK THAT THE VALVE HEAD tS NOT -.+ IF THE VALVE HEAD tS RE.
SEAT LOOrS UG ?HrS (A" SEAT rHA? TO MATE rlDE*, TTIE CO}TTAST A*ET flG L( THE LOWER CONTACT AREI, II{. RECESSED ilOhE THAX l.S2 mm, BE- CESSED IIORE THA|{ 1.SZ mm,
HAs AEEN CBOTITO). cFElsE CREASED AY ?HE i|s DEGREE s?oTiIE. LOW THE CYLINDER HEAO SUHFACE. REPLACE THE VALVE AHD II{.
STALLA YALYE SEAT..
IF THE VALYE C@ITACTINEA Oil ?HE '....> usE A rl5 DECREE STOIIIE TO LFT Tl€ + USE I o USE A 60 OEGREE STOilE TO TIFT AI{D .* CHECK TIIAT Tt{E VALYE ttEAO tS XOT .....r, tF ?HE VALVE HEAO tS
SEAT LOOXS LI(E ?HIs. COilTACTABEI. }IAf,BOI I'IARROW ?HE LOWER CON"AC? AREA RECESSEOHORETHAT{1S2mrrBELOIy CESSED llORE THAx ts2 ari,
RE-
N
IF THE YALVE CilTACT AREA Oil THE ..+ USE A iIs DEGREE STO}IE LOSER +usE a3 USE A 3O DEGREE STO}IE TO I{IRROW
-...r' CIIECX THAT THE YALYE HEAO tS XOT
SEAT LOOKS Lre THIS (A SEA? AilD ?O XAI(E WIOEB, THE"O
COfiTTfi TlrE rI rHE UPPER COT{TACT AREA. IX. RECESSED IORE THlil 1E:t mm, BE- -..> lF Tl{E YALYE HEAD tS RE-
"HA? CREAS€ CBEISED BY THE {5 DEGBEE S"ONE. CESSED HORE THAN 1.5Z mllr,
LOW THE CYLI}IOER HEAD SU*rACE. REPLACE THE VALYE AI{D }X.
STALL A VALYE SEAT.
IF THE VALYE OilTAC? AREA OX ?TIE THE YALVE 5.ET BE REDLACED AI5 A
SEAT LOOXS [.reTHrS. YALYE SEAT N.}ST BE IXSTTIIED B=.
Ctt.E€ IORE GBI}EING wlI.L IF"
cfi lrcE TIE LonEe cox?AcrPort{T-
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
IF THE VALVE CONTACT AHEA Oil ?HE A 30 DEGREE S"ONE TO LOWER .....+
SEAT LOOrS Ll(E THIS (t SEAT THAT
-..>USE
tHE UPPEB CO||TACT ABEA.
t,{iE A 00 DECFET }WER .r...> I'S€ A 60 DEGREE STONE TO LIFTTHE -+C!GEI ?HA?THEYILYE lGrrD lS llOT +IF THE VILYE HEAD IS RE.
LOWER CON?ASI
LOSER COI{TAC? REA. RECES3CD IOSE nql 152 n, BE CESSED IJ|OBE TI{AN 1.52 nm,
Lfr TIG g'U}TDER }CTD g.ffTCE. REPTJCE THE YALYE AHO I}I.
ffi
ry
SEAT COIITACT ABEA ON THE YALYE
TO lf,lDE.
IT YHE YALYE COITACT AHEA OI{ THE -..+USE A 30 DEGREE .....>usE A 00 DEGBET
SEAT LOOXS LIIG THIS.
STOXE TO LOWEB IWER ....+US€A 60 DEGREE STONE TO UFT?}IE ..+CIGCTfl{ATTHE YTLIE IGAD }S IIOT +F THE YTLYE HEAD IS iE.
TTIE UPPER COilTACT IREA LOUEB COT?ACI
LOSER CON?AC?AREA RGCESSE rcAE Ttlri I5I N EEOI CESSCD IOBE rHrX 1.52 mn.
COXTAC? AREA
TIG E}I,.FEN HEAD g.FTCE FEPTTCE YALYE A}ID I}{.
'HE SEAT.
S?TLL AYTLVE
-
EEn290AJ
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
IF THE VALVE CO}I?AC? ABEA O}I ?HE -.+ THE VALYE HUST BE REPLJTCED ttI!}T + IFIHEVALVEHErl I IS BECES8ED IIORI
YILVE HEAD
SEAT LOOKS LIXE ?H'S. VALYE SE^T INSTALLEO BECIUSE TltAr{ 1.s1 arE, t 15l! nlt!,
REPLACE THE YALVE
uoBE G8lltotilG $ill, ror cHArcE AfiO tNs:rillAY/ }TS'ALL A VALVE SEAT,
THE LOWEB COiltrCT FO|XT.
IF THE VALVE COT{?AS? AREA O}I T}tE .....> USE A 30 DEGREE STOXE ?O HAxE +CHECX tHlTTl€ I THA" T}TE VALVE HEAD IS IiIO?
8€ T LOOXS L|XE Tt{tS {A SEAT TI{AT IYIOER fHE COilTACT AREI. FECESSED TORE] XIED IIORE Tl{At{ 152 mm BELOW
T}* CYUIIDER }E YUTTIDER HEAD SUNFACE.
CO}I?ACT AiEA
IF T}IE YALYE COilTTC? AREA O'{ THE ....+ TltE YALVE IUST BE REF!-iCED Axg I
SEAT LOOXS Lt(E TlilS. YALYE SEAT |HSTALLED SECTUSE
UORE GBI}{OIXG WTLL t'O? CHTilGE
?HE LOUER COIfTACT POIITT.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
ffi
ffi
IF ?XE YALYE CO'{TACT AREA OI* A 30 OEGRES S?OilE TO LFI ?HE USE} 4SDEGEEEOR60DE .T}IE
USE } DEGNEE OR 60 DEGBEE STOilE +C}ECT THAT ?HEYrlYE}CAD IS I}O' _.> IF TI{E VALVE HEAD IS
SEAT LOOI(S LII(E THIS. 'ITE ->USE
CO}ITACT AR€T TO il.\RfiOW THE LOUE 'I5
TO II.\RROW THE LOIYER COXTACT ECESSCD IORE THAI t.5I r't
BELOU CESSED HORE THAN 1.52 mm
RE.
AREA" AREI" T}IE gN.rcEN HETD SINFACE REPI.ACE THE YALVE AT{D '
ry B(A2910.J
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
N
THIS IS THE CORRECI SEAT COXTACT TI{E CORRECT VALYE COIITACT AREA rrrrr..} 1 DEGNEE NTEBFEBENCE A}IGLE +coBeEr ,.ORRECT RETAc|NG OF THE II{TAIG
VALYE IALYE AI.IO VALVE sEA?
ANEA OX THE YALYE. OT{ T}IE SEAT WI,LGIYEA SEATWID?H r WILL GIVE A I
OF 1.32 TO l.*l il. OEGBA }EGREE IilTEHFERETTCE AIiIGLE. THIS
ANGLE THGLE IS ITIPORTAilT SECAUSE I?
GIYES J irvEs ASSTS?A}|CE tN cuTnilc cA8-
BON AT ION AIIU TO SEAT THE VALVES.
890291 tJ 10J
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1. LETTEB V
If you grind the valve seats, mark the cylinder head with
the letter "V"
STEP 59
90410
STEP 62
Free Lengrh 55 63 mm
Outside Diameter 33 81 mm
Wire Diameter.,.,..,.,.,.....,... .......4.88 mm
Number of Coils .. . .
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-28
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 63 STEP 65
ru'!r;;
ffi,
ffi ##r{ffi
lnstall the valve springs and the valve spring caps Remove the spring compressor and hit the end of the
valve stems with a soft hammer to seat the valve
keepe rs.
STEP 64
STEP 66
307191
Rac 8-26073
Bcvised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-29
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Rocker Arm Disassembly
STEP 67 STEP 69
)4,
)ffi-@
305191
Remove the snap ring, washer and rocker arm from the Measure the rocker arm with a bore gauge in three dif-
shaft. ferent locations around the bore.
STEP 68 STEP 70
Use a micrometer and measure the rocker arm shaft for Use a micrometer to measure the bore gauge, If the
out of round. Measure three different iocations around diameter of the bore is more than 19.05 mm, the rocker
the shaft, lf thc rocker arm shaft is Ie ss than 8,938 mrn
'1
arm must be replaccd.
in diametcr, the rockcr arm shaft asserri-Jiy must be re-
placed
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
241 5-30
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
3. ROCKER ARM
5. ROCKER ARM
t 6. wASHER
-/
4. ROCKER ARM SHAFT
@
{'-^':::
arm
with the lnstall the washers and the snap rings on the rocker
lnstall the rockcr arm on the rockcr arm shaft
cnd as the large hole in shaft.
udjrtting screws on the same
the bracket
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-31
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Cylinder Head lnstallation
STEP 73 STEP 75
Use the correct tap and clean all head bolt holes of lnstall the cylinder head
foreign material
STEP 76
STEP 74 1. RUST OR PITTING 2. NARROWING
Y M".'"'"'
tl
EE
t=
t=
ti
bi r=
E'5
9ncnJ
STEP 77
:1l:l
\/ \ l
c\--,/ol
o
1. NOTCHES
,/
90s10
2. MAXIMUM LENGTH
Head Gasket Application
'1 Notch - Replacement Gaskct
2 Notches - 0.25 mm oversize thickness
3 Notches - 0 50 mm oversizc ihickness 91 7191
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
t4 t1-JZ
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 78 STEP 81
91 7191
Put a small amount of clean enginc oil on thc hcad bolt Use thc bolt length gauge to check the length of the
head bolts Use the correct slot to check the bolt length
threads tighten the bo ts a small amount
if the bolt length is maximum the bolt must be replaced
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-33
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 83 STEP 85
@ r@ /o /@ {@
@o@@@
@- @ o @ @ @
ghtcnn
Tiigh thc rockcr shaft bracket bolt to a torquc of 21 io
z Nnr.
2 7N I.
S TEP)86
B r,,
st
:x
?i
STEP 87
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-34
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 88 STEP 90 BOSCH INJECTION PUMP
BOLT TORQUE SEOUENCE
lnstall the inlection pump inlet line and tighten the inlet
tube nut.
STEP 89
lnstall tne injection pump iniet iine and tighten the inlel
lrne
Rac B-26073
Fevised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-35
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 93 STEP 96
Install thc filtcr outlct fittinq and tightcn thc fucl ortlct lnstall thc lift punrp outlet tube
fittlng to a torque of 21 to 27 Nm
STEP 94
STEP 98
STEP 95
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
241 5-36
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 99 101
For correct fuel filter installation see the fuel filter Install the thermostat housing assembly and bolts
scciion. Tighten ihe bolts to a torque of 21 to 27 Nm.
4 LIFT BMCKET +
1. THERMOSTAT HOUSING 298191
J:1;
Rac B-26073
Rcvised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-37
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
LOCATING TOP CENTER
STEP 103 STEP 104
Remove the plug and install the engine turn over tool While turninq the engine with the turn over tool, push the
into the flywheel housing. Turn the engine over four re- lock pin ln. When the lock pin moves into the camshaft
volutions to make sure the push rods are seated cor- gear the engine will be at top center.
rectly
6O m-,,fr
tffi€il//
@t9.@ M ffi M ffi#r ffi#
+ + + +++ <aat o
Number one cylinder top center compression stroke lnstallthe engine turn over tool. Move the engine a small
amount in cach dircction Pull the lock pin out. Turn the
Valve Clearance, Cold. Intakc Valves - 0 254 mm engine over one complete rcvolution.
Bac 8-26073
Rcviscd 2-92 Prinlcil r' ;.S.4
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
241 5-38
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 107 STEP 109
lnstall the plug rn the flyrruheel housing. Beforc you order new injectors or seals, you must deter-
minc which injectors were installed in your engine. See
Page 3 for engine serial numbers.
STEP 108
STEP 110
Mffiffiffiffiffi
++ ++ ++
Number six cylrnder top centcr comprcssion stroke
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-39
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 112 STEP 115
lnstall the leak of{ line, fittings and gaskeis Tighte n the lnstall the alternator bracket and tightcn the bo ts to a
fitting to a torque of 5 to 7 Nm torque of 2l to 27 Nm.
lnslall lhe injector lrrrcs Connect artl irgrr:Cn lile lnstall lhc altcrnator and tightcn the bolts
inlecior rncs to ihc rn,cci0rs ancl lhc rnlct lOr Pr..lmD
STEP 1 17
.14
STEP 1
lnstaii tlre fan belt pullcy bracket and tighten the bolts to
lnstall thc brackct and iightcn a iorque ot 23 lo 25 Nm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-40
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 118
Allen Lift the belt tcnsioner and install the fan belt'
lnslall the belt tensioncr bracket and tighten the
head bolts to a torque ol 21 to 27 Nm
STEP 122
STEP 119
STEP 120
STEP 124
to a torquc
lnstall the bclt tensioner and tighten the bolt
oi 39 to 47 Nm
lnstall new gaskets on the valve covers'
Bevised 2 92 Printed in U S A
Rac 8.26073
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-41
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 125
lnstall new seals the valve cover bolts Tighten tne bolts
to a torque of 21 to 27 Nm.
THERMOSTAT SERVICE
STEP 126 STEP 128
.:__
i;.-..r0 i\
c..i
f
L !a I
lo
1, NEW THERIVOSTAT 2. OLD THERMOSTAT 0
30919 1 0,)
A new thermostat has been released for use in your \
engine, lf you removed an oid thermostat frorn your
engine, do the following steps to install a new ther-
mostat. 31 0191
1 STEP 129
S
g
n
)J rl
r\.
-a tl
I 1l
r=l
lllf\')r I
I
I
31 1 191
31 2191
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2415-42
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 130 STEP 131
31 4191
31 3191
Remove all foreign rnaterial from the cylinder head. Mark the cylinder head on the intake side next to the
lnstallthe scal and new thermostat Tighten the bolts to serial number as follows:
a torque of 21 to 27 Nm
Stamp the letter "G" for cylinder heads that were rn-
Stamp the letter "M" for cylinder heads that were mach-
ined.
in design or
NOTE: The casE coRpoRArloN reserves the right to make improvements
in specifications at any time without incurring any obligation to install them
changes
on units previouslY sold.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
2425
CYLINDER BLOCK
Crankshaft, Pistons, Rods, Sleeves, Camshaft,
Bearings, Seals and Flywheel
IMPORTANT: Thts engine was made using thc metric measurement system. All
measurements and checks must be made with metric tools to make sure of an
accurate reading when inspecting parts.
Coovrioht O 1992
Rac 8-26084 Drinted in U.S.A.
CASE CORPORATION October, 1984 (Bevised February, 1992)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS,
4-5
SPECIAL TORQUES
6
SPECIAL TOOLS
7-8
SERVICING THE ENGINE BLOCK
Front Oil Seal Beplacement ,,, ,.
.25-28
RECONDITIONING THE CYLINDER BLOCK
Checking and Resurfacing the Cylinder Block
)o
Reconditioning the Cylinder Block for Oversize Prstons
. .30
Reconditioning the Cylinder Block for Slccves
21 ,2.C
Piston Assembly. . ..
35-39
REPLACEMENT OF MAiN BEABINGS WITHOUT REMOVING
THE CRANKSHAFT
Rcrroval.,
.. . .40
lnstailatior,
4A-42
CRANKSHAFT AND MAiN
Rcn:oval .,
43-47
Gear Bemoval..
47
lnspection
Rac 8-26084
Revised 2-92 prinled in U.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
t4z3-J
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CAMSHAFT
Bore lnspection
Instaliation b5-b5
FLYWHEEL
Removal.,. .68
lnstallation bv
7D
26 mm Expansion Plugs . .
10 mm Expansion Plugs. .
75-76
Manometer Removal
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIFICATIONS
CYLINDER BLOCK
102.00 to 102.04 mm
102.116 mm
Maximum Service Limit
0 038 mm
Cylindcr Out of Round (Maximum)
0.076 mm
Cylinder Taper (Maximum) , ,
CYLINDER SLEEVE
104 485 to 104 515 mm
Machine Cylinder Block Bore to ,, ,.
Machine Cylinder Sleeve Bore to.,. .
. .....101 90 to 101 94 mm
102.00 to 102.04 mm
Hone Cylindcr Sleeve Bore to (Finished Diameter)
PISTON
Cam Ground
Type
. ..,..Aluminum AlloY
Material
AD aI12 mm from the Bottom, 90 Degrees Piston Pin
101 873 to 101.887 mm
Standard Sizc Piston 101 823 mm
Minimum Service Limit .
ioi iii
," 102 387 mm
0.5 mm Oversize Piston..
102 323 mm
Minimum Service Limil
1.0 mm Oversize Piston...,,,.,
.
.
. . 102.873 to 102 BB7 mm
102 823 mm
Maximum Servtce Limit .....
40.006 to 40.012 mm
lD ot Piston Pin Bore. . ,.
40 025 mm
Maximum Service Limit . . .. .
2.465 lo 2 485 mm
Wrdth of lst Rrng Groove (ToP)
2.4251o 2.445 mm
Width of 2nd Ring Groove (lntcrmcdiatc)
4.040 to 4 060 mm
Wldth of 3rd Ring Groove (Oil Bing) 0.660 mm
Protrusion Above Cylinder Block (Maximum)
PISTONS RINGS
No, 1 Compression
.025to055mm
End Gap in 102 02lD CYlinder
0 806 mm
Maximum Service Limit . . .
0.075 to 0 120 mm
Side C1earancc ..,,,.....,,....
. 015 mm
Maximum Service Limit .
No, 2 Compression
....0.25 to 0.55 mm
tro Gap i:102a2lD CYlinder
0,806 mm
Maximum Service Limil .
0.075 to 0,120 mm
Side Clearance . ... .. ...., 015 mm
Maximum Service Limtt .
0.660 mm
Protrusion Above Cylinder Block (Maximum)
PISTON PIN
39.997 to 40.003 mm
OD of Pin .
39 990 mm
Minimum Service Limit,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CONNECTING ROD
Bushing tD tnstalted . .. . .......40.0sS to 40.067 mm
fimit .
5;,H:,:H:;:l;;;;;:;
Maximum Service .
g'":'ffi ;,fiij:j3,liinn
CAMSHAFT LOBES
LIFTERS
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-6powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
. 60 Nm Plus 60 Degrees
Connect'ng Rod Bolts .
120 to '130 Nm
Crankshaft PullcY Bolts
.23 to 25 Nm
Fan PulleY Bracket Bolts
25 to 31 Nm
Fan Prllcy Bolts .... .. .. ,
26 to 31 Nm
Grade 8.8 Size M8 .. ...
37 to 43 Nm
Grade 10 9 Size M8
51 to 62 Nm
GradeBBSizeMl0
51 to 62 Nm
Grade 10,9 Size M10
130 to 144 Nm
Flywheel Bolts.....,
54 to 66 Nm
Flywneel Housing Bo ts
29 to 35 Nm
Fue' Inrel N;t . ., . , .
59 to 7.1 Nm
Injcctron DumP Nut
BNm
CAV lnjcction Pump Lock Bolt (Lock
Position)
20 Nm
Posiiion)
CAV lniection Pump Lock Bolt (Unlock
30 Nm
Posttion)
Bosch Injection Pump Lock Bolt (Lock
30 Nm
Positlon)
Bosch lnjection Pump Lock Bolt (Unlock
21 to 27 Nm
lnjection PumP Mounting Nuts '
21 to 27 Nm
lnjection PumP Bracket Bolts ""
21 to 27 Nm
Front Cover Bolts . .
21 to 27 Nm
Front Housing Bolts
. 80 Nm Plus 60 Degrees
Main Bearing Bolts . . .. ."
21 to 27 Nm
Oil Suction Tube Bolt
.8to10Nm
Seal Carrier Bolts .,..,,
. .. ..39 to 47 Nm
Startcr Retainer Bolts ,
... ...22 to 28 Nm
Fuel lnletBolts.. ....
22 to 28 Nm
Fuel Outlet Bolt. .. ... . . .
21 to 27 Nm
Li{ter Cover Bolts. . .. .
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIAL TOOLS
INSTALLATION TOOL
(INCLUDED IN SEAL KIT)
INSTALLATION TOOL
(INCLUDED IN SEAL KIT)
PROTECTIVE SLEEVE
/
9o
PROTECTIVE
SLEEVE
rh
WEAR SLEEVE KIT FRONT
114t91
w@:Ls
WEAR SLEEVE KIT REAR
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
a/4tr o
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
z ro .-)
Nr\\\r'l0l
\
reax
.=-\
Y@ow
\
CAS-2162 TORQUE ANGLE GAUGE
@rr.a ^{P, \
\{,/ l'lt
,,A.
SEE PAGE 38 \t/ a>.v.@
e@ :((_n
\z
€)
CAS-1692A MANOMETEB
0,221 INCH ORIFICE 4 CYLINDER
0.302 INCH ORIFICE 6 CYLINDER
SEE PAGE 77
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SERVICING THE ENGINE BLOCK
Front Oil Seal Replacement
STEP 1 STEP 4
Make surc thc upper anc iower mark on thc crankshafi Rcrrove thc crankshaft oulrey bolts and the crankshafl
pulley arc in aJrgn il ihc rnark is noi in align lhc crank- or cy
shaft pulcy must bc rcplaccd
STEP 5
STEP
STEP 3
rr,, "t':,1:
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 1O
Rcrnovc thc scat and clcan the scal surface with Loctite Tightcn the front covcr bolts to a torque of 21 lo 27 Nm
salcry sclvcnt and remove the installation tool.
STEP B STEP 1 1
lnstall the gaskei, frorrt cover and thc cover bolts, Do Put Loctite 277 on the outsrde surface of the seal.
not trghtcn ihe bolts
STEP 12
STEP 9
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-11
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 13 STEP 16
Rcmove the protective sleeve lnstall thc fan pullcy and bolts
STEP 14 STEP 17
1 34t.91 B
T80240
lnstall thc installalion tool and push the seal to the Llft the belt tensioner and install thc fan belt
correct de pth Thc scal will be at thc corrcct de pth whcn
Ihc outsioc diarncter of thc inslallation tool ,'nakes
conlacl wlth lhe 'ron: cover. Rcrnove thc sea insialla- STEP 1B
:ion tool
STEP 15
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
a Aac 1a
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Rear Oil Seal Replacement
STEP 19 STEP 22
Remove the enginc oii pan. See Seciion 2445 Ior oll oan Conncct a chain and hoisl 1o thc flywheel housing
removal Rcmove the bolts from thc f lyvuheel housing and
rernove the flywheel housing.
STEP 20
STEP 23
STEP 21
STEP 24
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-13
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 25 STEP 28
Clean the seal surfacc on thc crankshaft with Loctite Install the scal inslallation tool into the seal carrier with
safety solvcnt. the small diameter toward the engine Th s will cen:er
ihe seal carrier to thc crankshaft.
IMPORTANT. The crankshafl sealing surface mu-sl be
free of all oll and Errease ta prevent damage to the cil
5Ud/. STEP 29
STEP 26
STEP 27
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-14
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 31 STEP 34
s .+1x
k 'iT
i.: ":'s1
;:, ::t
s@Iii!
f 'll
Rcmcvc the protcctive slccve lnstail a ncw o-ring on the rear scal carricr
STEP 35
:i.l:.iflE *
lnstall the seal installatlon tool with the small diamctcr Apply Loctitc 515 to thc seallng surface of the engtnc
lolvard the seal block.
STEP 33 STEP 36
-..-.--i
' ,'-'' .."*;
133191C
Push thc seal into the seal carricr until thc oulside lnstall two guidc bolts in the engine block
cJiamcter ol thc seal nstallalion lool makcs contact wl:h
the scal carrier. Rcmove tnc inslallation tool
Rac B-26084
tlev scc 2-92 Prrn:od in U S A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-15
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 37 STEP 39
j ei
{A
f
6 i
o*
lnstall the flyr,vhccl housing and the flywheel housrng lnstall thc startcr and thc retaining bolts. Tghtcn thc
bots. Tighten the bolts to a torque oi 54 to 55 Nrn bolts to a lorquc of 39 to 47 Nm.
STEP 38 STEP 40
TOFOUE HERE
lnstall thc flywhcc anC ihc flyvrhccl retaining bolts lnstall tnc e ngine oil pan Scc Scction 2445for ori p3n
Tighlen the bolts to a torque of 130 to 144 Nm instalta:,on.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
t4t?- la
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Front oil seal, sear and wear sreeve rnstailation
Uscd when crankshaft frange is worn and standard seal does not stop
oil frow
STEP 41 STEP 44
Makc surc the uppe r anC lower mark cn the cr-anxsraf: sNWNNN\::]]:.i::]].ji].:ll.]li.:::]]i:iilli....'.l'."...:,:,.l:iI78.9,75
cn ovc Ihc crankshaft puilcy colis and ine irintifratt
pulley are ln align lf the mark rs not in align the cran, Pr., 0v
kshaft ouiiey rnusl De replaced.
STEP 45
,{S\
a' '
i
STEP 46
STEP 43
i)1
ltr'::i:: 2 92 Printcd ir U.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
aAac 11
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 47 STEP 50
T80351
Put Locirte 277 on thc ouisidc d arneter ol thc seal Clcan :hc crarkshali with Lociite safcty solvent.
surlacc and insia I tnc scai r: thc ironi cover.
NOTE: The seal suiace must be free of all oil and
grease ta prevent damage to ihe orl seal.
STEP 48
STEP 51
T80349
Put the scal installation lool on thc oil seal ihc small
diamcicr cf thc se al instailation locl rnust bc toward ihc
scal l'r:iiil :.: wcar slccvc on lhc crankshafi wtth the flange
lowa'd lirc cngrnc.
STEP 49
STEP 52
ffi 1 3219
'v -;k**
.*"-*".T80.j50
Push thc scal in:o thc covcr Lrr.rl lilc ou:srde c arnc:cr ol
j*I.* TgO+14"
thc insiallalron iool r.rakcs contacl wrlh lhc cover Insiair :he wear sJccvc nstallaiicn tool over the wear
s ccvc Push thc wear sleeve on thc crankshaft untilthe
flangc makcs ccntact with the lace o{ thc crankshaft
9c:lr
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 56
./ rco$s T80235
Bcrrovc thc wcar slccve rnstalla:ion iool lnslall thc lronl cover bolts anc tiqhten the bolts to a
torquc of 2'l to 27 Nm
STEP 54
5tt_H 5/
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-19
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 59 STEP 60
belt.
ioner and instali the fan belt
Llft the be lt tcnsioner Tigh:cn the fan pullcy bolts as follows.
Gradc B B Size MB . 25 to 31 Nm
Gradc 10 9 Size MB 37 to 43 Nm
Gradc B B Szc MIO 51 io 62 Nm
Grade 1C 9 Size lvlO 5l to 62 Nm
STEP 61 STEP 63
&
ai
h8
&
w.,.r-#
ww:';ffi
M .qq/d
lll&jq"ffi
,&s w
ffi. 'Xr,;.il:
Remove thc engirc o ; Car Scc Scclton 2"145 in ihc Rerncvc the bolts and the flywhccl from the flpvhccl
service marual fcr c, p;.ir rcrnoval
STEP 62 STEP
Removc ihc star:er frorr lrrc ri1'rnrhccl hol,i r,,- lnstall a lift chain and a iorst to the flyrvhccl hous irg
Rcmovc thc bots and ilyrvhccl hot sing
Rac B 26084 IlcviscC 2 92 Pr.tco n ,, S A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-2A
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 65 STEP 68
Rcmove the seal carrier from the crankshall lnstall thc scai installaiion tooi Push the seal into the
se alcarricr until lhc outsidc diarnctcr of the seal instal-
lation tool -akcs contact with thc scal carrier
STEP 66
STEP 69
Bcmove the seal and clcan ihe seal surfacc with Lociite
qafn'.i cnlrron,
Ciean the cranksnall seal surface with Loctte safetv
STEP 70
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
t4z)-z I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 71 STEP 74
lnstall the wear slccve insta lation tool on the wear Clean the scal surfacc with Loctltc safety soivcnl
sleeve.
IMPORTANT The crankshaft seal surface must be f ree
of all oil and grease to prevent damage to the seal.
STEP 72
STEP 75
STEP 73
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
aArtr )a
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 77 STEP 80
:i,n s
il'
[ ,,, ''i s
'i'c
STEP 78 STEP 81
1. TORQUE BOLTS
lnstall a ncw o-ring on the seal carrter lnstall thc flywhccl and tnc ilyrarhcel bolts. Tighten the
bolis to a torquc of 130 to 144 Nm,
STEP 79
STEP 82
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-23
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 83
Rcrrovc thc manifolds and cylindcr hcaci "orir Chcck thc side clearance of thc piston connecting
cng 'rc Scc Scctior 2415 ci thc scrvrcc 'ra"La rods Rcr,iacc thc connccirng rods il lhe sidc clcarance
rcrnorral is morc ihan 0 330 mrn
STEP 85 STEP 87
Rernovc the cngine oil can and nlct iube Scc Sec: cn Remove the carbon from thc top of the cylinder walls.
2445 ot tnc service manuaL ior :cmoval Check the cylinder walls for a ridge at thc top of the ring
movcment zone, A ridge will cause damage to the
piston whcn the piston is removed. A ridge will have to
bc removcd wiih a ridgc reamer.
nac 8'26084 Rcvised 2'92 Printcd in U S.A.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-24
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 88 P91
lnstall a ridge reamer and rcmove the ridge from the Rcrnovc lhc rod cap bolts and the rod caps
cylindcr walls
STEP 89
STEP 90
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
z4za-lc
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Cylinder Wall lnspection
STEP 93
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-26
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Scoring on Cylinder Walls Dusted Cylinder
-ZO17BCDC
1 0764cDC
Too much area in thc piston ring movcmcnt area shows
a dusting failure,
Rac 8-26084
Revrsed 2-92 Printed in U.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-27
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 95
j'1':
w,'
ffiffi. w'
'1 Mcasure thc borc carallci :o thc cranksreril at the
top
cnd of thc rino iravel zonc
Mcasirc the borr: ir the sarrc posil,crr a: thc bc:lorn
cnd of the rrng lravel zonc
Mcasure ihc borc at right anglcs to the crankshaft at
the top cnd of the ring travcl zonc
Measure the bore n the samc posrtion at the bottom
end of the travel zone
STEP 96
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-28
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 97 STEP 98
F .1ruSlIf-o,.,, -..rffi
*;@i&car**'W$ffi 3/8 rnch or 1/2 inch Crill to power the cylinder
li ncw rings are uscd, the glazc must bc rcmovcd from Use a
hone. Use a lubricant/coolant with the hone to keep the
the cylinder bore so that the piston rings can correctly
honc and the stones free of foreign material
seat against the cylinder wall during the run-in time
Start the hone at thc top of the cylinder bore and actuate
Removing glaze can bc done by using a cylinder hone the hone up and down until the correct cross-hatch
wrth 250 to 300 grlt stone, paitcrn ts rcachcd The corrcct cross-hatch pattern is
40 to 60 degrces from horizontal.
Too much glazc (smooth surfacc) on cyllnde r walls of a
Usc a 80 to.1 50 grit stone to reach the correct cross-
ncw enginJ or an engine with an overhaul is caused by
hatch pattern,
run-tn procedure that is not correct.
Usc a 250 to 300 grit stone to rcach the correct cylinder
Glaze does not permit the prston rings to seat corrcctly bore finish
in the cylinder sleeves This wjll cause too much
oil con-
sumPtion. STEP 99
Too much glaze on the cylinder walls can bo prcvented
by giving your customer instructions in the correct
run'
in p-,o"eiur,e See Section 2401 tn the service manual
for the correct run-in Procedure
1076scDC
with a
After removing thc glazc, clean thc cylindcr walls
warm water and a mild detergent soap
clean cloth,
walls
Alter clean ng tho cylindcr walls, clcan thc cylinder
agair with clcan cnginc oil
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-29
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
RECONDITIONING THE ENGINE CYLINDER BLOCK
Checking and Resurfacing the Cylinder Block
STEP 1OO STEP 102
A
Clean the cylinder block completely. Remove carbon
and outer deposits, Check for cracks and other
!^*^^^
ud.r r dgu.
STEP 101
A= 0 25 mm lirsl refac'ng,
0.35 mm second refacing.
0.50 mm total amount of material that can be
rcmoved.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-30
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Reconditioning the Cylinder Block for Oversize Pistons
NOTE: Many of the photographs rn this section show a STEP 105
cyllnder block that has been cut in halt for photographrc
purposes.
STEP 103
,:{r*.,.. r:l
,'w,
,!:\\W!&i ,3\
. *"-
rffimffiffWtu$$ ]^,ts$ffi
rW{
:'ffi il:lii:,,,,,
a.
a f.:T }_djt::.r.
:'li..d'*',
.wl 1
.',i:,,'
'',ffi,i : ::::t:i:t':it::l
:' :' ':1' . :
102 940 mm for the 1 0 ,rm ovcrsize pistons. See Step
!'li ,,ttlf
';1"i"1::'
i
, , 1i..,1,,. +
114 f or the correct procedurc to hone the cylinder bore
".' ' : ,: ': ':'ii:'j-. :::l I i
:i:i :.;i]u1-..-:
I OYJUS to '!C 'jnrShco dr3'relC'.
Thc cylinder oiock mlst bc disassernblcd before the
cyl nder can be machined for overstze oistons.
STEP 106
STEP 104
\s'. '
*M, dp
"';l ,,.i$
- Eq'i'\,S,,1'1 ffi
&k'
" lus;ea$ xr*B'
*ffiS$$r*
*;+e iss4l,flfiffi$M
Usc a 3/8 or 112 inch drill to power the hone Use a lub-
rrcant/coolant with ihe hone to keep the hone and the
Machrnc thc cylinder L:ore to a dianretcr of 10?_ 40 io sloncs free from forcign material.
102 44 rnm for thc 0 5 mm ove rsrzc cistcns Scc Step
114 Ior the corrcct crocedurc to honc the cylinder borc Start thc hone at:he top of ihe cylinder bore and actuate
ro trc {i^ s-co d.amctcr tnc honc up and down uniil the corrcct cross-hatch
pattcrn is rcachcd. Thc correct cross,hatch pattern is
40 to 60 dcgrecs from horizontal.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-31
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Reconditioning the Cylinder Block for Sleeves
STEP STEP 110
.:
, ..,,xsi -, :- .'* ,,. '.:., ,
f..tgi. ,il}* . ;:l:i :, r
..,,,
;r:,,.,:..j,].
. -,;JT,ffi'.1sffi ,, I
ilffim
:.q41t$,ii
,.,:l;llrli;iii
YYII:iiiill
, t,
i iiii
:iti:,i:ii !:i
li:i:il:lil
*ffikr l:
The cylindcr block must bc disasscmblcd beforc thc Freezc ihc cylindcr slceves and push the cylindcr
cyllnder b ock can bc machincd ior s ccvcs siccvcs in the borc rntil thc sleeve makes contact with
the ridgc at the bottom of the cy inder bore
STEP 108 NOTE: '{ou rnust ireeze the cyltnder s/eeves betore rn-
d ;ft -.-
stallation
1. MARK HERE
s,e. I #fi
*i&
Gft
tffiff
I,W* Always wear gloves to prevent frostbite to
iQ& t.ffig
EB:lSD your hands when handling frozen rrk,,uo
ffiffi1$il
iffiilffi# *
!
&i&* :t
-i I a,l. ),
f{t*:ir::: ,: :, .,ri,,,I I ,, ^ I J r^
STEP 111
. t..:i :
MEASUBE HERE
: u!!:rtr tiiit::i: i I t:: : . ':: 'q-' I SLEEVE
,6
4 ..1 I ..+1. : :
: :; :l::.: ::;,,t::|:i::, ::1{:,
:, i rji!;i! l
r " 'a:.
-' ,lt6g3gs
Measure 6 35 mm L,c fron" lire bolion' of t[re cylindcr
rrr : :riir :fnintif
bore. Put a rnark on thr.. cylrndcr at rrc 6 35
Ud5UI U,
ffiffi
ffiffi ,
.: #ffi,
ffiB,,
STEP 109 ffi ..ffij
ffi.ffi ffi r6e3s5
lf the cyl rndcr sleeve is not even with thc cylinde r block
su rf acc. thc siccve must be machined.
ore
of
bor
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
a
a+aJ'a 1a
^aF L
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 112 STEP 114
..
i
.,. ,1r!, r:r,irirr
I.i : r::fir!:rt:rii:nai,ri
actuate
STEP 113 Start the hone at the top of the cylinder bore and
, .,.t .
";';;';::''''t
ihe honc up and down until thc correct cross-hatch
pattern is rcached The corrcct cross-hatch pattern is
: ,,,,:::r:r
. r::. i,i:a: iilti
cylinder
Usc a 250 to 300 grri stone to rcach the correct
borc Iin sh
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-33
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Piston and Connecting Rod Disassembly and lnspection
STEP 1 15 STEP 117 :.. . ri:' .: r::.1
2, PIS TON PIN
3. BETAINING RING
Q@
4. CONNECTING ROD
36419i T6881 0
Remove the retaining ring, piston pin and the con-
necting rod from the piston.
STEP 116
/Z^\
(( )) . 1. roP R|NG
V
,zR\
+t lNrERl',EDlArE RING
U,
,4.
K=)*
3 oILRING
((r)
,z:\
*:4 + 4. PlsroN
Measure the insidc diameter o{ the connecting rod for
wear and out-of-round. lf the inside diamcter is more
tuul
I
\-Y
ltfuu 3tj5le1
than 40 092 mm the connccting rod bushing must be
replaccd
Rcmove the comprcssion rings and thc oil ring from the
piston.
STEP 118
NOTE: The oil ring $ 2 tvvo piece ring
I
e@ S. 4
i05 191
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-34
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 1 19 STEP 122
Measure the diameter of the piston pin. lf the diameter Break an old piston ring in half and usc the brokcn lng
is less than 39 990 mm thepiston pin must be replaced hali to cican the plston ring grooves. Too much dcposit
in the ring grooves can force the rings out and will cause
scoring
STEP 120
STEP 123
STEP 124
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-35
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 125
Piston Assembly
STEP 126 STEP 128
,l.liiliirt.ttiliil i,l: :'ilii.,,i,,,,,. ,,.
.l:li.i,l;i:riii iillilillril:iri:r:iiir,i,i
I i r: : :' : :) it i i i i I it i i: i: it: i i: i l:l: i: li:1 i : i: it i i : i: i i i i: i ii i i i j i i : I : : i
Put the piston rings in thc cylindcr and check end gap. lnstall the sccond comprcssion ring, The prston ring
Rcp ace the piston nnEs if the cnd gap is more than must be installcd with the side marked TOP toward the
0 806 rnm top of the piston to givc good oil control.
STEP 127
STEP 129
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-36
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 130 STEP 133
1. SPEC
358191
PISTON
@t 4. RETAINING RING
2. CONNECTING HOD
364191
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-37
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 136 STEP 139
T68783
Thc connccting rod journals must bc chcckcd again, lns:al ihc bcanng caps,
90 dcgrccs lrom the first mcasurcmcnts for out-
of-round. If out-of-round is more than 0.050 mm, recon- NOTE: Make sure that the number on the beanng cap
ditioning of the journals must be done. rs lhe same as the number on the connecting rod.
STEP 137
STEP 140
IV1AXIMUM LENGTH
59.25 mm
7L92
Install the liners The linr:r locks rnust be in aliqnn cni
Measurc thc bolt length of the connecting rod bolt lf thc
NOTE: When installing lhe lrners, make sure that the boll lcngth is more than 59.25 mm the bolt must be re-
liner locks are in alignment. Use a sliding iypc placcd
movement when installrng the lrners. Never push ort ihe
center ol lhe ltnet lacks. IMPORTANT: Each bolt length must be checked
before installation.
STEP 138
STEP 141
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-38
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 142 STEP 145
MAXI[/UM LENGTH
59.25 MM
7L92
lnstall the torque anglc gauge. Position and lock the Measure the bolt length of the connecting rod bolt, lf the
holding rod Turn the pointer to 60 degrecs Tighten the bolt le ngth is more than 59 25 mm the bolt must b'e re-
bolt until thc pornter is at 0 degrees placed.
STEP
w Iffi
Rcmovc thc bcaring caps and check the clcarancc
The clcarancc musi bc between 0 038 mnr io 0129
n":n lf the ciearancc is more than 0.129 mrr, undersizc
bcaring lrncrs must be installed and rcconditioning of
Lub:'rcate the connecting rod bolts with clean e ngine oil
tho bearing iournals must be done by grirding
and lighten the bolts io a torquc of 60 Nm
NOTE: A clearance of O.a3B b A 116 mm rs reaui'ed
when installing new bearing hners
147
STEP 144
,iB:BU+i
rl 168794 Install the torque anglc gauge Position and lock tltc
holding rod. Turn the pointer to 60 dcgrecs' Tightcn the
App)y lubrrcation to the bcaring lincrs bciorc installa-
bolt until thc oornter is at 0 degrees.
tion usrng clean cngine oil
Scvrscd 2-92 Pr nlcd in rl S A
Rac 8-26C8a
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-39
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 148 STEP 150
lnstall the engine oil inlet tube See Section 2445 ol lhc lnstall the cylinder head and manjfold See Section
service manual for thc inlct tubc and the oil pan instalia- 2415 ol the servrce manual.
tion
STEP 149
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-40
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
REPLACEMENT OF THE MAIN BEARINGS
WITHOUT REMOVING THE CRANKSHAFT
Removal
STEP 151 STEP 153
Femove the engine oil parr and gaskel Scc Section Bcmovc the main bearing cap bolts and the bearing
2445 ol the service manual cap
NOTE; Rernove only one cap at a time to prevent the
STEP 152 crankshart from moving.
STEP 154
Remove the bolts from the oil inlet tubc Scc Scction a
2445 of lhe service manual for thc orl rnicl tubc rcmo.;al
To removc thc front main bearing liner, use a thin piece
of plasrrc :o oush the bearing liner oui
lnstallation
STEP 155 STEP 156
: I E',i.'i*:.,{.\}B
:i:{lll3l iqilrtSEEl
,LL&i&i&\h\\
I
- r-.r T68818
Pu: a new bearing lrner on the crankshaft. Use a thin Put a piece of plasligage on the crankshaft journal
p ecc of plastic to push the bearing lincr in position
Rac I 26C84 Bevised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-41
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 157 STEP 160
Put a new bearing liner in the bcaring cap. lnstall the torque angle gauge Position and lock the
holding rod, Turn the pointcr to 60 degrees Tightcn tnc
NOTE: Makc sure the bearlng lrner locks are aligned boli untrl thc pointer is at 0 degrees.
when installing the liners. Slrde the hncr in position.
Never push an the center af the llners.
STEP 161
STEP 158
MAXIMUM LENGTH
.1
19.25 mm
l a 16B8I
6192 Fcmove the bearing cap and check the clcarancc.
bolt lf the bolt
Measuree the lenglh of the main bearing Clearancc musi be 0 041 to 0 140 mm New liners rnust
length 1ss more lhan 119.25 mm thc bolt must bc re- bc installed if thc clearance is more than 0.140 nrm
piaced
NOTE' The crankshaft must be machined if the clear'
IMPORT,IANT: Each bolt length must be checked ance rs more than 0.119 mrn with the new liners.
before innstallation.
STEP 159
1 S TEP 162
ffi
ffi.I f,
m"l
t a
lnstall thc bearing cac and tightcn 'hc t our'rting'bolts to AdJ tubrication to the beanng liners and install the
a torq,Jc oi B0 Nm. bcaring cap
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-42
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
,163 STEP 166
STEP
MAXIMUM LENGTH
119.25 mm
Measure the length of the main bearing oort rt ilrc6oL]t lnstall a new oil inlet tube gasket, See Section 2445 ol
length is more than 119 25 mm the bolt must bc rc- thc scrvice manual for lhc installation of the oil inlet
placed tube.
STEP 164
=a-
i
Add lubricalron to thc cap bolts. lnstalt ihc cap bolts
and t ghten to a torque of 80 Nm
tS
lnstall the oil pan. Sce Section 2445 of thc service
manuai
STEP 165
Rac B'26084
tlcvised 2-92 Prlnted in U S A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-43
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARING
Removal
STEP 168 STEP 171
Rcmove the cylinder head See Section 2415 ot the Bemovc the oil pan. Sec Section 2445 in the service
service manual for cylindcr head removai manual for oil pan removal,
Make surc thc uppcr and lowcr mark on thc crankshaft Remove the oil inlct tube bolts, Sce Section 2445 for the
pulley arc 1n align li the rrark is nol ln alrgn replace lhc oil inlet tube removal.
crankshaft pulicy
STEP 173
STEP 170
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
24?,5-44
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 174 STEP 176 CAV ln
STEP 177
: ll3$:;,lt,,s^g$;it
;iN;
-.r.t:=i:.=:i.5t;.!i
l.li::
,l:1.;ll, fi.r;i
l:.rr'-i iiiirl: i
tl $
{t
,:: ili
Turn thc engtnc ovcr with a cnglnc iurn ovcr :ool and ,., t
.$.
push thc iock lnto the camshaft gear L;.
9ii,
STEP 178
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-45
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 179 STEP 182
Remove the bolts that hold the camshaft thrust platc Remove the front housing bolts and the front housing
Remove the camshaft thrust plate Rcmove thc startcr bolts and the starter
Rcmovc the camshafi See Steps 61 and 62 :o removc the flywhce ard
flywheel housing
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-46
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 185 STEP 188
2. FLYWHEEL
$l
STEP 187
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-47
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 191 STEP 193
STEP 192
\
\
2. EARLY PRODUCTION
OIL SPRAY NOZZLE
OIL SPRAY NOZZLE
36219 1
Clean the ori spray nozzlc wtth a small wire ll ihe nozzlc
is damaged it must be rcplaced.
i,i.T,S.9S6.7
the crankshafi Rcmove the pin from the crankshaft if the pin has been
darnagcd
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-48
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Crankshaft lnspection
STEP 196
STEP 198
T69070
Measurc the main bearing journals to see if the journais
Measure thc connecting rod journals for taper.
are v/orn, Measurc the front and rear of each journal. lf
Mcasure the front and rear of each journal. Grind the
thc diamcicr is lcss than g2.962 mm, grind the cran_ journals if the taper is more than 0.0'13 mm.
kshai: lcurnals.
STEP 197
REAR
Rac 8-26084
Reviscd 2-92 Printed in U.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-49
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CRAN KSHAFT RECONDITIONING
Cran kshaft ldentification Machining a Crankshaft
STEP 2OO STEP 201
depth of 2.00 mm, The othe r hardening method is deep Machine the crankshaft to the following specifications.
nitroc which is a gas nitriding process. This hardening
metho hardens the journals to a vcry shallow dcpth A .= Main Bearing Journals
Any time you grind a journal on a crankshaft that has
been deep nitroc hardened, you must reharden the Standard diametc' 82.987 to 83.0'13 mm
crankshaft, 0.25 mm undersize diameter,. 82737 to 82.763 mm
0.50 mm undersize diameter,. 82 487 to 82.513 mm
Crankshafts hardened by the deep nitroc process are 0.75 mm undersize diameter,. 82 237 to 82 263 mm
siamped with the letter "N" on thc pulley end (nose) of 1.00 mm undersize diameter.. 8'1 987 to 82 013 mm
the crankshaft. Induction hardened crankshafts arc n01
identified Connecting Rod Journals
Crankshaft Rehardening
STEP 202
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-50
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Crankshatt Gear lnstallation
STEP 203 STEP 204
:.i..'.'i
T69069
Heat the crankshaft gear for a min mum of 25 minutes
at 250"F (1 21"C). Use a bearrng heale r oven lnstall the
Rac 8-26084
Revised 2-92 Prlnted in U.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-51
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Crankshaft I nstal lation
STEP 205 STEP 2OB
lnstali the oil spray nozzle into the bearing carrjer lnstall the crankshaft in the enoine block
lnstall thc bearing liners Clean thc r"i':ain bcaring journals and put a picce of plas-
tigage on lhc journals to check main bearing oil c car-
ance.
STEP 207
STEP 210
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-52
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 21 1 STEP 214
FAN 1 36t 91
Make sure the number on main bearing cap is in thc lnstall thc torque angle gauge Position and lock ihe
corccl nun ber seqLcnce holding rod Turn the pointer to 60 degrees Tighten the
bclt until the pointer is at 0 degrees.
STEP 212
STEP 215
1. MAXIMUM LENGTH
119.25 mm
=l 6192
STEP 213
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-53
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 217 STEP 220
Add lubrlcation to the liner Use clean engine oil lnstall thc torque angle gauge. Position and lock the
holdrng rod. Turn the pointer to 60 degrees Tigh:cn t:c
bolt untll the pointer is at 0 degrees.
STEP 2]B
STEP 221
MAX|MUM LENGTH
1 19.25 mm
619 1
STEP 219
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-54
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 222 STEP 225
lnstall thc gaskct housing and thc housing bolts lnstallthc thrust plate and tightcn thc bolts to a torque oi
Irghten ihc bolts to a toroue at 21 io 27 Nm 18 lb 2l to 27 Nm
STEP 227
Ilac B-26084
Bcv scd 2-92 Printed in U S A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-55
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 228 STEP 231
lnsial hruo guide bolls and thc brcather cover Install the ifter covcr and the lifter cover bolts Tigh:cn
lhe bolts lo a torquc of 21 to 27 Nm
STEP 229
STEP 232
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Install thc ring compressor on the piston and carcfully Clean irc connccting rod iournals and thc bearlng
push the piston down into thc cylinder. incrs. Put a prcce of plastigage on thc rod cap llner or
lhc rod iournals
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the word FBONI is
STEP 237
toward the front of the engine. Make sure the correc[
connecting rad is in the correcl cylinder' ,1, |l
..,r4",i:}*€i:
_"-** ,r5*
T687
lrs:al :i-c b,ca'tng caos.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-57
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 239 STEP 242
Tignlcn thc connecring rod bolts to a torqL;e of 60 Nm Add lubr cation to the bearing liners Usc clcan eng ne
oil.
STEP 240
STEP 243
STEP 244
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
ma-
Clcan the rear crankshaft seal surface of all forelgn
lnstall the torque angle gauge. Positlon and lock thc solvcnt See seal installation
tcrial, using Loctitc safety
holdrng rod Turn the pointcr to 60 Ccgrccs Tightcn thc and
in this sectlon for installing thc rcar crankshalt scal
bolt unlil the pointcr is at 0 degrees housrng
the flywhcel
STEP 246
installing
lnslall the cYlindcr head Sce Section 2415lor
:hc cv ,nder head
lo a iorquc ol 54 to 66 Nm
forctgn ma-
Cican tnc iront crankshaft sea surfacc of all 2445lor
lnstall a ncw oil inlet tube gaskct See Section
tc,iat using l-ocllic safcty solvcnt. Sec scal installation :nlet tuoc installattor
seal and oil
rn tnrs secitn for lnstalling thc fronl cranksnaft
rhe crankshaft PulleY
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-59
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 251
lnstall thc e ngrne oil oan. Scc Section 2445 iar oil pan
instailation
CAMSHAFT
Removal
STEP 252 STEP 254
STEP 255
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
242s-60
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 256 STEP 259
(e,l
Removc the front covcr boits and tnc froni covcr Romovc thc valve cover bolts and the valve covers
Disconnect ihe lucl lines and rcrnove thc inlectlon Removc the rockcr arm bolts, rocker arm assemblrcs
pump Sce Se ction 341 1 for thc CAV pump and Soction and the push rods.
3412icr the Bosch pumc in the scrvcc man'',;a!
STEP 261
STEP 258
Rac B-26084
Revised 2-92 Printed in U S A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1415-A I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 262 STEP 264
Raisc thc iiflers and install rctaining pins to ho d the Bemove thc camshaft thrust platc
iftcrs in p1acc, whcn thc carnshaft is removed
STEP 265
STEP 263
Fcrnovc ihe engine oil parr Scc Scc:ron 2415 in i:c Mcasurc thc camshafi bores. Use a borc gauge. The
scrvrcc rnanual borcs must be measurerJ in two positions. Takc a
second measureTncrl 90 o'cgrccs from the first mcasu-
rcn cnl
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
It thc bushing diamcter is morc than 54.146 mm, thc Put a bushing pullcr in the engine block and pull the
front camshaft bushrng must be replaced bushing ou: of thc cylinder block.
lf ihe intermcdiate or the rear bores are more than lnstall the bushing on the puller, Align the oil holes Pull
54.146 mrr, disassemble the cnginc block and linc thc bushing into the cylinder block until it is even with
bore the bores. See Section 24A1 tn the scrvicc manual thc housrng.
for rrachintng dimcnsions
STEP 273
STEP 270
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
242s-63
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
r*
Remove thc retaining pins from thc liftcrs and remove Measure the outsidc diameter of thc valve liftcr stem.
the lifters Bcplace thc valve lifters if the outsidc diarneter of thc
lillcr sicrn ls e ss thar 15 936 mm
STEP 275
STEP 278
STEP 276
;@e
ramol
l: thc diamelcr of thc iftcr borc is rnore :han 16.055 mm
thc cnginc block must bc rcplaccd
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1425-44
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
T69065
T69064
Removc the shaft keY post-
Eaci bcarrrrg suriacc must be mcasured in four
inn. Measlrc ihc fronl and rcar bearing surfaces
again 90 dcgrccs fron thc first mcasurcment
af
NOTE: Replace the camshaft if the outside diameter
any bearing sulace ls /ess than 53 962 mm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Camshaft Gear lnstallation
STEP 283 STEP 285
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnstal the shaft key. lnstall thc camshaft gear on the camshaft with the lock
pin hoJe down.
STEP 284
l-1cat lhc camshaft gcar a minimum o{ 45 m nutes at a Always wear heat protective gloves to prevent
tempcrature of 250"F (121"C) Use a bcarlng heater burning your hands when handling heated
OVCN, parts. sM121A
Camshaft lnstallation
STEP 286 STEP 288
Lubrrcalc thc camshaft bcaring surface with clean Install the camshaft thrust plate and tighten tl^re ilolts to
cnginc oil a torquc ci 21 lo 27 Nrn
STEP 287
./,t4$j
ffili-,,iiffi
1. TII,,4ING MARKS
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Install two gurdc bolts and lnstal thc oil brcather cover
Check thc camshatt cnd clcarancc \^/lih a d al indtoator
Thc cnd clearance must not bc more than 0130 to
0 470 mm lf lhe c earancc is morc than 0 470 mm ihe STEP 293
camshaft thrust platc rnust be repiaced
STEP 290
STEP 291
lnstall the ifter covcr and liftcr cover bolts Tightcn the
bolts to a torquc ol 21 io 27 Nm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-67
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
295 STEP 298
lnstal thc inlcciion purnp on thc f.ont housrng Scc Sce Section 2415 tn thc scrvicc manual for rockcr arm
Section 341 1 for thc CAV purnps and Secticn 3412 tor installat on
the Bosch pumps in the scrvicc manual for inicc:ion
pump irstallation.
STEP 299
STEP 296
STEP 3OO
st-EP 297
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 302
Lift the bcit tensioner and install the fan belt Tighten the fan pulley bolts as follows:
GraoeBBS,zcVB 25 to 31 Nm
C'a:e-09SzcVB 37 to 43 Nm
Crarc B B S.zc ll 10 51 to 62 Nm
C'acc '0 9 S:zc M10 51 to 62 Nm
FLYWHEEL
Removal
STEP 303
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2429-69
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Ring Gear Removal and lnstallation
STEP 306
Remove the ring gear from the flyr,vheel, using a drift lnsrall the llywheel bolts and the the flywheel Tighten
and hammer Work around the circurrference of the the retaining bolts to a torque of 130 to 144 Nm
ring gear,
STEP 305
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-70
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
EXPANSION PLUG REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
60 mm ExPansion Plug, Camshaft
NOTE: The ftywheel and flywheel housing must be
rernoved to replace the camshaft expansion plug.
Rcr.ovc thc cxpansron plug lrom thc cylindcr block Aocly loctite 277 la ihe sealing surlace of the expan-
sion plug
STEP 308
STEP 310
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-71
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
58 mm Expansion Plugs
STEP 31 1 STEP 314
1, CHAMFER
STEP 312
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
26 mm ExPansion Plugs
STEP 318
STEP 315
2. EDGE
1. CHAMFER
block
Bemove the exPansion Plug from the cYlrnder
STEP 316
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-73
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
22.5 mm Expansion Plug
STEP 319 STEP 322
CHAMFER
1. EXPANSJON PLUG
re
B93LO
STEP 320
Install the cxpansron plug into the bore, until the top
edge of the expansion plug is evcn with the boitorn
cdgc ol lhc chamfer
STEP 321
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-7 4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
1B mm Expansion PIug
STEP 323 STEP 326
Put a small amount of grease rn the expansion piug Use Loctite safcty solvcnt to clcan the scaling surface
oi ali fcreign maleriai
STEP 324
STEP 327
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-75
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 328
2. CHAMFER
3. EXPANSION PLUG
10 mm Expansion Plugs
STEP 329 STEP 330
Put a small amount of grease rn lhe expansion plug Driil a small rolc in the ccntcr of the exoansion plug
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 333
lnstalla screw in thc expansion plug and pullthc cxpan- Aoply Loctitc 277 lo the sealing surface of the expan-
sion plug out of the cylindcr block sion plug
3. EXPANSION PLUG
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
z4t5-/ /
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CRANKCASE PRESSURE CHECK (BLOW BY)
Manometer I nstallation
STEP 335 STEP 338
Loosen the clamp and removc the breather hose Turn cach connector on the manometer one turn
countcrclockwise.
STEP 336
STEP 339
lnstall thc manometcr Push the button on the gaugc and move the gauge u0
or down, untrlthc zcro on the gauge and thc iiquid in thc
tube are alrgned
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-78
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Testing
NOTE: Do the followrng Steps to get the correct man- MANOMETER READING
ometer readings.
lnches ot
- Warm the engine to operating tempcrature Water Umin
Step 1 '
:t , EO
Step 2 - Operate the engine at the rated speed,
2 84
o 145
STEP 341
It55
B 164
I 17i
10 180
11 187
12 193
13 ioo'
14 luo
15 211
lf) ?_17
17 222
Take a manometer reading from thc engrnc Add thc tzo
1B
number of lowered inchcs to the number of raised
.22.9
nches for the correct manornclcr rcading' Scc 19
cxar'nplc below. 20 231
LOWEBEDll';61-165 +15
RA]SED INCHES 1,5
CRANKCASE PRESSURE
TOTAL 3,0 INCHES
(BLOW BY) LIMITS
Scc thc chart for manometer reading and crankcase
pressurc (Blow BY) limrts Engine Enginc Umin Umin
Model Specd Maximum New Worn Limit
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2425-79
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Manometer Removal
STEP 342 STEP 345
D sconncct the tube from the connector Remove thc adapter trcm the brcather tub,e
iurn cach connoctor cn the manomctcr one turn clock- Inslall brcather hosc and tighten thc clamp
lvisr:
STEP 344
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
2445
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oil Pan, Oil Pump, Oil Cooler and Oil Filter Housing
IMPOHTANT. This engine was made using the metric measurement system. All
measurements and checks must be made with metric tools to make sure of an
accurate readrng when rnspecting parts.
Coovrroht @ 1992
Rac 8-26093 Printed in U.S.A.
CASE CORPORATION October, 1984 (l?evised January, 1992)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2445 2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS
13
Oil Inlet Tube lnstallation
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2445-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIFICATIONS
Oll Pressure
New Engine at Low |dle............ .. 1,9 to 3.0 Bar 28 to 43 PSI
Oil Pump ldler Gear to Crankshaft Gear Back|ash,,,,.,,..,..,,,,. ...,.,,.0 450 mrn
SPECIAL TORQUES
Front Cover Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Gradc 10 9 Srzc MB 37 to 43 Nm
Grade 10 9 Slzc M 10 51 to 62 Nm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2445-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SERVICING THE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oil Pump Removal
STEP 1 STEP 4
Lift the belt tensioner pulley and remove the fan belt Fcmove the front cover bolts and the front cover.
STEP 2 STEP 5
Remove the bolts and thc fan beli culley Remove the oil pump bolts and thc oll pump
STEP 3
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2445-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Disassembly, lnspection and Assembly
STEP 6 STEP B
T68767
Put the oil pump on a clean work surface Mcasurc the clearance belween the lobe on the gcar
and lobe on the pump body if the clearance is morc
than 0 178 mn' thc pump must be replaced
STEP 7
STEP 9
f :@"=
'i",@
\,
e.d
T68765
Remove the back cover plate
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2445-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 14
Check the backlash between the oil pump idler gear
and the crankshaft, Put a dial indicator on the otl pump
idlcr gcar l{ thc backlash is more than 0 450 mm thc oil
pump must be rePlaccd.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2445-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 15 STEP 16
Lift the fan belt tensioner puiley arrd instail thc fan belt Torque thc tan pullcy bolts as follows:
Graoe 8.8 Size MB 26 to 31 Nm
G"aoc l0 9 Size IVB 37 to 43 Nm
Cradc8BSrzeM'10 . 51 to62Nm
Graoe 10 9 Size V10 . 51 to62Nm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2445-8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
OIL PRESSUHE RELIEF VALVE
Disassembly and lnspection
Bottom Mounted Relief Valve Top I Relief Valve
1, PLUG
\
\
ooa*r,
I
_*o
uotut\F]
- --
ru!lrrl
HOUSING
/s RELIEFVALVE
U-5 4. FILTER HOUSING
STEP 17 STEP 18
Femove the p1ug, gasket, spring and rclicf valve from Check the relief valve spring for the following specif ica-
the filter housing tions:
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2445-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Relief Valve Assembly
Bottom Mounted Relief Valve Top Mounted Relief Valve
1. PLUG
5,
U-
OIL FILTER HOUSING
RELIEF VALVE
N.- 1. PLUG
401 191
STEP 19
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2445-10
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
OIL FILTER HOUSING AND OIL COOLEH
Removal
STEP 20 STEP 23
STEP 22
Rcmove thc filtcr head bolts and the oil frlter head
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2445-11
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Oil Cooler and Filter Housing lnstallation
STEP 25 STEP 28
*iiil
B,iili.
:t.&'
**8 ,',.
} :,r .:, ,i
a ,,:;,,,4a",;,,, .
u:i
r,,;',iB.',,
,rG1
,#
8,*,i
#. Ai,
ss
lnstall the cold oil relief valvc in the oil filter head lnstall a new frltcr head gasket
STEP 26 STEP 29
lnstall tvvo guide bolts 8M x 1 25 x 75 and a new oil Inslall the oil f iltcr head and the f ilter head bolts. Tighten
cooler gasket, the bolts to a torque ol 21 Io 27 Nm
lnstall lhe oi cooler Connect and tighten the turbocharger pressure tube
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
L
Remove the inlet tube bolts and the iniet tube
Remove the oil pan bolts and the oil pan
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2445-13
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Oil lnlet Tube lnstallation
STEP 36
lnstall a new gasket lnstallthe inlet tube brace bolt and tighten to a torque ol
21 rc 27 Nm
STEP 35
lnstall the oil inlet tube bolts and iighten :he bolts tc a
torque of 1B to 30 Nm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Oil Pan lnstallation
STEP 39
STEP 38
to 27 Nrn,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
2455
COOLING SYSTEM
Thermostat, Water Pump, Fan Pulley
and Belt Tensioner
IMPORTANT: This engine was made using the metric measurement system. Nl
measurements and checks must be made with metric tools fo make sure of an
accurate reading when inspecting parts.
Copyrighl @ 1992
Fac 8-26'103 Printed in U.S.A.
CASE CORPORATION Ocotber, 1984 (Fevised January, 1992)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2455-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAFETY RULES . .. .
SPECIAL TOROUES
SPECIFICATIONS
Thermostat Inspection
7-B
Thermostat lnstallation
10
Coolant lnlet lnstallation,,,. , ,....
.11
.13
Fan Pulley and Pulley Bracket lnstallation
15
Belt Tensioner and Bracket lnstallation
lo-l/
THERMOSTAT SERVICT .. .
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2455-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SAFETY RULES
Add coolant to the radiator only when the engine is sfopped or slowly
idling.To avoid being scalded when the pressure-type filler cap is being
removed, turn the cap slowly to the first stop position to relieve prcssure
before removing the cap. M346
To remove the system pressure, slowly turn the radiator Never put coolant in a hot engine, The engine block or
cap counterclockwise to thc FIRST stop. This willpermit cylinder head can get cracks because of the diFference
a gradual release of pressure with little coolant loss. in temperature between the metal and coolant,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2455-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIAL TORQUES
Metric Value
21 to 27 Nm
Water PumP Houslng Bolts
21 to 27 Nm
Thermostat Housing Bolts .. .,
39 to 47 Nm
lnlct Housrng 8olts...,..........,..
23 to 25 Nm
Fan Pulley Bracket Bolts . .
37 to 43 Nm
Grade 10.9 Size M8
51 to 62 Nm
Grade 8.8 Size M10
51 to 62 Nm
Grade 10.8 Size M10...... .... .
21 to 27 Nm
Tensioner Bracket Bolts . ..
39 to 47 Nm
TensionerBolt . ..
21 to 27 Nm
Alternator Bracket.,.......
SPECIFTCATIONS
Belt Tension: 24 Nm
Spring Tension at 35 degree angle (minimum)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2455-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP
Lift the belt tensioner oulley and remove lhe fan Dell Ren ove thc water pump bolts and the water oump
Install a ncw o-ring in lhe waicr oump itousrntt Lrtt thc belt tcnsioncr puiley and install the fan beli.
Rac 8-26 1 03
Revised 1-92 Prlntcd in U S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
z4c3-o
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
THERMOSTAT REPLACEMENT
Thermostat Removal
STEP 9
L ft thc bc 11 lCnsioncr puitey ano rcrrovc trc far bcrt Rcmovc thc thcrmostat housing asscmbly
STEP 7 STEP ]O
3 IIFT BRACK='\
tg
1-s N
4, THEBMOSTAT HOUSING
t's .,
.d. d
rs ',i -s
STEP 8
180,044
Rcmovc thc alternator brackct bolis and ihc bracket
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2455-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Thermostat lnspection
STEP 11
40919 l
Thermostat I nstallation
4. LIFT BRACKET
1, THEBMOSTAT HOUSING
2. THERMOSTAT
N
STEP 12 STEP 13
4. L,FT BRACK=,*A
1. THEHMOSTA''.'OU''*:^
aLv \)
&\-);
S
lnstallthe template that comcs with the new thermostal Assemble the thermostat housing
housing kit. lf the coolant passage in the cylinder head
is smaller than the template, Sce Page 16
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 16
STEP 15
T80043 Lifi the bclt tensioner pulicy and install the fan belt
lnsiall ihe alternator bracket and tighten thc bolts to a
torcue of 21 lo 27 Nm IMPORTANT: SeeStep 25 through 27 to remove the alr
from the cooling system.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
COOI-ANT INLET SERVICING
Coolant lnlet Removal
STEP 1B STEP 20
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Lift the belt tensioner pulley and remove the fan oell Remove the coolant inlet bolts and the coo ant bolt
STEP 19
\:,:
T80041
Rcmove the alternator bo ts and the alte rnator
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2455-1 0
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Coolant Inlet lnstallation
1, COOLANT INLET
e. \ 1. cooLANr rNLEr
41 '1t91
STEP 21 STEP 23
rffit{l
&Oll
&;
r. iJLL FLCi'i
J3C326,1
T80056
lnstall a new o-ring for tho coolant inlet lnstall thc alternator and tighten the bolts
STEP 22 STEP 24
lnstall the coolanl inlct bolts and tlghten to a torque of Lift the belt tensioner pulley and install the fan belt
39 to 47 Nm,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2455-11
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
COOLING SYSTEM AIR REMOVAL
Engine STEP 27 6.590 E
Loosen the plug on the cylinder head to remove the air Loosen tne plug on the cylinder head to rcrnove the arr
from the coollng system. from the cooling systcrn.
NOTE: See the operalars manual far the correct frlhng NOTE: See the opcrators manual for the correct frllrng
praceCurc. procedurc.
STEP 26
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2455-12
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FAN PULLEY SERVICING
Fan Pulley Bracket Removal
STEP 28 STEP 30
Lrfi ihe belt tensioncr pulley and rcmove the fan bc i Bcmove thc bracket bolts and :he bracket
STEP 29
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
aAtrc 1')
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Fan Pulley and Pulley Bracket lnstallation
STEP 31 STEP 33
lnstall the pulley brackel and pulley bracket bolts Lift the beit tensioner pulley and install the fan bell
Tighten the bracket to a torquc of 23 to 25 Nnr
STEP 34
STEP 32
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2455-14
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
BELT TENSIONER SERVICING
Bett Tensioner and Bracket Removal
STEP 37
pullcy
R"oou" thc bolts and the fan belt
Lift thc belt tensioner pulley
and remove the fan bcli
STEP 38
,tii':
belt tensioner
o"ror. the bclt tcnsioner bolt and the
wrench to
NOTE: Do not usc a click b/pe torque
measure he s7ing ension' Revised 1-92 Printed in U'S A'
Rao 8-261 03
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2455-1 5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Belt Tensioner and Bracket lnstallation
STEP 40 STEP 43
lrsia lhe tensior:er crackct and :r-rc Ailcn hcad bolis Lft the belt tcnsioncr pLr cy and install thc fan b,cL:
STEP 44
STEP 41
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
STEP 45 STEP 47
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
1. NEWTHERMOSTAT 2. OLDTHERMOSTAT
309191 31 0191
A new thermostat has been released for use in your cylinder head coolant passage is smaller than the
lf the
engine. lf you removed an old thermostat from your lD of the template, the coolant passage will have to be
engine, do the following steps to install a new ther- made larger Mark the lD of the template on the cylinder
mostat, head.
STEP 48
STEP 46
9
lW
0
3 2191
rN,
1
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2455-17
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 49 STEP 50
31 4191
Remove all foreign material from the cylinder head Mark the cylinder head on the intake side next to the
lnstall the seal and new thcrmostat Tighten the bolts to serial number as follows:
a torque of 21 to 27 Nm,
Stamp the letter "G" for cylinder heads that were in-
spected and did not need to be machined,
Stamp the letter "M" for cylinder heads that were mach-
ined
Revised
.1-92 Printed in U.S.A
nac 8-261 03
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
2465
TURBOCHARGER
Written ln Clear
And
Simole
Engilish
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS
2
SPECIAL TORQUES a
J
SPECIAL TOOLS
J
SPECIFICATIONS
Metric Value
Turbine Wheel Horizontal Movement . 0.10 to 0.16 mm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIAL TOROUES
U.S. Value Metric Value
TurbineHousingBolts. ....96 lbinch 11 Nm
(1.1kgm)
SPECIAL TOOLS
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SERVICING THE TURBOCHARGER
Removal
STEP 1
STEP 4
Turbocharger with the air cleaner and the exhaust Disconnect the oil supply tube
prpe removed.
STEP 5
STEP 2
STEP 3 STEP 6
Remove the air intake hose Disconnect the oil drain tube
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-s
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 7 STEP 10
Remove the nuts that hold the turbocharger to the Clean the mounting surface on the turbocharger
exhaust manifold. and the exhaust manifold.
STEP 8 STEP 11
Remove the turbocharger from the exhaust mani- Clean the mounting surface on the turbocharger
old.
f and the oil drain tube.
STEP 9
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Inspection
STEP 12 STEP 13
Put the turbocharger on a clean work surface Use a dial indicator to check the horizontal move-
ment of the turbine wheel assembly. The horizon-
tal movement must not be more than 0.10 to 0.16
mm. The turbocharger must be rebuilt if the move-
ment is more than 0.16 mm or less than 0.10 mm.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Disassembly
STEP 14 STEP 17
Put a identification mark on the compressor hous- Remove the compressor housing clamp plates.
ing and back plate. This idenlif ication is to make
sure the parts are rn the cr:rrect position at assem-
blv STEP 18
STEP 15
STEP 16
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 21
dl
S.r$.,.
.0.$ sj
Y-
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 26 STEP 29
- --r
Inl+iryIr:" n r'lTlpr: :
STEP 27
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-1 0
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 31 STEP 34
Make the tabs straight on the lock plate Remove the center housing f rom the back plate
STEP 32 STEP 35
Remove the retaining bolts f rom the center hous- Remove the oil baffle from the back plate.
ing
STEP 36
STEP 33
-...\ .i\* "t*" Femove the seal from the back plate.
Remove t he lock plates f rorn the center housing
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-11
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 37
.L E'S
Remove the oil slinger f rom the back piate Remove the torx head screws from the center
housing.
STEP 41
STEP 39
STEP 42
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 46
,,u\:;.,
STEP 44
STEP 45 STEP 48
" l'i
.1..
Remove inner bearing retainlng rlng Remove the inner bearing retaining
ring'
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-1 3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 49
ii,i.,ll::
'ciIri.l(
i. -.1:.!rlI
r:
. :r'. :r-:r
.:tt - ,' _: !tl:..:::i
r:lil I'.1:nij,,i;llil:3si'il
:,:l'lii.iril,ilii if-*!;
-r'll.lt.:i
:":it. ".'_i
,.,r.:i;l'-r
:.: :r. l)
- .::.ii,. :: r':;
: j
, ':.:-lli:ls,l
. . r,: i::l
Replace the turbocharger il the outlet openings Replace the turbocharger if the turbine wheel is
show warpage or cracks. damaged or if the turbine shaft has grooves or
scratches.
STEP 51
STEP 53
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-14
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 54 STEP 56
lnspect the compressor wheel for bent blades and Beplace the turbocharger if the oil slinger shows
scratches. Replace the turbocharger if the wheel damage.
shows damage.
STEP 57
STEP 55
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-15
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Assembly
COMPRESSOH HOUSING
COMPRESSOR WHEEL
LOCK NUT
BACK PLATE
/\
\'r( I
'@'r L<l -\\-\
TORX SCREW \
,/ tfiflii'fA
",@
,-J.=4
ri, RING
/t
RETATNTNG
--.._
""^(o
.//
K{@/I :TELD----
\l
cENrERHousrNG \l
\l \
ff \Yf
/^ TURBINE SHAFT I
@
.r* / IA
/Y*,,(
GASKET t\ /
R,NG
cLAMP
/re
,/t
PLArE
w 'EAL
{D
ll
@\\.t
M
,/" ,w
//
LOCK PLATE CLAMP PLATE
TURBINE HOUSING
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-1 6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 58 STEP 61
Install a new inner bearing retaining ring. The Turn the center housing over and install a new
round edge of the retaining ring must be toward inner bearing retaining ring. The round edgeof the
the top. retaining ring must be toward the top.
STEP 59 STEP 62
lnstall a new center housing bearing. lnstall a new bearing in the center housing.
STEP 60 STEP 63
lnstall a new outer bearing retaining ring with the lnstall a new outer bearing retaining ring with the
round edge down. round edge down.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-17
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 64 STEP 67
ggffi,rir{ii'I
lnstall the thrust collar with the large OD down Tighten the thrust bearing screws to a torque ol
lb inch (5 Nm)(0.5 kgm).
STEP 65
STEP 58
STEP 69
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-1 8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 70 STEP 73
,'i
'f lB'i
s{ffi
Carefully install the oil slinger in the back plate' tnstall new lock plates and new mounting bolts'
STEP 71
lnstall a new seal in the back Plate. Tighten the back plate mounting bolts to a torque
of 48 lb inch (6 Nm)(0.6 kgm).
STEP 72
STEP 75
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-1 9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 76
lnstall a new seal ring in the groove of the turbine lnstall the compressor wheel on the turbine shaft.
wheel.
STEP 80
STEP 77
,t
STEP 78
-\* STEP 81
\h
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 83
ryi'r'r':''.tli'''
'\
I . r,:,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-21
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 86 STEP 89
:11
@{
,\
ts*
lnstall the new turbine housing bolts and tighten to lnstall the compressor housing mounting plates.
a torque of 96 lb inch (11 Nm)(1.1 kgm).
STEP 90
STEP 87
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-22
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TUBINE SHAFT
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-23
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnstallation
STEP 92 STEP 95
lnstall a new gasket on the exhaust manifold. lnstall a new gasket on the oil drain tube.
STEP 93 STEP 96
lnstall the turbocharger on the exhaust manifold lnstall the oil drain tube bolts and tighten the bolts
to a torque of 18 lb ft (24 Nm)(2.a kgm).
STEP 94
STEP 97
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2465-24
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 98 STEP 1OO
Connect and tighten the oil suPPly tube to the lnstall and tighten the air intake hose clamps.
tu rbocharger.
STEP 101
STEP 99
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
2565
CASE CORPOBATION
700 State Street
Racine, Wl 53404 U.S.A.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
?cAq_9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CAU$E$ &F PRESVOATURE TUBBOGF{ARGER FAE LI.! RE
Certain operating and n:raintenance conditions Push ln the fuel shutoff control and press
can arise *frici, could cause premature turbc- the start button. Run the englne (about 2 rnin'
cirarger failure. NOEE: The total solution to max.) at 1000 RPM until normal engine oil
the probtrern is not in repairing ttrTe failure, but pressure shows on the engine oil pressure
in dete rmining the cause. Replacing a damaged gu,rge assuring proper lubrication to the tur-
turbocharger without. determining the cause wilI bocharger"
frequently resuit in a repeat failure' 4. If the engine fires and stops, wait for the star-
ting motor to stop spinning before atternpting
Laeil< *f LubrEcatimg &it another start'
5, llo not use the starting rnotor longer than 30
This type of failure can occur when the a- seconds withor.et interruption. Wait at treast
rflount of oil i:eing supptied to the turbocharger 3 minutes between crankings so batteries
is insutticient to lubricate on cool bearing can recuperate and the starting motor can
and journal surfaces. cool.
6. Sirould the engine kill when operating under
Operating temperatures affect the volume ioad, irnrnediately restart the engine to
of oii required by the turbocharger. .4s turkro- prevent over-heating caused by stopping the
charger speed or engine ioad increases, the ttow of oil for turl:ocharger, cooling and
need for iubricating oitr increases" NOTH: In lubrication.
sufficient oil for periods as short as five sec-
onds can causa faiiure. This is why it is nec- F*sre$grt ftl?mterEal or Dirt irs the
essary to prirne the turbocharger as part of LuhrEca*img Systeaxn"
the everyday operating procedure' Ifi{FOR"
T,&N?: It is very irnportant tkrat adequate Operating the engine with contaminated oil
luLrrication reaches the turbocharger bear- wiil cause damage to the turbocharger bear-
ings and throughout the engine trefore opera- ings if the particles are of sufficient quantity'
ting the engine at rated sPeed. If the particles are large enough, they can
ctog the internal oii passages and starve the
bearings. This is another reason why it is im-
Priming The TuYbocharger portant to chrange the engine crankcase oil and
1. Place the transrnission range shift lever in oil fllters at regular specified intervatrs.
"N" Neutral position. Foreign lUlater*al irn Exha!,!st or
2. Set the throttle lever not more than 1/3 open Air lmtake $Ystea'ns"
position (1000 RPM).
The rotating parts of the turbocharger can be
3. Push in the fuei shutoff control' Fress starter damaged by particles introduced through ttie air
button untitr engine starts. gSmP$EnT',&l{T; Ilo intake, which mal<es proper maintenance of the
nct increase throttle or apply load until nor- air cleaner svstem verY imPortant'
mal oii pressure shows on the engine oil
pressure gauge, assuring proper lutlrication e{igh ffixhaalst TernPerature
to the turbocharger.
I:jxcessive ternperature in the exhaust system
XMPOXTTANT: In very coXcl weather, at oil wiii cause }ubricating oil to coke in the center
liiter change or when the tractor has been housing drain annulus at the turbine end' Oil
idle for several weeks or rnore, proceed as leakage, carbon deposits and eventual darnage
follows to Prime the tunbocharger, to the back of tlee turi:ine wheel wiil result'
High exhaust ternperature can also erode the
truil out the fuel shutoff control, press the turi:rine housing creating pitting and deposits
start button and hold. Aliow the engine to on tlie turbine wheel.
crank until the engine oil pressure gauge High exhaust temperature can be caused by
pointer reaches the green zone. Fle) not the turbocharger itself. Carbon build up on the
exceed 30 seconds eran[rimg tirne. turbine wheel, if severe, witi slow the rotating
assemtrliy, reducitlg the arnount of inlet air'
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2565-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TE."$MBOCg"{ARGER FAI tUHE ANALYSIS
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2565 4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
fficlked eenter Heuslng Scored Bearing Surface
Coked (sIr.ldged] cer:ter houasing {ailunes are T["re bearing sunfaces o{ this shaft were scored
generally caused by high exhaust terfiperatuyes due to dirty engime oil. Evldence o{ a contamina-
due to over-fueling" over-loading the enEine, Eed oiE failure calls for careful, thorough exa-
dirty enEine oil, or plugged cil return. Also mrinatiorg of engine lube systern.
examine bearings for sludge.
Scored BearinEs
$cqrred Turbine S*raft
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2565-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2565-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
#mmpr*ss&r Blade ffir,msBesrr Turbffme Shmft Siscolorffitiom
Evosion of connpressor blades fronr Fngest6on Disccloy*tion of the turbine shaft is due to
of dust. Blades on one wl-aeel are thimned whEle overheating caused by oit starvaticn. Lack ot
the other whee[ is almost corvlpletely wor*l iuhricatiom genera!iy is a rnatten of lmproper
away. Firae erosion of the inlet edEes elf the start-{.!p *r shut-down practioes.
coffrpressor wheel suggests sand or other fine
abrasive in the inNet system, entering thnough
a darnaged air cleanen elernent or a leak in
in[et piping. There will generally be no dam- ffiaek6nE Plate tf,flheef, ftnrb
age to the turbine whee! or bearings unless the
problern was so severe tl-rat the rotating ur"rit
becarne unbaianced.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2565-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Blade Edges Lfl#ted Bearing Darnage
Blade edges o'f the cornpre$$or wheel Nifted Engine bearing material imbedded in the
by improper removal o{ the corfipres$or hous- bearing surfaces. Checkout the engine for
ing, Housing s!-reuld no{ be pried of{ but lif ted possible bearing failure.
straight off.
Bearing Failurre
fp*rbine $haft & BearEngs
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
2565 8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Flne scratchres on both bearing iournals ane ffiearing darnage and extneme shaft motion
evidence tlrat abrasive materiai has contarnina- caused by lack of lubricatiorx or abrasives in
ted the {uhricating oii' the oii rneY elreilttiaily caulse the s*'laft to bend
or eveex bieak. Wheqr this type of darnage is
ev[dent. check the bearings
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Sectional lndex
aA1.)
Timing Lock Pin (Bosch)
Timing Lock Pin (CAV) 341 1
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
3005
FUEL TANK AND FUEL TANK SENDER
Copyright 1992 @
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
300s-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS ..
GENERAL INFORMATION
2
FUEL TANK
Removal and lnstallation
3
SPECIFICATIONS
Fuel Tank Capacity
Standard Tank 135 Litres
OptionalTank. 170 Litres
SPECIAL TORQUES
Rear Wheel Nuts
434 to 515 Nm
GENERAL INFORMATION
WAHNING : Smoking or open flame should be avoided any time the luet system is Oeng ,epa,red or seruiced.
The area should be property ventilated. lmproper handhng of fuel coutd result in explosiin oifire
causing bod1y
harm or death to yoursell or others
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3005-3
STEP 1
STEP 2
STEP 5
/{ Eozru
Disconncct the battery, negative (-) terminal(s) (1)
first
Remove the left hand rear wheel and support the axle
on an axle stand with a capacily of 5000 Kg (5 Ton).
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3005-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Two Strap Version
NOTE: ltems are numbered in order of Removal
Ad'
{-)\ -.
U
) o.-
v
H
@16
('.'
o@
v
a
-Nr'
o( r
%\aiz
I
a
I
:Lj4
;$f
(
Lt
o SM0397A
NOTE: When the fuel tank has been removed, remove the luel tank sender, refer to Page 6, Step 4
Don 8-85032 Issued 6-92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
300s-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Four Strap Version
v
NOTE: ltems are numbered in order of Removal.
rS ,2
tf
l.'4
*r@ B,*- \\ -t-\
--.\
o@
V
@
a
L a
ll
P-b
--/
G\
sM0397
NOTE: When the lueltank has been removed, remove the lueltank sender, refer to Page 6, Step a.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
300s,6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FUEL TANK SENDEH
Removal and lnstallation STEP 4
STEP 1
STEP 2
STEP 5
STEP 3
o\
Remove the seat
d
Turn the fuel tank sender (1) counterclockwise and
remove the sender. Remove and discard the o-rrng (2)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3005-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Fuel Tank Sender Testing
STEP 1
FLOAT HEIGHT
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
341 0
Written ln Clear
A,nd
Simole
Eng'lish
IMPORTANT: This engine was made using the metric measurement system.
All measurements and the checks must be made with metrictools to make sure
of an accurate reading when inspecting parts.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3410-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIFICATIONS
Every 500 hours or when loss of
Filter Replacement (First and Second Stage)
engine Power occurs
Full Flow, turn on tYPe
First Stage Filter .
Full Flow, turn on tYPe
Second Stage Filter 5toTPSl
Fuel System Operating Pressure
(34.475 to 48.265 kPa)
(3.448 lo 4.827 Bar)
FUEL SYSTEM
Filter Removal and lnstallation
filter NOTE: When the filters are too tight, you can
NOTE: At the first fitter change and each cause damage to the gaskets and filters'
Part
change after that, always install f ilter kit' Case
Number A77470.
5. Make sure there is fuel in the fuel tank'
1, Clean the filter head, elements and the engine
6. Loose the air removal screw above the filter
area next to the filters'
head. Actuate the hand primer pump' Close the
filter' air removal screw when clear fuel with no air
2. Remove the drain plug from the first stage
bubbles flows from the screw.
3. To remove the filters, use a clamp type filter 7. The ignition switch must be turned to the ON
wrench. position to energize the fuel shutoff solenoid'
on the Do not turn the engine over until Step I is com-
4. Put a small amount of clean oil or grease pleted.
Turn
seals of the new filters' lnstall the filters'
in con-
the f ilters clockwise until the seal comes Loosen the air removal screw on the fuel iniec-
tact with the filter head' Use your hand to L
turn' To get the tion pump. Actuate the hand primer pump' close
tighten the filter one half of a
the air removal screw when clear f uel with no air
cJrrect seal, loosen the filters and again tighten bubbles f lows from the screw. Actuate the hand
one half to three {ourths of a turn after the seal primer pump five more times to {inish the air
comes in contact with the filter head' removal.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3410-3
Case 6T-590 engine Use a clamp wrench to remove the fuel filters
STEP 3
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
34 1 0-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 4 STEP 6 6T-590 and 6TA-590 Engine
Turn the f ilters clockwise until the filter seal makes Turn the ignition switch to the ON position to ener-
contact with the filter head. Use your hand to gize the shutoff solenoid. Loosen the air removal
tighten the filter one half of a turn. To get the screw on the fuel inlet line. ,Actuate the hand
correct seal, loosen the filters and again tiqhten primer pump Close the air removal screw when
the filters one half to three fourths of a turn after clear f uel with no air bubbles, f lows lrom the screw.
the seal makes contact with the filter head When
the lilters are too tight, you can cause damage to NOTE: lf the hand lever on the primer pump can
the seals and f ilters. not be actuated, turn the engine until the pump can
be actuated.
STEP 5
STEP 7 6-590 Engine
'1r.ri}-
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
341 1
IMPORTANT: This engine was ntade using the metric measurement system. All
measurements and Checks must be madC wtth metrrc tools tO make sure Of an
accurate reading when rnspccttng parLs.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3411-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOLS
.....',...''.'.2
SPECIAL TORQUES
GENEBAL INFORMATION .. .
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE. .
lnstallation
15
PRIMEB PUIVP
Removal ... .
16
lnstailatlon
16-17
SPECIAL TOOLS
sg
CAS.I690 ENGINE
TURN OVER TOOL
P,ac 8-97711
Revised 9-91 Printed in U.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341 1-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIAL TORQUES
lnjection Pump Mounting Bolts ....21 lo 27 Nm
GraoeBB(SizeVt0) 51 to 62 Nm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3411 -4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Troubleshooting guide
lor lhe diesel luel iniection system'
CAUSE t REMEDY
lmproper fuel in the tank t Drain tank' flush system' fill with
proPer f uel
Tank empty or lank ve
/bleed system' check
tank vent (See Section 3410)
Air in the f uel system tEre"ti t"t system' eliminate air leaks (See
Section 3410)
t RcPlace as necessarY (See
Section 341 1 )
stoP solenotd fective + Correct
@nalfL,nction tsee Section 3411)
electrical f a;'ts replace stop solenoid
-f
Fuel filter blocked Beplace {uel
filter (See Section 3410)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341 I -5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SERVICING THE FUEL SYSTEM
lnjection Pump Removal
STEP 1 STEP 4
Clcan lhe enginc bcf ore any scrv ce v,rork rs donc on thc lnsra i dust ccvcrs on :hc f ucl injcctors and thc nicc: o"l
f uC SyStCrn. PU P
STEP 2 STEP 5
Disconneci and rcmovc lhc fucl rnjccior iCS Rcrrovc ihc fucl rnlct litting and gaskets
STEP 3 STEP 6
lcr-novc t'tc 'ucl ;n.ccTo' lrnc b'ackcts Disconnecl and remove thc fucl nlct line
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341 1-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 7 STEP 1O
_' ',t
-ralrxi;;
;s,$. 'iir,
Disconnect the leak off linc lnstall a dust covcr tn thc rn-
jcction pump and on the leak off line .
STEP B
NOTE: Thc slol. washcr wrll bc loosc altcr tha lock bolt
has bacn tarqued.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3411-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 12 STEP 14
lnstall a gcar pullcr and tighten the bolls until the gear is Carefully rcmove thc injection pump nuts and thc r'1cc-
loosc lrcm ihc pump sha't tior purro from rhc fronl housing.
STEP 15
Bcmove the bracket and the nuts ihal hold lhc inicction
prrmp io thc front housing
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
34'l 1-Bpowrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
{k'"
v
;fr-
..l:l:tii
pumo and ihe 'ro'1
i::iir..,:rii!l.i @
Align thc rr-a'k on :l-c nicction
lnslall a new gasket lnc r":tl Ita: holc li-'ciniccl on p1lrp io
f'.to-using lns;laii
front housinQ al-l :i'c brackcl Llci
STEP 17 pump vttll have a nark
NOTE: A ne,t' or re built iriectiort
cn the PumP flar)ge
STEP 18
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341 1-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 21 STEP 24
UNLOCK
35919 l B
Loosen the lock bolt on thc injcctron cump, move the Install thc cover
s ot washer on the lock boll Tighten thc lock bolt to a
torque of 20 Nm
STEP 25
NOTE: The slot v'tasher wtil not move after the lock bolt
has been torqued.
STEP 22
STEP 26
STEP 23
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
34 1 't-10
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 27 STEP 29
Connect and
at tighten the fucl rnlet linc to the Connect thc nlcctor lincs to thc f ucl injectors and thc in-
pump
lection pump
STEP 28 STEP 30
insiali thc fucl inlet fltting and new gaskcts There musl To removc thc air from the iuel systcnr sce Section
bc a gaskct on cach side of thc fuel inlci linc. T ghton 34.1 O in the scrvtcc manual.
thr: fL;cl inlet iitting :o a torquc ol 22 lo 28 Nrn
Lifl thc bcil tcnsioner and rcmovc thc ian bclt Rc'r'ovc thc ouiley bolts and ihe fan puilcy
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3411-11
STEP 33 STEP 36
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
,,.,.,.,, 7i8975
Bemovc thc crankshaft puiley oolts and thc crankshaft llcrnovc thc plug from the fly,vheel housing and install
pi.;iley. thc cnginc lurn over tooi Turn thc cnginc ovcr and cush
the icck pin into the camshaft gear
STEP 34 NOTE: lvlake sure there tis a mark on the tn.iectian pump
and tront cover.
STEP 37
Remove thc front covcr bolls and lhc froni covcr 1, SLOT WASHER
i :3k. z. LocK BOLT
STEP 35 Loosen thc pump shaft lock bolt and move the sloi
washer off thc lock bolt shouldcr Tightcn the lock boll
to a torquc of 7 Nm.
NOTE: Thc slot v'tasher will be loose aftcr the lock boll
has been tcrqued
STEP 38
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Install the gear puller and push thc drivc gcar of{ the in-
lcciion pump shaft
4??L9',
lnstall the drive gear on ihe inlection pump shaft. Make 1, SLOT WASHER
surc the correct letter on drive gear and the timing mark
, B#jl, '' 2. LocK BoLT
on the camshaft gear are in align.
Looscn the pump shaft lock bolt, move the slot washer
NOTE: The slot tn the drive gear and the key rn the in-
on thc lock bolt. Tighten thc lock bolt to a torquc of 20
jection pump shaft must be in align
Nrr
NOTE: Ihe s/ol t^/asher wtll not move after the lock balt
has been taeuec.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341 1 -13
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 43 STEP 46 .&a.
rull thc lock Oin ou1 oi the camshart gcar Clcan the crankshaft scal surlacc wiih loctite sateiy
so vcn:. Scc Sect,on 2425 ra thc scrvtce manual io
nslall lhc lronl covcr and oil scai
STEP 44
STEP 47
STEP 48
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
a^11 1/
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 49 STEP 50
{ri!ii:itil
Li{t the bell tcnsioncr and rnstall thc fan bclt Torquc ihe fan oulley bolts as follows
Gradc8BiSizellB) 25 to 31 Nm
Gradc 1C 9 (Szc MB) 37 lo 43 Nm
Gracc B 8 (Srzc Vl0) 5l io 62 Nrn
Gracc 10 9 (Srze ltl I0) 51 to 62 Nm
Fac B-9771 1
lssLred 9-91 Printed in U.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341 r -15
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnstallation
3 LocK PrN
..,N-
sli,'=,;;[,-.
STEP 52 STEP 53
nsta a rrcw o-rng on thc lock o n lnstallthc timing oin and the rctaining ring in tnc iock prn
houstng.
1. SOLENOID
,{ -/
t *--""e#
e 2 o-Rt\G
6_
-/ 4 PLUNGEF
./ -r\ '\'*
,r1
3, SPqING
r69273
lernovc the fucl shutoff from thc injcclion purnc Disassemble thc fucl shutoff solenoid, Check the
plungcr and solenoio for scoring
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3411-16
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Assembly and lnstallation
STEP 56 STEP 57
1 SOLENOID
./
; "' :,i:;i i liii: i , , 2. O-RING
,/
\dh
ial
/
,-/ 3. SDBTNG
Q*'-,/
\Q*
i*-fo
4. PLUNGER
TAO)-7'1
Asscmble the fuel shuioff solcnord lnstall the fucl shulc'f so enoid and t ghtcn to a lorcL'lc
of 15 Nr
PRIMER PUMP
Removal
STEP 59
fuc nlc' 'rc Fcmovc thc prlmcr purrp tlolls and the primer from the
Disconnect and rcmovc thc
cnernc block
Pum p lnstallation
STEP 61
$ /Y
lnstall inc crimor ptriro and tigntcn ine bolts that hold
lns.a I thc bolts in ihe orimcr Pui'TrP and rnsta a
nclv
gaskct ovcr the bolts
lhc pr rncr c-rc to :hc cngine b ock
lss:ec 9'91 Pr nicC i. U.S.A'
RaOt977l1
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341 1-17
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 62
B@@@q
lnstall thc iuel inlet line, gaskct and frtting. Tightcn the
inlcl f iltinq to a torque ot 22 I.a 28 Nm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341r-18
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 65
UNLOCK
359191 B
2 LOCK BOLT
STEP 69
STEP 67
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341 1-19
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 70 STEP 72
Tighte n thc injcction pump shaft nut to a torque of 59 to Fotate the injcction pump untilthe mark on thc inlection
71 Nm pump flangc and the mark on the front housing arc
aligncd
STEP 71
STEP 73
STEP 74
Bcmovc llrc Dlr:q artd rnsiaii :i:c crt^ i'rc lLrn tlvi-'r ioc-'1,
push in on thc lock prn anc :urn :ho cngrnc ov(-'!' r:il: :nc
lock p n cngages lnto :nc camshali gcar
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341 1-20
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 75 STEP 77
lnsiall thc p ug in lhc flywhcel housing Conncct and tighten the fucl in ct line
STEP 76 STEP 78
Conncct and tightcn the fucl lcak oii lrnC Fc ow Stcp 26 through Stcp 30 to nsta I the injectron
lincs.
Bac B 9771 1
lssucd 9-91 Printed in U.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
341 2
IMPORTANT: This engine was made using the metric measurement system. Nl
measurements and checks must be made with metric tools to make sure of an
accurate reading when inspecting pafts.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
............... . .. 13-14
15
to
PRIMER PUMP
SPECIAL TOOLS
sg
CAS-1691A GEAR PULLER
CAS-I690 ENGINE
TURN OVER TOOL
DIAL INDICATOR
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIAL TORQUES
lnjection Pump Mounting Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
GENERAL INFORMATION
The function of the injection pump is to supply the It is very important that you take extra care to prevent
correct amount of fuel under pressure 1o the fuel iniec- any dust or forergn material from entering the fuel
tors. The fue must be pressurized with accurate timing system when service is done on the fuel system
to the engine firing order.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Troubleshooting guide
for the diesel fuel injection system.
CAUSE t REMEDY
lmproper fuel in the tank f Drain tank, flush system, fill with
proper fuel
Tank empty or tank vent blocked t Fill tank/bleed system, check
tank vent (See Section 3410)
Air in the fuel system t Bleed fuel system, eliminate air leaks (See
Section 3410)
Pump rear support bracket loose t Replace as necessary (See
Section 3412)
Voltage supply malfunction/stop solenoid defective t Correct
electrical faults/replace stop solenoid Section 341
Fuel filter blocked t Replace fuel filter (See Section 3410)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SERVICING THE FUEL SYSTEM
lnjection Pump Removal
STEP 1 STEP 4
Clean the enginc before any service work is donc on :he Bernovc thc tuel inlcl fitting and gaskets
fuel system.
STEP 5
STEP 2
STEP 6
STEP 3
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 7 STEP 9
STEP 8
lnstall the cngine turn over tool, push in on thc lock pin
and turn the engine ovcr until the lock pin engages into
the camshaft gear
Bemove the plug irom the flywheel houstng IMPORTANT'. Make sure there is a precision mark on
the injection pump and front cover.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
34tZ-/
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 1O STEP
Install a gear puller and tighten the bolts untii the gear is
loosc from the pump shaft.
STEP ]3
Loosen the pump shaft lock bolt and remove the slotted
STEP 11
Carcfully rcmove the inlection pump nuts and the inlec-
tion pump from thc lront hous ng
STEP 14
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnjection Pump lnstallation
STEP 18
lnstall a new gaskel lnsiall the washer and nut on the injection pump shaft
and lighten a smali arnount
STEP 16
.19
STEP
r,
:::'i',iil*Iffi ffi'.l'+,:
Installthe injcction pump Makc sure lhc slol in thc clr vc
gcar and the kcy in:hc inlcclron purrc shart arc alrqnod rnounting nuts and the bracket bolt to a
to 27 Nm
NOTE: lf the frcnt caver \\/as :e')):,vcc ;{;a, }aclron
2425 for insiallalron
STEP 17
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 21 STEP 23
STEP 24
STEP 22
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-10
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 26 STEP 29
Install the leak off f rttrng and gaske: Tighien the leak ofl Connect the injector lrnes to the f uel injectors and the in-
fittlng to a torque of 2? Io 28 Nm jection pump
STEP 27
Connect and trghten the :uci inict irne lo the inlcclron STEP 31
pump
STEP 28
lnstall lhe fuel inlet fitting and gaskets, Tighten the fuel
inlei 'itting to a torque al 22 to 28 Nm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-11
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnjection Pump Gear Removal
STEP 32 STEP 35
tr';t
ri.i- l ')
r'j,
ri:..
#-.1
'.^ ...:
Lift the bclt tcnsioncr and rcmovc ihc fan beli Remove thc bolts and the iront cover
STEP 33 STEP 36
Bcrnove thc pullcy bolts ano thc ian pLrllcv Loosen the nut on the injection pump shaft
STEP 34 STEP 37
Remove the bolts and thc crankshaft pullcy Remove the plug from the flywheel housing
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-12
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 38 STEP 40
:a
Install the engine turn over tool Turn the engine over
and push ihe lock pin into the camshaft gear'
STEP 41
NOTE; Make sure there ls a markon the rniection pump
and frcnt cover.
puller and
Bemove the nut and washer lnstallthe gear
pL,sh the drive gear off the injection pump shaft'
tab
Loosen the lock bolt and remove the slotted
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-13
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnjection Pump Drive Gear lnstallation
STEP 42 STEP 44
LETTER C = BOSCH
PUMP
422t91
lnstall the drive gear on the injcction pump shaft Make lnstall the slotted tab and tighten the lock bolt to a
sure the correct letter on drive gear and the timing mark torque of 13 Nm.
on the camshaft gear are in align.
NOTE: Ihe s/ot in the drive gear and the key in the in- STEP 45
lection pump shaft must be in atign.
STEP 43
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-1 4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 52
Remove the reiainlng ring and lock pin lrom thc Iock pin
housing
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-15
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnstallation
2. LOCK T'*
\
1. RETATNTNG H,NG
\ - .s
BSY-3c'RNG
STEP 54 STEP 55
lnstall a new o-ring on the lock pin lnstall the lock pin and retaining ring in the lock pin
housing,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-16
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
Removal and DisassemblY
STEP 56 STEP 58
, SOLENOID :'i,
l l . .,i.i
a a olNlc
T78897
Loosen the fuel shutoff solenord Disassemblc thc fuel shutoff solenoid Check the
prunger and so enoid for scorirg.
STEP 57
STEP 59
.:.::i,*i:4
::,:i
,t::
,,',,i,iiii'
-,'qr"rVltiiS
qr?ri:ii
o.,i,.|,.fui,,
. ::r.:
ii,: iii:i:: :! ri ii
T78899
shutoff solenoid
Use a smallwire to make sure the orifice in the plunger
ls free of foreign material.
, 3. o-RING ,,,;.
*= 'lp,o
rdd'*.
T78897
Assemble the fuel shutoff solenoio lnstallthe fuel shutori solcnoid and tightcn to a torque of
15 Nrn
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-17
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
PRIMER PUMP
Removal
STEP 62 STEP 63
Femove the fuel inlet line. Remove thc primcr bolts and the primer pump from the
engine block
lnstallation
STEP 64 STEP 66
lnstall the boits in the primer pump and instail a new Install the rnlet tube inlet fitting and gaskets Tighten the
gasket over the bolts. intei li:trnc to o torque ol 22 lo 28 Nm
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-18
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
INJECTION PUMP TIMING
STEP 67 STEP 70
pin is engaged in the camshaft lnstall thc washer and nut Tighten the drive gear nut a
small amount
STEP 71
STEP 69
lnstall the three nuts and the bracket boii Tighten the
nuts and thc bracket boll a small arnount
Rac 8-261 43 Feviscd 9-91 Printed in U.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-19
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 72 STEP 75
STEP 73
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-20
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 77 STEP 79
STEP 80
STEP 78
nstali a dial lndicator in the inlectron pump lnstall the engine turn over tool into the f lywheel nousing
and turn thc enginc counterclockwise until there is no
movcrncnt in thc dial indicator.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
J4tt-ll
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 81 STEP 83
Turn the dial indicator diai to zero Loose n the bracket bolt and the three nuts that hold the
lnjection pump to thc front cover.
STEP 82
STEP 84
STEP 85
lnstall the engine turn over tool, push in on thc lock pin
and turn thc cnginc clockwisc unlr' :hc iock pin engagcs
into the camshaft gcar thc dia irdrcator should read
1 50 mm li the rcading is ccrrcct go to Siep 85
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
.1t+ I t-lt
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 86 STEP 89
Flemove the dial indicator from thc injcction pump lnslall and tightcn the injector line brackel
STEP 87 STEP 90
Installthe njection pump plug and tighten to a torque of lnstall thc front covcr
B to 10 Nm.
STEP 91
STEP B8
Fac 8-261 43
Revised 9-9'1 Printed in U S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3412-23
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 92
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
341 3
FUEL INJECTORS
IMPOHTANT. This engine was made using the metric measurement system. All
measurements and checks must be made with metric tools to make sure of an
accurate reading when inspecting parts.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3413-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-4
SPECIAL TORQUES.. 5
SPECIAL TOOLS
GENERAL INFORMATION,. .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. .
5
OPERATING PNOCEDUHES
6
7_A
TESTING INJECTORS
Asscmbly l5-l/
INJECTOR ADJUSTMENTS
Adjusting Opening Pressure . .18
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
34r 3-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WARNING
When testing or adjusting diesel fuel injectors, do not place your hands,
arms, or any other part of your body into the fuel injector spray.
A rr", p ray f rom an i nj ecto r hassuff i cientve loc ity to penetrate theski n and
"
cause serious infection or other reactions. lf iniured by fuel penetration,
see your doctor immediately.
Wash the injured part with boric acid solution, suppon the injured finger or ha nd with a splint and
sling so the injured part will remain absolutely at rest until a physician can examine it.
SPECIFICATIONS
Engines Manufacturcd in Darlington, EngLand
Prior to Engine Serial Number 21092870 . . 9 n'rr Injector Nozzles
Engine Serial Numbcr 21a92870 and After. ..7 rrff Injcctor Nozzlcs
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
DA1' A
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Robert Bosch lnjectors
Part Number
Number of Spray
Casc Robert Bosch Spray Angle Oriliccs Orificc Size Nozzle Size Opening Pressure
J909464 0432r31877 ,155 Degrees 4 0.28 mm 9mm ' $'t<il253,Bar
.:
tffi:ro,s6ioPsl)
J9094 7s 04321 31 881 1 55 Degrees 4 0.28 mnt 9mm 22A b 228 Bat
(3190 to 3307 PSI)
J909476 0432131880 155 Degre€s 4 0.29 mm 9mm 245 to 653 Bar
(3553 to,3670 PSI)
J949472 04321 3t 869 1 55 Degrces 4 0.28 mm 9mm 224 b 228 Bar
(3190 to 3307 PSI)
J909474 043213'r85.r 155 Dcgrecs 4 0,29 mm 9mm 220'lo 28 Bar
(3190,to 3307 PSI)
io 1 01nn 1 55 Degrccs 4 028mm 7 m']1 oon r^ aao o^.
(3190 to 3307 PSI)
J91 9304 '155 Degroes A 028 mm tmm 22A b 2281ar
(3190 io 3307 PSI)
101 0220 1 55 Dcgrees 4 0.30 mm 7 rrm 245 to 253 Bar
(3553 to 3670 PSI)
CAV lnjectors
Pad Number
Numbcr ol Spray
Casc Fobori Bosch Spray Ang c Orif iccs Orilicc S zc Nozzlc Sizc Opcning Prcssurc
Jg 1 6745 670508 '155 Degrees 4 032 mm 9mm 255 to 263 Bar
(3698 to 3814 PSl)
J917567 67051 4 I 55 Degfces 4 4.27 nm 9mm 22a rc 228 Bar
(3190 to 3307 PSI)
Maximum Opcning Pressure Variation Bctween Each Cylinder .10 34 Bar 150 PSi
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
34 1 3-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIAL TORQUES
SPECIAL TOOLS
GENERAL INFORMATION
The fuel injectors are in the cylindcr head Therc is one INJECTOR VALVE - The valve controls thc flow of thc
inlector for cach cylindcr, The fuel inicctor scnds a fuel from the injector.
measured amount ol fucl to the combustion chamber VALVE STOP - The valve stop has two dowel pins which
from the inleclion pump. Each quantity of fuel must be
hold the valve tip to the body. This will make a spray
sent to the combustion chamber in the form of fine par- pattcrn that is correct Both faces of the valve stop have
ticles This will make sure that there is complete com- a fine surface finish. The valve stop controls the
bustion and efficient engine pcrformance.
distance that the valve will move.
IMPORTANT The injector tip end and the iniector
OPENING PRESSURE CONTROL SPRING - Thc spring
valve are a matched assembly. The tvvo parls are mada
controls the fuel pressure that is necessary to lift the
smooth to fit together with accuracy. The inlector ttp or
valve from the scat
the injector valve can not be replaced scparately for
se,rzice. /Fit is necessa ry to replace etther the valve or trp, SHIMS - The shims push down on the spring to keep a
replace the complete tip assembly. gtvcn prcssurc on the valve.
IMPORTANT'. Do not mix tip assemb/ies and bodies INJECTOR TIP - The valve and the valve seat are ln the
while the rnjectors are betng rJisassemb/ed. injcctor tip Thcre are orrfices in the injector tip that
atomizc the fuelfor better combustion and separate thc
INJECTOR BODY - Thc body holds the iniector parts in
fuel spray to mix thc fuel spray with air.
the correct position in thc cylindcr head. The body has a
high pressure channel and a leak off channel. The lowcr NOZZLE SEAL - The seal is under the cap nut and stops
face of the body has a finishcd surface and has two engine compression leakage.
holes in the surface for locating dowel pins.
4. INJECTOB
2. EDGE FILTEH
3. HIGH PRESSURE
CHANNEL 5. OPENING PBESSURE INJECTOR TIP
(IF EOUIPPED) CONTROL SPRING
SPRAY ORIFICES
NOZZLE SEAL
14. LEAK CHANNEL 12, SPF]NG SEAT
10. INJECTOR VALVE
13. SHIN4S
VALVE STOP
15. LEAK OFF
420191
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
J4 t.J-b
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
OPERATING PROCEDURES
The operation of the injector is easy and positive. When thc fucl delivery stops, the pressure against the
valve rs decreased and the control spring immediately
A measurcd quantity of fucl undcr high pressurc move s rcturns thc valvc to the seat This removes the danger of
from the inlection pump to thc high pressurc channcl in lcakage, aftcr the measured amount of fuel has been
the inlcctor body. The f ue I then moves through thc vaivc rclcased Thc valvc opcns and c oses very rapidly with
stop channeland enters the prcssure chambe r which is a very clcar noise
around thc valve in the inlector tip
A smail amount of fuel leaks, during injection, through
Whcn thc pressure of the fuel against the valve is more thc controlled clearancc betwcen the tip assembly and
than the sct spring orifice, the valve is movcd from the the injector body Thrs lcakagc adds lubrication to all
scat. This permrts the fue I under high pressure to entcr thc moving parts in thc injector. This fuel then moves
thc inlcctor tip The fuel thcn moves through thc spray through thc ieak oll channcl, lcak off lines and rcturns to
orilrcos and to the combustion chamber The fucl thc fucl tank.
reaches the combustion chamber rn an atomized con-
dition
1. HIGH PRESSURE
CHANNEL
2, INJECTOR BODY
12. INLET SPRAY OBIFICES
\
5 sAt,
OPENING PHESSURE
CONTROL SPRING
1 1. LEAK OFF 10, LEAK OFF CHANNEL 8, VALVE 7. PRESSURE
CHAMBER 6. TIP ASSEMBLY
42019 1
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3413-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
LOCATING BAD INJECTORS
lf there is a loss of power during engine operation, the in jectors can be bad Do the following procedure to find the bad in-
jectors,
1 Loosen the tubc nut on the Iuel lrne This will release 1 . Loosen the tube nut on ihe iuel inlet line for thc
the fuel and the injector wili not work. lf tnis injector is in.;ector at the cylinder head. lf the inlcctor is bad,
bad, there will not be any dlffercnce in the engine there will not be any differcnce in the engine perfor-
performance , Connect and tighten thc tubc nut on mance. Conncct and tighten the tube on the f ue I rnlet
the fuel line, line,
2 Do this proccdurc again for thc re mainder of the in- 2, Do this proccdurc again for the remainder of the in-
jectors jectors.
REMOVING INJECTORS
STEP 3 STEP 4
Clean lhe location around the fuel iniectors Disconncct the fuel Irne from thc rnjector and tnstall a
dust covcr ovcr the inlct of thc inlector
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
34.13-8
STEP 5 STEP 7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Remove the leak off bolt and the leak off line gasket. Remove the fuel injector from the engine. Always
replace the injector sealing gasket when a fue/ injector
is removed. Remove the remainder of the injectors
STEP using the same procedure.
i,iltiri:t:iii;,tl t
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3413-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
I NSTALLI NG INJECTORS
STEP B STEP 1O
lnstall a injector bore clean ng tool Turn thc tool c ock- lnstall the inlector in thc cylinder hcad bcre. The ball in
wise. Use a ratchet wrench. Ccan the bore wth arr the inlector must align ivith thc s o1 in thc cylrndcr hcad
under prcssure or turn the engine over to rcmovc i'lc borc
^^-+i^i^^
tldt LtL,tES
STEP 1 1
STEP 9
lnstailthc gasket and the leak oif bolt Tghtcn the ieak
off bolr lo a torque cl 7 to 9 Nm.
NOTE: Make sure the tap of the gasket cJaes not [ouc't
the leak cfl itne
Fac 8-261 52
qcviscd 2-92 !-'r:c3 ,' .. S .r,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
34r3-10
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 13
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341 3-1 1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TESTING INJECTORS
The injector must be cleaned before testing the injector,
Wash the body, nozzle tip and the cap nut in a solvent to
remove external dirt, greasc and carbon deposits from
the cap, body and outside diameter of the tip.
-d.
%r
Connect the injector to the nozzle tester. The nozzle tip
must be down. Use adapter elbow (Part Number YSOO-
3) straight adapte r (Part Number Y900-5) and adaprer
nut (Part Number Y900-6)
Fucl from the spray orificcs can enter clothing and skin
causing serious damage, The tip must always be put in
a rccptacle to hold the spray.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3413-12
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Checking Seat Leakage
C ose thc pressure release valve and the gauge protec- 4. Open the pressure release valve and remove the in-
tion valve. Open the pump valve and operatc thc pump lector
rapidly to flush the injector.
The following procedure must be followed if drops of
1 Dry the injector tip completely Open thc Aauge pro- fuel are seen on the nozzle tip.
tection valve.
'1. Disassemble and clean the injector, see Pages i3
2. Lift the pressure at the iniector to 100 PSI (6.9 bar) and 14
under thc opening pressurc
2. lnjector assembly, see Pages 15 through 17
3 Close the pump valve for five seconds and check
the nozzlc tip (spray hole location. Thc nozzle leaks if
drops of fuel are seen on the nozzle tlp, A small
amount of moisture on the nozzle Iip is permitted,
Spray Pattern
Close thc pressLrre release valve and the gaugc protcc- Thc inlector will make a very clear noise when the test
tion valve . Open the pump valve and operatc the lester stand is ope rated rapidly Thls noise wili not necessarily
at 60 strokes a minute, check the spray pattern. The occur in the operation of the inlector in the engine The
nozzle must have a spray pattern that will atornizc the noise is an indication of good seat width and interfer-
fuel Thc nozzic must not have a solid soray patlern cnce angles. This noise can change between nozzles
Thc noisc in thc nozzles must not b,e compared for
purpose of maktng nozzlcs acceptable of not accept-
able.
60 I -8C
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341 3-1 3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
MAINTENANCE OF THE INJECTOR
Disassembly
STEP 14 STEP 16
g
&s + 5, NozzLE HoLDER
-L'
*o.o, ffi
1. SEALING GASKETFi I
./
-/q
V .. 4. pRESSURE SpRING
6. SHIMS Y'
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3413-14
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Cleaning and lnspection
All parts must be put in a solvent to looscn the
carbon deposits,
SPFAY ORIFICE 4. Clean a channe ls with air under pressure. Direct the
air through both enCs of the nozzle tip asscmbly.
Carbon deposits must bc removcd.
I
2. PIN VISE
T69089
3 Use a stone to removc sharp eoges from the end of
:hc wire A small flat on onc sidc of thc wirc will make
it casrer to cut the carbon from the orifice. Put thc
clcaning wire in the spray orifice and turn the wire
unlil thc wrrc is ircc. Wash thc bcdy with c car 5. Make surc that thc nozzle valve slides freely in the
sovcnl and look at thc tip. fhc.roz,: c lic m'.,s1 bc nozzlc body
rcplaccd if the ori{ cc n trc tip slovrs darlagc :rl ihc
cdgcs Damagc lo thc orilicc wril crangc lhc spray iarc'i. \' ccafr lic noz,zlc valvc and thc inside
pattern. diarrreier of lhe body to re.iove all dirl, varnish and
othcr forcign dcoosits.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
J4tJ-t5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Assembly
4, SHIM AS NEEDED
9,/
@ eRESSURE spRtNG
g-/ -,5.
tr),t
&
w, -/-6 spRr\GsEAr
v
o-/,// - 10 vALVE sroP
;=,1
Kig
fl'/
9. NOZZLE TIP ASSE[i1BLY
STEP 17
Install the pressure adjusting shims that arc nccded to lnstall thc pressure spring in the nozzle holder
set the opening pressurc
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP
L PINS
S&ii'i
Instali the spring scat on the Drcssure sprlnc The small Align thc dowel pin holes ln the nozzle tio assembly with
dlameter end of the spring seat rnust be toward :rc thc dowei pins in the stop valve assembly lnstall the
pressurc spring nozzle lip assembly on the valve stop assernbly
STEP 20 STEP 23
DOWEL PINS
lnslali the valvc slop assembly Ai gn thc dowel p r)s Add ubricalion to thc nozzlc shouidcr Do not put
that arc in thc valvc stop wih lhc co',vci orrr lrolcs lhai grcasc on thc holocr or thc threads of the cap nut
are n the nozzle holdcr insta I lhe cap nut ovcr the end of the nozzle tip
assembly and turn lhe cap nul clockwise two or three
times.
STEP 21
Hac d'lb 52
Fevised 2-92 Prlnted in U S A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3413-17
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 24 STEP 25
T69080
Put the injector in a soft face vise with the tip of the Check the fuel injector on the test stand
injector up The flat surface of the injector must be
toward the face of the vise, Tlghten the cap nut to a
torquc of 24 Nm.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341 3-1 8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
I NJ ECTOR ADJUSTMENTS
Adjusting the Opening Pressure
STEP 26 STEP 28
':r:;::;.
T69080
Bemovc:hc fuel inlector trom thc nozzlc tcstcr Put :hc Assemble :he fucl niector, See Pages 15 through 17
injcctor ln a soft face vise Thc f lats of thc inicctor holder
rrust bc ioward the iacc of ihe visc The iniector tip
STEP 29
rnusl bc uc Loosen thc cap nut. To dlsasscmble thc
nlector sce Pagcs 13 and l4
STEP 27
tu,
Chcck aga n thc opening prcssurc of thc tucl inlcctor
on ihc nozzle testcr. Bcpcat Stcps 26 through 29 on tris
page, as necessary, until the needed opening is
169087 corrcct
Add pressurc adlusting sh ms to increase t:re opcnrng
0rcssurc Rcmove pressure adjusting snin :o s
dccrcase opcning prcssurc Do :h s unl I ihc correcl
pressi,rc is reachcd.
Rac 8-261 52
Bcvisod 2 92 Printed in U.S A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
341 3-1 I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
INJECTOH SLEEVE
lnstallation
This sleeve must be used to change the 9 mm injector bore in the cylinder head to a 7 mm inlector bore to use the 7 mm
inlectors.
STEP 28 STEP 30
Use the injector bore clcaning tooi, Sce Spcciai Tools Use thc special wrench and tighten the injector re-
page for corrcct sizc cleaning tool, clcan thc injector taining nut to a torque of 55 to 65 Nm
bore. Usc compressed air to clean the injector bore.
STEP 31
STEP 29
7 mm INJECTOB
SLEEVE lnstall thc seal and the lcak off screw and tightcn thc
leak off bolt to a torque of 8 Nm.
NOTE: Make sure the top of the gasket does not touch
351.92 the leak off line
lnstall tfie sleeve on thc injector, STEP 32
IMPORTANT'. Do not rnstall a sealing washer on the
injector when sleeve r,s used.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk Sectional lndex
ELECTRICAL SECTION NO.
A Alternator
Removal, Disassembly and lnspection .,,.............. ..,,...,........... 4008
Testing on the Machine ..........,....... 4008
Starter Motor
Removal, Disassembiy and lnspection .....,........... .... .., ......... 4003
Starter, Solenoid Voltage Test ..,........ .,............. . 4001
Testing on Machine .., 4003
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
400 1
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4041-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
J
SHOP EQUIPMENT TOOLS . . .. ,. . .
3
GENERAL INFORMATION
4
FUSES
SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS
q
FUSES AND RELAY LOCATION
7
STABTEE KEY SWITCH KEYED POWER FUEL SHUT-OFF AND
ETHER START
to
ALTERNATOR AND INSTBUMENT CLUSTER
J\,/
FORWARD/REVERSE AND TFANSMISSION CONTROL
46
ACCESSOBY POWER RELAY SENS.O-DRAULIC SHR HITCH CONTROL
56
FRONT PTO MFD AND DIFF LOCK
. 120
FRONT AND REAB WINDSHIELD WIPER,A/VASHERS .
128
BLOWER MOTOB AND AIR CONDITIONER
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SHOP EQUIPMENT TOOLS
)t
-f J
GENERAL INFORMATION
NOTE, Nl electrical checks must be made with the tractor parked on hard level ground wrth the parking brake engaged
and the engine OFF uniess othenwise staled
NOTE: Nl componenls, wires and connectors disconnected during any electrical checks must be cannected wnen the
checks are complete.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FUSES
rUSE AMPS CIRCUIT FUSE AMPS CIRCUIT
SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS
-20
CONNECTOB A
Connector Wrlh ldentification Numbers or Letters For Example Connector A Pin or
-ffi- Terminal A.
CHASSIS GROUND
Circuits Grounded to Tractor Chassis
//,///
o Test Pcini
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FUSE AND RELAY LOCATION
LEFT HAND FUSE RELAY BLOCK RIGHT HAND FUSE RELAY BLOCK
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
BULKHEAD CONNECTORS AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENT I-AYOUT
STARTER RELAY
BATTERY JUNCTION
BLOCK (POWER)
CONNECTOR D (CAB HARNESS OR PLATEFORM)
+
I
I
AUDIBLE A[-AHM
LEFT HAND FUSE RETAY BLOCK RIGHT HAND FUSE RELAY BLOCI{
--t -__I i
--=]
ior 8.85042
tssued 3-g2 Prlnied ln Enqland
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STARTEH, KEY SWITCH, KEYED POWER, FUEL SHUT-OFF AND ETHER
START
Sectional lndex
CIRCUIT TESTING
Starter Solenord Circuit Test o
Starter Felay Circuit Tesi .. .. o
Range Switch Test (Neutral Start Circurt). .. 10
PTO Neutral Start Switch Test (lf Equipped) 11
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WIRING CODE
BEF COLOR FROM TO WIRE
GAUGE
Chassis Ground 210
1 Black Battery (Negative)
Starter Motor Solenord fierm B) 210
2 Bed Battery (Positive)
Baltery Junctron Block 6
3 Bed Starter Motor Solenord flerm B)
I
Starter RelaY ft-erm 30)
4 Red Battery Junction Block
Starter Motor Solenoid (T-erm S) 9
5 White Starter RelaY (Term B7)
Battery Junction Block Keyswitcn (BAID 13
6 Red
Warning Lamp Test Relay (1-erm 86) 18
7 Whtte Key Switch (START)
86) Connector F f-erm 8) 18
7 Warning LamP Test RelaY flcrm
For"wardlReverse Switch fTerm 8)
White 18
8 Black Connector F fTerm 8)
Forward/Revcrse Switch (Term 7) Connector F [erm 7) 18
9 Black
Connector A (Pin A) 18
10 White/Pink Connector F fl-erm 7)
Connector A (Pin A) Starter Relay Diode Module (l'-erm A) 18
10 White/Pink Neutral Start Diode
.18
NoTE:Atlwirecodereferencesmarked,A'arefortractorsUptoPlNNoJJF100a602
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-9
CIRCUIT
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk TESTING
NOTE: Thebafteymustbeatfull chargeandall conneclions mustbecleanandtightbefore testmg. Useamultimeterfor
fhe tesls.
NOTE: Any reference to wire codes A' are for traclors up to PIN NO JJF1004602.
NOTE: Far testing and repair of the starter motor, see Section 4003 in this se,1/ce manual.
Q ferminal for cable 2 Red to ground 12 Volts Check the battery cables between the
starter motor solenoid terminal B and the
positive terminal of the battery. Check the
connections of the battery box junction
block (if equipped).
@ ferminal for wire 5 White to ground 12 Volts Check wire 5 and check the starter relay
circuits
NOTE: lf the readings are correct see Section 4003 and check the stafter motor solenoid.
Terminal for wire 12 Brownlarange or 11A Continuily Bad chassis ground circuit
White to ground
@ terminal for wire 4 Red to ground 12 Volts Check wire 4 and battery junction block
connection.
Terminal for wire 11 White or 10A Brown to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch and the
ground starter relay. Check the key switch and the
fonvard/reverse switch neutral start circuit.
Also check the neutral sta( diode or starter
relay diode module.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 0
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Reading Possible Cause oi Bad Reading
@ terminal for wire 12 Brown/Orange or 11A Continuity Bad chassis ground oircuit
Whrre to ground
NOTE. lf the reading is correct check wtre 12 or wire 1 1 A and the connector if equipped
Terminal for wlre 13 BrownftVhite or 12A Contnuity Bad chassis ground circuit
Whiie/Yellow to ground
@ termlnal for wire 14 Brown to ground for Continuity Check wire 14 and the chassis ground
traclors from PIN No JJF]005524 con,lect ons
NOTE: tf the reading is correct check wtre 14 and the lstl2nd range switch
Terminal for wire 13A White/Dark Blue to Continuity Bad chassis ground clrcurt
qround for tractors uP to PIN No
JJFl 004602
NOTE: tf the reading is correct check wtre 13A and the lstl2nd range switch
NOTE: lf the readtnq is correct check the PTa neutral. slad swlch
Terminal lor wire I44 Whrte/Pink to ground Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit
for tractors up to PIN No JJF1004602
NOTE: Disconnect the range switch from the harness and put the range lever in the NEUTRAL position.
Between terminais A and B of the range ContrnuihT Bad range switch. Adjust or replace switch
swrtch as necessary, refer to Section 9001
Beiween termtnals C and D oi :he range No ContinL,rty Bad range switch Adjust or replace switch
SW:Ch as necessary, refer io Section 9001
lcn 8-45042
lssled 3-92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
NOTE: Put the range lever in 1st or 2nd range (for the lstl2nd range switch) or 3rd or 4th range (for the 3rdl4th range
swrtch).
Check Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Between terminals A and B of the range No Continuity Bad range switch. Adlust or replace switch
switch
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk as necessary. refer io Section 9001.
Between termtnals C and D ol the range Continulty Bad range switch. Adjust or replace swi:ch
switch as necessary, refer to Section 9001
Between terminals A and B of the PTO Continuily Bad PTO switch. Adiust or replace switch
SWItCh as necessary, refer to Section 9001.
Between terminals A and B of the range No Cont nuity Bad PTO switch Adrust or replace swrtch
switch as necessary, refer to Section 9001
@ ferminal for wire 7 White to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch and
connector F. Also check the key switch.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF posrtion and put the torwardlreverse lever in the FORWARD position
NOTE: lf the readings are carrect check wires 10 and 10A. Also check the neutral staft diode or starler relay drode
module.
NOTE: The positive lead of the multimeter must go to the female terminal of the diode.
NOTE: Change the leads of the multimeter over so lhe positlve iead of the multimeter goes to the male terminal of the
diode.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-12
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Starter Relay Diode Module Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the key to the aFF position and disconnect the diode module from the harness
position.
NOTE: put the forvvardlreverse lever in the FOBWARD pasitian and hold the key in the START
Termrnal for wire 10 White/Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch START
liD termina and the diode module terminal A
Check the key swrtch and the forward/
reverse switch neutral start circuit
NOTE: The positive lead of the multtmeter must go to termtnal A of the drode madule.
NOTE: Change the teads of the multrmeter over so the positive tead of the multimefer goes to terminal C of the diode
module.
Gl Te,m,nal for wire 6 Red to ground iil Bad connection at the battery iunction
block. Aiso check wire 6.
positian
NOTE: Disccnnect the key switch t'rom ihe harness, and turn the key to the ON
3eNveen termrnals BATT and IGN Continuity Bad keY swttch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Chassis Power Relay Circuit Test (Keyed Power)
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position.
Cl terminal forwire 19 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 19 and the chassis ground
connectron
@ tur.;nul for wire 16 Bed/Orange to ground l2 Volts Check wire 16. Also check the key switch
@ lerminal for wire 18 RedAVhite to ground 12 Volts Bad chassis power relay
NOTE: lf the readrng ts correct check the fuel shut-off solenord connection or replace the fuel shut-off solenoid as
necessal/
Belween Pin G of connector B (thebulxhead 12 Volts Bad circuit beh,veen the key switch terminal
side of the conncctor) to ground 54 and connector B.
Behrveen Pin G of connector B (the harness Continuity Chcck wire 21 and connector B
side of the connector) and the fuel shut-otf
solenoid terminal
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Ether Start Circuit Test
NOTE: Check fuse F22.
NoTE: Turn the key to the oN position and hold the ether starr switch in the energized position.
Terminal for wire 23 Dark BlueAVhite to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch terminal
ground 54 and the ether starl solenoid
NOTE; lf the readings are Correct replace the ether staft solenoid
Terminal for wire 22 Dark Blue/Gray to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch terminal
ground 54 and the ether start switch terminal 1
Terminal for wire 23 Dark BlueMhite 1o 12 Volts Bad ether start switch
ground
at connector B
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check wire 24 for contjnui\ and the connection
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
r
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
n Fl
4001- ls 4001-15
[6' -e-
.
I scLENOID (ETHER
START}
scLENOtD (E-[HER
l.t-*'1'I ELECTB1C MOTOB PTO NEUTRALSWIICH
FANGE SWTTCH
Contacts oPen or
SoLENOID (FUEL
sHuroFn
FORWAFDfl1EVEHSE SWITC}I
,LENOIO (FUEL
UTOFR RELAY 30 AMP
A tnagfletic coil that
acluates a Plunger
SH BUTTON
START}
Schematic Circuit (STARTEF} closed bY FO B1I/ARD/REVEHSE SWITCT I NGLE POLE) A rnagnetic coil that
BATTERY BETAY 75 AMP Contacts open or closed bY lever action A magnetic coil that nagnetic coil that A magnetic switch that
AMP Controls more than one circui' Controls mors than one circui' aduates a Plunger
A source of Power FH'gBl=*o'o An electric motor A magnetic switch th
RELAY 75 i levar action astuales a Plunger iuales a Pluflger directs electric current red to
A magnetic switch that I
zffiffiv A magnetic switch thal
directs battery Power to the
direcls electric cunen
directs electric current I
sbrter molor
CHASSIS GHOUNE
Keyecl Power Wiring
Completes battery Ether Start Wiring Ether Start Wiringf
I
[r)
rUSE I
!
ruel dhutt-off and KeY Switch BATTERY POWER JUNCTION BOX ins
tu)
I
Plotects the electrical circuit 1
*#-+ { BAl
@ I
NEUTR
START
I lf
rrl
rl
PTO
NEUTRAL
/frP'*I
Srw
CONNECTOR F
BATTERY BATTEBY SWTCI I
t START
ffis"
KEYED POWER JUNCTION BLO() JUNCTION BLOCK I
JUNCTION BLOCK Forward/reverse switch to
Used to route batl STARTER WABNING LAMP /-'}| SW1TCH
o
powef
poliYer (B til
ffi"FoH i
KE/Sf/TTCH STABTER E I
Coflnects or disconnects Power :tr
io the electrical circun
RETAY
DIODE E\ri
r19 E
rlg
\tI o
=
I 1i!{VI'HITEffELLOW
j lo
STARTEH MOTOR ul
tr
lo
i,{ODULE
I
SOLENOID /:\
(5t (p (p @ srenten
AH
I
\-/ .
13 BROWN/m
lfl_, RELAY lsrentn
o
trl
d
t
/--o, l/ - 23 DK BLUE/WHIE
-l
KEYED
POWER
lo KEYED
, RELAY
i@
r
6! POWER
@ ( GONNECTOR F
ETHI
CONNECTOR F H ETHER
BLOCK I
1ST/2ND
@ STA]
tr START
23
@ BLOCK
BANGE
rd/L *L
I SWITCH
1S SVi'[I SWITCH I
r-
14 BROWNTTELLOW R lST/2NTI
RANGE FUSE Fl6 ] z. @ I
@
sl
{ € @ DE
t7' I
swrTCl-'
@6 I o
=
tr
trl
I
},L
&
f
I
CONNECTOR
TR/A}JSMISSION BATTERY I
o,
l.l -i
o11 I tn
gr: ISAWHITSDK BLUE
I. *-l'
o
JUMPER LEAD
HAFf{ESS E B r
I TOSTARTER -i
i:::::) I
I
r-
0F EAUIPPED)
I
soleruoro
ueurnnl
J I TOSTARTER
solErqoto
J
l to***o{1ryt*t'
ti
I
ST,\RT
E* I uEurmt- tf
CHASSIS GBOUh CHASSIS GROUNII
I
I
@ I
otc'oE
H.T STi\RT
DICtDE H*
nt
CONNECTION GONNECTION I
__l @ trI I
I I \ - 23 DK BLUETWHIE l+l
I @ H
l:i
3RD/4TH
\ I HANGE
l I
@NzuTEAL ) I swlrcH
I
I PTO T
I
I L-
START SWITCH
FflOM PIN No @ 15A BROWN
104 I
104 @
FUEL I
Y JJF1081062 to 15A BROWN
() I JJF1005523 SHUT.OFF I
5
l
I I 6
SOLENOTD t4A I/YHITE PINK
tl I z I
I
zl
o
=
o
=
E rowHrrE/PrN-# I5A BROWN
I
10A BRowN (l aKl--A ton
rc, TD I5A BROWN CONNECTOR
dll t .IECTOR F
-.::/.:l\A I u,
I -t I I CLEAN GPOUNO
._- i....!_! I
CLEAAI GROUND
A NSSIS GROUND
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
lssued 3-92 Printed in Enl
lssued 3'92 Prinlcd in Errg!116
Don 6-85O42
4001 -1 6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
ALTERNATOR AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTEH
Sectional lndex
WIRING CODE tt
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
40ct-17
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WIRING CODE
REF COLOR OB FBON/ TO ]IBI-
COLOR,&VIBE NO trAUtrt
A Aor1 Battery Junction block Key Switch (BAn) i3
7 Whrte Key Switch (START) Warning Lamo ,est Relay (Terrn 86) l8
26 Red/Dark Green Keyed Power Junction Bloo< Fuse F24 1 5
?-7 Yellow/Bed Fuse F24 lnstrument Cluster Connector (Pin 2) 16
28 Red Starlcr Motor Soienoid (Terrr B) Aliernator (Term B *) 7
29 Ye low Alternator (Term D*) Connector B (Pin P) 16
29 Yellow Connector B (Pin P) lnstrument Cluster Connector (Pin 30) l6
30 Yellow/Brown Alterna:or (Ierm W) Connector B (Pin K) 18
30 Ye low/Brown Connector B (Pin K) lnstrument Cluster Connector (Pin 27) 'l B
31 Yellow/Brown Hydraulic Filter Restriction Slvitch Hydraulic Filter Temperature Switch (B) t8
32 Yellow,A,a/hite Hydraulic Filter Temperature Switch (A) Connector A (Pin C) 18
32 Yellow,A&hite Connector A (Pin C) l-ydraulic Filter Test Diode 18
32 Yeilow,zWhite Hydraulic Filter Tesi Drode lnstrumcnt Cluster Connector (Pin 21) 18
33 Brown Arr Filter Restriction Switcn Cnassis Ground 18
34 Dark Green Air Fi ter Restriction Swrtch Connector B (Prn N) 18
34 Dark Green Connector B (Pin N) Air Filter Test Diode 18
34 Dark Green Air Filter Test Diode lnstrument Cluster Connector (Pin 29) 18
35* Brown Parking Brake Switch (Term B) Chassis Ground IB
36 Yellow/Black Parkrng Brakc Switcn (Term A) Conncctor D (Prn A) 1B
36 Yellow/Black Connector D (Pin A) Sclice i8
36 Yellow/Black Audii;le Alarm (- Term) For Tractors Parking Brake Tesr Diode 18
Not Eqipped with Audible Alarm Diode
364 Yellow/Brown Audibie Alarm (- Term) For Tractors Audibie Alarm Diode ro
Equippcd Wiih Audiblc Alarm Diode
36 Yellow/Black Audrble Alarm diode If EqutpPcd Parkinq Brake Test Drode 18
36 Yellow/Black Parking Brake Test Diode Spiice 18
36 Yellow/Black Splice Inslrument Cluster Connector (Pin 17) l8
37 Whrte/Dark Blue Audlble Alarrn (- Term) Transmission Control Relay (Term BO) lB
3B BrowniDark Blue Parking Brake Test Diode Air Filter Test Diode 18
38 Brown/Dark Blue Arr Filier Test Diode Hydraulic Filter Test Diode 18
38 Brown/Dark Blue Hydrar:1c Filter Test Diode Warnrng Lamp Test Relay (Term 30) 18
39 Brown Warn ng !-amp Test Relay (Tcrm 87) Warning Lamp Test Belay (Term 85) l8
39 Brown Warnrng Lamp Test Relay (Term 85) Accessory Power Reiay (Term 85) 16
39 Brown Accessory Power Belay (Tern 85) Transmission Control Belay (Term 85) 16
39 Brown Transmrssion Control Relay (Term 85) Chassrs Ground 18
40 Red/Dark Green Fuse F10 lnstrumcnt Clusler Connector (Pin 32) 16
4t lan Fuse ;1 3 lnstrurncnt Cluster Connector (Pin 36) l6
42 Prnk/Yellow Flasher Relay ferm 3) lnstrument Cluster Connector (Pin 10) 16
43 Brown Flasher Relay (Term 4) Chassis Ground 'l
8
43 Brown Flasher Belay (Term 4) Instrument Cluster Connector (Pin 7) lB
44 PinlVDark Blue Flasher Relay (Term 6) lnstrument Cluster Connector (7tn 24) 1B
45 Light Green/Red Baoar Bulkhcad Connecior [errn A) Instrument Cluster Connector (Pin 3) 18
46 Brown/Light Green Badar Connector' (-fcrm A) Badar BL-lkheao Connector (Term 3) 18
ati Brown/Ltght Grecn Badar Bulkhead Connecior flerm 3) lnstrument Cluster Connector (Pin 26) 18
47 Light Green Radar Connector' (Term B) Radar Bulkhead Connector (Term C) 18
47 Light Green Badar Bulkhead Connector fl-erm C) Instrument Cluster Connector (Pin 33) 18
48 Light Green/Yellow Radar Connecior (Term D) Badar Br.:lkhead Connector (Term D) 18
48 Light Green/Yellow Fadar Bulkhead Connector fTcrm D) lnst.unnent Cluster Connector'(Pin 37) 18
49 Brown Grourd Speed Sensor (Tcrm B) Chassis Ground 18
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
REF COLOR OR FROM TO WIRE
COTORMIRE No GAUGE
52 Yellow/Light Blue Fuel Level Sender F)
Connector A (Pin 18
52 Yellow/Light Blue Connector A (Pin F) lnstrument Cluster Connector (Pin 23)
18
53 Brown Connector G fl-erm 5) Chassis Ground 18
54 Black Connector G fl-erm 5) Forward/Reverse Switch fierm 5) 18
55 Black Forward/Reverse Switch fierm 6) Connector G fl-erm 6) 18
56 Brown/Pink Connector G fierm 6) Connector A (Pin P) 18
56 Brown/Pink Connector A (Pin P) 4th Range Switch fl"erm A) 18
57 PinURed 4th Range Switch fierm B) Connector A (Pin E) 18
57 PrnURed Connector A (Pin E) lnstrument Cluster Connector (Pin )
18
58 Brown,Atuhite Battery Negative Termrnal 1000 rpm PTO Switch Connector flerm B) 1B
58 Brown,A&hite 1000 rpm PTO Switch Connector fl"erm B) 1000 rpm PTO Switch 18
59 Yellow/Dark Green 1000 rpm PTO Switch 1000 rpm PTO Swrtch Connector fl-erm A) 1B
59 YellowiDark Green 1000 rpm PTO Switch Connector fi-erm A) Connector A (Pin J) 18
59 Yellow/Dark Green Connector A (Pin J) lnstrument Cluster Connector (Pin 22)
18
NOTE: The following wires (64) are for cab tractars from PIN No. JJF1013576 to JJF|013596 and from PIN No. 1013876.
NOTE: Wtre code references marked (") are for tractors up to cab serial No JKJ46968.
36
* Yellow (258)
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The bafteries must be at full charge and all connections must be clean and tight before testmg. Use a multimeter
for the test.
NOTE: Disconnecl the instrument c/uster from the harness and turn the key to the OFF posltibn.
Pin 31 of the instrument cluster connector Continuity Check wire 63 and the ciean ground
and the battery negative post (clean connection at the baftery negative post,
ground) (clean ground)
'12
Pin 2 o.f the rnstrument cluster connector to Volts Check wires 26 and 27. Also check the
chassis ground keyed power junction block.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: fesl3isforcabtractorsfromPtNNo JJF1a13576toJJF1A13596andlrcmPtNNo JJF1013876
Pin 15 of lhe instrument cluster connector 10 I2 Volts Bad circuit between ihe key switch terminal
ground 58 and the instrument cluster connector
Also check the key switch.
NOTE: lf the readrngs are carrect and the lnstrument ctuster tails to come ON when the key is tn the ON pasition replace
the instrumenl clustel
fl Termlnal for wire 29 Yeltow' to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the tnstrumeni cluster
and the alternator D * terminal. A so check
the instrument cluster power circuit.
NOTE: lf the readrngs are correct check the alternatar see Sectron 4008
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF positron and disconnect the instrunent cluster from the harness
NOTE: Use lhe signal generatorlcounter for the followlng tesl (refer to Page 3.
NOTE: Disconnect wrre 30 YellowlBrown f rom the alternator W termlnal. Connect a signal generator (refer to Page 3) to
wire 30 and programme the signal generatar ta generate a srgna/ as shown tn the table be/ow (see manufacturers tnstruc-
ttons). Turn the key to the AN pasitton and press the engine rpm function button on the tnstrument c/uster (digttal ctusters
only) and check the rpm dtsplay on the instrument cluster with the table below.
NOTE: lf the readings are correc[ repair cr replace the alternatcr. refe, to section 40AB
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
40u-2a
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position, disconnect the tnstrumenl c/uster from the har,ress.
NOTE: lf the readings is coffecl check the instrument ciuster oower and chassis ground circuits.
NOTE: The transmisston orl must be at normal operating temperature and the hyciraulic filter must be free from
restricilons. Drsconnect the hydraulic fllter restictron switch from the harness. Turn the key to the ON position.
IMPORTANT Do not allow the drsconnected terminal for rrire 31 to shott circuit to oround.
fiT7 Terrninal for wrre 32 Yellow,t/Vhrte to ground 12 Volts Bad circult between the instrument cluster
connector (pin 2l) ano the hydraulic filter
temperature switch
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF positron and discannect the inslrument cluster from the harness
o ::n:::t?::::ffI:[1YH:iand
P n2': Continuity Check wue 32
(?rl Terminal for wire 31 Yellow/8rown to ground 12 Volts Bad hydraulic f ilter temperature switch
Terminal for wire 31 Yellow/Brown and the Continuiiy* Check wire 3i between the hydraulic {ilter
hvdraulic filter restrict on switch temperature swltch and the hydraulic filter
restriction switch.
(F) t"r.*,nrl for ihe hydraulic iilter restriction No Contrnuitv Bad hydraulic filter restriction switch.
swlTCn lo orotlno
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-21
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Air Filter Restriction Warning Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check the air filter restriction warning lamp bulb.
NOTE: The air filter must be free from restrictions. Disconnect the air filter restriction switch from the harness and turn the
key to the ON positlon.
Gl Terminal for wire 34 Dark Green to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the air filter restriction
switch and the instrument cluster.
Terminal for wire 34 Dark Green and pin 29 Continuity Check wire 34
of the instument cluster
G Terminal for wire 33 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 33 and the chassis ground
connection.
Between the terminals of thc air filter No Continuily Bad alr filter restriction switch
restriction switch
NOTE: Engage the parking brake, put biocks in front and behind the rear r.rrheels and turn the key to the ON position
Terminal {or wire 36 Yellow/Black or Yellow 12 Vo ts Bad circuit between the parking brake
(258) to ground switch and the instrument cluster
connector.
NOTE: lf the reading is corecl go to check point 2a
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and dtsconnect the instrument cluster from the harness.
tll Terminal for wire 35 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 35 and the chassis ground
connection.
Between terminals A and B of the parking Continuity Bad parking brake switch. Adjust or replace
brake switch the switch as necessary
Between terminals A and B of the parkrng No Coniinuity Bad parking brake switch. Adlust or replace
brake switch the switch as necessary
Don 8-85042 lssued 3-92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-22
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Audible Alarm Circuit Test
NOTE: Engage the parktng brake put the range lever in 1st, 2nd, 3rd or 4th range and turn the key to the ON position.
Terminal for wire 37 White/Dark Blue and 12 volts Check wire 37,
ground
Terminal for wire 36 Yellow/Black or 364 Continuity Bad circuit between the audible alarm and
Yellow/Brown and ground the Parking Brake switch chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Putthe range lever in 1st,2nd,3rd or 4th range and hold the key in the START position
ferminal for wire 7 White to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit beNveen the key switch and the
@ warning lamp test relay. Also check the key
switch.
Terminal for wire 38 Brown/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the warning lamp test
ground diodes and the warning lamp test relay.
ferminal for wire 39 Brown to grouno Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit. Also check the
4l chassis ground connection.
Terminal for wire 39 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 39 between terminals 87 and 85
@ of the warning lamp test relay.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct replace the warning lamp test relay.
NOTE: llanyofthewarninglampsfaittocomeonwhentherangeleverisinlst,2nd,3rd,or4thrangeandthekeyisinthe
)taft position check the warning lamp butbs. lf the warning lamps still fail to come on check the warning lamp test diodes.
Nso, if for exampte the air lilter warning lamp comes on when the parking brake is engaged check the warning lamp test
Jiode.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-23
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Warning Lamp and Audible Alarm Diode Test
NOTE: The procedure for checking the warning lamp and audible alarm diodes rs lhe sarne for each diode.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the diode from the harness.
NOTE: The positive lead of the multimeter must go to the female termrnal af the diode
NOTE: Change the leads of the multimeter over so the positrve lead of the multimeter goes to the male terminal of the
diode.
NOTE: Disconnect the instrument cluster from the harness and turn the lamp switch to the headlamp positibn.
@ ein 36 of the instrument cluster to ground 12 Volts Check wire 41 belween fuse F1 3 and the
instrument cluster connector pin 36.
NOTE: lf the reading is correct check the instrument cluster chassis ground circuit.
NOTE: Disconnect the instrument cluster from the harness and turn the lamp switch to the headlamp position and put
the dipper switch ln the hrgh beam positron.
NOTE: lf the reading is correct check the instrument cluster chassrs ground circuit
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4AU-24
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Turn Signal Warning Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check the turn slgnal warning lamp bulbs.
NOTE: Put the turn signal swrlch tn the LEFT turn posttion
6P rerminal for wire 49 Brown ground ContinuihT Check wire 49 and the chassis ground
connection.
BeMeen terminals A and B or :he ground 2925 to 3575 Bad ground speed sensor
speed sensor Ohms
pin
Termrnal for wire 50 Yellow/Dark Blue to Continuity Check wire 50 between the ground sensor
28 of :he instrument cluster connector and the instrument cluster connector.
NOTE: ll the readtngs ere cctrect aolust a' realace [he ground s,ceed sensor
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -25
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Ground Speed Radar Circuit Test (Deluxe lnstrument Cluster only)
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the instrument cluster and the ground speed radar from the
Terminai for wire 52 Ycllow/Light Bluc to 9 Volts Check rvire 52 belween the fuel sender and
ground Aooroximately theinstrumentclusterconnector
6El Terminal for wire 51 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 51.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check the fuel sender refer to Secrion 3005 lVso check the instrument cluster power
and chassA ground circuits or replace the fuel gauge if necessary.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4UU I -ZO
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
4th Range/Reverse Warning Lamp (Master Flasher) Circuit Test
NOTE: Check the master flasher warning light bulb
NOTE: Turn the key switch to the ON position, put the range lever in 4th range
Itrl terminal for wire 57 PinUBed to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the 4th range switch
and the instrument cluster.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF positron and disconnect the instrument cluster from the harness
Terminal for wire 57 PinURed to pin 4 of the Contrnuily Check wire 57 between the 4th range switch
instrument cluster connector and the instrument cluster connector
NOTE: lf the reading ts correct check the instrument cluster power and chassrs ground circuits.
NOTE: Turn the key switch to the ON position and put the lonwardlreverse lever tn the FORWARD position
lD ferminal for wrre 56 Brown/Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad 4th range switch. Adjust or replace the
switch, refer to Section 9001.
lB Term,nal for wire 53 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 53 and the chassis ground
conneclior
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-27
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnstrument Cluster 1000 RPM PTO Display
NOTE: furn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the 1000 rpm PTO swttch from the harness.
ferminal for wire 58 Brown,&Vhite to ground Continuity Check wire 58 and the battery negatrve
@ cornection
NOTE: Put the PTO output shaft in the 1000 rpm pasitian.
BeMeen the terminals of the 1000 rpm PTO Continuity Bad 1000 rpm PTO switch
switch
NOTE: Put the PTO output shaft in the 540 rpm position.
Between the terminals of the 1000 rpm PTO No Continuity Bad 1000 rpm PTO switch
switch
Terminal ior wire 59 Yellow/Dark Green to Continui! Checkwire 59 between the 1000 rpm PTO
pin 22 of the instrument cluster connector switch and the rnstrument cluster
connector.
NOTE: /f the readings are correct check the instrment cluster power and chassrs ground urcutts.
NOTE: /f the reading is correct replace the engine coolant temperature sender
Terminal for wire 60 Dark Green/Black to pin Continuity Check wire 60 between coolant
16 of the instrument cluster connector terrperature sender and the instrurnent
cluster connector.
NOTE. l/ the readings are correct checkthe instrment cluster power and chassls ground circuits.
Don 8-85042
lssued 3-92 Prinled in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-28
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Disconnect the oil pressure switch t'rom the harness.
Terminal for wire 61 Brown to ground Continuily Check wire 61 and the chassis ground
4il connection.
Terminal for wire 62 Light Blue to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the oil pressure switch
6) and the instrument cluster connector.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and check the orl pressure warning lamp bulb
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check the tnstrument cluster power and chassrs ground connections
Between ierminals A and B of the cngine oil Continuity Bad engine oil pressure switch
pressure switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
il
4001-29
Schematic Gircuit
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
atic Circuit
oo
\!J,
. Giri \\ *#-+ E I /5h -r..,<l
i*r
,
o
n
77j]+7777,5
CHASSIS GROUNO
m
C"IASSISi GROUND AAAYSOLENOIO
ALTERNAT]OH
CorrarE Mectrani=I KEYSMTCH
"ry#
)ro I
ALTEF}IAfrOH
Cor,ra*s Mectrani=l KFTSWIICH
%ts' EATTEIY
JUISIION BLOCK
Urd o route bdery
IfIORAUUC RL1EB
IEMPEHATURE S'WIICH
AUOIBI.€ALqEM GfiOUNO SPEED SENSOH
PAHK BHAIGSII'TTCH
Cortacts d6€d
lwer actbo
bf
@
RJEL SENDEF
.TLL
1r-r
IJ \id,
RANGE $,q/ITCFI
--
I(EI5)POWEH
JIjICIION ALOCK
Complehr batery
cirqJit
CompleEr bauery
cirdlit
{srAsrER}
A nagnetic swil€tr thd
snerEy ito aIeriaing Connects ordisconr
-ltd1 U'd
BnErgy ib aftarnarhg Conn€cls or disconnecE pory€r !o
w Iemperanrra actntsd,
A Warning ahrm thd protscls
ofl6 or mors functions d a
rm&aproEclt
) functiorE d a
AlR FILTER
lt Sl,{rIfCH
Trammils on impuisa ttr e
com]naid ca'IH Rer*rbrtype swfufr FOHi; FOHL/APOiAB/ERSE Sl,r,tTICH CootacfsopenordMby 1MO EPU PTO SV{ITCH COCI.AHT IE}'PEFATIJHE tlc E loub kq/€d PBES$JNES$JTrcH
ELECTRIC MOTOR
electical c,rrent fia alecfical ciuril I el€ctrical crrrtlnt the alerfical circuil conta.is dosa on rising.
n ecfrirn€
RESTRICTIO
Electiul d6dic8 rirkf; op€rdedbyalwer 16r€r adirn ConE ar op€o or doc€d by
SEiIDER po!' (filG}0
SPUCE
DIODE
knft!docticalcunantto
FUSE
fucE the elecfical
i!.!tEdt from high
@NHESTOR G
furward/ramrse swiEh to
cls lh€ €{dical
m llom hi.qh
CONNECTOH G
Frrward/reversa swiEh to
29}ELLOW
30YELLOWEBOWN
CONNECTOR B
29}ELLOW
30}€LLOWIBBOWN
fi
3ir OK GHEEN
3:! Y€ItOw/rlJlilTE
36 YELLOTIV/BI-ACK
30 ri'ELlIlwrBROwN
29YELLOW
2SHEtrKGNE{,1
\o
f f IT
Coonocfs ona or rnorna odptiffaErandh tcagcr.ndin
circ:riB thd do lfie same
n don
tltrlta€fy h orte dir€dion
&. €l€ctical sfstarn
insturnart hamess
HEIAYST' AMP €drical systE n
irEilrumsnt hefir€ss
HEIAY 30 AIIP
) r-d
I ) FUSE Fts
E I er Elrr
42 PINKTYEIOW
INSIEUMENT
CT.IJSTER CONNECTOH
A magnetic snidt trd
direcis ele<tic cilneot
A magndic sddr trd
dirsds €lo(tric curEnt
\ J(@ r
I
LT *
?
AUOIBTE
AIAHM 44 PTNKDK BLUE ETYELI-OWRED
29'tErLOW
c@
E RrsEFl3
RF
DrcDE RrsEFlo
= (lF EOUIPPED} (.)
:a'
J@ d@ 30YEIIO,V/BROU'TII
ALTERT{A .TERI.IATO EH = ul
TI 32YEIIOWWFIIIE
\
\o o o
.J=
(E
f
l\ o 36AYE1IOW.
ro J
ut Y BROWN
o
J DKGFEEN
-
iI \ o J
YEttowEr-rc1(
\ \
6a
o ct
UJ
(o
-4IFED/DKGREEN
ct 40 BEDIDK GREEN
cAa HAFI.IESS
\ FLASHER HELTIY
41 TAI,I
\
ii 3& BROWN/DKBUJE
PINIfYELI.oW
{,3 BROWN
44 PINKII]K BUJE
I.IIOBAUUC FIL'IB 45 LT
AESTRICT]ON
STAHTER MOTOR IEST DIODE
SOLENOID {6 EROW!{/LT
1;7 LT
+ +
01 01
o
1€ LTGEEET'IT'EIOW
\\
l\
ffi
o.ri
a
qr;ffi
A
o 50 YEIT.OWiDK
52YELLOWLTBLUE-
BLUE-
50 lEUrWr:OK EllJE
5E\EIIOWLT
f
PINI(/BED
', sTPNKMED
CONNECTION
\=-,
( 34 DK GHEEN
@ @-' @ EO DK GREEN/ 50 OKGREENIBLAC1(
IigYEIIO!/Y/DK GHEEN
{n oK GREE}*B** __BE-*@
@
3, WHTTE,EK BUJE
"_H**-ffi; -
@NNESTOR g -==:.-,-,i-
/
gffi-
F.R*AR'/BF/ERSEs,'i/ITe
ul
E
}M
I
T{YDRAUUC
FIL]EH
GFOUND
sElisoa
v
E ENGIHE @OTANT ICOOIANT
r-E3{{H - o
----_.=.-O
= TEM TEMPEFATUBE TEMPEH'{ruRE SENOER
e WAENING s S1MTCH ruRE SENDEH
o .TEST I.AI,IP
REI-AY
ACCESSOFNT
THANSMISSION 3
o
IIIRANGE S:WITCH
u.t POWER
)@
ffilr-9"***
i'! G BEI.AY CONTROL HETAY
lo )
{o to @
:--l ai @ I'YELICV 37YEU-CIWBHOVyN
SENDER FOFM'A.RD
54 gr.Ac1(
6
5&BROWN/rtl,ttITE
o s$/trcr{
ENGIh
PRESSI,JF
ENGIFIE
PFESSURE
}Tt?RAI }Tt,DRAUUC /
/; I
CONNECTOR Et
THANSMISSIOH
.:\
:-
33 BROWN
-- 3S BROilH BESIHE
SIYII(
FILTE FILTER
BESmrCItor{
SWITCH @D=- €ONNE TGRG GONNES{€RG @ @ @ fr?\
\7 -.r.
IYI
IO I @NNEGrc'RA
CTEAI{ GEOUND 64 REOfrrHm f/FD CLUSTEH CNLY) -
- @*F at 8F 8t Bf,OlJYtt->
8a REDlrfinE
lv4
-.r
Oofl S85O42 Issued $92 erintl in Ergland Issued s92 erntl ln Ergtand - T crEANGHouNo
I C}IASSIS GHOTJ}G
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk I I CHASSTS GHOUNO
I
-l--
4001 -30
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FORWARD/HEVEHSE AND TRANSMISSION CONTROL
Sectional lndex
aa
WIRING CODE
CIRCUIT TESTING
1st/2nd and 3rd/4th Range Switch Circurt Test aa
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -31
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WIRING CODE
TO WIRE
REF COLON FROM
GAUGE
Key Switch (BA'[D IJ
6 Red Battery Power Stud
Chassis Ground tb
53 Brown Connector G (Term 5)
Foruvard/Reverse Switch tb
54 Black Connector G (Term 5)
Fuse F19 to
64 RedAVhite Key Switch (ACC)
FonryardiRevcrse RelaY [t-erm 30) 16
65 White/Red F:use F19
16
Forward/Reverse RclaY (Term 30) lnching Pedal Switch 1 or
65 White/Red
Creeo Harness Connector
Connector B (Pin R) 16
65 White/Red lnching Pedal Switch 1 or
Creep Harness Connector
Connector H (Term A) tb
65 Whrte/Red Connector B (Pin R)
16
Splice
65 White/Red Connector H (Term A)
l sV2nd Range Switch (Term C) to
65 whrte/Red Splice
3rd/4th Range Switch [Term C) 18
65 whrte/Red Splice
18
1st/2nd Rangc Switch [erm D) Splrce
66 Whrte/Black
Splrce 1B
66 White/Black 3rd/4th Range Switch (Term D)
Synchromesh Neutral Switch or 1B
66 White/Black Splice
Powershift Harness Connector (1-erm A)
Powershift Harness Connector fl-erm A) Powershift Harness Connector fl-erm B) 18
664 White
(lf Equipped)
(if Equipped)
67 White/Dark Bluc Powei'shift Harness Conncclor fl-erm B) Connector H fl-erm B) 18
(lf Equrpped) 1Q
Connector H flerm Connector B fierm U)
67 White/Dark Blue B)
Transmission Control Relay (I-erm 86) 18
67 White/Dark Blue Connector B f-errn U)
Chassis Ground
68 Brown Transmission Control Belay (Term 85)
Forward/Reverse RelaY fl"erm 87) 16
69 White/Brown Transmission Control Relay fl-erm 30)
Conncctor G fl-erm 2) Itl
69 White/Brown Forward/Reverse RelaY (Tcrm B7)
lnching Pedal Switch 2 16
69 White/Brown Connector G fTerm 2)
lnching Pedal Switch 1 or to
69 Whitei Brown lnching Pedai Switch 2
Creep Harness Connector
Forward/Beverse Switch 16
7A Black Connector G [-erm 2)
Forward/Reverse RelaY fl-erm 86) lo
71 White/GraY/Black lnching Pedal Swrtch 2
Transmission Control Belay (1-erm 87) 18
71 White/GraY/Black Forward/Reverse RelaY fl-erm 86)
Connector G (Term +) 18
72 Brown/Yellow Forward/Reverse RelaY fl'erm 85)
Connector A (Pin K) 18
72 Brown/Yellow Connector G 0-erm a)
Connector E (Pin P) ]B
72 Brown/Yellow Connector A (Pin K)
+th Range Diode 1B
72 Brown/Yellow Connector E (Pin P)
Connector E (Pin N) to
73 Brown Dari</Green 4th Range Diode
4th Range Switch flerm D) 18
73 Brown DarlVGreen Connector E (Pin N) 16
4th Range Switch (Term C) Chassis Ground
74 Brown
Fonward/Revcrse Switch to
75 Black Connector G (Term a) 16
Connector G (Term 1) Forward/Beverse Switch
76 Biack
Fuse F18 r6
77 RedlGreen Connector G flerm 1)
Connector A (Pin L) t6
78 Light Blue/Black Fuse F1B
Reverse Pressure Switch [Term A) 16
78 Light Blue/Black Connector A (Pin L)
Splice lo
79 Dark Blue/Black Reverse Pressure Switch (Term B)
Forward Solenoid fierm A) lb
79 Dark Blue/Black Splice
Forward Drode Module fi-erm C) 16
79 Dark Blue/Black Splice
lb
Forward Solenoid (Term B) Chassis Ground
B0 Brown
Chassis Ground 16
81 Brown Forward Diode Module (Term A)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -32
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
REF COLOR FFON/ TO WIRE
GAUGE
82 Dark Blue/Yellow Forward Diode Moduic (Term B) Splice t6
82 Dark Blue//ellow Splicc Reverse Diode Module fl-erm B) 16
82 Dark Blue/Yellow Splice Modulation Solenoid fierm A) '16
82 Dark Blue/Yellow Splice Connetor A (Pin R) t6
82 Dark Blue,Yellow Connector A (Pin R) Modulation Diode i6
83 Brown Modulation Solenoid flerm B) Chassis Ground .16
NOTE: Wires g2 and g3 are part off the creep harness installed on tractors with creep up to PtN No JJF1005652.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -33
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must be atfult charge and all connections must be clean and tight before testing.
Use a multimeter lor
lhe fests.
NOTE: Disconnect the TstlZnd and 3rdl4th range switches fram the harness and turn
the key to the ON position.
&l Terminallor wires 65 White/Red ro ground 12 Volts Check wire 65 between the forward/reverse
relay terminal 30 and the inching pedal
switch 1 or creep harness connector.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and put the range lever in 1st or 2nd range
Between terminals C and D of the l sl/2nd Continuity Bad l sl/2nd range switch. Adjust or reolace
range switch the switch as necessary. Refer to Section
900r.
Between terminals C and D of the 3rd/4th Continuity Bad 3rd/4th range switch. Adlust or replace
range swrtch the switch as necessary, Refer to Section
9001
NOTE: Checks 5 and 6 are for tractors with powershift transrnissions only.
ferminal for wjre 66 White/Black to ground 12 Volts Bac circuit betlveen the 1sV2nd range
O switch and powershift harness connector
Terminal for wire 66 White/Black to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the 3rd/4ih
Q switch and powershift harness connector
range
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-34
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Synchromesh Neutral Switch Circuit Test (lf Equipped)
NOTE: Disconnect the synchromesh neutral switch from the harness, put the range lever in 1st or 2nd range and turn the
key to the ON position.
ferminal for wire 66 White/Btack to ground 12 Volts Check wire 66 between the 1sV2nd range
@ switch and the synchromesh neutral switch.
Terminal for wire 66 White/Black to ground 12 Volts Check wire 66 between the 3rd//4th range
@l
switch and the synchromesh neutral switch.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and put the synchromesh lever in gear.
Between terminals A and B of the Continuity Bad synchromesh neutral switch. Adjust or
synchromesh neutral switch replace the switch as necessary, refer to
Section 9001
NOTE :Checks 7,8 and 9 are for all tractors without creep and tractors with creep lrom PIN No JJF|005653.
ferminal for wire 65 White/Red to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch and the
@ inching pedal switch 1 Also check the key
switch.
Terminal for wire 69 Whrte/Brown to ground '12 Volts Bad inching pedal 1. Adjust or replace the
Q swrtch as necessary.
Terminalfor wire 69 White/Brown to ground 12 Volts Check wire 69 between the inching pedal
S switch 1 and the inching pedal switch 2.
NOTE : Checks 7A,8A and 9A are for tractors with creep up to ptN No JJF1005652.
Terminal for wire 92 Red/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch and the
ground creep inching pedal switch (terminal3), Also
check the key switch.
ferminal for wire 93 White/Brown to ground '12 Volts Bad creep inching pedal switch. Adjust or
@ replace the switch as necessary,
6F Terminalfor wire 69 White/Brown to ground 12 Volts Check wire 69 and 93 between the creep
inching pedal switch and the inching pedal
switch 2,
\OTE: Turn the key to the aFF position and release the inching pedal to hall travel.
Beween terminals for wirc 71 Continurty Bad inching pedal switch 2, Adjust or
White/Gray/Biue and wire 69 WhiteiBrown replace the switch as necessary.
)or 8-85042 lssued 3-92 Prrnted in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -35
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Transmission Control and Forward/Fleverse Relay Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and put the forwardlreverse lever in the FORWARD position.
NOTE: For tractors with synchromesh transmissions pul the synchromesh lever in gear'
Terminal for wire 68 Brown io ground Conlinuiir* Check wire 68 and the chassis ground
@ connection
{or wire 67 white/Dark Brue Io 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch and the
@ ;::n:'r transmiss on control relay lerminal 87 Also
check the key switch, the lst/2nd, 3rd/ath
range switch and synchromesh switch (if
equipped) circuits
Ternrinal for wire 65 White/Red to ground 12 Volts Bad circL,tl between the key swttch and the
&) forward/reverse relay terminal 30 Also
check the key switch.
Terminal for wire 69 White/Brown to ground 12 Volts Check wire 69 beMeen the lorward/reverse
C} relay terminal 87 and the transmission
control relay terminal 30,
Terminal forw re T?SrownNellow to ground Co ntrn u ity Bad c rcuit between the forward/reverse
@ relay terminal 85 and ground Also chcck
the fonrvard/reverse switch and the chassis
ground connection
NOTE: puttheforvvardlrevetse lever jn the REVERSEposrrion and putthe range lever in 3rd
range.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -36
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Feading Possible Cause of Bad Heading
ferminal for wire 71 White/Gray/Black to 12Volts Check wire 71 between the transmission
ground control relay terminal 87 and the
foruvard/reverse relay terminal 86.
Terminal for wire 69 White/Brown to ground 12 Volts Check the inching pedal switch 2.
@
4th Range Diode Test
NOTE: Turn the key to the aFF position and disconnect the diode from the harness.
NOTE: The positive tead of the multimeter must go to the female terminal of the diode.
Between the terminals of the diode No Continuity Bad 4th range diode
NOTE: Change the leads of the multimeter over so the positive tead goes to the male terminal of the diode.
Bctween the terminals of the diode Continuity Bad 4th range diode.
Terminal for wire 74 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 74 and the chassis ground
El connection.
Betwcen terminals D and C of the 4th range Coniinuity Bad 4th range switch. Adjust or replace the
switch switch as necessary
NOTE: put the foryvarrjlreverSe lever in the reverse position, turn the key to the ON position and hold the rnchrng pedal
down.
Terminal for wire 73 Brown/Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the forward/reverse
ground relay and the 41h range switch
Don 8-85042
lssr"ec 3-92 Printed ir Englanc
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-37
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Forward/Reverse Switch Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the forwardlreverse switch from the harness at connector G
fB Terminal for wire 53 Brown io ground Continuity Check wire 53 and the chassis ground
connetion
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON, put the range lever in 4th range and hold the inching pedal fully down
@ Terminal forwires 69 White/Brown to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch and the
forward/reverse switch. Also check the key
swrtch and the inching pedal circuit.
Terminal for wires 72 BrownNellow to l2volts Bad circuit beMeen the forward/reverse
ground relay and the forward/reverse switch, Also
check the transmission controi and
forward/reverse rclay circuit.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF positron and put the forwardlreverse lever rn forvvard.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the fonanrd solenoid trom the harness
@ Tcrminal for wire B0 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 80 and the chassis ground
connection
0b
Y
Terminal for wire 79 Dark Blue/Black to No Continuity Bad forward diode module Also check wire
crouno 70
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-38
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Put the forvvardlreverse lever in the forward position, turn the key to the ON position and hold the inching pedal
down.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the reverse pressure from lhe harness.
NOTE: Put the forwardlreverse lever in the farward position, turn the key to the ON position and hold the rnching pedal
down
Terminal for wire 78 Light Blue/Black to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the foruard/reverse
ground switch and the reverse pressure switch.
Also check the forward/reverse switch
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF positron and disconnect the reverse solenoid from the harness.
6l) Totmnrl for wire 88 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire BB and the chassis ground
connection.
6 Terminal for wire 87 Dark Blue to ground No Continuily Bad reverse diode module. Also check wire
87
NOTE: put the foryvardlreverse lever in the reverse position, turn the key to the ON position and hold the inching pedal
down.
Terminal for wire 87 Oark Blue to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the forward/reverse
@ switch and the reverse solenoid.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF pasition and disconnect the forward pressure switch from the harness.
NOTE: Put the forwardlreverse lever in the reverse position, turn the key to the ON position and hold the inching
pedal
down.
6F Terminal for wire 86 Light Blue to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the forward/revcrsc
switch and the forward pressure switch
Also check the forward/reverse switch.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -39
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Modulation Solenoid Circuit Test
from the harness
NoTE: Turn the key to the oFF position and disconnect the modulation solenoid
ContinuitY Check wire 83 and the chassts ground
6 Terminal for wire 83 Brown to ground
connetion.
NOTE:Puttheforwardlreverseleverinfonuardandcycletheinchingpeda|
the forward diode
Terminal for wire 82 Dark Blue/Yellow to 12 Volts Bad circuit betvveen
moduie terminal B and the modulation
ground
solenoid Also check the forward diode
module.
BeNveenterminalsAandBo{theforwardContinuityBad{orwardpressureswitch
pressure switch connector (switch side)
NOTE: Apply the park brake and staft sni run the engine at 1500 rpn'
lever tn foruard.
NoTE: The range lever mUSt be tn NEI,)TRALand the forwardlreverse
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-40
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Reverse Pressure Switch Test
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the reverse pressure swlch from the harness.
Between terminals A and B of the reverse Continuity Bad reverse pressure switch.
pressure switch connector (switch side)
NOTE: Applythe parkbrake and staft and run the engine at 1500 rpm.
NOTE: The range lever must be in NEUTRAL and the forwardlreverse lever in reverse
Between terminals A and B of the reverse No Continuily Bad reverse pressure switch
pressure swrtch connector (switch side)
NOTE: The positive lead of the multimeter must qo ta the female terminal of the diode.
NOTE; Change the leads of the multimeter aver so ahe positrve /ead goes to the male terminal of the diode.
terminal for wire 81 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 8"1 and the chassis ground
@ connection
NOTE: Put the forvvardlreverse lever in foruvard and hold the inching pedal fully down.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-41
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position.
NOTE: The positive lead of the muttimeter must go terminal C of the forvvard diode module
Between termlnals C and A of the diode No Continuiry Bad for"ward diode module
module
Between terminals C and B of the diode Continuity Bad fonward diode module
module
NOTE: Change The teads of the multimeter so the negative /ead goes to terminal C of the forward diode module.
Between terminals C and A of the diode Continuity Bad fonward diode modu e.
module
Betwcen terminals C and B of the diode No Continuity Bad for"ward diode module
module
lEl Term nal for wire 89 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire Bg and the chassis ground
connectlon
NOTE: Put the foryvard/reverse lever tn reverse and hold the tnching pedal tully down
lEi rermlnal for wire 87 Dark Blue io ground 12 Volts Check wlre 87
NOTE: The positive tead of the muttimeter must go termtnal C of the reverse diode module.
Between terminals C and A c{ thc diodc No Ccnirnury Bad reverse diode modue'
module
tsetvveen terminals C and B ol the diode Contrnurty Bad reverse diode module
module
Between terminals C and A of the d ode Continuity Bad reverse diode module
n odule
Between terminals C and B of the diode No Contrnui[i Bad reverse diode module.
module
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -42
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Clutch Disengage Indicator Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check the clutch disengage lamp bulb.
Terminal for wrre 90 Ycllow/Dark Bluc to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the fonvard/reverse
ground relay and the clutch disengage lamo
ferminal for wire 91 Brown to ground Contrnulty Check wire 91 and the chassis ground
@ connection.
4!l Terminal for wire 86 Light Blue to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the fonrard/reverse
switch and the reverse indicator lamp
terminal for wrre 91 Brown to ground Continuily Check wire 91 and the chassis ground
@ connection.
Dcn B-B5Oa2
lssued 3-92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -43
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -44
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Forward/Reverse Valve Block
@
REVERSE SO LENOID
@
REVERSE PRESSURE SWITCH
9-l +
r-l |
o oltt+l' o
'o
MODULATION SOLENOID
,/
FORWARD SOLENOID
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-45 4001-45
Schematic Circuit
RJSE
Protects ttto sle(fical
>r*,D
CHASSIS GROUND
Cornplater
circrit
baery
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
ichematic Circuit
o
:3 FIJSE
>DD77V
CHASSIS GfiOUND
Cornd6i6 bdsry
*#C*
#$"
KErS$lrTCll
C.;onne<8 a di:conaeal polrcr to
the alectrical cirqri
t"_6-\
)
lsvar
\d-er
HANGE SVJTTCH
Coatacrs opcn
aaiqr
ordG€d by
*#C."
%f$'
I,TrcH
rls or di:connects porcrto
tdica, circuif
tffi
HANGE SITfTC}I
CortactsopenordG€d by
leuer arxiar
CONNESTOF H
Engine harnasr b
trarBrnisgkm hsrn€.t
1l
Pmonhilt hamesr b
Us€d to roub bd€ry
poxB bansrnbsioo hemest ct
6s - 86 Lr 5[iliTl-- 85 Lr BLUE
llt FOH THACTORS WITH C
E
€ @ 86 LT BUJE
-e, -o@ .
UP TO P.l.N. No. JJFlO0l
o IH
85 LT BLI,JE
-----/ -..{
6 rn
:
a lAl
Et E
lcI FORWARD
ET
i\
Etr
ratE]
@ +#
|
POWE
-:.
T
POWERSHIFT
HAFNESS
corqruegron
92 HED/DK BLUE
3
o
Irl
FOFIrr/AHD/EEVE
\* r*"*
FO MA/ABD/FEVERSE S1A/ITCH
\* r*.* tt
ta REVERSE INDICATOR fiTN'.H DISENGAGE
H( 0reot z2
84 BLACK
!L | 0F EAUTPPED) F
:-j{-=
M/a
lel U,/ CREEP INCHING PEDAL Sf/T
SEE NOTE
fl='ffa*'
1 (D
CONNECTOR G
arr F 9I BRC
\--'l 85 REDN 91 BROWN
=
B SOYEllOYf BK BLI''E
HH
rl,
(a :7 RED/(
3HO/4TH RANGE 7
SilMTCH
o
G,
78 LT A.!=tsi-ACK
to 72 BHOU REVEHSE P8ESSURE $IMTCH
NOTE 1 : The inching pdal
ilF t CONNECTOE
=
ssatch 1 is replaced by ke rching pedal \ \t
I
64 BEDTWHTE 64 BED/WHITE E
ke
I{EDrwHn zced by
c(
creep inching pedalsrtiioh for
;:: '}.ln FUsE F1s
Jalsytrileh for
6
ID
; 73 4rH RANGE DtoDE
H.{ ) f,actors with creep. The creep
inching pedal switcil /s o. The creep
swrtch is
9']WHITSBROWN
connected ta the insnument
f
CONNECTOH E
t\
82
e instrurnent
o lrarness (wres 65 and 69) by
i and 69) by
INCHING PEDAL S:WITCH 2
73 BROWN/BK GREEN 7B
*
the creep i,amess.
F,' a.
(ACTUATED ATTHE STAHT
. ).
l- 65 *,rrrtrErFl
Rs WHITE/EED 65 WHTTSEED t-
GSWHITE/EED+
69 WHITE/B OF INCHING PEDAL MOVEMEI lFl t CONNECTOH A c7
I 72 M I
,".,i) 6E WHITEJBBOT/YN
WHITFJGHAY/BIACK
79 '82
--t 82 DK BLUEA'ELLO'}I' I 87 DK BLUE
-t c7
irit
l;:
i.'
,j
TRANS$l&SION *-@ - Ear@ REYET# DIOOE
_iJ )-.-
}IABNESS
)--
4TH ffANGE
-6@ UCDULE
o(D(D*
SOLENOID
i- w-:\r- :lo
,o MODULA NON SOI-ENCID SOLENOID
:o @ .3o @
Dtrl 8-85042
lssued 3-92
CLEA}I GROUND
{
-(E12 BROW SO YELLOWiOK BLUE
t!-
I
r6
6
13-
I
o
=
6
6
'a@
tr
6
6
6
Priflted in England lssued 392 ftinted in England CfIA,SSIS GROUND BROWN/YELLOW
88 BHOI#H
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-47
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WIRING CODE
REF COLOR FROM TO WIRE
GAUGE
6 Red Battery Junction Block Key Switch (BA'rD 13
64 RedAVhite Key Switch (ACC) Fuse F19 16
64 BedAVhite Fuie F19 Accessory Power Relay (Terrn 86) 18
6g Brown Accessory Power Relay (Term 85) Transmission Control Relay fl-erm 85) 16
136 Yellow/Dark Blue SHR Low Temperature Switch (Term C) Connector E (Pin X) 18
136 Yellow/Dark Blue Connector E (Pin X) SHR Lockout Belay fl'erm 86) 18
137A Brown sHR Flasher Relay (T-erm 31) sHH Relay f'-erm 85) 18
137 Brown SHR Relay (Term 85) SHB Lockout Relay (1'erm 85) 18
141 Dark Blue/pink StiR Relay (Terrn 87) SHF Swrtch f;erm 3) 16
141 Dark Blue/Pink sHR Relay (1-erm 87) SHR Relay ['erm 86) 16
14'1 Dark Blue/Pink SHR Relay (Term 86) SHR Relay Diode 16
142A Dark Blue/Orange SHR Relay Oerm 87A) SHF Flasher Relay (Term 49) 18
142A Dark Blue/Orange SHR Flasher Relay (Term 49) SHR Flasher Diode 1 18
142 Black sHR Relay (Term 87A) sHB Flasher Relay 'lB
142 Black sHR Flasher Relay (Term 49) sHF Flasher Diode 1 18
143A Dark Blue/Dark SHR Flasher Relay fl-erm 49A) SHR Flasher Diode 2 18
Green
18
143 Violet SHR Flasher Felay SHR Flasher Diode 2
18
144 Dark Blue,&Vhite SHR Switch fi'erm 2) SHH Relay Diode
18
144 Dark BlueAilhite SHR Relay Diode SHR Flasher Diode 1
to
145 Dark Blue/Yellow SHR Switch fl-erm B) SHR Switch fl'erm 6)
lo
145 Dark BluelYellow SHR Switch fl"erm 6) Splice
145 Dark Blue/Yellow Splice SHH Diode Module (Term B) 16
NOTE: Wre code references marked 'A' are for tractors equipped with a Cartridge type relay
Don 8-85042
lssued 3-92 Pri.lec in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -48
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
testlng' Use a multimeter
NOTE: The batteries must be at full charge and atl connections must be clean and tight before
lor the lests.
ferminal for w re 68 Brown and ground Continuity Bad circuit between terminal 85 of the
Q accessory power relay and the chassis
ground connection Also check the chassis
ground connection
Terminal for wire 94 Red/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Check wire 94 between the battery junction
ground block and the accessory power relay
terminal 30. Also check the battery power
Junction block connection
Termlnal for wire 64 Red/Vvhite to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch and the
O accessory power relay terminal 86 Also
check the keY switch.
Terminal for wire 95 FedruVhite to ground 12 Volts Bad accessory power relay
@
Terminal for wtre 95 Red,&Vhite to ground 12 Volts Check wire 95 belween the accessory
O power relay terminal 87 and fuse F32'
tcrminal for wire 134 Dark Blue/Red to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the SHR lockout relay
@ grounO
terminal 30 and fuse F32
Terminal for wire 136 Yellow/Dark Blue to 0 Volts Check the SHF low temperature switch
ground
Terrninal for vrirc 138 Red/Dark Blue to 12 Vohs Bad SHR lockout relay'
qround
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -49
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Disconnectthe SH,8 /ow temperature switch from the harness and connect a suitable iumper lead between
terrninals A and C of the SHR low temperature switch connector (harness side) and turn the key to the ON posllron'
Terminal for rvire 'l 39 Dark Blue/Black to 12 Volts Bad SHR lockout relay
ground
Terminal for wire 139 Dark BlueiBlack to 12 Volts Check wire 139
ground
NOTE: Ihe hydraulic oit must be above 10"F. Put the SHE switch in the NEIJTRAL position and turn the key to the ON
position.
Terminal for wire 138 Red/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Check wire 138 between the SHR lockout
87A and the SHR rerav
sround i::fl,"Iril""r
Terminal for wire l4.l Dark Blue/plnk to 12Volts BadcircuitbetweentheSHRrelayterminal
ground 30 and the SHR relay terminal 86' Also
check the SHR switch and the SHR reiay
Diode
ferminal for wire 137 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 137 between the SHR lockout
@ relay terminal 85 and the SHR relay termina
OE
()-J.
NOTE: put the SHF switch in the WORK (DRAFT) position and turn the key to the ON
position.
Terminal for wire i41 Dark Blue/Pink to 12 Volts Check wire 14.1 between the SHE relay
ground terminals 87 and 86'
Don 8-85042
lssued 3-92 Prrnted in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -50
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SHR Low Temperature Switch Circuit Test
NOTE: Check fuse F32
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the SHR low temperature switch from fhe harness.
Terminal B of the SHR low temperature Continuity Check wire 135 between the SHR low
switch connector (harness side) and the temperature switch terminal B and the
battery negative terminal battery negative post. Also check the
battery negative connection.
Terminal C of the SHR low temperature Continuity Check wire 36 between the SHR low
'1
switch connector (harness side) and the temperature switch terminal C and the SHR
terminal for wire 136 Yellow/Dark Blue lockout relay terminal 86.
Between terminals A and C of the SHR low No Continuity Bad SHR low temperature switch
temperature switch connector (switch stde)
N OTE: /l the SHR sys tem operates when the hyd raulic oil temperature is below 1 0" F check the SH R lockout relay. lf the
readings are correct replace fhe SHR low temperature switch.
NOTE: Dtsconnect the raise and lower so/enolds from the harness, and put the SHF switch in the NEUTRAL
position.Then turn the key to the aN position and mcsve and lock the SHF switch in the FULL RNSE (UP) position.
Terminal A of the SHR raise solenoid 12 Volts Bad circuit between the SHR raise solenoid,
connector (harness side) to ground connector terminal A and the SHR switch
terminal B. Also check the SHR switch.
Terminal A of the SHR lower solenoid 0 Volts Check the SHR diode module and the SHR
connector (harness side) to ground switch.
NOTE: Move and lock the SHB switch rn the WORK (DRAFf) position.
Terminal A of the SHB raise solenoid '12 Volts Check wire 145 between terminal B of the
connector (harness side) to ground SHR diode module and the splice, Also
check the SHR diode module and the SHR
switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -51
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Terminal A of the SHB lower solenoid 12 Volts Bad circuit between terminal A of the diode
connector (harness side) to ground module and the sHR lower solenoid
terminal A.
Terminal A of the SHR lower solenoid 12 Volts Check the SHR switch
connector (harness side) to ground
Terminal A of the SHR raise solenoid 0 Volts Check the SHR diode module and the SHR
connector (harness side) to ground switch
Terminal B of the SHR raise solenoid Continuity Check wire 148 between terminal B of the
connector (harness side) to ground SHR raise solenoid connector and the
chassis ground connection. Also check the
chassis ground connection
Terminal B of the SHR lower solenoid Continuity Checkwire'1 48 between terminal B of the
connector (harness side) to ground SHB lower solenoid connector and the
chassis ground connection. Also check the
chassis ground connection,
raise
Between terminals A and B of the SHR 7.2 Ohms Bad SHR raise solenoid.
solenoid connector (solenoid side) + 107"
at Room TemPerature
Terminalforwire 147 Dark Blue/Lrght Green 12 Volts Check wire 147 between the SHB switch
to ground terminal A and the SHB diode module
terminal C. Also check the SHR switch
NOTE: The positive lead of the multimeter must go to terminal C of the SHR diode module.
Between termrnals C and A of thc SHR Continuity Bad SHR diode module
diode module
Between terminals C and B of the SHR Continuity Bad SHR diode module
diode module
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-52
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
the sHR diode module'
NOTE: change the leads of the multimeter so the negative /ead goes rc rcrminal c of
Feading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Check Points
Bad SHR diode module'
BeMeen terminals A and C of the SHR No Continuiry
diode module
BetweenterminalsBandCotthesHRNoContinuityBadSHHdiodemodule.
diode module.
and the splice
tenninar B of the sHR diode modute connedor
NorE: , the readings are correct check wire 145 be*veen sHR swltch terminal 5'
aioau module connector and the
thiign
Nso check wire 146 between terminat A of
NOTE:TurnthekeytotheoFFpositionanddisconnectthesHRswtchlromtheharness.
position'
NOTE: Put the sHR /ever in the NETJTRN-
Bad SHR switch
BeNveen terminals 1 and 2 of the SHH Continuity
SWtCh
lf there is continuitY between
NoTE:Checkbetweenterminal3andtheremainingtermtnalsoftheSlRswitchinturn
the SHR switch'
Ermrnal 3 and any of tn'e remarnrng Erminals' replace
NOTE: Lack the SHF swltch in the FULL RNSE (UP) position'
switch
LOWER position'
NOTE: Hold the SHB swrtch in the momentary
Bad SHR switch
Berrveen terminals 3 and 5 of the SHH Continuity
switch
RNSE position'
NOTE: Hold the SHB swllch in the momentary
Bad SHF switch
Between terminals 3 and 6 of the SHR Continuity
swttch lssued 3-92 Printed in England
Don B-B5Oa2
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -53
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SHR Flasher RelaY Circuit Test
(Cartridge TYPe RelaY)
NOTE: Check fuse F32
ferminal for wire 137A Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit beiween the SHR ilasher relay
@ terminal 31 and the chassis ground
connection. Also check the chassis ground
connection.
position.
NOTE: put the SHB switch in the NEUTRAL position and turn the key to the ON
x'J:i::l,i:t!3iffi,i[:J"{:trifr
SHR switch.
Terminal forwire l42ADarkB1ue/Orange to 12 Volts Check wrre 142A beween the SHB flasher
relay terminal
ground relay terminal 49 and tfre
_SHR
B7A. Also check the SHR relaY
NOTE: Put the sH,q switch tn the NEUTRAL position and turn the key to the oN position
Terminal for wire 143 Violet to ground 12 Volts Bad SHR flasher relaY.
@ ON OFF.ON
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -54
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SHH Warning Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check fuse F32 and the SHR warning lamp bulb.
6F Termlnal for wire 140 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit between the SHB warning lamp
and the chassis ground connection. Also
chcck the chassis ground connection.
NOTE: Put the SHB swirch in the NEUTRAL posr,an and turn the key ta the ON position.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position, disconnect the SHR low temperature switch from the harness and connect a
suitable jumper lead between terminals A and C of the SHR low temperature connector (harness side).
Terminal for wire 139 Dark Blue/Black to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the SHR warning lamp
ground and the SHB lockout relay terminal 87 Also
check the SHB lockout relay.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnecl the SHB relay diode from the harness.
NOTE: The positive lead of the multimeter must ga to the male terminal of the diode.
Between the terminals of the SHR relay Continuily Bad SHR relay diode
diode
NOTE: Change the multimeter leads oyer so the positive lead goes to the female terminal of the SHR relay diode
Belween the lerminals of the SHR relay No Continuity Bad SHB relay diode
diode
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
I
I
___ l _I_l
4001-5s 4001-s5
___
Schematic Circuit
I I ---f,7E-
T-
l- E
/-\ /-\
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk ^r -\
rT ) rT
W>"}D'7
CHASSIS GROUND
JUNCTION BLOC
Used to routs bi *TrrjrrrrT
CHASSIS GBOUND
BATTEBY
JUNCTION BLOCK
Used
?o!Y€r
to route battery
KEYSWTTCH
#$ SHH HTTCH CONIffOL LOW
TEMPEBATURE SI,YITCH
ContacB dosed by a Probe
I sHnH
I orooe
I Permit
SHR HTICH CONTFIOL
DIODE MODULE
Perrnils elecaJical clrrent to SHB HITCH CONTBOL
S0LENOID {SHR HfrcH
coNTHOL)
A magnetic coil that
FT.ASHEFI RETAY IF
I RELAY 30 Atr
FI..ASHER RELAY
EELAY 30 AMP
i DIODE
PermiA elec*i:d cufrsnl to
flow freely in o-e direction
LAMP
Produces heat that emits
artilical lighl
Heat
\q-l
CIGARETIE UGHTER
oper#.relement Heat
)
\s_/
CIGABETTE UGHTER
opermd element
Prc:?cts tha eleclricai
E! :rn lrom high
Completes battery
circuit
Completes battery
circuit
Condects or dtsconnectF powsrto
the electrical circuit
immersed in low temperaijre
transmigsion oil
Ear flow lreeiy in one drrection SWITCH
Controls more than cns circuil
actuates a hydraulic vafue Ete<*rcal device which
aperrs and closes a circuit I A magnelic s
EJeddcal dsyice which
oper:s and closes a circuit A magnetic swilch that
directs eles,tri directs electric cunent
ouipiJi or a ground in cordinually when actuated I coctinuaily wh€n actuated
CONNEC:OH A the electrical system
CONNECTOH E
Transmission hamess Transmission harnsss lo
to instrumsflt harress
Sens-O-Draulic SHH Hitch Control Wiring Iitch Control Wiring
hand console hamess BATIEBY JUNCT]ON BLOCK {POWER) BATTERY JUNCION BLOCK (POWER) (POWEH)
CONNEGl CONNECTOB E
134 DK BLUE/FIED
SPUCE 136 YELLOW/IK BLUE
Connects on6 or 141 DK BLUEFII"IK
mor€
circuits that do the sams
KEY SWTT(
-.-@ 138 BED/DK BLUE
function
@ @\ /'@ SWITCH POSTNONS POSITIONS
T38 RED/DK BLUE
€$(p ,:, :D/DK BLUE
SHE LOWTEMPERATURE
SWITCH
i
:;--1
1. TMNSPOBT
2. FAST BAISE
RANSPOFTT \
BAISE )c
I 45 12 3. NEUTHAL EUTFAL
o
SHB E
4. FAST LOWER D SHB LOCKOUT RELAY
o
LOWER f
J 141 SHR REI.AY
5, WORKING NG trl
)4
o @ 139 @
144 DK SLUEfiVHITE
@ -u- t BTAIE
'137
@r /
@
.T.ARETTE LrG HTEFI
146 ---.mDF- BLUE,GRAY-.r BROWN
,+s--ffiJ-1 146 DK SHR RELAY DI( SHR WABNING f (cAB TMCToR oNLYI
|
\@A
j LAMP
H
E e | ,L @ -u- r _ _ _.lg8 E)Df( BLUE I
t corururcron
I L_€rct 142A DK BLUE/OBANGE
@( 'e,
142A DK BLUEIORAT.G=
I -1g7
:a
o 146
Y Y bt -/rosHFtRELAY
I
TO SH8 REIAY .I
,w
SHR FLASHER DI SHR FLASHEH DIODE () () (rERM aq
1
!s crEHM 85)
(f,
5 5 I
M
i
@ TD
I ,aro r*o**J
{@&
N 6l
146 DK BLUEIGRAY I37A BBOWNJ
J
:a6 \
I
.--@ :<
(J { -140
o z I
( I UI 5
@ \:, IIJ
h
I
147 DK BLUSLT GREEN
I
u,
(E
(5
SHR
FLASHER
SHR
FLASHER
TD
1r.l
I
to
!(
\\ \\ = SHR RAISE SOLENOID SHB LOWEB SOLENOID FETAY
I u.J
3 i o
o @ o
I
o
= J o,
(TOP} F I
(7
o
to
(Borrou) llj I (r)
I
ID
u,
(} O J
o
I
:<
o CARTFTIDGE
ID
1...
(r, CARTFIIDGE I
I g) (r)
68 BROWN J SHR DI ODE MODULE
I
.+
TYPE RELAY ryPE REIAY I
I----.- --\\a t\
I I
I----\: 3
o @
2..
EU' \-,
L_,_
L
+____13s
I
i\\--- \ {E
tr)
€
.c
E
aO
SHB FI.ASHER DIODE 2
139
E
:-\-\\:-
]\ h--:---- \\. \-_
I- -\
..'-.\ -\-. :.:s--
TRANSMISSION CLEAN GBOU
\ neRrueSS
THANSMISSION
HARNESS
CLEAN GBOUND
Don 8-85042
lssued 3-92
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Printed in England lssued 3-92 Printed in England
CHASSIS GROUND
-T-
4001-56
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FHONT PTO, MFD AND DIFF LOCK
Sectional lndex
Don 8-85042
lssued 3-92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-57
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WIRING CODE
REF COLOR FROM TO WIRE
GAUGE
6 Red Bartery Jurction Block Key switch (BAI-D i3
7 White Key Switch (STAnf) Front PTO Relay 1 fl-erm 86) 15
26 Red/Dark Green Keyed Power Junction Block Fuse F24 15
26 Red/Dark Green Fuse F24 Fuse F23 1 5
64 Red,Ailhite Key switch (ACC) Fuse F19 16
64 RedAVhite Fuse F.] 9 Accessory Power Relay ft-erm 86) 16
68 Brown Accessory Power Relay (Terrn 85) Transmission Control Relay fl-erm 85) i6
68 Brown Transmissron Control Relay (Ternr 85) Chassis Ground i6
73 Brown/Dark Green Ditf Lock Diode 4th Range Diode 18
73 Brown/Dark Green 4th Range Diode Connector E (Pin N) t8
73 Brown/Dark Green Connector E (Pin N) 4th Range Switch fl'-erm D) tB
74 Brown 4th Fange Switch f-erm C) Chassrs Ground i6
91 Brown Diif Lock lndicator Lamp Clutch Disegage lndicator Lamp i8
91 Brown Clutch Disegage lndicator Lamp Reverse lndicator Lamp 18
91 Brown Reverse indicator Lamp Power Shift Fault lndicator Lamp lB
91 Brown Power Shift Fault lndlcator Lamp Chassis Ground lB
94 Red/Dark Blue Battery Junction Block Fuse F.17 13
94 Red/Dark Blue Fuse Fl7 Accessory Power Relay fi-erm 30) 13
95 Redl/iolet Accessory Power Belay fi-erm 87) Fuse F32 I5
95 Redlr'iolet Fuse F32 Fuse F20 i6
95 Redl'/iolet Fuse F20 Fuse F30 t6
149 Dark Green/Red Fuse F30 Front PTO Felay 1 fl-erm 30) t5
i 50 Brown Front PTO Relay 2 fferm 85) Front PTO Felay 1 fl'erm 85) 15
150 Brown
.l
Front PTO Relay ft'erm 85) Front PTO Switch ft-erm 9) 15
50 Chassis Ground
'1
Brown Front PTO Switch (Term 9) 15
151 Dark Blue/Red Front PTO Belay 1 fTerm 87A) Front PTO Switch flerm 1) 15
15'1 Dark Blue/Red Fronl PTO Switch fl-erm 1) Front PTO Switch fl-erm 6) 15
152 Dark Green//ellow Front PTO Relay 2 fT'erm 87) Front PTO Relay 2 fT-erm 86) t5
152 Dark Greenl/ellow Front PTO Relay 2 [erm 86) Front PTO Switch fl-erm 3) 15
152 Dark Green//ellow Front PTO Switch fl.erm 3) Front PTO Switch fi.erm 10) 15
152 Dark Green/Yellow Front PTO Switch fl-erm 10) Connector B (Pin X) t5
152,A Brown Connector B (Pin X) Front PTO Solenoid fl''erm A) 15
1528 Dark Green/Yellow Front PTO Solenoid fl-erm B) Chassis Ground 15
153 RedMhite Front PTO Switch f-erm 2) Front PTO Relay 2 (Term 30) 15
154 Brown M.F.D. Switch fl-erm 10) Chassis Ground
.16
155 Light Green Fuse F23 Left Hand Brake Pedal Switch 16
155 Light Green Left Hand Brake Pedal Switch M F.D Switch (1-erm 5) 16
156 Dark Blue/Dark M F D. Switch (Term 7) Connector A (Pin t/) 16
Green
156 Dark Blue/Dark Connector A (Pin VJ MF D Solenoid fl-erm A) 16
Green
157 Brown M F D. Soienoid fli-erm B) Chassis Ground Ib
158 Light Green/Yellow M F D Switch (Term 1) M F.D. Switch ft-erm 9) 18
159 Light GreenzWhite Lelt Hand Brake Pedal Swilch Rrght Hand Brake Pedal Switch 16
160 Light Green/Yellow Right Hand Brake Pedal Switch Connector A (Pin H) to
160 Light Green/Yellow Connector A (Pin H) Connector E (Pin C) tb
160 Light Green/Yellow Connector E (Pin C) Diff Lock Switch (Term 6) 16
160 Light Green/Yellow Difl Lock Switch fierm 6) Difr Lock Switch fl-erm 1) t6
.161 Light Green/Black Difl Lock Switch (erm 2) Difl Lock Relay fi-erm 30) 16
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -58
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TO WIRE
REF COLOB FROM
GAUGE
Ditf Lock RelaY fl-erm 86) to
162 Dark Blue Ditt Lock Switch (Ie'm 31
Drff Lock Relay fl-erm 87) lb
162 Dark Blue Diff Lock Switch fl-erm 86)
Connector E (Pin H)
1A
162 Dark Blue Diff Lock RelaY (i-erm 87)
Splice Itl
162 Dark Blue Connector E (Pin H)
Connector A (Pin U) 16
162 Dark Blue Splice
Diff Lock lndicator LamP Ib
162 Dark Blue Connector A (Pin U)
Difi Lock Solenoid fl-erm A) 16
162 Dark Blue Splice
Chassis Ground 16
163 Brown Diff Lock Solenord fl-crm B)
to
64 Brown/Dark
'1
Blue Di- Lock qsi3y [rs.m g5) Diff Lock Diode
CIRCUIT TESTING
useamultimeterfor
NorE: Thebatterymustbeatfull chargeandall connectionsmustbecleanandtightbeforetesting
the tests.
Terminal for wire 152B Dark Green//ellow to Continuity Check wire 1528 and the chassis ground
ground connection,
Between terminals A and B of the front PTO 7 2 Ohms Bad front PTO sclenoid
solenoid *
107"
at Foom TemPerature
terminal for wire 152A Brown to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the front PTO switch
@ terminal 3 and the front PTO solenoid
connector terminal A. Also check the lront
PTO switch cicuit.
NOTE: Remove fuse F16 (fuel shut offl and hold the key in the sIABI
position'
() ferminal for wire 152A Brown to ground O Volts Check the front PTO reiaY 1
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-59
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Front PTO Switch Circuit Test
NOTE : Check fuse F30.
Terminal for wrre 151 Dark Blue/Fed to 12 Votts Check wire 151 between the front PTO relay
ground terminal 87A and the front PTO switch
terminal 1. Also check the front PTO relay 1 .
Terminal for wtre 151 Dark Blue/Red to 12 Volts Check wire 151 between terminals 1 and 6
ground of the front PTO switch
Terminal for wire 152 Dark Green/Yellow to 12 Volts Bad front PTO switch
ground
ferminai lor wire 153 Red/White to ground 12 Volts Bad front PTO switch
@
Terminal for wire 152 Dark Green,Yellow to 12 Volts Check wire I52 between terminals 3 and 10
ground o'Ihe front PTO switch.
rerminal for wire 153 RedMhite to ground 12 Vots Bad front PTO switch
o
Terminal for wire 152 Dark Green/Yellow to 12 Volts Check wire 152 between terminal 87 of the
ground front PTO relay 2 and the fronl PTO switch
termrnal 3. Also check the front PTO relay 2'
NOTE : Turn the key to the OFF position and check the front PTO swttch warning lamp bulb
ferminal for wire 150 Brown to ground Continuily Check wire 150 and the chassis ground
@ connection,
Between terminals 1 and 3 of the front PTO Continuily Bad front PTO swttch
switch
3on 8-85042
lssued 3-92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-60
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Front PTO Relay 1 Circuit Test
NOTE : Check fuse F30.
tt) Terminal for wire 150 Brown to ground Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit' Also check the
chassis ground connection.
NOTE : Turn the key to the ON Posttion
i:lil,i:I.# XLl":[:J'"*':i:"]g;
power relaY.
NOTE : Remove fuse F1 6 (fuet shut oif) and hold the key in the s IAFI position
lh Termlnalfor wire 7 White to ground l2Volts Check wire 7 between the key switch
terminal 50A and the front PTO relay
terminal 86. Also check the key switch
Terminal for wire 151 Dark BlueiFed tc 0 Volts Bad iront PTO relay 1'
ground
rerminal for wire 150 Brown Io ground Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit. Also check the
@ chassis ground connection,
(D Terminals for wire 152 Dark Green/Yel ow Continuity Check wire 152 between terminals 87 and
86 of the front PTO relaY 2.
NOTE : Turn the key to the ON posrtion and hold the key tn the MOMENTARY position'
Terminal for wrre 152 Dark Green//ellow to 12 Volts Check wire 152 between terminal 3 of the
ground front PTO switch and the front PTO relay 2
terminal 86. Also check the front PTO
switch.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -61
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
MFD Solenoid Circuit Test
NOTE: Check fuse F23.
position and turn the key to the aN
NOTE: Disconnectthe MFD solenoid fromthe harness, putthe MFD switch in the OFF
position.
Green 12 Volts
Terminal lor wire 156 Dark Blue/Dark Bad circuit between the keyed power
togroundlunctionblockandtheMFDsolenoid
connector terminal A Also check the MFD
switch and the keyed power circuit.
terminal for wire 157 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 157 and the chassis ground
6) connection.
Between terminals A and B of the MFD 7.2 Ohms Bad MFD solenoid
sOlenoid * 107"
at Room TemPerature
NOTE: Putthe MFD switch rn the oFF posrt/on and turn the key to the oN
posirion"
Terminal for wire 155 Light Green to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit belween the keyed power
F:!}
iunction block and the MFD switch Also
check the keYed Power circuit.
Terminal for wire 156 Dark Blue/Dark Green 12 Volts Bad MFD switch
to qround
Termrnal for wire 156 Dark Blue/Dark Green 0 Volts Bad MFD switch
to ground
Terminal for wire 158 Lrght Grcen/Yellow to 12 Volts Check wire 158
ground
NoTE: Turn the key to the oFF position and check the MFD switch warning lamp bulb
fD Terminalfor wire 154 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 154 and the chassis ground
connection
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-62
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Diff Lock Solenoid Circuit Test
NOIE: Check fuse F23
NOTE: Disconnect the Diff Lock Solenoid from the harness, and turn the key ro the ONpos itton. Hotd the diff lock switch
rn the MOMENTARY position and then release the switch to the ON pasition
6D Term,nal for wire 162 Dark Blue to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the keyed power
lunction block and the dill lock solenoid
connector terminal A. Also check the brake
pedal switches. the diff lock switch, the diti
lock relay and the keyed power circuits.
6'l) Term'nal for wire 163 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 163 and the chassis ground
connectron.
Befiveen termina]s A and B of the diff lock 72 Ohms Bad difi iock solenoid
solenord - 10%
at Room Temperature
6'F) Terminal ior wire 155 Light Green to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the keyed power
junction block and leit hand brake pedal
swjtch Also checkthe keyed power junction
block and the keyed power circuit.
Terminal for wire 159 Light Green,&Vhite to 12 Volts Bad left hand brake pedal switch. Adjust or
ground replace the switch as necessary
Tcrminal for wire 159 Light Green/Whrte to 0 Voits Bad le;t hand brake switch Adjust or
ground replace the switch as necessary
Terminal for wrre 159 Light GreenA,{hiie to 12 Volts Check wire '1 59
ground
@ Im:'rfor wire 160 Lrght Green'Yellow to 12 Volts Bad right hand brake pedal switch Adjusl
or replace the switch as necessary
6D Ter..inal f or wire 160 L ght Green,/Yeliow to 0 Volts Bad right hand brake pedal switch Adjust
grouno or replace the switch as necessary
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -63
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Diff Lock Switch Circuit Test
NOTE: Check fuse F23.
NOTE; Dr'sconnecl the difl lack switch from the harness and turn the key to the ON position
Terminal forwire160LightGreenl/ellowlo 12Volts Bad circuit between the right hand brake
ground pedal switch and the difr iock switch
terminal 6.
Terminal for wire 160 Light Greenffellow ro 12 Volts Check wire 160 between terminals 1 and 6
ground of thc dilf lock switch connector.
Between terminals 'l and 3 of the diff lock No Continuity Bad diff lock switch
switch
Between terminals 2 and 6 o{ the dilf lock No Continui! Bad diff lock switch
switch
BeMeen terminals 1 and 3 of the diff lock Continuily Bad difr lock switch
switch
Belween terminals 2 and 6 ot the dilf lock Continuity Bad diff lock switch
switch
Between terminals 1 and 3 cf the difi lock No Continuity Bad diff lock switch
swrtch
Belween terminals 2 and 6 o{ the diif lock Continuity Bad dif{ lock swrtch
switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -64
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Diff Lock Relay Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F23.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and put the range lever in 1st, 2nd, or 3rd range.
@ ferminal for wire 164 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit between the diff lock relay
terminal 85 and the chassis ground
connection. Also check the diff lock diode,
the 4th range switch and the chassis ground
connection.
lll Termlnals for wire 162 Dark Blue to ground Continuity Check wire 162 between the diff lock relay
terminals 86 and 87.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and hold the diff lock switch in the MOMENTARY position
@ terminalfor wire 162 Dark Blue to ground 12 Volts Check wire '162 between the diff lock switch
terminal 3 and the ditf lock relay terminal 86.
Terminal for wire 161 Light Green/Black to '12 Volts Check wire 161 between the diff lock switch
ground terminal 2 and the diff lock relay terminal 30
trh Terminalfor wire 162 Dark Blue to ground 12 Volts Bad diff lock relay
4{ Terminalfor wire 162 Dark Blue to ground 12 Volts Check the 4th range switch
trD 'rerminalfor wire 74 Brown to ground Continuily Check wire 74 and the chassis ground
connection.
Termrnalfor wire 73 Brown/Dark Green and Continuity Bad circuit between the diff lock relay
the terminal lor wire 164 Brown/Dark Blue terminal85 and the 4th range switch
connector terminal D. Also check the diff
lock diode
Between terminals C and D of the 4th range Continuity Bad 4th range switch adjust or replace the
switch switch as necessary
Betwcen terminals A and B of tfre 4th range No Continuiry Bad 4th range swrtch adjust or replace the
switch switch as necessary.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-65
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Put the 4th range lever in 4th range
Between terminals C and D of the 4th range No Continuity Bad 4th range switch adlust or replace the
switch switch as necessary
Between terminals A and B of the 4th range Continuily Bad 4th range switch adJUSt or replace the
switch switch as necessary
NOTE: The positive lead of the multimeter must ga ta the female termtnal of the dtode.
Between the terminals of the diode No Continui! Bad diff lock diode
NOTE: Change the leads of the multimeter over so the poslllve lead of the muliimeter goes ta the male terminat of the
diode
Belween the ierminals of the diode Contlnuily Bad diff lock diode
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and hold the diff lock switch in the MaMENTARY position
t) ferminal for wire '162 Dark Blue to ground l2 Volts Chcck wirc 162 between the diff lock
indicator lamp and the splice.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and put the diff lock switch in the OFF position
@ ferminal for wire 91 Brown to ground Continurly Check wire 91 and the chassis ground
connection.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -66
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
ffi
4C01-67
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
D|DTDS ,DD;
BATTERY
JUNcTION BLOCK
Used to toute battgry
SOLENOID (FRONT PTO)
A magnetic coil that
ffi
) (FHONT PrO) t'
S0LENOTD {DIFF LOCR
A coil
tffi
FANGE SwlTCH
Contacts open or closed
t@
EANGE SWITCH
Contacts open or closed
soLEN0rD (MrD)
A magnetic coil that
I.AMP
Prodrres heat that emits
li]hi
BBAKE PEDAL SWTCH
Contacts op€n or closed
pedal action
b1
BRAKE PEDAL SWTCH
Cofitacts opan or closed by
power
KEYSWTCH etic coil that FRONT PTO SW'TCH MFD SWITCH magnetic thal by lever action by lever action BETAY 30 AMP artifica pedal ac{ion DIFF LOCK SWTTCH
CHASSIS GHOUND CHASSIS GROUND actuates a hydraulic valve actuates a hydraulic valve actuates a lrydraulic valve
Connects or disconnscts Power to i hydraulic Yalvg (oPTroNAL) Controls more than ona circuit A magnetic switch that Controls m,:re than one circuil
Completes battery Completes battery tfre electrical circuit Controls more than one circuil ! directs electric dJrrent
circuil circuit
SPUCE ti'I
Oitf Lock Pitf Loct< Wiring
Connects :'rE or more Front PTO Wiring nt Pio wiring MFD Wiring MFD Wiring
CONNECTOR B
circuits tha 30 th€ sam€
CONNECTOR A
function
Transmission hamess Engine harness lo instrumenl BATTERY JUNCTION BLOCK
to instrumant harness harnsss
KEYED POWER JUNCTION BLOCK
,a
26 BED/DK GREEN
FUSE
Protects ths elactrical DIODE
'l
f f ;l
system trom high Permits elsrcd current lo 158 LT GBEEN YELLOW GBEEN YELLOW I
I
output or a ground in ffow freely rr gre direction aG)
^ I
CONNECTOH E
Transmission harness to right
the electrical system
u.,
3
TD
vo
151 DKBLU
I
I
I
-N/1
LJ
TE' I
I
ul @ ul
1
-l q
hand consolo harnesg I or*r nnruer DIFF LOCK e FF LOCK
I
I
zz @ @ II orooe DIODE H
L:J
Y
EI FUSE F2
I
o FUSE F32 FUSE F2O o HELAY L
o
ul
E
*d, oo
== FBONT PTO MFD MFD .'-.
@H ol ol T@
@( @q (E .E
@dI
Oo
u) ln
SWITCH SVWTCH
-r]-- -.:.l
SvvITCH
-J-I* -r1
H(9
(t
(r,
GI
l
14S DK GREEN/RED r-r i -tr -:j t, I
!l I
L 161 BHOWI.I/DK BLUE
I t
i:() BLUE z
"E- ,#
s
CE
1-ffi|I62DKBLUE o
@
I
]eel'- \ \ t,
t{
I coNNecron E L- ,62 BK BLUE
@
L 5
b
lo
l- @ @ tl,
162
@
.u.=,,nfl 8.= ll
150 BROWN'
@(
CONNECTOH B
o @
T ll
tl,
E vH -
155 LT GREEN
- CONNECTOR E
l-,.,-ffin r
JI
z
\
I I
=
tIJ
ccl
e,
I
f;
E I52 ilK GREEN/
I
o
.t( =
156 DK BLUE/DK GRI 156 DK BLUE/DK GREEN
| ,on*=croRA I
o
@\i'
I g, YELLOW
= lIo UJ
^A, RH BHAKE H BBAKE
:a
o
tu
E f,
J (tz)
=l
PEDAL PEDAL
@@
95 REDII/IOLET
o (t
"' \u .o \-/ swrrcH SWITCH
ET Y
q
=l CONNECTOR A CONNECTOR A a
i'. fis4
crr
3l
o @ DIFF LOCK
SOLENOID
CLUTCH DISENGAGE
INDICATOF LAMP
CLUTCH DISENGAGE REVERSE
INDICATOfi I-AMP INDICATOB lAlvlP
(18)
\-/
t\
q
\
TBANSMISSION
CONTBOL RELAY
o
/
a
I53
-J HED/IVHITE
FBONT PTO
@ 15S LTGREEN*''"I
@
@
EI
G.
ul
lll
E @ SOLENOID 4TH RANGE
YJ
POWERSHIFT
c
Io PTO
Y;j o @
POWER HEI.AY to
Y RELAY
o o
/ .!! ta,
u,
Left Hand Front Turn SignalAVarning Lamp Circuit Test ..."...'...- -.. . . 73
Left Hand Rear Turn SignalAflarning Lamp Circuit Test .....".... ....-..-... 74
Right Hand Front Turn SignalilVarning Lamp Circuit Test ............-...... 74
Right Hand Rear Turn SignalArVarning Lamp Circuit Test ............ ..- -... 75
Lamp Switch Test (Headlamp, Tail Lamp and Warning Lamp Circuits) ................ ........................ 78
Trailer Connector (Iail lamp and Warning Lamp) Circuit Test .......... .
............ ........ 78
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-69
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WIRING CODE
TO WIRE
REF COLOR FROM
GAUGE
Ether Start Solenoid 15
25 Brown Right Hand HeadlamP
15
25 Brown Ether Start Solenoid Chassis Ground
Connector D (Pin J) 16
41 Tan Fuse F13 '16
41 Tan Connector D (Pin J) Right Hand Console LamP
Chassis Ground 16
43 Brown Flasher RelaY (l-erm 4) 1a
Battery junction block Fuse F'1 7 IJ
94 Red/Dark Blue Lamp Switch fl-erm 83) 13
165 Red/Yeliow Battery junction block
Headlamp DipPer RelaY flerm 30) 13
166 Red Lamp Switch fterm HD)
Headlamp DiPPer RelaY fl-erm 56) 13
166 Red Headlamp DiPPer RelaY (1-erm 30) 1.)
.166 Red Headlamp DiPPer RelaY fl-erm 56) Fuse Fl 3
Chassis Ground 16
167 Brown Right Hand Console LamP
18
168 Brown/Pink Headlamp DiPper RelaY [Term S) Connector P flerm 2)
Dimmer/TurniHorn Switch 16
169 316i,v6,ANhite Connector P [t'erm 2)
16
17A Brown Dim mer/Turn/Horn Switch Connector P fi-erm 6)
Chassis Ground 16
170 Brown Connector P (i-erm 6)
15
Headlamp DiPPer RelaY fl-erm 568) Fuse F1 1
171 Red/Dark Blue 1q
172 Pin}</Dark Blue Fuse Fl 1 Connector B (Pin D)
1E
Left Hand HeadlamP (Low Beam)
172 Pink/Dark Blue Connector B (Pin D)
Connector B (Pin tf
rtr
IJ
172 Pink/Dark Blue Fuse F1 l Itr
IJ
Right Hand HeadlamP (Low Beam)
172 Pink Connector B (Pin V)
Fuse Fl 0 15
173 Bed/Dark Green HeadlamP DiPPer BelaY ft-erm 564)
Connector B (Pin E) 15
174 Pink/Dark Green Fuse F'10
Left Hand HeadlamP (High Beam) t5
174 PinUDark Green Connector B (Pin E)
Connector B (Pin V1/) 15
174 Pini</Dark Green Fuse Fl0 "15
Right Hand HeadlamP (High Beam)
174 PinUDark Green Connector B (Pin W)
Chassis Ground 15
175 Brown Left Hand HeadlamP
15
Lamp Switch fl-erm 81)
176 Red/YellowAilhite Battery Junction Block
(From Pin No JJF1004670)
Front Cab Work LamP RelaY f-erm 30) t3
176 g"61Ys11ev/A/Vhite Battery Junctron Block
(Up To Pin No JJF1004670)
1C
176 Redl/ellowlWhite Front Cab Work Lamp Relay fl-erm 30) Lamp Switch fi-erm 81) IJ
180 Brown Right Hand Tail Lamp (Term B) Chassis Ground '18
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400 1 -70
NOTE: Wire code references marked (*) are for tractors up to cab serial No JKJ46968.
178* Pink (708)
188* Pink (766)
192* Pink (765)
NOTE: Wre code referencces marked'A' are lor tractors from cab seria/ No JKJ49144.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-71
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must be atfull charge and alt connections must be clean and tight before testtng. Use a multimeterfor
the tests.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch ta the HEADIAMP position and aperate the dimmer switch to the LOW BEAM position
Terminal for wire 172 Pinl4Oark Blue to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the left hand headlamp
ground (low beam) and the headlamp dimmer relay
terminal 568 Also check the headlamp
dimmer relay, dimmer/turn/horn switch and
the lamp switch circuits.
NOTE: lf the ilght hand headlamp low beam warks correctly, check wire 172 befween fuse F11 and the left hand
headlamp,
Termina for wire 174 Pink/Oark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit belween the left hand head lamp
ground (hrgh beam) and the headlamp dimmer
relay terminal 564. Also check the
headlamp dimmer rclay dimmeriturn/horn
switch and the lamp switch circuits
NOTE, lf the right hand headlamp htgh beam works correctly, check wlre 174 between fuse F10 and the left hand
headlamp
fermrnal for wire 175 Brown to ground Contrnuity Check wire 175 and the chassis ground
O connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEADLAMP position and operate the dimmer switch ro the LOW BEAM positron
6 Terminal ior wire 172 Pink 1o ground 12 Volls Bad circuit betlveen the right hand
headlamp (low beam) and the headlamp
dirnmer relay terminal 568 Also check thc
headlamp dimmer relay, dimmer/turn/horn
switch and the lamp switch circuits
NOTE: lf the left hand headlamp low beam works correctly, check wire 172 between fuse F10 and the ilght hand
headlamp .
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
40a1-72
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Operate the dimmer switch to the HIGH BEAM posrtion
NOTE: lf the left hand headlamp hrgh beam works correctly, check wire 174 between tuse F10 and the left hand
headlamp.
Terminal for wire 25 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 175 and the chassis ground
Q connection.
Terminal for wire 166 Red to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the headlamp dimmer
@ relay and the lamp switch. Also check the
Iamp switch
Gl Terminal for wire 166 Red to ground 12 Volts Check wire 166 between terminals 30 and
56 of the headlamp dimmer relay
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch ta the OFF posttion and hold the dimmer swrtch in the HIGH BEAM positton
ferminal for wire 168 Brown to ground Cont nuily Bad circuit Lretween the headlamp dimmer
@ relay terminal S and the chassis ground
connection. Also check the dimmer/turn/
horn switch and the chassis ground
connection
NOTE: Turn the tamp switch to the HEMLAMP position and operate the dimmer switch to the LOW BEAM position
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -73
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Left Hand Tail LamP Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F9 and the left hand tatl lamp bulb.
HEADLAMP posltton
NOTE: Discannect the teft hand tail lamp from the harness and turn the tamp switch to the
Terminal for wire 178 PtnkANhite or Pink 12 Volts Bad circuit between the left hand tail lamp
(708) to ground and the Iamp switch. Also check the lamp
switch
lF rerminal for wlre 179 Brown to ground Continurty Check wire 179 and the chassis ground
:onrectio'l
NOTE: Discannect the riqht hand tall lamp from the harness and turn the lamp switch to the HEADUMP position
Terrnrnar for wire 178 pinkAVhite or pink r 2 vo ts Bad circuit between the right hand tail lamp
(708) to ground and the lamp switch Also check the lamp
switch
lB Turr,nrl for wire 180 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 180 and the chassis ground
connectro.l
harness'
NOTE: Disconnect the lefl hanc front turn signallwarning lamp f rom the
Reading Possib e Cause of Bad Readrng
Check potnts
or
Terminar for wire 1g2(A) 12 Vorts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and thc
pink/Dark Green
Pink(765)togroundoN-oFF-oNlefthandfrontturnsrgnal/warning|amp
connector terminal A Also check the
flasher relaY
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-7 4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and put the turn signal switch in the RIGHT turn position.
Terminal for wire 192(A) Pink/Dark Green or 12 volts Bad circuit befween the f lasher relay and the
Pink (765) to ground crmmer/turn/horn switch. Also check the
dimmer/turn/horn switch.
NOTE; Disconnect the left hand rear turn signallwarning lamp from the harness"
Terminal for wire 192(A) Pink/Dark Green or 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and the
Pink (765) to ground ON-OFF-ON left hand rear turn signal/warning lamp
connector terminal A. Also check the
flasher relay
NOTE: lf the teft hand f ront warning lamp works, check wire 192 between the left hand rear turn signallwarning lamp and
fhe sp/ice or wire 192A between the left hand front and left hand rear turn stgnallwarning lamps.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and put the turn stgnal switch rn the RIGHT turn position.
Terminal for wrre 192(A) PinUDark Green or 12 Volts 8ad circuit between the f lasher relay and the
Pink (765) to ground dimmerhurnlhorn switch. Also check the
dimmer/turn,/irorn switch.
i NOTE: Disconnect the ight hand front turn signallwarning lamp from the harness.
Terminal for wire I89 Brown or 193A Brown Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit. Also check the
to ground chassis ground connectton
Terminat for wire i 88(A) Pink or Pink (766) to 1 2 Volts Bad circuit between the f lasher relay and the
ground ON.OFF_ON right hand front turn signal/warning lamp
connector terminal A. Also check the
flasher relay
NOTE: lf therighthandrearwarninglampworks,checkwirelSSbetvveentherighthandfrontturnsignallwarninglamp
and the splice (tractars up to cab serial No JKJ49144 only)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -75
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON poslfion and put the turn signal switch in the LEFT turn position
Terminalfor wire 1 gB(A) pink or pink (766) to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and the
ground dimmer/turnlhorn switch. Also check the
dimmer/turn/horn switch.
NOTE: Disconnect the right hand rear turn signallwarning lamp from the harness.
Terminal for wire 1 90 Brown or 194A Brown Continurty Bad chassis ground circuit. Also check the
to ground chassis ground connection
NoTE: tftherighthandfrontwarninglampworks,checkwirelSSbeweentherighthandrearturnsignallwarninglamp
lamps.
and the splrcJ or wire lBBAbetween the right hand front and rrght hand rear turn signallwaflng
NOTE: Turn the key to the oN position and put the turn signal switch in the LEFT turn positton.
Terminal for wire l gg(A) pink or pink (766) to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and the
ground dimmer/turn/horn switch. Also check the
dimmer/turn/horn switch
ferminal for wire 181 PrnVRed to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the battery junction
4) block and the flasher relay terminal 2 Also
check the junction block connection'
ferminalfor wire 183 Plnt</Black to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the lamp switch
6) terminal W and the flasher relay terminal 1'
Also check the lamP switch.
Terminal for wire 43 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 43 and the chassis ground
@ connection
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -76
Clect<
powrquadplus points
www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Terminal for wire 192 Pink/Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad flasher relay.
ground ON-OFF-ON
Terminal for wire 192 Pink/Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the dimmer/turn/horn
ground switch and the flasher relay terminal 5. Also
check the dimmer/turn/horn switch.
6D Terminal for wire 188 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad flasher relay.
ON_CFF-ON
(t{ Terminal for wire 195 Gray/Rcd to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the battery junction
block and the horn. Also check the battery
junction block connection.
NOTE: Press and hold the horn switch in the H]RN position.
Terminal for wire 196 Brown/Orange to Continuity Bad circuit between the horn and the
ground chassis ground connection. Also check the
drmmer/turn/horn switch and the chassis
ground connection.
NOTE: Check Fuse F73 and the right hand console butb.
6D ferminal for wire 167 Brcwn to ground Contrnuity Check wire 167 and the chassis ground
connection.
6l!l Terminal for wire 41 Tan to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the dimmer relay
terminal 56 and the right hand console
lamp.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-77
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Dimmer/Turn/Horn Switch Test
NOTE: Disconnect the dimmerlturnlhorn switch from the harness at connectar P and turn the key to the ON position.
ferminal for wire 185 PinkA/ellow to ground I2 Volts Bad circuit belween the keyed power
@ lunction block and the dimmer/turn/horn
switch
.1
fermrnal for wire 70 Brown to ground Contnuity Check wire 70 and the chassis ground
.1
@ connection.
NoTE; Put the turn signal switch in the GFT TURN positron'
NOTE: Press and hotd the horn switch in the HORN position'
Occ 8-85042
lssuei 3-92 Prinled in Englaro
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001,78
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Lamp Switch Test (Headlamp, Tail Lamp and Warning Lamp Circuits)
NOTE: Dlsconnect the lamp switch from fhe harness.
dl Terminal for wrre 165 Fed/Yellow to ground 12 Volts Check wire 165 and the battery junction
block connection.
Terminal for wire 176 Fed//eilowMhite to 12 Volts Check wire 176 and the battery junction
ground block connectron
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the REAR FENDER WORK UMP position.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the CAB WORK UMP positton
Trailer Connector Circuit Test ffail Lamp and Warning Lamp Circuits)
! NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEADUMP position.
lEl Terminal for wrre 178 PinkAVhrte to ground 12 Vo{ts Check wire 178 between the trailer
connector pin 6 and the splice
@ rermlnal for wire 1BB Pink to ground 12 Volts Check wire 188 between the trailer
ON-OFF-ON connector pin 5 and the splice or the right
hand rear turnsignal/warning lamp.
Terminal for wire 192 Prnk/Dark Green to 12 Volts Check wire 192 between the trailer
ground ON-OFF-ON connector pin 3 and the splice or the left
hand rear turnsignal/warning lamp.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001. 4001-79
--Jn
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
BATTERY
*H*
"dJ-*
^-c-u tlr-.o
^r
KEYED POVYI KEYED POWEB
( I
TRAILER coN'I{EcToR
W qW JUNCTION BLOCK JUNCTION B
Uied to rol
JUNCTION BLOCK
Used to route keyed
HORN
Emits soul HEADLAMP DIMMER HELAY HEADLAMP DIMMER BELAY
sPt_tr=
LAMP
Produces heat that emits
SOLENOID {ETHEH !
heat lhat emits
SoLENOTD {ETHER SIAnT)
I
o o-*
177 CONNEGTOB
e
178
@\ }ii%
rzoff.,r$=_
I-
I
DIMMER/TURN/HORN SY.IICH
L
ir
trl UJ
.t74 PINruBLACK
ryE3
8B
J Y
o
5
Q
o zI
>
il!t d!+ LH
HEADLAMP
RH
HEADI.AMP
Eg
F. i-
()
@ <-178 PINK^VHIfE
UI
d 197 _l/ LowBE
y
u,
fJ
oR P|NK (708)
EI I
3 169 16 BIACIVWHTTFJGREEN I 173 RED/DKGREEN
BEAM HIGH BEAM c)
tU
F
A
rfl:n:ffirt o {
171 RED/I]K BLUE
o 175
Y
o
P
z
=
3
z
CONNECTOR N
f, colrNeo
*@
CONNECIOB P o- E
FRONT CAB WORK
'rusrre) ruserQ
(\' @
@f
FUSE F5 o, i-
INMP REIAY FUSE F17
CONNECTOR N {-- 17S PINKWHITE
(UP TO PIN No
JJF1004670) €)(
,*t,**r,-ow *l
@E € @ {
'ts2 PTNwDK BLUE OR PINK (7E6)
. t- -
JL
,88 PINK OH PINK (765)
-r
t92 PlNl(DK BLUE OR P|NK
- 188 PINK OH PINK (765)
-l
1766) ,r, I
|
--l
H
BROWNiPTNK-
,88 188
=i[ .^ \.
CONNECTOR B @ CONSOLE I.AMP
IF EQUIPPED
1../::\
196 tsROWN/ORANGE
1€I{' PINIqBLACK qBLACK
6DT
\--l I
ETHER STAFIT SOLENOID
V\.\
L H TURN SIGI'IAL/
@@ @ @
d
LEFT HAND
WABNING LAMP$ WARNING I-AMPS LAMPS
TAIL ISMP
NK
BEAR FRONT REAR FEAR
192 PINI(/DK BLUE NI(DK BLUE
188 PINK NK 188 PINK OR PINK Ll
&$
:l
| lj i t\ 1s2 PlNlgDK BLUE - NI(DK BLUE r92 PlNtgDK BLUE OH PINK 1265)
@.-.*
CONNECTOR D
,i'ta - z 1z
N IP o
=
\ 1S4A J
1t o
ER.HARNESS
_,
*f -.?
.., iir
fE
ID
t-
@
=
CE
ID
i- 1S3 BHOWN 194 BHOWN 189 BROWN 190 BROWN
EE
1.,- Itl
N 190 BROn/N
EE
@
Sectional lndex
Lamp Switch Test (Headlamp, Tail Lamp and Warning Lamp Circuits) ................. ...................-.... 90
Trailer Connector fl-ail lamp and Waming Lamp) Circuit Test ............. 90
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-81
WIRING CODE
qEF COLOR FHOM TO WIRE
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
25 Brown GAUGE
Right Hand Headtamp Ether Start Solenoid
25 Brown Ether Start Solenoid Chassis Ground
15
43 Brown Flasher Relay (Term 4) Chassis Ground
15
94 Red/Dark Btue Baftery Junction Block Fuse F1 7
'16
I BB
fierm B)
Pink Fender Harness Trailer Connector (pin 5)
188 Pink Splice Canopy Extension Harness fierm B)
18
188 Pink Canopy Extension Harness fl"erm B) Canopy Extension Harness Splice
16
l6
Don 8-85042
tssued 3-92 printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400'1-82
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
BEF COLOB FROM TO WIRE
GAUGE
188 Pink Canopy Harness Splice Right Hand Front Canopy Turn 18
SignalAVarning Lamp fl-erm A)
188 Pink Canopy Harness Splice Right Hand Eear Canopy Turn 18
SignalAVarning Lamp (I'-erm A)
191 Black/Green Dimmer/Turn/Horn Switch Connector P fl-erm 1) to
192 PinUDark Green Connector P flerm 1) Fiasher Relay (l-erm 5) t5
192 PinlVDark Green Flasher Relay flerm 5) Connector D (Pin B) 15
192 PinVDark Green Conncctor D (Pin R) Splicc 15
192 Pint</Dark Green Splice Connector N (Pin A) 18
192 PinVDark Green Connector N (Pin A) Fender Harness Splice 18
192 Pink/Dark Green Fender Harness Splice Left Hand Fender Turn Signal,Marning 18
Lamp (Term B)
192 Pinl</Dark Green Fenoer Harness Spllce Trailer Connector (Pin 3) 18
192 PinVDark Green Splice Canopy Extension Harness fl-erm A)
.16
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The baftery must be at lull charge and all connecttons must be clean and tight before testing. Use a multimeter for
the tesls.
NOTE: Turn'the lamp switch to the HEADUMP posrtion and operate the dimmer switch to the LOW BEAM posiilon
Terminal for wlre 172 PinVDark Blue to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the left hand headlamp
ground (low beam) and the headlamp dimmer relay
terminal 568 Also check the headlamp
dimmer relay, dimmeriturnihorn switch and
the 'arrp swiich c'curts
NOTE: lf the nght hand headlamp low beam works correctly, check wire 172 between fuse F1 1 and the left hand
headlamp,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -83
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NoTE:lftherighthandheacjtamphighbeamworksCarrectly,checkwirelT4beNveenfuseFlOandthelefthand
headlamP .
NOTE:TurnthelampswitchtotheHEADLAMPpositionandoperatethedimmerswitchtotheLoWBEAMposition
Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Check Potnts
BEAM position'
NOTE: Operate the dimmer swltch to the HIGH
12 Volts Bad circuit between the left hand headlamp
Terminal for wire 174 Pink/Black to ground (high beam) and the headlamp dimmer
O
ief iV terminal 564. Also check the
headlamp dimmer relay, dimmer/turn/horn
switch and the lamp switch circuits
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-84
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Headlamp Dimmer Relay Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEADUMP position.
Terminal for wire 166 Red to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the headlamp dimmer
@ relay and the lamp switch. Also check the
lamp switch
ferminal for wire 166 Red to ground 12 Volts Check wire 166 between terminals 30 and
@ 56 of the headlamP dimmer relaY
NOTE: Turn the lamp swttch to the OFF position and hotd the dimmer swtch in the High Beam position.
Termlnal for wire 168 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit between the headlamp drmmer
@ relay terminal S and the chassis ground
connection. Also check the dimmer/turn/
horn switch and the chassis ground
connection
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEADLAMP position and aperate the dimmer switch to the LOW BEAM position
Terminal for wire 171 Red/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Bad dimmer relay
ground
NOTE: tf the 1ght hand tait lamp works correctly, check wire 178 between the left hand tail lamp and the splice-
NOTE: tf the left hand tail lamp works conectly, check wire 178 between the right hand tait lamp and the sptice.
NOTE: Disconnect the tait lamps from tf,e harness and turn the lamp switch to the HEADUMP position.
Terminal for wire 178 Pink&Vhite to grotnd 12 Volts Bad circuit between the left hand tail lamp
C) and the lamp switch. Also check the lamp
switch
Gl terminal for wire 179 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 179 and the chassis ground
connection
Terminal for wire 178 PinkAilhite to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit belween the rrght hand tail lamp
@ and the lamp switch. Also check the lamp
switch
lF ferminal for wire 180 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 180 and the chassis ground
connection.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -85
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand fender turn signallwarning lamp/tail lamp from the harness.
@ Terminal for wire 179 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 179 and the chassis ground
connection,
Terminal for wire 192 Pink/Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay
ground ON-OFF-ON terminal 5 and the left hand fender turn
signal/warning lamp connector terminal A
Also check the flasher relay.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and put the turn signal switch in the RIGHT turn position.
Terminal for wire 192 Pink/Dark Green to 1 2 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and the
ground dimmer/turn/horn switch. Also check the
dimmer/turn/horn switch.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand fender turn signaUwarning lampltail lamp from the harness.
Terminal for wire 180 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 'l 80 and the chassis ground
Gl connection.
dil Terminal for wire 188 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay
ON-OFF-ON terminal 5 and the right hand iender turn
signal/warning lamp connector terminal B
Also check the flasher relay
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and put the turn srgnal switch in the LEFT turn position
Terminal for wire 188 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and the
@ dimmer/turn/horn switch. Also check the
dimmer/turn/horn switch.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -86
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Left Hand Front Canopy Turn SignalMarning Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuses F5, F6 and F17. Nsa check the left hand front canopy turn signal/warning lamp bulb
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand front canopy turn stgnallwarning lamp from the harness.
for wire 201 Brown to ground Check wire 201 and the chassis ground
QD T"r^tn^l
ContinuitY
connection
&?l Termir-al ;or wire 192 PinxvDark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay
v grouno ON.OFF.ON terminal 5 and the left hand front canopy
turn signal/warning lamp connector terminal
A Also check the flasher relay
NOTE: tf the teft hand rear warning lamp works. check wire 192 bet,veen the le'ft hand f ront canopy turn signallwarning
lamp and the canopy harness splice.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and put the turn signal switch in the RIGHT turn position.
Terminal for wire 192 Pint</Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and the
ground dimmer/turnihorn switch Also check the
dimmer/turn/horn switch.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand front canopy turn signallwarnrng lamp from the harness.
flF Terminai for wire 200 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 200 and the chassis ground
conncction.
6h for wire 192 Pink/Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay
v Terr,nal
grouno ON-OFF-ON terminal 5 and the left hand rear canopy turn
- signal/warning lamp connector terminal A.
Also check the flasher relay
NOTE: lfthelefthandfrontwarninglampworks,checkwirelg2betweenthelefthandrearcanopyturnsignallwarnng
lamp and the canopy harness splice
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON positton and put the turn slgna/ switch rn the RIGHT turn posrtron
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
40a1-87
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Right Hand Front Canopy Turn Signal/Warning Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuses F5, FO and F17 Nso check the right hand front canopy turn signallwarning lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the right hand front canopy turn signallwarning lamp from the harness,
Terminal for wire 199 Brown to ground Continuily Check wire 199 and the chassis ground
@ connection.
Terminal for wire 188 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the ilasher relay
@ ON-OFF-ON terminal 5 and the right hand front canopy
turn signal/warning lamp connector terminal
A Also check the fiasher relay
NOTE: lf the 1ghthand rearwarning lampworks, checkwire lSSbetweenthe right hand frontcanapyturn signallwarning
lamp and the canopy harness sp/lce.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and put the turn signal switch in the LEFT turn positron.
Terminal for wire 188 Prnk to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the f lasher relay and the
@ dimmer/turn/horn switch, Also check the
dimmer/turn/horn switch.
NOTE: Disconnect the right hand rear canapy turn signallwarning lamp from the harness.
6lD Terminal for wire 198 Brown to grouncl ContinuitY Check wire 198 and the chassis ground
connection.
6!E termlnal for wire 188 Prnk to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the f lasher relay
ON-OFF-ON terminal 5 and the right hand rear canopy
turn signal/warning lamp connector termina
A. Also check the flasher relaY
NOTE: lftherighthandfrontwarningtampworks,checkwirelsBbeNveentherighthandrearcanopyturnsignallwarning
lamp and the canopy harness sp/lce.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON posrtron and put the turn srgnal switch in the RIGHT turn position
6P Terminal for wire 188 Prnk to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the f lasher relay and the
dimmer/turn/horn switch. Also check the
dimmer/turn/horn switch.
)on 8-85042
lssuec 3-92 Prirteo in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
NU I t: Ur,eck tsuses F5. ro ano rt /
Check points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
6!l Terminalfor wire 18'1 PinlVRed to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the battery junction
block and the flasher relay terminal 2. Also
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk check the battery junction block
connection.
6F Terminal for wire 183 PinkiBlack to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the lamp switch
terminal W and the flasher relay terminal 1.
Also check the lamp switch.
6F Terminalfor wire 43 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 43 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Connect the ftasher relay to the harness, turn the key to the ON position and put the turn signal switch in the LEFT
TURN positron.
Terminal for wjre 188 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the dimmer/turn/horn
@ switch and the flasher relay terminal 7. Also
check the dimmer/turn/horn switch
Terminal for wire 192 Pinlr/Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad flasher relay,
ground ON-OFF.ON
NOTE: Put the turn signal switch in the RIGHT TURN position.
Terminal for wire 192 Pink/Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the dimmer/turn/horn
ground switch and the flasher relay terminal 5. Also
check the dimmer/turn/horn switch.
Terminal for wire 1BB Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad flasher relay.
@ ON-OFF.ON
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -89
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Horn Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F17"
ferminal for wire 195 Gray/Red to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit belween the battery iunction
@ - block and the horn Also check the baltery
junction block connection.
NOTE: Press and hold the horn switch in the HORN posilion
Terminal 1or wire 1g6 Brown/Orange to Continuity Bad circuit between the horn and the
ground chassis ground connection. Also check the
dimmer/turn,horn switch and the chassis
ground connection.
lD rerminal ior wrre 185 Pink/Yellow Io ground 12 Volts Bad circuit belween the keyed power
junction block and the dimmer/turn/horn
switch
,?f Terminal ior wire 170 Brown to ground Contrnuity Check wire 170 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Operate the dimmer switch until a continuity reading is obtained between terminals 2 and 6 of Connector
P
(sw4ch siO"1. n a continuity reading can not be obtained reptace the dimmerlturnlhorn switch.
NOTE: Put the turn signal switch in the RIGHT TURN position'
NOTE: Press and hotd the horn switch tn the HORN position'
Don 8-85042
lssuec 3-92 Printed ln England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -90
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Lamp Switch Test (Headlamp, Tail Lamp and Warning Lamp Circuits)
NOTE: Disconnect the lamp switch from the harness-
f,E{ Terminal for wire 165 Red/Yellow to ground 12 Volts Check wire 165 and the battery junction
block connection.
Terminal for wire 176 Red/YellowflVhite to l2Volts Check wire 176 and the battery junction
ground block connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp swttch to the REAR FENDER WORK lAltlP position.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the CAB WORK l,tthtlP position.
Trailer Connector Circuit Test fl-ail Lamp and Warning Lamp Circuits)
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HETDLAMP position'
Terminal for wire 178 Pint<,Mhite to ground 12 Volts Check wire 178 between the trailer
@ connector Pin 6 and the splice.
tlll Terminal for wire 188 Pink to ground 12 Volts Check wire 188 between the trailer
ON-OFF-ON connector pin 5 and the splice or the right
hand rear turnsignaUwarning lamp'
Terminal for wire 192 PinlVDark Green to 12 Volts Check wire 192 between the trailer
ground ON-OFF-ON connector pin 3 and the splice or the left
hand rear turnsignal/warning lamp'
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
. --4001:91
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
IAl W
tt W
Schematic Circuit
EATTER
*HC.-
-#tt" CC JNECTOR P KEYED POWEH tF-ffit L\
-/'
FUSE
CHASSIS GROUND
Completes battery
JUNCN(
BATTERY
JUNCTION BLOCK Dirnmer,rtum
C(".iNECTOR P
Dirnmerltum
JUNC]]ON BLOCK N4 V_l lv.l HORN Protects the electrical
system from high CONNECTOR N LAMP
TRAITEH CONNECTOB I
circuit
Emits sot SOLEiTOID (ETHER STARI) Coflnects ths tractor electrical
Used to Used to route batt€ry signal/trorn switch to DIMMEFUTUHN SIGNAUHORN signal/horn switch to DIMMEH/TUEN SIGNAUHORN Used to rouie keyed HEADIAMP DIMMER HELAY
output or a ground in Cab harnsss to lender Produces h€d that emits
power polYsr
FLASHEFI RELAY FOTARY S-I\/ITCH (LAMP
instument hamess SY{ITCH instrument harness SY/ITCH
povret A magnetic switch that directs the electrical system hamess
A magnetic coil that
artifical light
circuit to a trailer
Electricat device which s\ilTTCll) €lectric curant actuates a hydrauiic valve
opens and closes a circuil Cmtrols mora than one circuil Controls mors lhan one circuit
Direcls electical firnent to
SPUCE continuaily when actuated one or mo.e circuitrs
Connects one or mor€ -
circuits that do the samg
CONNECTOH B
Engine harnass to instrument
CONNECTOFI D
Cab harness to instrument
funct'on Dimmer/Turn Signal,{-lorn Switch Wiring Dimmerflurn Signal/Florn Switch Wiring Horn Wiring i turn SignalMarning Lamp Wiring Headlamp V Headlamp Wiring Tail Lamp Wiring
hamess hamess BATTERY JUI\ TTERY JUNCTTON BLOCK {POr,vER) BATTEHY JUNCTION BLOCK (PO\ryEB) [oN BLOCK tPOwEB]
165 FED/YELLOW
lffRED,4iVH|+
*rr.*rr"* I Fb V- @ frl rm
IFAILER CONNECTOR
@ TTWF
JU
SWTCH @- I
Al l^l I
I @[
{{t
@.- *a'"f-
DIMMEH/TURNIHORN I
DIMMEFUTURNIHORN SWITCH
I I
l\-
I 4 l*+{1 \z \r*t
,,u$UJ\
i -184
I
lU
\u :) Ul
z. er;l
^ r(il
I :) {, rfty
J
C,
o
\i3 E
I . Y',\-
I JJ 172 PINK
El to
#\
#ftHB
ry ffi-a
J or#,ffi
E
Y
o
5
o
\-./ HEADIAM P DIMMEB HETAY
@
YY
oo
:<Y
Ed @- @-*
ztu
trJ
c(
(,
vo
F
178 PtNl(wHm
F
r
I
ul
E ul
tr
LH
HEADLAMP @ @ @ @ P
z
ilal
l= LOH/ BEAM HIGH BEAM LOV BEAM LOW BEAM L
I
L-
LV
E
LH FUSE/ LH FUSE/RELAY BLOCK
I
I
CONNECTO FIP
186 BLACIqWHTE/GREEN
187 BLACKAVHITE
191 BLAC}qGHEEN
16S gRowN WHITE I
CONNECTOH P
185 BLAC}VWHITE/GHEEN
187 SLACKIWHTTE
191 BLACIqGHEEN {
173 FIED/DK GHEEN
171 RED/DKBLUE {, {
ry;
^y'
t78
o,
o
192 PINIVDK GHEEN 192
@ @q @
@1 1s2 PINF/DK GHEEN-l
(TFEAUIPPED)
l{} PINK
192 PINISDK GREEN }2 PINI(DK GREEN
188
@
}8 PINK
10c
l-oo
192 PINISDK GfiEEN 12 PINIVDK GREEN
CONNECTOB D
188 z
7\ 132
D$ENSION
o
=
&,
Ig
p
Io
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
b' .i
.. -i-
-.-.---
CHASSI
@ CHASSIS GROUNO
6
F
CHASSIS GROUNO
o
d
Don 8-85042
lssucd 3 92 PrinteC in England
4001-92
REAR FENDER, FRONT CAB AND REAR CAB WORK LAMPS FOR TRACTORS
WITH CAB
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Sectional lndex
CHCUTT TESTING 94
Left Hand Rear Fender Work Lamp Circuit Test 94
Right Hand Rear Fender Work Lamp Circuit Test 94
o<
Trailer Connector Work Lamp Circuit Test ..'..'."."
Rear Fender Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test ..'........ 95
le{t Hand Front Cab Work lamp Circuit Test ........--. 95
Righl Hand Front Cab Work Lamp Circuit Test .....'..... 96
Font Cab Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test ........... 96
left Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp Circuit Test ........." 97
Raghl Hand Hear Cab Work lamp Circuit Tesl ........... 97
Rear Cab Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test ............ 98
Lamp Switch Test (Work Lamp Circuits) ................. 98
99
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -93
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WIRING CODE
REF COLOR FROM TO WIRE
GAUGE
176 Red/YellowMhite BatteryJunction Block FrontCabWorkLampRelay(l'erm30) 15
202 Red/Orange Baltery Junction Block Lamp Switch fl-erm 82) 18
203 Red/Light Green Lamp Switch fl-erm FL1) Rear Fender Work Lamp Relay flerm 86) 18
204 Brown Rear Cab Work Lamp Relay (i"erm 85) Rear FenderWorkLamp Relay (i-erm 85) 18
204 Brown RearFenderWorkLampRelayftermS5) Front Cab Work Lamp Relay fl-erm S5) lB
244 Brown Front Cab Work Lamp Relay (Ierm 85) Chassis Ground 18
205 Red/r'iolet Battery Junction Block Rear Fender Work Lamp Relay fferm 30) l 1
206 VioleVGray Rear Fender Work Lamp Relay fl-erm 87) Fuse Fl4 15
207 VioletA/ellow Fuse F14 Connector D (Pin H) 15
207" Violet/Yellow Connector D (Pin H) Connector N (Pin H) 15
2O7 Violet/Yellow Connector N (Pin H) Splice t5
207 VioletA/ellow Splice Left Hand Rear Fender work Lamp 16
flerm A)
207 VioleVYellow Splice Right Hand Rear Fender Work Lamp i6
fferm A)
207 Violet/Yellow Splice Trailer Connecto. (Pin 2) 16
208 Brown Left Hand Rear Fender Work Lamp Chassis Ground lf)
fl'-erm B)
209 Brown Right Hand Rear Fender Work Lamp Chassis Ground 16
(1-erm B)
210 Red/Brown Lamp Switch flerm FL2) Front Cab Work Lamp Relay 18
(-lerm 86)
210 Red/Brown Front Cab Work Lamp Relay fierm 86) 86) 18
Rear Cab Work Lamp Relay fl-erm
211 Vioiet/Dark Green Front Cab Work Lamp Relay fl-erm 87) F1Fuse 15
212 VioleVBlack Fuse F1 Connector D (Pin B) 13
212* VioleVBlack Connector D (Pin B) Splice 13
212* VioleVBlack Splice Left Hand Front Cab Work Lamp 15
fferm A)
212* VioleVBlack Splrce Right Hand Front Cab Work Lamp '15
fierm A)
213 Brown Left Hand Front Cab Work Lamp Chassis Ground 15
(T"erm B)
214 Brown Right Hand Front Cab Work Lamp Chassis Ground 15
(Term B)
215 VioleVRed Battery Junction Block Rear Cab Work Lamp Relay fl-erm 30) 15
216 Violet Flear Cab Work Lamp Relay fl-erm 87) Fuse F4 tc
217 VioletAVhite Fuse F4 Connector D (Pin D) IJ
217" VioleWVhite Connector D (Pin D) Splice 13
217* VioleWVhite Splice Left Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp fierm A) 15
217" VioleWVhite Qnlina Right Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp 15
fl-erm A)
2174 VioleWVhite Connector D (Pin D) Left Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp fierm A) 15
217A VioleWVhite Left Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp Right Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp 15
218 Brown Left Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp Chassis Ground 15
fierm B)
21BA Brown Rrght Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp Left Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp 15
219 Brown Right Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp Chassis Ground 15
flerm B)
NOTE: Wire code references marked (") are tor tractors up to cab serial No JKJ46968
207* P nk (78a) 212" Pink (794) 217* Vrolet (784)
NOTE: Wire code references marked'A' are for tractors from cab serial No JKJ491 44
Don 8-85042 lssued 3-92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-94
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must be at full charge and all connection must be clean and tight before festing. Use a multimeter far
the lests
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand fender work lamp from the harness, and turn the lamp switch to the FENDER WORK
LAMP position.
Terminal forwire 207 VioleilYellow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the lamp switch
Q terminal FLl and the left hand fender work
lamp. Also check the rear fender relay and
the lamp switch.
r NOTE: lf the right hand fender work lamp works correctly check wire 2A7 between the left hand rear fender work lamp and
tha cnlira
@ terminal for wire 208 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 208 and the chassls ground
connection.
NOTE: Check Fuse F14, and the left hand fender work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the right hand fender work lamp from the harness, and turn the lamp switch to the FENDER WORK
UMP position.
@ terminalfor wire 207 VioletlYellow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the lamp switch
terminal FL1 and the right hand fender work
lamp. Also check the rear fender relay and
the lamp switch
NOTE: tf the left hand fender work lamp works correctly check wire 207 betuveen the right hand rear fender work lamp and
the splice
Terminal for wrre 209 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 209 and the chassis ground
@ connection,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -95
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Trailer Connector Work Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the FENDER WORK LAMP position.
O Terminal for wire 207 ViolefYellow lo ground 12 Volts Check wire 207 between the trailer
connector pin 2 and the splice.
Gl T"rmnrl for wire 204 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit between the rear fender work
lamp relay terminal 85 and the chassis
ground connection. Also check the chassis
ground connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the REAR FENDER WORK LAMP position
@ ferminal for wire 203 Red/Light Green to 12 Volts Check wire 203 between the lamp switch
grouno terminal FL1 and the rear fender work lamp
relay terminal 86,
O ferminal for wire 205 Redl/iolet to ground '12 Volts Check wire 205 and the battery junction
block connection.
I Terminal for wire 206 VioleVGray to ground 12 Volts Bad rear fender work lamp relay
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand front work lamp from the harness and turn the lamp swrlch to the CAB WORK UMP
position
Terminal for wire 212 VioleVBlack or Pink 12 Volts Bad circuit between the lamp switch
(79a) to ground terminal FL2 and the left hand front cab work
lamp. Also check the front cab work lamp
relay and the lamp switch.
NOTE: lf therighthandfrontcabworklampworkscorrectlycheckwtre2l2betweenthelelthandfrontcabworklampand
the splice
@ ferminal for wire 213 Brown to ground Contrnurty Check wie 2i3 and the chassis ground
conncctlon
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -96
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Right Hand Front Cab Work Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check fuse F1 and the right hand front cab work lamp bulb
NOTE: Disconnect the right hand f ront work tamp from the harness and turn the lamp swtch to the CAB WORK LAMP
position.
Terrninal for wire 212 VrolcVBlack or Pink i2 Volts Bad circuit between the lamp switch
(794) to ground terminal FL2 and the right hand tront cab
work lamp Also check the front cab work
lamp relay and the lamp switch.
NOTE: lfthetelthandfrontcabworklampworkscorrectlycheckwire2l2betvveentherighthandfrantcabworklampand
the splice
lEl Terminal for wire 214 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 214 and the chassis ground
connection.
lP Terminal for wire 204 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 204 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the CAB WORK UMP position
Terminal for wire 210 Bed/Brown to ground 12 Volts Check wie 210 between the lamp switch
Gl terminal FL2 and the front cab relay terminal
86.
Terminal for wire 176 Red,YellowMhitc 12 Volts Check wire 176 and the battery junction
@ block connection.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
rtvrL. u,/uu^ rusu r.+, anQ Ute tett nano rear caD worK lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand rear work lamp from the harness and turn the tamp
switch to the CAB WaRK UMp
position.
NOTE: lf the right hand rear cab work lamp works correctly check wire 217 between the left
hand rear cab work lamp and
the splice (tractors up to cab serial No JKJ491a4 onty).
lD Terminal for wire 218 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 218 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Disconnect the right hand rear work lamp from the harness and turn the lampswtch to the
cAB woRK lAMp
position.
Terminalfor wire 217A VioletAVhite or Violet 12 Volts Bad circuit between the lamp switch
(784) to ground terminal FL2 and the right hand rear cab
work lamp. Also check the rear cab work
lamp relay and the lamp switch.
NOTE: lf the left hand rear cab work lamp works correctly check wire 217 between the right hand rear
cab work lamp and
the splice or wire 217A beNveen the teft hand and right hand rear cab work lamps.
Terminal for wire 219 Brown or 21BA Brown Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit
to ground
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -98
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Rear Cab Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the tamp switch to the OFF position.
Termrnal for wire 204 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit between the rear cab work lamp
@ relay terminal 85 and the chassis ground
connection. Also check the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the CAB WORK UMP position
Terminal for wire 210 Red/Brown to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the lamp switch
4l terminal FL2 and the rear cab work lamp
relay terminal 86.
Terminal for wire 2'15 VioleVFled to ground 12 Volts Check wire 215 and the battery junction
@ block connection.
Terminal for wire 216 Vlolet to ground 12 Volts Bad rear cab work lamp relay
@
Terminal for wire 2A2 Red0r ange to ground 12 Volts Check wie 202 and the battery junction
4F block connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the REAR FENDER WORK LAMP position.
Between terminals 82 and FL1 of the lamp continuity Bad lamp switch.
switch
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the CAB WORK LAMP position.
Between terminals 82 and FL1 of the lamp Continuity Bad lamp switch.
switch
Between terminals 82 and FL2 of the lamp Continuity Bad lamp switch.
switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001€ 4001-99
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit ".Wp^
o-r7fi \ed'
[ffi red FUSE
Protccts ihe electrical
CONNECTOB D Fender Work Lamp Wring Front Cab Work Cab Work Lamp Wiring Bear Cab Work LamP Wiring
Cab hamess to instrum€nt BATTERY JUNCI1ON BLOCK (POWER}
hamess
206 VIOLETGRAY-_I
206
FUSE F
c
FUSE F1
@
207 VTOLETTELLOW 212 vloLEvBLACli
<- 2ITVIoLEVWHITE
CONNECTOR
CONNEGTOH D
zul
UI
rE E
E Y
c, o oB PINK (784) 217A VlotEf/lvHlTE
o tr
Q 5
o \
(D
E
o = {- 212 VToLEVBIJACI( oR PINK r/94)
5 I6I
(:rt
i\
f
Bl
iii
\\:
o\ @
"l'/@ \ zrz
-2174 -
217
\\-
-
\.
GAB HARNES
\-.t- Eq
zo+ anorvr.r_t'Q
I LEFT HAND FRONT
CAB I,YOHK I-AMP
@
iHT HANT) FRONT
rAB WORIi I.AMP
@r
"o])**=.,
*.t
218A BROWN \@
CHASSIS GROUND
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
lssued 3-92 Printed in En'
lssued 3-92 Printed in Engtand
Don &85042
4001-100
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
REAR FENDER, FRONT FENDEH AND CANOPY WORK TAMPS FOR
TRACTORS WITHOUT CAB
Sectional lndex
Lett Hand Rear Fender Work t-amp Circuit Test ,...,...... '..'..............'.. 102
Right Hand Rear Fender Work Lamp Circuit Test ............ ..'..........-..-. 1O2
Left Hand Front Fender Work Lamp Circuit Test ........... '..-.'....'..'...... 103
Right Hand Front Fender Work Lamp Circuit Test ............ .........-.....-. 103
Trailer Connector Work Lamp Circuit Test .....,...... .'.-.'... 103
Fender Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test ........... ................ 104
Left Hand Front Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Test ........... 104
Right Hand Front Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Test ............ 105
Left Hand Rear Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Test ............ 105
Right Hand Rear Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Test ........... 106
30 AMP Circuit Breaker Circuit Test .........-. 106
Canopy Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test ........... 106
Lamp Switch Test (Work Lamp Circuit) ................. 107
Schematic Circuit ........ 109
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 01
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WIRING CODE
REF COLOR FROM TO WIRE
GAUGE
2A2 Red/Orange Battery Junction Block Lamp Switch ft'erm 82) 18
203 Redilight Green Lamp Switch ff-erm FL1) Fender Work Lamp Relay fl-erm 86) 18
2A4 Brown Canopy Work Lamp Relay (ferm 85) Fender Work Lamp Relay fl-erm 85) 18
204 Brown Fender Work Lamp Relay fl-erm 85) Chassis Ground 18
205 Red/r'rolet Battery Junction Block Fender Work Lamp Relay ft-erm 30) 11
206 VioleVGray Fender Work Lamp Belay (Term 87) 4
Fuse Fl 15
2AO VioleVGray Fender Work Lamp Relay f[erm 87) Fuse F15 15
2A7 VioletYellow Fuse F] 4 Connector D (Pin H) 15
207 Violetl/ellow Connector D (Pin H) Connector N (Pin H) 15
207 VioleVYellow Connector N (Pin H) Splice 15
2A7 ViolelYellow Splice Left Hand Bear Fender Work Lamp 16
fl-erm A)
2A7 ViolelYellow Splice Rrght Hand Rear Fender Work Lamp 16
fl-erm A)
207 VioleLYellow Splice Trailer Connector (Pin 2) r6
208 Brown Lefl Hand Rear Fender Work LamP Chassis Ground 16
fterm B)
209 Brown Right Hand Bear Fender Work LamP Chassis Ground 16
fi-erm B)
210 Red/Brown Lamp Switch fl-erm FL2) Canopy Work Lamps Relay fl-erm 86) 18
220 Dark Greenl/iolet Fuse F1 5 Connector D (Pin F) 15
220 Dark GreenNiolet Connector D (Pin F) Connector N (Pin J) 15
220 Dark Green/y'iolet Connector N (Pin J) Splice '15
220 Dark Green/y'iolet Splice Left Hand Front Work Lamp (1-erm A) 16
2?0 Dark Green/y'iolet SpIce Brght Hand Front Work Lamp fl-erm A) 16
221 Brown Left Hand Fronl Work LamP fierm B) Chassis Ground 16
222 Brown Right Hand Front Work LamP fl-erm B) Chassis Ground 16
223 PinVRed Battery Junction Block Canopy Work Lamp (l'"erm 30) 11
224 VioleVDark Blue Canopy Work LamP fl-erm 87) 30 Amp Circuit Breaker 11
ferm B)
229 VioleWVhite Connector D (Pin G) Canopy Extension Harness fl-erm C) 15
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 02
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The batteries must be at full charge and all conneclions must be clean and tight before testtng. Use a multimetel
For the tests.
NOTE: Check fuse F14 and the left hand rear fender work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand rear f ender work lamp from the harness and turn the lamp switch to the FENDER WORK
LAMP position.
Terminal for wire 207 Violet/Yellow to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the fender work lamp
ground relay, and the left hand rear fender work
lamp.
NOTE: lf the rrght hand rear fender lamp works correctly, check wire 207 between the left hand rear fender lamp and the
sp/ice
@ Terminal for wrre 208 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 208 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Check fuse F14 and the rtght hand rear fender work lamp bulb.
NOTE: DisconnecttherighthandrearfenderworklampfromtheharnessandturnthelampswitchtotheFENDERWORK
UMP position.
o Terminal
ground
Ior wue 207 VioleVYellow to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the fender work lamp
relay and the right hand rear fender work
lamp.
NOTE: lf the left hand rear fender lamp works correctly, check wire 207 belween the right hand rear fender lamp and the
sp/ice.
@ fcrminal for wirc 209 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 209 and the chassis ground
connection.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 03
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
LeftHandFrontFenderWorkLampCircuitTest
NoTE: lf ail the fender work lamps fail to work, check the fender work lamp relay'
NOTE: Check fuse F1 5 and the left hand front fender work lamp bulb
lamp swlfch to the FENDER WORK
NOTE: Disconnectthe left hand lrontfenderwork lamp from the harness and turn the
LAMP position.
Terminal for wire 220 Dark GreenNiolet to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the fender work lamp
ground relay, and the left hand front fender work
ramp
NorE: tfthe1ghthandfrontfenderlampworkscorrectly,checkwire22obetuveenthelefthandfrontfenderlampandthe
splice.
Terminal for wire 221 Brown to ground Continuity Check wie 221 and the chassis ground
@ connection.
RightHandFrontFenderWorkLampCircuitTest
NOTE: tf all the fender work lamps fail to work, check the fender work iamp relay'
NoTE: Check fuse F15 and the right hand rear fender work lamp bu|b.
NOTE: Disconnectthe rrght hand rear fender work lamp from the harness a nd turn the lamp swltch to the FENDER WORK
UMP position.
to 12 Volts
Terminal for wire 22A Dark Greenly'iolet
Bad circuit between the fender work lamp
groundrelay,andtherighthandfrontfenderwork lamP,
NorE: tfthetefthandfrontfenderlampworkscorrectly,checkwire22obetweentherighthandfrontfenderlampandthe
spllce,
fcrminal for wire 222 Brown to ground Cont nuity Check wie 222 and the chassis ground
@ connection.
to
for wire 207 12Volts
Violet/Yellow Check wire 2A7 between the trailer
Terminal
groundconnectorpin2andthesplice.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 04
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Fender Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the OFF position.
@ Terminai for wire 204 Brown to ground Continuity Check wue 2A4 and the chassis ground
connection
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the FENDER WORK UMP position
Termrnal for wire 203 Red/Light Green to 12 Volts Check wire 203 between the lamp switch
ground terminal FLl and the fender work lamp relay
terminal 86. Also check the lamp switch
(}) Terminal for wire 205 Red/Violet to ground 12 Volts Check wire 205 and the battery junction
block connection.
lD Terminal for 206 VioleVGray to ground 12 Volts Bad fender work lamp relay
NOTE: Check the left hand front canapy work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand front canapy work lamp from the harness and turn the lamp switch to the CANOPY WORK
LAMP position
lB Terminal for wire 226 Violet to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the circuit breaker and
the lelt hand front canopy work lamp.
NOTE: tf the right hand frortt canopy work lamp works correctly check wire 227 between the left hand front canopy work
lamp and the splice.
G Terminal for wire 227 Srown to ground Continuity Check wtre 227 and the chassis ground
connection.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 05
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Right Hand Front canopy work Lamp circuit rest
NOTE: lf all the canopy work lamps fail to work, check
the 30 amp circuit breaker. Refer to page I 62.
NOTE: Check the right hand front canopy work lamp bulb.
NorE' Disconnect the right hand front canopy work lamp from theharness ano turn
the key to the cANopy woRK uMp
posltton.
@ Terminal for wire 228 Srownto ground continuity check wire 2zB and the chassrs ground
connection
NoTE: Disconnect the left hand rear canopy work lamp from the harness
and turn the lamp switch to the CANopy woRK
UMP position.
NOTE: lf the rtght hand rear canopy work lamp works correctty check wire
z2g between the left hand front canopy work
lamp and the splice.
lD Terminal for wire 230 Brown to ground Continuity check wire 230 and the chassis ground J
connection
Don 8-85042
lssuec 3-92 P.r^leo r't Er-gla-o
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400 1,1 06
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Ftight Hand Rear Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: lf all the canopy work lamps fail to work, check the 30 amp circuit breaker.
NOTE: Check the right hand rear canopy work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the right hand rear canapy work lamp from the harness and turn the lamp switch to the CANOPY
WORK AMP position.
Terminal for wire 229 Violet/White to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the circuit breaker and
@ the right hand rear canopy work lamp.
NOTE: lf the left hand rear canopy work lamp works correctly check wire 229 betvveen the right hand rear canopy work
lamp and the splice.
ferminal for wire 231 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 231 and the chassis ground
@ connection.
Terminal for wire 224 Viole7Dark Blue to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the canopy work lamp
ground relay and the 30 amp circuit breaker, Also
check the canopy work lamp relay.
Between the terminals of the 30 amp circuit Continuity Bad circuit breaker
breaker
6l Tcrminal lor wire 204 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit between the canopy work lamp
relay terminal 85 and the chassis ground
connection. Also check the chassis ground
connection
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the CANOPY WORK UMP position
@ Terminalfor wire 210 Red/Brown to ground 12 Volts Check wire 210 between the lamp switch
terminal FL2 and the canopy work lamp
relay terminal 86 Also check the lamp
switci-
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 07
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Fleading Possible Cause of Bad Beading
Check Points
LAMP position'
NOTE; Turn the lamp switch to the FENDER WORK
Beween terminals 82 and FL1 of the lamp Continuity Bad lamP switch.
swrich
UMP position'
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the CANOPY WORK
SWItCh
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
q
I
I
4001-109 4001-109 rd
qlJp
I
\
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
I
I o-|rfr \*-L, l( FUSE I ru5r u)
BATTEHY -ry,F" te
THATLEB cotlt{Ecroa I Protects the electrical ]TOR I Protects ttle electrical
CIRCUIT BFtt -,XER
,,Dtr'7"7 JUNCTION BLOCK
CONNE
Cab hat CONNESTOB N LAMP Connects ths tractor electrical
system from
ouFut or a ground in
high
tor electrical sy:stem korn
ouFut or a ground in
high
Heat actuateci, automatc
SPUCE
Ussd to muts batt€ry Cab hamsss to iendet Produces hsat that €mits circufi to a trailer Connects ona or mora more
CHASS}S GBOUND
powsr
BOTABY SlilITCH TLAMP
REI.AY 3O AI,{P
harness the eleclrical s)€tem the electdcal system resst, protects electrical I
CONNECTORD
Cab hamess to
,
instrumefit Rear Fender \{ork LamP Wiring Canr Canopy lYork LamP lffiring
BATTESY TJNCTION BLOCK {POWEH)
hamess
206 VIOLET/GMY
-
206 VIOLETIGBAY
206 206 206
lrt
:f, ull
fii.l
I coNNEC'rOH D
&
g CONNECTOH D
M
I rJ cqrururrroa o CANOPY EXTENSON
HARNESS
CANOPY EXTENSON
HARNESS
J
Ig
Y s
llJ:
q< V M zzg zzg zzg _{5[ol'.]_ zzg
cl
6.>
:z
oo cc s {-
I
<-
-{S[ol)|-
azo--EIEE--26 1^
|,....'..,.l,.4
r\l-::^
F 1-
E l*- 207 vlolstYELrow 220 VIOLET/DK GBEI I 220 VIOLET/DK GREEN
J 5
UJ
o o
FF
tu
JJ
trl
oo to
F
TU
J I' Ml
I I
CONNECTOR D -J.'l
=
tc) M M
I
!(
N 6 E coNNEgroH [,r (tF EQUTPF | ..1| coxNesron [.r (rF EeutppED)
N (\r $(o
olo
tr.l 6r I [c CoNNECTOR N (TF JTPPED)
H t.,
N
M
ig_ T
"t*']na5*
I
<@
2X 2n 229 V|OLETW
CONNECTOR
I
I I
t
il
+: o-l
224
20 n0
-l.--
/.@ '\i,.@
,/@ /'@
q
FENDER WORK LAMP BELAY GANOPY WOBK LAMP
o
REI.AY
L H BEAR L H FRONT L H FHONT L H REAE L H REAR
o@ o@
FENDER WORK TAMP CANOPY WORK IAMP CAqOPY WORK LAMP CATOPY WOBK LAMP
FENDER WORK I.AMP
t
@@ R H REAR
FENDER I,YOHK IAMP
RHFR(
FENDERWO
R H FRONT
FENDERWORi( LAMP
@@ R H FBONT
@@
CANOPYWOBK LAMP
\
'---_.9lntoPY
i!
HARNESS
2
o
=
4
EI
206 VIOLSVGFAY
206 VIOLEVGRAY
*-,
{A z
3
o
tr
dl
\o qE
-1:
*\o 2
I
o
(E
Io
g -4
:
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
H C') d
(1I
6J
c,
)uND s $N @
N
R
ll
C\I N
Don 8-85M2
Issued 3-92 Printed in England ued 3-92 Printed in England I I CHASSIS GOUND
i/.//t
4mi-i10
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
AUXILIAHY POWER CONNECTOR, CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND
ELECTRIC SEAT MOTOR
Sectional lndex
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 1 1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WIRING CODE
TO WIRE
REF COLOR FROM GAUGE
13
Chassis Ground
140 Brown Cigarelte Lighter
Fuse F3 11
232 Fed/Yellow Battery Junction Block
Connector A (Pln B) 11
232 Fed/Yellow Fuse F3
Conncctor E (Pin B) 11
232 Fed/Ye llow Connector A (Pin B) 11
Connector E (Pin B) Cigarette Lighter
232 Red/Yellow
Auxiliary Power Connector (Term 2) 11
232 Red/Yellow Crgar Lighter
1) Chassis Ground 13
233 Brown nuxlllary Power Connector flerm 11
FUSC i_J
234 Keyed Power Junction Block
I
Hed/Black
Connector A (Pin G) 11
235 Red/Orange Fuse F31
Connector E (Pin G) 1l
235 Red/Orange Connector A (Pin G)
Auxiliary Powcr Connector (Term 3) 11
235 Bed/Orangc Connector E (Pin G) 15
Fuse F31
Connector D (Pin P)
235* Red/Orange Splice 15
235* Bed/Orange Connector D (Pin P)
t5
Electric Seat Motor fl-erm A)
235" Red/Orange Spiice
Connector N (Pin G) 15
235" Red/Orange Splice
Trailer Connector (Pin 7) l5
235 Red/Orange Connector N (Pin G) 16
Electric Seat Motor (Term B) Chassis Ground
236 Brown
NOTE: Wie code reterences marked (*) are for cab tractars up to Cab Serla/ No JK546968'
235* Bed ('133)
235- Orange (810)
CIRCUIT TESTING
testrng use a multimeter
NorE: The batterres must be at fu, charge and art connection must be crean and tight before
lor lhe tests.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-112
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Cigarette Lighter Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F3.
@ ferminal for wire 140 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 140 and the chassis ground
connection.
@ terminal for wire 232 Red/Yellow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betvveen the battery .iunction
block and the cigarette lighter. Also check
the battery junction block connection,
NOTE: Disconnect the electric seat from the harness and turn the key to the ON position.
Terminal for wire 235 Red/Orange or l2Volts Bad circuit between the keyed power
Orange (810) to ground junction block and the electric seat motor
connector terminalA. Also check the keyed
power circuit.
@ ferminal for wire 236 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 236 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check the electric seat motol
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001. 4001-1 13
il
BATTEFY Protscts the eleo'trical
W7 JUNCTION BLOCK
Used to route battery
systsm lrom hlgh
output or a ground In
CIGARETTE UGHTER
H€at operaiad slement
JUNSEON BLOCK
Used b roule keyed
MO
Art
MOTOR (SFAT)
THAILER CONNECTOB
Connects th€ tractor €lscrtrical
CHASSIS GROUND polYer An electric motor circuit lo a lrailer
polrYer ths electrical system
Completes battery
circuit
CONNECTORA
Transmisslon hamess
CONNECTOR D
Cab harnssg to insbument
CONNECTOR E
Transmission hamess b right Cigarette Lighter Wiring Auxiliary Connector Wiring Electric Seat Motor Seat Motor Wiring
hamess hand corsole harness BATTERY JUNCNON BLOCK {POWEN}
lo lnstrument hamess
n2 234 RED/BI.ACK
SFUCE
Connects one or morg
circuits lhat do lhe same
function
AUKLr6iifpoNNEcroR
Connebts lthe
,eblqicdglcircut
tractor
to an
Cab hamess to lender
FUSE
l
F3 ) FUSE F3
@( @
t_ 232 REDffELLOW
CONNECTOR A
t:\
ji i
CONNECTOR D
rORD IPI
tr
'rl{-
I
a a
ti
^E | ,r. ,,=oro*NcE oR RED (103)
.-------{\ t
li
-\ \ lilt
o.),l,
lltl
----='- Ir
\\ ti 232 REDTYELTOW
.-\ li
\II
232 REDTYELLOW
ClGAHETTE H H
\.\-
\ \
@ ELECTRIC SEAT MOTOH (*)JA[ M
T
"o**ECroRN
otEourPPED) i
r\
\ \- \\\ {
c ...r.\
".
,\1IBlI@ / 235
l]---.--.
\\
\\ \\ \.
z
o
=
CE
CB
c,
(lt
(\t jt
fr iffiN**
*= 235 BEDToFANGE
@
@
(t
d
CHP.SSIS GROUND
Don 8-85042 lssued 3-92 Printed in Er 92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-'114
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
RADIO, RADIO CLOCK AND INTERIOR LAMP
Sectional lndex
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-1 15
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WIRING CODE
REF COLOR FROM TO WIBE
6 Red Battery Junction Block Key switch (BAT-[)
GAUGE
64 RedAVhite Key switch (ACC) Fuse F19
13
64 Red,Ailhrte Fuse F19 Accessory Power Relay (Term g6) '18
o
68 Brown Accessory Power Belay [Term g5) Transmission Control Relay fierm g5)
68 Brown Transmission Control Relay fl-erm 85) Chassis Ground
18
94 Red/Dark Btue Battery Junctio"r Blocr< Fuse F] 7
tb
94 Eed/Dark Blue Fuse F1 7 Accessory Power Relay fl-erm 30)
13
95 Red/'/iolet IJ
Accessory Power Relay fl-erm 87) Frrco !',1',
95 Fedl/iolet Fuse F32 Fuse F20
t5
95 Bed/r'iolet Fuse F20 Fuse F30
16
95 Redl/iolet Fuse F30 Fuse F29
11
237 Brown Rrght Hand Interior Lamp Assembly Left Hand lnterior Lamp Assembly
18
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The batteries must be atfull charge and atl connections must be clean and
tlght beforetesr/rg. LJse a mult6eter
lor the tesfs.
NOTE: Make sure the radio antenna chassrs ground connection is clean and tight. Also
check the antenna cable for
damage.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 1 6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the key ta the ON position
Terminal for wire 238 Orange or Red (870) to 1 2 Volts Bad circuit between the accessory power
ground relay and the radio. Also check the
accessory power relay.
Terminal for wire 232 Red/Yellow or Bed 12 Volts Bad circuit between the battery junction
(715) to ground block and the radio. Also check the battery
lunction block connection
NOTE: Disconnect the lelt hand interior lamp assembly from fhe harness.
Terminal for wire 232 RedYellow or Red '12 Volts Bad circuit between the battery junction
(715) to ground block and the interior lamp. Also check the
battery junction block connection.
@ Termrnal for wire 237 Brown to ground Continuiry Check wire 237 and the chassis ground
connection.
Termlnals for wire 237 Brown Continuity Check wire 237 between the chassis ground
{il terminals of the lamP assemblY.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check the interior lamp assembly
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 1 7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
RightHandlnteriorLampCircuitTest(lfEquipped)
NOTE: Check Fuse F3 and the right hand interior lamp bulb'
NoTE:Disconnecttherighthandinteriorlampassemblyfromtheharness.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
400r-1 rB
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
400'l-119
KEYSI'{ITCH
4001-119
#$
KEYS,I'flTCH
FUSE
Protec{s the electrical
system from
ouFut or a ground
high
J
RADIO
LAMP
Produces h€at lhat emits
arfficel light
ConnecGordisct Gonvsrts radio warres into sound
ConnecG or disconnects Powsr to
D;D the elec{riaal circuit
CHASSIS GAOUND
Complstss batt€ry : lnterior Lamp Wiring
BATTERY
ckcuil Radio Wit
a- _
JUN TION BLOGK
BATTERY JUNCTION BLOCK (POWEH)
Used to rol,e bett8ry BATTEHY JUNCTION BLOCK (POWEH)
pow€r
cl
UI
82
I
E
KEY SWTCH
HH
o
Jd,-"*}[:;
@( c( ot 6"f
I
@t "Lri.o
HB:.-ft0,fr
,H coNNEcroB D El
or'
'fr UJ
3
lo
Y
tct t-',
o 88
(873)
4.\l;lffil'
o F 2,m GBAY OR ORANGE oR oRANGE I- (872)
tH uJ lu
J oHANGE
& o \ I -)
;42:rowoR
R H INTERIOB
/ Gr-- A
+ I u) LAMP ASSEMBLY
&t C" E
o N (lF EOUIPPED) z
ul o
lrJ*,-HIl*,,,*o-
A o
=
-{\r e
lt
FUSE F.Ig
ro
cn ( cc
&
o
rr
.o
|-
@--
t'J
lrl
$r'*^-;;K
GI
-1 $i[l H
n
o
=
J
J
ul
to
Y OE SBOYVN (873) ? E B l- rIr*o**nrLLow oR BBowN (872) I u.l
6Eal
aYol
6
N
@ ffiffi 237 BBOWN
oNNEcroRD
c)
(\l
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL BEIA] ffiJU.fl?I., - EEilp
tEEF4L
CAB HARNESS
\.
CAB HARNESS
\-\,
ffiC,6ffi'H8,1^i
vr
Eg M',
\-*
I
lsl,
BRowN
3fi$
-:$
232 BED/YELLOW OR RED r/15)
L H INTERIOB
IAMP ASSEMBLY
i\i \ I
c
RADIOEADIO
\\'....,
N- --?- 237 BRQWN
CHASSIS GROUND
CHASSIS GROUND
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk lssued 3-92 Printed in England
Don 8-85042 Prinled in England
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
4001-120
122
122
Front Windshield Wiper Motor Circuit Test ..'- ......
Front Wndshield Washer Motor Circuit Test ....,'..... 122
Front Windshield WiperAilasher Switch Circuit lest ..'......... 123
Rear Windshield Wiper Motor Circuit Test ............ 124
Rear Windshield Washer Motor Circuit Test .......,.'.. 124
Flear Windshield WiperAilasher Switch Circuit Test 125
Schematic Circuit .....,.. 127
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Don &85042 tssued 3.92 Printec, in England
4001-121
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WIRING CODE
REF COTOB FROM TO WIRE
GAUGE
Fuse F8
244 Red/Gray Keyed Power Junction Block
13
245* Gray/Red Front Windshietd Wiper,&Vasher Switch Front Windshield Wiper Motor (Term C) '15
flerm B)
246* Gray ironi windshield wiper/lVasher switch Front wiper Motor fierm B) 15
fTerm L)
Green Front windshield wiperAVasher Switch Front windshield wiper Motor fferm A) 15
247* Gray/Dark
[Term H)
248* Gray/Black Front Windshield wiperAilasher Switch Front Windshield wiper Motor fTerm D) 15
ft-erm P)
24gBrownFrontWindshieldWiperMotorFrontWindshieldWiperMotorGround15
Connector A) fl-erm
24g Brown Front Wrndshield Wiper Motor Ground Ground
Chassis 15
Connector fi'erm A)
250- Gray/Black Front Windshield WiperAVasher Switch Connector R (]-erm A) 16
fT-erm Vt/)
Front Windshield Washer Motor
2s0 Gray/Black i)onnector B (l-erm A)
16
25lBrownHearWindshie|dWasherMotorFrontWindshieldWasherMotor16
Chassrs Ground
Front Windshield Washer Motor
16
251 Brown C) 15
252 Gray,&Vhrte Fuse F2 onnector D (Pin
Switch 15
252* GrayMhite connector D (Pin c) Bear Windshreld wiperMasher
6) flerm
Switch Rear windshield Wiper Motor fierm B) 16
z5z, Grayryhite Eear Wlndshietd WiperMasher
fl-erm 6) c) 16
switch Rear windshield wiper Motor O'erm
253* Gray/Dark Blue Bear windsh erd wiperMasher
ft-erm 2) A) 16
Switch Rcar Windshield Wiper Motor fl-erm
254* Gray Rear Windshreld Wiper,&Vashcr
fI-erm 7)
255ErownRearWindshieldWiperMotorfiermD)RearWindshre|dWiperAVasherSwitchl6
5) fl-erm '16
255 Brown Fear Windshield WiperAVasher Switch Ground
Chassis
fl-erm 5)
256* Gray/Dark Green Rear Windshield wiper,&Vasher Switch connector R fl-erm B) 16
(Term 3)
256 Gray/Dark Green bonn""ior B (T"erm B) Rear Windshield washer Motor 16
245*orange(830)248*orange(832)253*orange(842)
246* Orange (833) 250* Orange (835) 254* Orange
(841)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-122
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must be attullchargeand allconnections mustbe clean and tight before testing. Use a multimeterfor
the tests.
NOTE: Disconnect the front windshield wiper motor from the harness and turn the key to the ON position
Terminalfor wire 245 GraylRed or Orange 12 Volts Bad circuit between the front windshield
(830) to ground wiper motor connector terminal C and the
keyed power junction block Also check the
keyed power lunction block circuit.
NOTE: Turn the lront windshield wiper swtch to the LOW (l) position.
ferminal for wire 246 Gray or Orange (833) 12 Volts Check wire 246 and the front windshield
to ground wiper,Arasher switch.
NOTE: Turn the windshield wiperlwasher switch to the HIGH (ll) position.
Terminal for wire 247 GraylDark Green or 12 Volts Check wire 247 and the front windshield
Orange (834) to ground wiper/washer switch
NOTE; Turn the key and the windshteld wiperlwasher switch lo the OFF position.
@ ferminal for wire 249 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 249 and the chassis ground
connection.
Between terminals B and D of the front Continuity Check wire 248 and the front windshield
windshield wiper motor connector (harness wiperfivasher switch
side)
NOTE: ll the readings are correct check the front windshield wiper motor.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the front wtndshield washer motor lrom the harness
@ terminal for wire 251 Brown to ground Continurty Check wire 251 and the chassis ground
connection.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 23
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and hotd the front windshield wiperlwasher swlch in the WASH position.
(l Terminal for wire 250 Gray/Btack to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit belween the front windshield
wiper/washer switch terminal W and the
tront windshield washer motor.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct replace the front windshield washer motor
NOTE: Disconnect the front windshield wiperlwasher switch from the harness and turn the key ta the ON position
Terminal for wire 245 Gray/Red or Orange 12 Volts Bad circuit between the keyed power
(830) to ground junction block and the front windshield
wiper/washer swrtch terminal B. Also check
tl-e keyed power circuir
NOTE: Turn the front wtndshield wiperlwasher switch to the LOW (l) position
Between terminals B and L of the front Continuity Bad front wjndshield wiper/washer switch
windshield wiper/washer switch
NOTE: Turn the tront windshield wiper/washer switch to the HIGH (ll) posrtion.
Between terminals B and H of t'he tront Continuity Bad front windshield wiper/washer switch
windshield wiper/washer switch
NOTE: Turn the front windshield wiperlwasher swltch ta the OFF position.
Between terminals L and P of the front Continuity Bad front windshield wiper/washer switch
windshie.ld wiper/washer switch
NOTE: Hold the lront windshield wiper washer switch tn the WASH positron.
Between terminals B and W of the froni Continuity Bad front windshield wiper/washer switch
windshleld wiper/washer switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
40a1-124
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Rear Windshield Wiper Motor Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F2.
NOTE: Disconnect the rear windshield wiper motor from the harness and turn the key to the ON position.
Terminal for wire 252 GrayAVhrte or Orange 12 Volts Bad circuit between the keyed power
(840) to ground junction block and terminal B of the rear
windshield wiper motor connector.
Terminal for wire 253 Gray/Dark Blue or 12 Volts Check wire 253 and the rear windshield
Orange (BaA b ground wiper/washer switch.
NOTE: Turn the key and the rear windshteld wiperlwasher switches ta the OFF position
Iti) Terminal for wire 255 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit Detween lhe rear windshield
wiper motor connector terminal D and the
chassis ground connection. Also check the
chassis ground connection.
Between terminals A and D of the rear Contrnuity Check wire 254 and the rear windshield
wrndshield wiper motor connector (harness wiper/washer switch.
sLde)
NOTE; Turn the key to the OFF positton and disconnect the rear vrindshield washer motor from the harness
Term,nal for wire 251 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit belween the rear windshield
O washer motor and the chassis ground
connection. Also check the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and hold the rear windshield wiperlwasher switch in the WASH positlon
lD Terminal for wire 256 GraylDark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the rear windshield
grouno wiper/washer switch terminal 3 and the rear
windshield washer motor. Also check the
rear windshield wiper/washer switch.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-12s
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Rear Windshield WiperMasher Switch Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F2.
NOTE: Drsconnect the rear windshield wiper/washer switch from the harness
and turn the kev to the oN oositjon.
Gl Terminalfor wire 252 GrayNVhite to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the keyed power
lunctron block and the rear windshield
wrperiwasher Swttch.
Between terminals 6 and 2 of the rear Continuity Bad rear windshield wiper/washer switch
windshield wiper/washer switch
NOTE: Turn the rear windshietd wiperlwasher switch to the oFF position.
Between terminals 5 and 7 of the rear Continuity Bad rear windshield wiper/washer switch
windshield wiper/washer switch
NorE: Hold the rear wtndshield v.tiperfuasher switch in the wASH pasttian
Belween terminals 3 and 6 of the rear Conttnuity Bad rear windshield wiper/washer switch.
windshield wiper/washer switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 26
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4AOl127
40a1-127
Schematic Circuit
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
DLDD"}D
(m=q MNNECTOR H
Cab hamess b *asher
MOTOR (WIPEF TOn $iPEH) WIPEFVWASHER SI.YITCH motor hamess
MOTOR (WASHEB}
CHASSIS GROUND 7r+7Dr7F IVIPEB/WASHER SWITCH
iFRONT) An slsctric rnotor
An eledic mot( elecfic motor FEAB}
FUSE
KEYED POWEH Completes battery CHASSIS GROUND Controls more than ong
Protects the eleclrical Controls mors lhan one
JUNCTION BLOCK circuil Completes battery
circuit
system from chcuit
high
Used to roule keyed o{nput or a ground in the electrical circuit
porYer
the electrical system lrom high
CONNECTOR D r a ground in
Cab harness to iflstrumsnt ical system
Circuit \{iring Front and Rear Windshield Washer Motor WirirU Flear Windshield Wiper Circuit Wiring
hamess Front \trlindshield Wiper Circuit 1
244 REO/GHAY
FUSE F8 :GBAY/YYHITE
/
2s0 GRAY/BLACK CA OMNGE (835) CONNECTOH D
€)(
\\\\] -=KEKF-asa
245 GHAY/T1ED
-'}- a
i
254 GHAY OH ORANGE (841)
CoNNEC;OB R
9 252 GFAY/WHITE OB ORANGE t84O)
CONNECTOR D ll
GHAY,ELACK 256 GHAYDK GREEN z
rc
245 GRAY/RED OR OBAI oB oBANGE {83o}
\ rc
245 GRAY/HED oB oHANGE (832)
248 GEAY/BTACK OB Of
f f
L-'\. oH oMNGE (830) zE
onANGE (833) BEAB WINDSHIELD
246 GFAY OR OBANGE
cfrEEN OR OBAITGE (834
rlt WIPERMASHER SWITCH
o
FRONT WNDSHIELD 247 GHAY/DK GHEEN O'
WiPEB/WASHEB SWITCH x
tr
E
:j
l---\ l_. (__ wlPERMoron
c E
c
t
----s i=====ii--ttt= FRONT
.. !..-- \
l/INDSHIELD
! -)>-.. WASHEH MOTOR
J---- -\ 255 BRO'TYN
\ ----i' 246
--_\
\-r 247
:
t+\\i $j \:r-
-\'*-il i',t
\ \\
1\i\
i ii t
\
i
,N:
uffi3H'nS3,35'5H, $lt1B- H
T--n
@
\o
Don 8-85042 kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk lssued 3-92 Printed in engtanJ i..
lssued 3-92 Printed in EngtanJ
4001 -1 28
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
BLOWER MOTOR AND AIR CONDITIONER FOR TRACTORS
FBOM CAB SERIAL NO JKJ46968
Sectional lndex
Blower Motor Relay Circuit Test flractors Up To Cab Serial No JKJ49144) . .. . . .. 131
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk 4001-129
WIRING CODE
REF COLOR FNOM TO WIRE
GAUGE
257 Red/Brown Keyed Power Junctron Biock 30 Amp Circuit Breaker 11
258 Gray 30 Amp Circuit Breaker Connector D (Pin E) 11
258 Gray Connector D (Pin E) Blower Motor Relay fi-erm 30) 11
lf Equipped
258 Gray 30 Amp Circuit Breaker Connector D (Pin G) 11
258 Gray Connector D (Pin G) Blower Switch fl-erm B) 11
259 Brown Blower Motor Connector 1/
259 Brown Connector Resistor Board Connector 14
259 Brown Resistor Board Connector Chassis Ground 11
260 Gray/Dark Blue Blower Switch [T-erm L) Resistor Board Connector t5
261 White Resistor Board Connector 0 56 OHM Resistor 1A
262 Gray/Black Blower Switch ['erm M) Resistor Board Connector 1a
]J
263 Red Besistor Board Connector 0 16 OHM Resrstor 1A
264 Gray/Red Blowcr Swrtch ft-erm H) Blower Motor Relay fl-erm 86) tb
lf Equlpped
265 Brown Blower Motor Belay flerm 85) Chassis Ground lCl
lf Equipped
266 Gray/White Blower Motor Relay flerm 87) Besisto' Boaro Connector I I
lf Equrpped
2664 GrayMhrte Blower Switch fTerm H) Besjstor Board Connector 1'l
267 Black Resistor Board Connector Connector t+
267 Black Conncctor Connector 1A
267 Black Connector Blower Motor 14
268 Gray/Dark Green Blower Motor Switch lTerm C) Air Conditioner Control Switch 1E
IJ
269 Grayl/iolet Air Conditioner Control Switch Air Conditioner Lockout Reiay fferm 30) 16
269 Grayl/iolet Air Conditioner Lockout Relay fl-erm 30) Connector S fierm B) 16
269 Grayl'/iolet connector s (]'erm B) Air conditloner Hrgh pressure switch 16
fierm 8)
269 Grayl/iolel Air Conditioner Switch Air Conditioner Low Pressure Switch i6
0-erm B)
27A Gray/Yellow Air Conditioner Low Pressure Switch Air Conditioner lndicator Lamo 16
fl-erm A)
270 Gray/Yellow Air Conditioner lndicator Lamp Air Conditioner Lockout Relay flerm 87) 16
270 Gray/Yellow Air Conditioner Lockout Relay flerm 87) Air Conditroner Lockout Relay |[erm 86) 16
270 Gray/Yellow Air Conditioner Lockout Relay fTerm 86) Connector S fl-erm A) t6
270 Gray/Yellow Connector S ferm A) Air Conditioner High Pressure Switch 16
[erm A)
271 Brown Air Conditionei Lockout Relay Chassis Ground lf)
fTerm 85)
272 GrayiDark Blue Arr Conditioner Lockout Relay flerm 87A) Connector D (Pin M) l5
NOTE: Wire code relerences marked 'A' are for tractars from cab serla/ No JKJ49144.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 30
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: Thebatterymustbeatfull chargeandall connections,nustbe cleanandtightbefore testmg. Useamultimeterfor
NOTE: lf the blower motor fails to aperate when the blower switch rs in LOW (l),MEDIUM (ll), or HIGH (lll) position, check
the circuit breaker, blower motor and the blower switch.
Q ferminal for wire 259 Brown to ground Continurty Check wirc 259 and the chassis ground
connection
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and the blower swltch to the LOW (l) position.
Terminai for wire 260 Gray/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Check wire 260 between the blower motor
ground switch terminal L and the resistor board
connector Also check the blower motor
switch
O Terminal for wire 262 Gra'ylSlack to ground "12 Volts Check wire 262 between the blower motor
switch terminal M and the resistor board
connector Also check the blower motor
switch
NOTE: Turn the blower swi166 1o the H|GH (lll) pasitron
Terminal ior wire 266 Gray/White or 2664 12 Volts Bad circuit between the blower switch
GrayAVhite to ground terminal H and the resistor board connector.
Also check the blower motor switch and the
blower motor relay (if equipped).
Terminalfor wire 257 RedlBrown to ground '12 Volts Check wire 257 and the keyed power
junction block ccnnection.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 31
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position.
Between the terminals of the circuit breaker Continuify Bad circuit breaker
O Termlnal for wire 258 Gray to ground 12 Volts Blower motor circuit shorted to ground
@ Terminal for wire 265 Brown to ground Continuity Check wrre 265 and the chassis ground
connection.
rerminal for wire 258 Gray to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the circuit breaker and
{l the blower motor relay terminal 30
Terminalfor wire 264 Gray/Red to ground 12 Volts Check wtre 264 belween the blower switch
Q terminal H and the blower relay terminal 86
Also check the blower switch.
llil Terminatfor wire 266 Gray,&Vhite to ground l2 Volts Bad blower motor relay
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 32
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the blower switch to the MEDIUM (ll) pasition
NOTE: Turn the key ta the aN position and turn the blcwer switch to the HIGH (lll) positron.
Termlnal for wire 267 Black to ground 12 Volts Check wtre 267
fi)
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the reslslor board from lhe harness.
Belween the terminals for wires 261 White 0 72 OHMS Bad resistor board.
and 267 Black
Between the terminals for wires 263 Red 016 OHMS Bad resistor board.
and 267 Black
Between the terminals for wires 261 Whte 0 56 OHMS Bad resistor board.
and 263 Red
NOTE: Use a piece o.f wood or plastic and hold the contacts of the thermal cut-in switch closed.
Between the terminals for wires 261 Whrte Continuity Bad thermal cut-in switch
and 267 Black
NOTE: The thermal cut-in switch protects lhe reslslors from over heating. lf the atr flow around the resistors becomes
restricted,Ihe reslslors will over heat and the thermal cut-tn switch conlacts will close and the blower motorwill goto
HIGH speed.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 33
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Air Conditioner Compressor Circuit Test
NOTE: Before any resfs are carried out on the air conditioner
circuit, refer to Section gOO2.
NOIE, Turn the keytdthe oN position, the blower switch tothe Low (t), MEDtt)M (il) or H|GH (ilt) positions
conditioner control swilc.h to MAXTMUM cootinq. and setthe air
NOTE: Turn the keytothe oN position, the blower switch to the Low (t), MEDtuM (il) or H|GH'\"'/
-(til) positions and setthe air
conditioner control switch to MAXTMUM cooting.
Check Points Reading po,ssible Cause of Bad
Reading
Terminal for wire 268 GrayiDark Green to 12 Volts check wire 26g between the biower switch
ground terminal C and the air conditioner control
switch.
@ rermlnal for wire 269 Gray//iolet to ground 12 Volts Bad air conditioner controi switch
Te'minal forwire 271 Brownto ground Continuity check wire 271 and the chassis ground
connection.
fcn 8-85042
lssued 3-92 Prinled in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 34
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Disconnect the air conditioner high and low pressure swtches from the harness.
NOTE: Turn the keyto the ON position, the blower switch to the LOW (l), MEDIUM (ll), or HIGH (lll) position and setthe air
conditioner controlswrtch to the MAXIMUM cooling position.
ferminalfor wire 269 GrayNiolet to ground 12 Volts Check wire 269 between the air conditioner
@ switch and the lockout relay.
Terminal for wire 272 GraylDark Blue to 12 Volts Bad air conditioner lockout relay
ground
NOTE: lnstall a suitable jumper lead between terminals A and B of the air conditioner high pressure swfch connectot
(harness side)
lGl Terminal for wire 270 GrayN ellow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between terminals 30 and 86 of
the air conditioner lockout relay.
Terminal for wire 272 GraylDark Blue to 0 Volts Bad air conditioner lockout relay.
ground
NOTE: Remove the iumper lead from the air conditioner high pressure switch connector
NOTE: lnstall a suitable jumper lead between terminals A and B of the air conditioner low pressure switch connector
(harness side) and turn the key to the ON position.
€l Terminal for wire 27 0 GrayN ellow to ground i2 Volts Bad circuit between the air conditioner
control switch and the indicator lamp.
@ Terminal for wire 273 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 273 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: lf the reading is correct check the air conditioner lockout relay circuit
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400.1-135
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
4001-135
q.1jr
+rZfi \P
Schematic Circuit
"/Itl
^rGUij+€ KEYED PO$IER
JUNCNON BLOCK U ljMP CIRCUIT BREAKER
PRESSURE SWITCH (LOW
W DLID HESISTOB BOARD
Controls ths amount ol
MOTOH
An slec,kic motor
PRESSUHE SWITGH
(HrGH)
MOTOR
An electric motor
PffESSURE SWTCH
(HrGH) ROTABY SWTCH
Used
power
to route kelied
RELAY3O AMP
Pr
el
Produc€s h€at that emits
artifical ligl*
Heat actuatsd, automalic
reset, protBcts €lecticz,l Pressure actuatsd, conlact
points opsn when Pressure
CHASSIS GROUND CHASSIS GHOUND electrical current to an Direc{s electrical current to circuibs lrom ovedoad
Completes battery Compl€tss battery electric motor Pressure actuated, codact Pressure acluated, corltact one or more circuits
A magnetic switch is too low
polnts close when Pressure polnls close when Pressure dkecls electric ckcuit
circuit ELECTFDC CLUTCH
circuit
ELECTEC CLUTCH is too high is too high
AIH CONDITIONER CONTROL (ooMPHESSOR)', {coMPRESSCIR)',
SWTCH
A magrretic field coit on A magnetic field coil on
CONNECTOH D A switch with a tamPerature compressor pulleY. When compressor PulleY, When
energized allows rotation oI Blower Motor Wiring Blower Motor Wiring Air Conditioner Wiring
Cab harness to lnstrument sonsing probe. The switch is energized allows rotation of
compressor
harnoss
pre-set by the opsrator. Ths compressff crankshafl. crankshafl.
GONNECTOR S
probe senses evaporator core When rrt energized PulleY
CONNECTOR S When rrt energizad PulleY
tompsratura, The switch also free wheels , Controlled bY Engine harness to free wheets . Conkolled bY Engine harness to
KEYED FOWER JUNCNON BLOCK
controls currant to the elgctric switches cab harness switches cab harness
clutch.
q
J
tr (y;
5 n
-{ -t- ---o \- 257 HEDiBRow-
30 AMP CIRCUIT BBEAKER
\o
THERMAL CUT]N SWTCH
BEI.AY 75 AMP
THERMAL CUT.IN SWITGH
Protects tho r€sisto.s from Prolgc'ts ths r€sisto.s from
@ .BHEAKER
ffisg
directs electric circuii AIR GONDTNI AIR CONDITIONER
CONTROL 51 CONTROL SWITCH
s
o
260 GBAYiDK BLUE
V;r:ilffiT:: -1-t; -t - I
\ra
H
269 GBAYNIOLET
..t
It
F
q,
(E}
GI
L-
o
tb G
c
o
..
CE
(:,
\-- \
Et&'fr^^.,,^.,
G
:tr
u,
a
IE
268 GHAY/DK GREEN .]
6 l?".
=
E
(,
',tvt Etr
(,
io.. F{EKFzzo
(D ul
@ !l
(o :)
{,1,4",
GI I
ID
CONNEGTOR S
v I
o AIH CONDITIOIIEH
I {,:." COMPRESSOR CIIJTCH ET
\U
MoroF BLOWER MOTOR t(,
I ".o**
nEuv RELAY AIR CONDMONEH
E
o
I
I
l€
l' xo .ttcttooastaal Flo JK,lff49144) SWITCH E
G,
,ao*r* roro* o
lo @
BLOWER MOTOR
ot
AND RESISTOB BOAHD ANO RESISTOE BOABD (o
N
\
--fiffi]-zzz
\S \s z.
3
o
G,
,* -KEKF"- .l
. CONNECTOHS
CONNECTOR D
@
tO
(c'
ot
CHASSIS GROUND
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk 3-92
Don 8-85042
lssued 3-92 Printed in England lssued Printed in England
BLOWER MOTOR AND AIR CONDITIONER FOR TRACTORS
UP TO CAB SERIAL NO JKJ46967
Sectional lndex
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400'1-137
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WIRING CODE
WIRE
TO
BEF COLOBNVIRE No FBOM GAUGE
11
30 AmP Circuit Breaker
257 Red/Brown Keyed Power Junction Block 11
Connector D (Pin E)
258 GraY 30 AmP Circuit Breaker 11
Splice
258 Orange (821) Connector D (Pin E) 11
Blower Motor RelaY fl-erm 30)
258 Orange (821) Splice
Besistor Board fl-erm 8)
13
258 Orange (821) Splice
Connector D (Pin G)
11
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 38
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE; The battery must be at f ull charge and all connections must be clean and tight before festlng Use a multimeter for
lhe lests
NOTE: lf the blower motor runs at high speed when the switch is in LOW (l) or MEDIUM (ll) position check the air flow
through the blower fan. Nso check the resr'slor board thermal cut-tn switch.
@ Terminalforwire 259 Brown (827)loground Continuity Check wire 259 and the chassis ground
conneclion.
NOTE; Turn the key to the ON positron and the blower switch to the LOW (l) position.
ror wire 266 oransc (824) to 12 Volts Bad circuit belween the resistor board
@ J:;n:'r terminal 6 and the blower motor. Aiso check
the resistor board and the blower switch.
NOTE: Turn the blower motor switch to the HIGH (lll) positron
Terminal for wire 266 Orange (824) to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the blower relay
ground terminal 87 and the blower motor. Also
check the blower relay and the blower
switch
NOTE: fftheblowermotorfailstooperatewhentheblowerswitchisinLOW(l),orMEDlUM(ll)positionschecktheresistor
board.
fcrrninal for wire 257 ?edlSrown to ground 12 Volts Check wie 237 and the key power lunction
@ block connection.
Bel,veen the terrrinals of thc circuii breaker Continuity Bad circuit breaker
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 39
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Blower Motor RelaY Circuit Test'
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF positran.
terminalforwire 265 Brown (827) to ground a".^n Check wire 265 and the chassis ground
@ connection.
Terminal for wire 258 orange (821) to 12 Volts Bad circurt betr'veen the circuit breaker and
ground the blower motor relay terminal 30
Terminal for wire 264 orange (825) to 12 Volts check wire264 between the blower switch
sround x'J:iL:-"[r"'[ili:I:;',flav
terminar86
Terminal for wire 266 Orange (824) to l2Volts Bad blower motor relay'
ground
\-- /
v ". Yv (821A)
Terminal for wire 258 orange to 12Volts Badcircuitbetweenthecircuitbreakerand
ground the blower switch terminal B. Also check the
circuit breaker.
(ll) position'
NOTE: Turn the blower switch to the MEDIUM
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Resistor Board and Thermal Cut-ln Switch Circuit Test
NOTE: Disconnect lhe resislor board from the harness and turn the key to the ON position.
Terminal for wire 260 Orange (822) to 12 Volts Check wire 260 between the blower switch
ground rerminal L and the resrstor board terminal 5.
Terminal for wire 262 Orange (823) to 12 Volts Check wie 262 between the blower switch
ground terminal M and the resistor board terminal 7
Between terminals 6 and 8 oi the resistor No Continuity Bad thermal cut-in switch.
board
NOTE: Use a piece of wood or plastic and hold the contacts of the thermal cut-in switch in the closed position.
Between terminals 6 and 8 of the resistor Continuity Bad thermal cut-in switch,
board
NOTE: The thermal cut-in switch protects the resrstors from over heating. lf the atr flow around the resistor board
becomes restricted, fhe res/slors will over heat and the thermal cut-in switch contacts w// c/ose a nd the blower motor will
go to HIGH speed.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001,1 41
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Air Conditioner Compressor Circuit Test
NOTE: Before any tests are carried out on the air conditianer circuit. Refer to Section g002.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ONpos ition, the blower switch tathe LOw (l), MEDIUM (il) or HtGH (lll) positions
and setthe air
conditioner control switch fo MMTMUM coaling.
@ ;ron:'l ror wire 272 GraY/Dark Biue to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the blower switch
terminal C and the ai conditioner
compressor Also check the blower motor,
the air conditioner control switch and the
lockout relay, refer to Section 9002 and
check the pressure switches.
NOTE: Turn the keytothe ON position, the blower switch to the LOW (t), MED|UM (il) or H)GH (ilt) positions and setthe air
conditioner contral switch to MMIMUM cooling.
(h Terminal for wire 268 Red (801) to ground 12 Volts Check wire 268 between the blower switch
terminal C and the air conditioner control
switch.
@ ferminal forwire 271 Srown to ground Continuty Check wire 271 and the chassis ground
connectron
Between terminals 86 and 87 of the air Continuity Check wire 270 belween the air conditioner
coditioner lockout relay lockout relay terminals 86 and 87.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4041 -1 42
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Disconnect the air conditioner high and low pressure swilches from the harness.
NOTE:TurnthekeytotheONpositian,theblowerswitchtotheLAW(l) MEDIUM(ll),orHlGH(lll)positionandsettheair
conditianer control swtch to the MMIMUM cooling position.
Terminal for wire 269 Orange (802) io 12 Volts Check wire 269 between the air conditioner
ground switch and the lockout relay
Terminal for wire 272 arange (803) :o 12 Volts Bad air conditioner lockout relay.
ground
NOTE: lnstall a suitable jumper lead beNveen lermrnals A and B cf the air conditioner high pressure swttch connector
(harness srde).
Terminal for wire 27A Orange (804) to 12 Volts Bad circuit between terminals 30 and 86 of
ground lhe air conditioner lockout relay.
Terminal for wire 272 Orange (803) io 0 Volts Bad air conditioner lockout reiay.
ground
NOTE: Remove the jumper lead from the air conditioner high pressure switch cannectar
Terminal for wire 27a Orange (804) :o 12 Volts Bad air conditioner lockout relay.
ground
NOTE: lnstalt a suitabte jumper lead betvveen terminals A and B of the arr conditioner low pressure switch connector
(harness side) and turn the key to the ON positron
Terminal for wire 270 Oranqe (804) to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the air conditioner
ground control switch and the indicator lamp
fF Terminal for wrre 273 Brown to ground Contrnuity Check wire 273 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: lf the reading is correct check the air conditioner lockout relay ctrcutt
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-143 4001-143 q
Schematic Circuit
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk )uit
)
.-\.-
tr
f
-o c
---.-\- *Hc* -61
IA
,,7;"D D'D
\1
MOTOR
An elestric motor
BESISTOR BOARD
Controls th6 amount sf
THERMAL CUT.IN SWTCH
Protects ths resistors trom
ovefieating
\,
IARD
mount
THEBMAL CUT.IN SWTCH
Protecis the resistors lrom tI "
PBES$URE SWTCH
LT
M
CIRCUIT EfrEAKER
Hsat actuated, automatic PRESSUBE SWTTCH {LOW}
KEYED POWER
JUNCTION BLOCK
U$ed to routo ksyed
@
CHASSIS GROUND overheating ROTARY SWITCH
CHASSIS GROUND ":, electrical cunent io ari lnt to (HrGHl HEIAY$ N resst, prot8c'ts eleclrical Pressura actuatod, contast powBr
l Directs electrical cunenl to
Gompletes battery electric motor points open when pressure
circuit
Compl8tes battery
\o one or more circuits
Pressure actuated, contact A magnetir circuits from overload
ELECTRIC CLUTCH circuit points close wh€n prsssure ls too low
AIR CON DITIONER CONTHOL
SWTTCH
(coMPRESSOn)
A magnaHc field coilon
ELECTRIC CLUTCH
(c0MPRESSOR)
A magnetic field coll on
l- ls too high
direcb elscfi
CONNECTOB D A switch with a tsmPerature comprassor pulley. When compr€ssor Pulley. Whan I
+
pre-set bY tte oPerator. The compressor crankshaft,
hemess
probe senses evaporalor cors VVhsn not energized PulleY
CONNECTOR S CONNECTOR S Air Conditioner Wiring
Whan nol energized pulleY
frea wheels . Controlled bY Engine harness to Engine harness to
t€mperature, The switch also free whsels , Controlled bY
switches cab harness cab harness
controls cunsnt to lhe electric switches
KEYED POWEB JUNCIION BLOGK
clutch.
SPUCE
Connects ono or more 257 RED/BROWN
\o
chctits that do thg samo 30 AMP CIRCU.Ir BREAKEF
furrtion
CONNECTOR D
AIB CONDMONER
258 ORANGE (821A) CONTROL SWITCH
AIR CONDITIONETI AIR CONDITIONER
INDICATOR I.AMP LOW PRESSURE SWTCH
tr
g,
i @
I u,
AI
i 269 OHANGE (802)
I
%@
I
u.t GONNECTOR D
i
o
z !t (, ot
N
o z o
to +
!\ d.
o
(I,
U.,
(9
cc
o
co
UI
o
z
6
@
ut
CONNECTOR B
zo
u) l.)
t\l 28+ OBANGE (82s N oBANGE (825)
EC !E
i'. o 2s8 o &,
ct o!
( o
it @
d \ ( c,
t-
nl
268 HED (801)
ENGINE
258 OHANGE (821)
r--{EKl-270
CONNECTOR S
AIR CONNITIONEH
@AIR GONDT
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
,{9t66{- @q *@Q
\o
266 OBANGE {824)
E
Ybo
AIR CONDMONEB
HIGH PBESSURE
i -D S { SWTTCH
I
+ 2s9 BBOWN (824 2s9 BBOWN (824 +- 265 BflOWN (824
I CHASSIS GBOUND CHASSIS GBOUND
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk 3-92 Printed in England CHASSIS GROUND
-L
Don &85042
lssued lssued 3-92 Prinled ln England
I
4001-144
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TRAILER CONNECTOR
Sectional lndex
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk 4001 -t 45
WIRING CODE
REF COLOR FROM
TO
WIRE
178 PinkMhite Tail Lamp Circuit Spiice GAUGE
188 pink Trailer Connector (pin 6) 1B
R H Turn SignalAVarning Lamp Circuit Trailer Connector (pin 5) It)
Splice
192 PinVDark L H Turn SignalMarning Lamp Circuit
Trailer Connector (prn 3) t6
Green SpIce
2A7 VioleVyellow Rear Fendcr Work Lamp Circuit Splice
234 Fed/Btack Trailer Connector (pin 2) 16
Keyed Power Junction Block Fuse F31
235 Fed/Orange Fuse F31 11
235 Red/Orange Connector D (Pin p) 1C
IJ
Connector D (Pin p) Splice
235 Red/Orange Splice 15
235 Red/Orange Electric Seat Connector fl-erm A) 1q
Splice
235 Red/Orange Connector N (pin G) 15
Conneclor N (pin G) Trailer Connector (pin 7)
235 Bed/Orange Trailer Connector (pin 7) IJ
274 Brown Traiier Connector (pin 4) 16
Trailer Connector (prn I ) Chassis Ground l3
CIRCUIT TESTING
must be at fult charge and alt connection must be ctean and tight before testing
#;:'rl:l'atteries usea muttimeter
NorE: lf all the Trailer connector circuits fail to operate check the traibr connector chassis ground circuit.
Dcf B-85042
lssued 3-92 Pr.inied in Ergtans
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 46
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Trailer Connector Tail Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: For the trailer connectar tail lamp circuit test see page 78 for cab tractors ar page 90 for tractors without cab.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4AAt147
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
TBAITER CO$E{rcTOH
SPUCE Corrlecis tE tactor electical
Connects one or m(re circrlb aHer
FUSE
circuits that do the sane
KEYEO POWER Protects llp electical func{ion
JUNCNON BLOCK system trrrn high CONNEfiOB N
Used to route keyed output or a ground in Cab hamess to iender E
power the elecfical system harn€ss
CONNECTOR D
Cab hamess to inslrument
hamess Trailer Connector Wring
(
+- 234 REDIBI-AIC'(
\.. :
\ri
(
c FMI TAiL I.AMP CIRCUIT
r
CONNECTC lEi
---:i:.
I ----ri
_---'----'.L
EQE
-ar
! : <.---:l:-t 23s BEDIOBA,.tr =gH
ro:<J
cD:ZO
oH RED {133} -E=
6rl\
(Do
CONNECTO* N -C\l
235 RED/OFAI{GE
ORORA'{GEF o)
TRAILER
c
\
\ \.t-t
ELECI ELECTRIC SEAT CONNECIOR
--.----
-----=-l-\-.*- 235 RED/OHA}IGE
--:--:.-.. ---.-*-
\i
,'rl*r*-*t-**\\-..*-- Z
3
o
cc
lD
t
(\,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Don &85042 lssued 3-92 Printed in England
-
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
4001
Copyright @ 1992
CASE CORPORATION Don 7-38440 Printed in England
September 1992
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-2 powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
....,.. 3
SHOP EQUIPMENT TOOLS .,...,..."
GENEBAL INFORMATION''"..."'".."'
LOCATION ''""""""""" 6
ELECTRICAL COMPONENT
BULKHEAD CONNECTORS AND
7
AND ETHER START "'""""'"""'''"""'
STARTER, KEY SWITCH, KEYED POWER' FUEL SHUT'OFF
CLUSTER """"""'"'14
ALTERNATOR AND INSTRUMENT
ACCESSOHY POWER BEI-AY,
" .,...".,.,...."..,...28
FORWARD/REVERSE AND TRANSMISSION
CONTROL"'
"""""""""""""40
SENS-O-DRAULIC (sHB) HITCH
CoNTROL
...'"'""''56
DIFF LOCK AND MFD
HEADLAMPSANDTAILLAMPSFoRTRACTORSWITHCAB.'.,.............,,.66
HEADLAMPSANDTAILLAMPSFoRTHACTORSWITHOUTCAB,.'...'.....76
TURNSIGNAIJWARNINGLAMPSFoRTRACToRSWITHCAB.....'..,.,'','..',.,.,..'.'.''..'.'..86
TUBNSIGNAL^/VARNINGLAMPSFoBTBACTOFSWITHOUTCAB,',.......'.'.''.''..'..,,..'''96
WITH CAB"""'""""""""""""'106
WORK LAMPS FOB TRACTOFS
REAR CAB
REAF FENDER, FBONT CAB AND
FOB TMCTORS WITHOUT CAB"""'"""""""114
REAR FENDER, FRONT FENDER
AND CANOPY WORK LAMPS
......122
T;;JiEN COI'INECTOR POWEB CIRCUIT"'"""
RIGHTHANDCONSoLEAUXILIARYPo}VEHCONNECToF,INSTEUMENTPANELAUXILIARY
SEAT AND
POWER CONNECTOR, ELECTRIC
Don 7-38440
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
SHOP EQUIPMENT TOOLS
, .:!i!
aaa*-.
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
tffiill
ilrrr l
ilffit
:IXffilE$iffiEl
::EffiiffiIffiT
::TMI
M
1. SIGNAL GENEBATOR/COUNTEH OEM 13364
s
iit
,:,:i1i:
, !rq{:l
+:::
rai
:t'
sT27
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Never operate the engine in a closed building, proper ventilation is required under all
circumstances .
NOTE: Nt etectrical checks must be made with the tractor parked on hard level ground with the parking brake engaged
and the engine OFF unless otherwise sfated.
NOTE: All componenls, wires and connectors disconnected during any electrical checks must be connected when the
checks are complete.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001,4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FUSES
FUSE AMPS CIRCUIT FUSE AMPS CIRCUIT
F1 15 Front Work Lamps (Cab) tt/ 15 Horn, Flasher
F2 10 Rear Wipcr F18 7.5 Forurard Solenoid
tr? 30 Auxiliary Power, Cigarette F19 10 Forward/Reverse Relay
Lighter lnterior Lamp F20 7C
Powersh ft
F4 t5 Rear Work Lamps F21 7.5 Revcrse Solenoid
F5 15 Turn Signal F22 I5 Ether Start
F6 5 Warning Lamps F23 l0 MFD Diff Lock
F7 5 lmplcment Auxiliary Connector F24 7.5 lnstrument Cluster 1
FB 15 Front Windshield WiperAVasher faE
taJ 5 Powershift Solenoid j
F9 Tail Lamps
5 rto tr
Powershift Solenoid 2
F10 15 Headlamp High Bcam F27 5 Powershift Solenoid 3
F.t 1 t.l Headlamp Low Beam F28 5 Powershift Solenoid 4
r tt 30 lmpiement Auxiliary Connector F29 7.5 Radio, lnstrument Cluster 2
F13 5 lnstrument Cluster lllum ination, F30 10 Front PTO
Fl-1 Console Lamp T,1 I 30 Keyed Auxiliary Power, Seat
F14 15 Rear Fcnder Work Lamps r3t 7.5 Sens-O-Draulic (SHR) Hitch
F15 l5 Front Fcndcr Work Lamps (Non Cab) Control
F16 10 Fuel Shut-Off
SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS
20wry1ts1 Schcmatic wirc Refercnce Number (20) color code (W//) wire Gauge (1g)
-
*re A -
Connector Wiih ldentification Numbcrs or Letters For Example Connector A pin or
Terminal A
_{Otr Component Connector With ldcntificaiion Number or Letter Secured to the Component
by
a Screw or Nut
ir-t
Io o-t- Circuits Grounded Direct to thc Battcry Negative Terminal
o Check Point
Sec Page -
Uon 7-38440
lssued 9-92 Printed ln England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400 1 -5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FUSE AND RETAY LOCATION
LEFT HAND FUSE RELAY BLOCK RIGHT HAND FUSE REI-AY BLOCK
Don 7-38440
lssued 9-92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
urua^HEAD
ooot powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk LAYour
coNNEcro*s AND ELEcrFtlcAL coMPoNENT
H P1
P2
@ o-I
+ ,/@
,\. I
o\ t--.,
a
I
.q
t,._i
G)
ffi r-
P1
A
B
\,! a \-
a1r\:6s'
Dt
7\)til\r\
t
-c-
H
Seat
Viewed From The OPerators
--0.,*O*.,,.,ION
CONNECTORS
PANEL
COMPONENTS HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT
1. STABTER BELAY HARNESS
TO INSTRUMENT PANEL
-2, HEADLAMP DIMMER RELAY PIN No JJF1017717)
To
B. ENGINE HARNESS
ct*olioot wlrH cAB LJPUP TO PIN NO JJF1017821)
HARNESS
OR TRACTORS WITHOUT CAB TO INSTBUMENT PANEL
C. POWERSHIFT HARNESS
3. CHASSIS POWER RELAY HARNESS
4, CANOPY WORK IAMP OR
AIR CONDITIONEB
CAB OR PTATFORMHAFINESS TO INSTRUMENT
D,
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL HARNESS
HABNESS
5. FLASHER RELAY H RADAR HARNESS
TO INSTBUMENT PANEL
7,38440
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STARTER, KEY SWITCH, KEYED POWER, FUEL SHUT-OFF
AND ETHER START
Sectional Index
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
multimeter for
be crean and tight before testing. LJse a
NOTE: The battery mustbe at fu, charge anda, connections must
the fests.
relay
12 Volts Chcck wire 5 and check the starter
@ terminal for wire 5 White to ground circuits.
NOTE:tfthereadingsareCorrectseesectlbn4Oa3andcheckthestartermotorsolenoid.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Gl Tcrminal for wire 1 1 BrownAVhite to ground Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit.
NOTE: ll the reading rb conecf check wire 11 and the 3rd/4th range switch.
Gl Terminal for wire 12 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire '12 and the chassis ground
connections.
NOTE: Disconnect the nnge swtch lrom the harness and put the nnge lever in the NETJTRAL position.
Betwcen terminals A and B of thc rangc 0 to 5.9 Ohms Bad range switch. Adjust or replace switch
switch as necessary, refer to Section 9001.
Between terminals C and D of thc rangc No Continuity Bad range switch. Adjust or replace switch
switch as necessary, refer to Section 9001.
NOTE: Put the nnge levcr in 1st or 2nd range (for the l stl2nd nnge switch) or 3rd or 4th range (for the 3rdl4th nnge
switch).
Between terminals A and B of the rangc No Continuity Bad range switch. Adjust or replace switch
switch as nccessary, refer to Section 900'l .
Between terminals C and D of the range 0 to 5.9 Ohms Bad range switch, Adjust or replacc switch
switch as nccessary, refcr to Section 9001.
@ terminal for wire 7 White to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwecn the key switch and
connector F. Also chcck the key switch.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and put the forvvardlreversc swttch in the FORWMD position.
Between terminals 7 and 8 of connector F Continuity Bad forward/reverse switch. Also chcck
(switch side) for wires 7 White and 8 wires 7 and B ol the forward/reverse switch.
White/Pink
NOTE: tf the readings are correct chcck wire I and the stafter relay diode module.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-10
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Starter Relay Diode Module Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the diode module from the harness.
NOTE: Pd the forwardlreverse lever in the FORWARD position and hold the key in the START position.
(P fnr.rninrl for wire I Whitc/Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch terminal
50A and the diode module terminal A.
Check the key switch and the lorvvardl
reverse switch neutral start circuit.
NOTE: The positive lead of the multimeter must go to terminal A of thc diode module.
NOTE: Change the leads of the muftimeter over so the positrve lead of the muftimeter goes to terminal C of the diode
module.
(D terminal for wire 6 Red to ground 12 volts Bad connection at the battery Power
junction block. Also check wire 6.
NOTE: Disconnect the key switch from the hamess, and turn the key to the ON position.
Bctwccn tcrminals BATT and IGN Continuity Bad key switch.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400'l -1 1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Chassis Power Relay Circuit Test (Keyed Power)
NOTE: Tum the key to the OFF Position.
@ terminal for wire l5 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 15 and the chassis ground
connection.
@ terminal for wire '13 Red/Orange to ground 12 Volts Chcck wirc 13. AIso check thc kcy switch.
terminal for wire 16 RedAilhitc to ground 12 Volts Bad chassis power relay.
@
terminal for wire i6 RedAVhitc to ground 12 Votts Check wire 16
@
Fuel Shut-off Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F1b.
NOTE: lf the reading is correct check the fuet shut-off solenoid connectjon or replace the fuel shttt-off solenoid as
necessaly'.
@ Terminal for wirc 22 Brown to ground Continuity Check wtre 22 and the chassis ground
conncction.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and hotd the ether start swrtch in the ENERGIZED position.
Terminal for wire 21 Dark BlucrlVhite to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the ether start solenoid
ground and thc ether start switch
NOTE: lf the readings are correct replace the ether staft solenoid.
Terminal for wire 20 Dark Bluc/Gray to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the kcy switch and the
ground ethcr start switch.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
4001-12
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
4001-13 Starier Motor Wiring Neutral Start Wirirg Key Svfich Wiring Ether Start Wiring Keyed Power Wiring
$chematic Circuit
14
q
te) eo R
14
R
(6)
E-sw.8)_-l v,1 16
r+
tlE I
r"iErh I
| t Fr$l
flo
(4
hhj^t ;
'i'
ml-2.1
W,!"
j'l
ffi a
R&S
{15}
\-
+- ,$)o
l\
*,-s
I t_ a a (r3) {1 e}
Bv
t16)
I
I
I
,\ I i-{ Etr I
I
Ir irs)
'EH
I
EEI l^r
__l { BR
r
7 W (181 {18}
u,|1
A'#a I *r-7!v(,!E
;;r
r-_l
@ \c
f,
OB/G
b@
18
DE/B
(t5)
--L-
lrl
EB',
I I .
#"o
lilil* Hw
?t I
{1 5)
Effi
.,*
)::."'-'--
--r 'l-{ aoo':.co ti TI
oB/w D8/1rV
15
trtr
{ ooo,-as
+oor - 75, Bs, s$, 1os 08)
22 BR (15) {
{
...',..,.,...",,,...'iJU\UK
.:hAV
................. oHANGE
COMFONENTS
@rir€gruls
:k NOre: rca rRlcTogswlTr{ cAE uP TA PIN No. JJF|017717 MO
I 9. 1ST/2N0 BANG* SWITCH
1. BATIEBY 9. fEACTOffS ltttTHOUT CAB Up r0 PIN &o &|fiA17821 Aal
2. STAIIEB UO'IOR It0- f 10. rusE F1s A TqTIGTGSPiI HARNES TC} INSI?UMENT PANEL HARNESS FqCM THE rOsW4fiOlsEVrASt SW,?CH rO rHE INSTRUM€NI '?/RES
3. STASTER RELAY 11. F
11. FUSE F22 a SBr€ i*R.\ESS IO laSrRUMEilT PANEL HAFNESS HIfiNTSSN,qE BLACX-
4. KryS!$ICH 1-IAI 11A. FUSE F16 F, PANEL HAAI.ESS TO -ORWARD/REYERSE SWTCH
5. WAENING IAMP ]EST RELAY tzl 12. E HERSTARTSWTTCH PI,'SFLTENT
BATTER| FOV'IER JUTiCTION BLOCK
6. T0EWARO/EEVERSE SWICH (* ) 13. ! 13. ETHER START SOLENOID P2- KFIED PqJTER JUNCBCil BLOCK
7. STARTAR HETAY DIODE MODI,jLE t4. ( 14- CHASSIS POWEN RELAY
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-.14
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
ACCESSORY POWEH RELAY, ALTERNATOR AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Sectional lndex
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400'l -1 5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NorE: Thebatterymustbeatfuttchargeandartconnectionsmustbecreanandtightbeforetesting.tJseamurtimeterfor
the test.
Test
lnstrument cluster Power and chassis Ground circuit
NOTE: Checktuse F24.
and turn the key to the aFF position'
NoTE: Disconnect the instrument cluster from thc harness
Check Point
eoariino Possible Cause of Bad Reading
sround :*:"#TL:',"i::JHJ:::',"['fi?:*::
relaY.
Terminal reu/usto
for wire 35 BedA)ark Blue 12 Volts Chcck wire 35 between the battery power
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Alternator Circuit Test
NOTE: Check the aftemator warning lamp bulb.
(lil Terminal for wire 31 Yellow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the instrument cluster
and the altcrnator D + terminal. Aiso check
the instrument cluster power circuit.
NOTE: lf thc readings are correct check the alternator see Section 4008.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the instrument cluster from the harness.
NOTE: Disconnect w1e 32 Ye1owlBrown from the alternator W terminal. Connect a signal generator to wire 32 and
programme the signal generator to genemte a signal as shown in the table below (see manufacturers instructions) ' Turn
the-keyto the ON position and press the engine rpm function button on the instrument cluster (deluxe clusters only) and
check the rpm display on the instrument cluster with the table belaw.
NOTE: tf the readings are correct repair or replace the altemator, refer to Section 40A8.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position, disconnect the instrument cluster from the harness
NOTE: lf the readings is conect check the instrument c/uster power and chassis ground circuits.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-17
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Hydraulic Filter Restriction warning Lamp circuit Test
NOTE: Check the hydmulic filter restriction warning lamp bulb'
(above l oc F) and the hydraulic filter must be free
NOTE: Ihe transmiss ion oit must be at normal operating temperuture
and restrictian swrtch from the harness. Turn the key to the
from restrictions. Disconne ct the hydrautic filter tempeiature
ON position.
to ground'
IMPORTANT: Do not allow the disconnected terminal for wire 44 to short circuit
Terminalfor wire 44 YcllowArVhite to ground llio- Bad circuit between the instrument cluster
G) conncctor (pin 21) and the hydraulic filter
temPcrature switch.
Terminalforwire 45 Yellow/Brown to ground 12 Volts Bad hydraulic f ilter temperature switch' Also
@ check wire 45 between the hydraulic filter
temperature and restriction switches'
NOTE: Tum the key to the OFF positron-
Terminal for the hydraulic filter rcstriction No Continuity Bad hydraulic filtcr restriction switch'
switch to ground
ferminalfor wirc 46 Dark Green to ground *ts Bad circuit between the air filter restriction -
@ " switch and the instrument cluster'
Tcrminal for wirc 46 Dark Green and pin 29 Continuity Check wire 46
of thc instrument clustcr
(E) Terminal for wirc 47 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 47 and the chassis ground
connection.
Bctwcen the terminals of thc air filter No continuity Bad air filtcr restriction switch'
restriction switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Parking Brake Warning Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check the parking bnke warning lamp bulb,
NOTE: Engage the parking bmke, put blocks in lront and behind the rearwheels and turn the key to the ON position,
6IJl Terminalfor wire 49 Yellow/Black to ground '12 Volts Bad circuit between the parking brake
switch and thc instrument cluster
conncctor.
Between terminal A of thc parking brake Continuity Bad parking brake switch. Adlust or replace
switch to ground the switch as necessary. Refer to Section
9001.
NOTE: Tum the key to the OFF position and disconnect the instrument cluster from the harness.
Tcrminal for wire 49 Yellow/Black and pin 17 Continuity Check wire 49.
of thc instrumcnt cluster connector.
Terminal for wire 47 White/Dark Bluc and 12 Volts Check wire 47 between the transmission
ground control relay terminal 86 and the audible
alarm.
6) terminalforwire 48 Yellow/Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit between the audible alarm and
the parking brake switch chassis ground
conncction. Also check the parking brake
switch.
NOTE: PtLt the range lever in lst, 2nd, 3rd or 4th runge and hotd the key in the STMT position
fr} Termlnal for wire 7 Whitc to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctween the key switch and the
warning lamp test relay. Also check the key
switch.
0B
Y
Terminal for wirc 43 Brown/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the warning lamp tcst
grouno diodcs and the warning lamp test relay.
Don 7-38440 lssued 9'92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-1 I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
and 85
ContinuitY Checkwire 36 betwcen terminals 87
6I) Terminalfor wire 36 Brown to ground of the warning IamP test relay'
posrion
;;;i parxinii**
stitr ra, ta
*x,,ii,iE;;;i;;:il;!,!';;;;;in,en on checkthe.warning tamp test diodes'
ciii
NorE: rfanyofthewarningrampsfa,tocomeonwhenthemngereuerisrnTst,2nd,3rdor4thmngeandthekeyisinthe
ii check the warning lamp test
theair fitter waming ramp ,"*"Ji;
srarr ine
"n""rrr*
Nsoif for exampre "ngaged
diode.
Diode Test
Warning Larnp and Audible Alarm
NOTE: Theprocedureforcheckingthcwamingtampandaudiblealarmdiodesisthesameforeachdiode.
from the harness'
posnion and disconnect the diode
NOTE: Tum the key to the OFF
NOTE: Thepositiveteadofthemultimetermustgotothefemaletermina|ofthediode,
R"eqgq
Check Points
No ContinuitY Bad diode'
Bctween thc terminals of the diode
b the male terminal of the
NoTE:Changetheleadsofthemuttimeteroversothepositiveteadofthemultimetergoes
diode.
ContinuitY Bad diode.
Between the terminals of the diode
Don 7-38440
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-20
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Ground Speed Sensor Gircuit Test (Deluxe lnstrument Cluster only)
NOTE: Disconnect the ground speed sensor from the hamess.
6P terminal for wire 51 Brown ground Continuity Check wire 51 and the chassis ground
connection.
Terminal for wire 50 Yellow/Dark Blue to pin Continuity Check wire 50 between the ground sensor
28 of the instrument cluster connector and the instrument cluster connector.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct adiust or replace the ground speed sensor.
Don 7-38440
Issued 9-92 Prinled in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
-
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
E 3
i !l-- sr v ner _
Et,G
oc
{*-* 31 Y (16)
@
YER (18) 32 YER (18)
d- 32
34 YIB (15)
s4YlR i16)
19 ruw (16)
37
F/u
.;I?T"?.f, 38 O (18)
39 LGi q (18)
40 BRILG {18}
41 LG (18)
051
{or 'rsr al LGfv (18)
R
{r3) 1_*.ur. =&s
os ,
I
rl
44
44Y
YI,r'
Ytrt
(rtl
\ n .s
45 DG
oG (it
0t
flfi
,+9
YF DG
(1E (18)
1eryw{rE. I
I I
""-G
[9*
l+lsEr
ffiJ
47 wiBB {18t
4<-s
T
{}
YiB
o8)
O.\t iB,P
rr---t
sffi;
ffi I
Ivtvl I
,zEF
a
...,.,'...,,.. .'..''''RED
..'.".,.,..',.,....'.,., TAN Ld-I-U
\..\2,/
.I
BR
{ oor<s
35 AR (J6) Q,r \,e,
AD
...........................8UOWN ( , {JOMPONENTS
1. STA'TTER MOTOR 4F, FUSE F24
-
8. PARKING BRA(E S1MICH
9. AIR FILJEA HESIEEII\'N SflITCH
I @..t{EgroRs
A TRANSMISSION HARNESS TO INSTBUMENI PANEL IIAHNESS
2. ALIEENATON CWEP RETAY 10, TiYDRAUUC FIL''ER BESTENON SICH A El.lGlN= HABNaSS TO INSIfiUMENT PANEi- HARNESS
5, ACCESSORY POWER RELA'I
PTEST NELAY 11. }ryDEAULIC FIL]ER IEIIPERATUE S'ICH H. BIDT1A HAR,IESS TO INS'TPUMENT PANEL HARNESg
3. K3l SWTTCH 5A. WARNING IAMP TEST Rg.!
{ CONTROL iEI"AY t2. WHSEL SPEED SENSOA r. RtoAR To nADAR HAHhEss
4. FU$E F19 58. IRANSMISSION CONTROL T
rER BESTRICTION DIODE i3, INSTffUMENT CIU$'ER Pl. BATIEFY PO}VEF JUNCTiON BLOCK
,!A. FUSE F17 & HYORAULIC FIL-TEB RESIAI(
48. FUSE Fg? 6A. AIR FILTEH RESTRICT]ON O(
DiODE n KEYED POY'/ER JUNCTION 6LOCK (BEHiNt INSTSUMENT CLUSTER)
,IC.
'IEtcfiON
ATTP TEST DIODS
FUSI F3O 58. PARK EBANE IAMP TEST T'
,ID, FUSE FzO 6C. AUDIBLE ATARM OIODE 0l orooE
Don 7-38440
lss€d 9-92 Printed in !.€lmd 4E. FUSE F29 7, AUD]BLS AL.ANM
u
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-22
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Sectional lndex
4th Bange/Reverse Warning Lamp (Master Flasher) Circuit Tcst ....,...... ..,................ 23
lnstrument Cluster 1000 RPM PTO Display .........,,.......,.,. 24
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit Test ............ ,.:.,...,.........,,...,...,............. 25
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp Circuit Test ..,..,..... ....................... 25
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -23
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: Thebatterymustbeatfull chargeandall connectionsmustbeclcanandtightbeforetestrng. Useamultimeterfor
the test.
ror wire 60 Yerlowaisht BIue to 9 Volts Check wire 60 between the fuel level sendcr
O l::nfl Approximately and the instrument cluster connector.
Terminal for wire 60 Yellow/Light Blue to pin Continuity Check wire 60'
23 of the instrument cluster connector
NOTE: lf the readings are conect check the fuel levcl scnder refer to Sccllon 3005. Also check the instrument cluster
pawer and chassr.s ground circuits, (referto Page 15) or replace the fuel level if necessav'
tMpORTANT: ONLy |JSE a high impedance muftimeterta testthe 4th nngc switch, DO NOT USE atest lamp or damage
ta the switch may occur,
Between terminals C and D of the 4th range 0 to 5.9 Ohms Check the 4th range switch. Adjust or
switch replace the switch as neccssary. Rcfer to
Section 9001.
Between terminals A and B of the 4lh range 0 to 5.9 Ohms Check the 4th range switch. Adjust or
switch rcplace the switch as necessary. Refer to
Section 9001.
Between tcrminals C and D of the 4th range No Continuity Check thc 4th range switch. Adiust or
switch replacc thc switch as necessary. Refer to
Section 9001.
terminal for wire 62 PinlVFcd to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctween the 4th range switch
? and the instrument cluster.
NOTE: lf the reading is correct go to test point 6.
Don 7-38440 lssued 9-92 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-24www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
powrquadplus
NOTE: Tum the key to the OFF position and disconncct the instrument cluster from the harness.
Terminal for wire 62 PinVRcd to pin 4 of the Continuity Checkwire 62 between the 4th range switch
instrument cluster connector and the instrument cluster connector.
NOTE: lf the reading is correct check the instrument cluster power and chassis ground circuits, (refer to Page 15).
NOTE: Connect the 4th range switch to the harness. Disconnectthe forwardlreverse swifch from the harness , turn the
key to the ON position and put the mnge lever in 4th range.
@ terminal for wire 64 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 15 and the chassis ground
connection,
Gl Terminal for wirc 66 BrownMhitc to ground Continuity Check wire 66 and the battery negative
tcrminal connection.
NOTE: Put the PTO output shaft in the 1A00 rpm pasition.
Bctwcen the icrminats of thc '1000 rpm PTO Continuity Bad 1000 rpm PTO switch.
switch
NOTE: Put the PTO output shaft in the 540 rpm position.
Bctwecn the tcrminals of thc 1000 rpm PTO No Continuity Bad 1000 rpm PTO switch.
switch
Terminalfor wirc 65 YcllowrDark Grccn and Continuity Check wire 65 betwcen the 1000 rpm PTO
Pin 22 of thc instrumcnt clustcr conncctor switch and the instrument clustcr
connector.
NOTE: tf ke reading is corrcct check the instnLmcnt c/uster pawcr and chassis ground circuits, (refer to Page 15)
Don 7-38440 lssued 9-92 Prjntcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-25
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit Test
NOTE: Disconnect the engine coolant sender from the hamess and tum the key to the ON position
Terminal for wire 67 Dark Green/Black to Approximately Bad circuit between the engine temperature
ground 9 Volts sender and the instrument cluster,
NOTE: lf the reading rb correct replace the engine coalant tempenture sender.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check the instrument cluster pawer and chassls ground circuits.
#) Terminal for wire 68 Light Blue to ground l2 Volts Bad circuit belween the oil pressure switch
and the instrument cluster connector.
NOTE: Turn the kcy to the OFF position and check the oil pressure warning lamp bulb.
NOTE: tf he readings are correct chcck the instrument cluster power and chassis ground circurt
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-26
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Engine Oil Pressure Switch Test
Check Points lgeqlg Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Between the terminal of the oil pressure Continuity Bad engine oil pressure switch.
switch to ground
Between the terminal of the oil pressure No Continuity Bad engine oil pressure switch or no oil
switch to ground pressure.
WARNING: Never operate the engine in a closed building, proper ventilation is required under all
circumstances .
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
//
/,\
6
19 PrVl.{16i..- I R/W.{l6)
(r3)
d*,
6 F {13)
0s) _
.tr .{ +oor . ,g, ,u, as, sE
65 I/UU {r6'
67 DG/B t18)
68 LB i18)
,tl'
,V
- 1s Bnr,/ (18)
3s FyDB {l:
r- 3s tuDB (13) _
r- 37
L-s7&v(1s)
I
llr-
I loi,
lo H
I
,60
ffiH 4*'
r\(16)
tt
52
BRIW
vtE
lo loru
\r {ooor - se
--I
I
/@@ I
{13}
I
;,i,
t15) tAt o frl
l^l
ffi
,m
q {*
il"4&-
@( I
I
<( +oor - zs, es
4001 - 39
L&-"{"o 8Mil
\o
36 BR n6) 03)
fl
a BR BR
(16) 6) 66 B&{.V 08)
A (1
COMPONENTS
1. Kry 30. FUSE F2O
m coNNECroRs
S\^/ITCH 30. rusE F20 8, ENGJNE COOTANT $ENOEN A. TRANSMISSION HABNESS TO TNSTRUMENT PANEL HAFNESS
2. TRANSMISSION CONTOL RELAY 3E. FUSE F29 'EMPERATURE
S. ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH B, ENCINE HARNESS TO INSTqUMENT HPANEL AFNESS
2A- ACCESSOHY POWEfi HEiAY 3F, FUSE F24 3F, TUSE F24 10. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER G. INSTRUMENT HARNESS 10 FORWAADIREVERSE SWITCH
- LIGHT GREEN
3. FUSE F19 4. FUEL LEVEL 4. FUEL LEVEL SENDER pt. gerrrnv iowEH JUNcrioN aLocK"
34, FUSE F17 5, FORWABDIH 5. FORVUARDIREVERSE SWjTCH( * P2. KEYEO POWEB JUNCTION BLOCK
)
38. FUSE F32 6,4TH BANGE 8.4TH BANGE SWITCH }K NOTE: FOR IRACTAfrS W\H CAA UP fO PN NA, JJF1017717 AND
7. 1000 RPM Pl 7. IOOO RPM FTO SwlTCH IEACTSSS WTHOUT CAB UP TO PN NC JJF1017812 AIJ \\INES
Oon 7-38440 Prinied jn FSAM WE FO8!1'AR'II16Y€FST SMICH IO THE INSTRUMENT
lssued 9"92 englild
iiIfi,VFSS AFE BI^CK
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -28
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FORWARD/REVERSE AND TRANSMISSION CONTFIOL
Sectional lndex
Synchromcsh Neutral Switch Circuit Test (For Tractors Equippcd With Synchromcsh Transrnissions) .........,....29
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-29
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NorE: Thebatterymustbeatfult chargeandailconncctionsmustbecteanandttghtbeforetesting.useamultimeterfor
the tests.
Terminal for wire 80 White/Rcd to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch terminal
@ 58 and thc forward/reverse relay terminal
30. Also check the keY switch.
Terminal for wires 80 Whitc/Rcd to ground 12 Volts Check wire B0 between the forward/reverse
@ rclay terminal 30 and the top inching pedal
switch.
Terminal for wire B0 Whitc/trcd to ground 12 Volts Check wire B0 between the 1sV2nd range
@ switch and the top inching pedal switch'
7l Terminal for wire 80 White/Rcd to ground 12 Volts Check wire 80 betwcen the 3rdl4th range
switch and thc sPlicc.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and put the range lever in 1st or 2nd range.
Between terminals C and D of the
.lsU2nd 0 to 5'9 Ohms Bad 1sV2nd range switch. Adjust or replace
rangc switch. thc switch as necessary. Rcfer to Section
s001.
Botwccn terminals A and B of thc lsV2nci No ContinuitY Bad l sV2nd rangc switch. Adjust or replacc
range switch. thc switch as neccssary. Refcr to Section
9001.
Betwcen terminals A and B of the 3rd/4th No Continuity Bad 3rd/4th Range switch. Adjust or replacc
range switch thc switch as necessary. Rcfer to Section
9001.
NOTE: PtLt the range lever /n 7SI RANGE and turn the key to the ON position.
Gl Tcrminal for wirc 81 WhitciBlack to ground 12 Volts Chcck wirc 81 bclwccn thc rangc switch
and the synchromcsh ncutral switch. Also
chcck thc range switches.
Don 7-38440
lssucd 9-92 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -30
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Repeat check 5 with the range lever in 3rd RANGE
Check Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Between terminals A and B of the No Continuity Bad synchromesh neutral switch. Adjust or
synchromesh neutral switch replace the switch as necessary. Refcr to
Section 9001.
Gl Terminal for wirc 84 White8lack to ground 0 Volts Bad top inching pedal. Adjust or replace the
switch as necessary. Refer to Section 9001.
NOTE: Hold the inching pedalfully down.
Terminal for wire 86 WhiteErown to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit belween the top and bottom
@ inching pedal switches through the
transmission control relay. AIso chcck the
transmlssion control and forward/rcvcrsc
rclay circuits.
NOTE: Tum the kcy to thc OFF position and rclease the inching pedal to half travel.
Bctween the switch tcrminals for wire 85 Continuity Bad boltom inching pedalswitch. Adjust or
White/Gray/Black and wire 86 White/Brown replace the switch as necessary. Refer to
Section 9001.
NOTE: Fully release the inching pedal.
Bctween thc switch terminals for wirc 85 No Continuity Bad bottom inching pedalswitch. Adjust or
White/Gray/Black and wire 86 Whitc/Brown replace the switch as necessary. Rcfer to
Scction 9001,
Terminal for wire 36 Brown to ground Continuity Check wirc 36 and the chassis ground
O connection.
NOTE: Put the mnge lever in NEUTRAL. Tum the key to the ON position and hold the inching pedal DOWN.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-31
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
ferminal for wire 86 White/Brown to ground 12 Volts Bad transmission control relay,
@
Terminal for wire g5 Whitc/Gray/Black to 12 Volts Check wire 85 between the transmission
ground control relay terminal 87 and the boftom
Inching pedal switch, Also check the
inching pedal switch circuit.
NOTE: putthenngeleverinlstor2ndrangeandtheforwardlreverscleverinthe FORWARDposition.Turnthekeytothe
ON position.
NOTE: For tractors with synchromesh tnnsmisslons move the speed selector lever into gear'
Terminal for wirc 83 White/Dark Bluc to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwcen thc key switch and thc
ground transmission control relay terminal 87. Also
check the key switch, 1sV2nd and 3rdl4th
rangc switch circuit and the synchromcsh
neutral switch (if equipped).
NOTE: Repeat check 13 with the range lever in the 3rd or 4th nnge'
NOTE: Release the inching pedal and turn the key to the OFF position'
(f) Terminalforwirc 87 Brown/Ycllowto ground Continuity Bad circuit between the fonvardlreverse
relay terminal 85 and ground. Also check
the 4th range diode, the 4th range switch
and the chassis ground connection.
NOTE: lnstallthe relay, putthe range lever in NEUTRAL, the fonward reverse lever in FaRWMD and turn the key to the ON
position.
Terminal for wire B0 White6ed to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch and the
forward/reverse relay terminal 30' Also
check the keY switch.
Terminal for wire g9 Yellow/Dark Bluc to 12 Volts Bad forward reverse relay'
ground
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-32
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
@ terminal for wire 86 White/Brown to ground 12 Volts Bad forward reverse relay.
NOTE: Tum the key to the ON position. Hold the inching pedal fully DOWN and put the range lever in 1st nnge then
relcase the inching pedal.
NOTE: For tractors equipped with synchramesh lransmrssians, before the inching pedal is released move the speed
se/ector lever into gear.
NOTE: Hold the inching pedal down at half travel then put the nnge lever in NEUTRAL.
Terminal for wire 85 Whitc/Gray/Black to 12 Volts Check the inching pedal switch circuit.
ground
4th Range Diode Test
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF posrtion and disconnect the diode from the harness.
NOTE: The positive lead of he multimeter must go to the female terminal of the diode.
Between the tcrminals of thc diodc No Continuity Bad 4th range diode.
NOTE: Change the leads of the multimeter over so the positive lead goes to the male terminal of the diode.
Between the terminals of thc diodc Continuity Bad 4th rangc diode.
IMPORTANT: ONLY USEa high impedance multimeter ta testthe 4th range switch , DO NOT use atest lamp or damage
to the switch may occur.
(!l Terminal for wirc 89 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 89 and the chassis ground
connection.
Between terminals D and C of the 4th rangc 0 to 5,9 Ohms Bad 4th range switch. Adiust or replace thc
switch switch as neccssary.
Bctwecn terminals A and B of thc 4th rangc No Continuity Bad 4th range switch. Adjust or rcplace thc
switch switch as necessary.
NOTE: Pa the nnge lever in the 4TH RANGE position.
Between terminals D and C of thc 4th range No Continuily Bad 4th range switch. Adjust or replace the
switch switch as necessary.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-33
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Rcading Possible Ceqlg !LEgg!94!9
Between terminals A and B of the 4th rangc 0 to 5.9 Ohms Bad 4th rangc switch. Adjust or replace the
switch switch as necessary.
NOTE: puttheforvvardlreverseleverintheRNERsEposition,tumthekeytotheONpositionandholdtheinchingpedal
DOWN.
Terminal for wire gg Brown/Dark Grccn to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the forward/reverse
ground relay and the 4th range switch.
6ll Terminal for wire 64 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 64 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position, hotd the inching pedal fully DowN and put the range lever in 4th range.
For tractors equipped with synchromesh transmrssions put the specd sclector lever in gear'
6rI Terminalforwires 86 White/Brown to ground 12 Volts Bad circult between the key switch and the
Iorward/reverse switch. Also check the key
switch and the inching pedal circuit'
Tcrminal for wires g7 BrownA/ellow to l2Volts Bad circuit between the forward/reverse
ground rclay and thc forward/revcrse switch. Also
chcck thc transmission control and
f orward/reverse relaY circuit.
NOTE: Tum the key to the OFF position and putthe forwardlreverse lever in FORWARD position.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -34
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Forward Solenoid Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F18.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the forvvard solenoid from the hamess.
61 termlnal for wire 93 Brown Io ground Continuity Chcck wirc g3 and the chassis ground
connection.
Between terminals A and B of the forward 5.6 Ohms Bad forward solenoid.
solenoid connector * 107"
at room temperature
NOTE: Putthe nnge lever in the NEUTRALposition. Putthe forward/reverse lever in the FORWMD position, turn the key
to the ON position and hold the inching pedal DOWN.
Tcrminal for wire 92 Dark BIuc/BIack to 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwccn thc forward/rcvcrse
ground switch and the forward solenoid
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the reverse pressure switch from the harness.
Between terminals A and B of revcrse Continuity Bad reverse pressure switch.
pressure switch
NOTE; Put the for,vardlrcverse lever in the FORWMD position, turn thc key to the ON position and hold the inching pedal
DOWN.
Terminal for wire 91 Light Blue/Black to 12Volts Bad circuit between the forward/reverse
oround switch and the reverse pressure switch
Also check the forward/reverse switch.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct, chcck the rcvcrse pressure switch, refer to farward/reverse pressure swrfch fest
Page 35.
f1} Terminal for wire 97 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 97 and the chassis ground
connection.
Qil Terminal for wire 96 Dark Blue to ground No Continuity Bad reverse diode module. Also check wire g6
Between terminals A and B of rcvcrsc 5.6 'r 10% Bad reverse solenoid.
solcnoid connector Ohms
at room tcmperature
NOTE: Put the nnge lever in the NEUTR4t|- posrtion. Put the forwardlreverse lever in the REIERSE position, turn the key
to the ON position and hold the inching pedal DOWN.
Qil Terminal for wire 96 Dark Blue to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctween the forward/revcrse
switch and the rcvcrse solcnoid.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -35
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Tum the key to the OFF position and disconnect the forvvard pressure swtch from the hamess.
NOTE: puttheforwardlreverseleverintheRNERsEposition,tumthekeytotheONpositionandholdtheinchingpedal
DAWN.
Check Polnts Reading Possible Cau"e pf Eg9 l"g9j'g
Terminal for wire 95 Light Blue to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the forward/reverse
4:1 switchand the forward pressure switch' Also
check the forward/reverse switch
NOTE: lf the readings are conect, check the forward pressure switch, refer to forward/reverss pressure swtfch test
bclow.
fD Tcrminalfor wire 101 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 101 and the chassis ground
connection.
Between terminals A and B of modulation 7.2 +' 1OY" Bad modulation solenoid.
solenoid connector Ohms
at room tcmperature
NOTE: Tum the key to the ON Position
Terminal for wire 100 Dark Blue/ycllow to l2Volts Bad circuit between the forward/revcrse
ground relay terminal 87A and the modulation
solcnoid. Also check the forward/reverse
relay and the modulation diode.
NOTE: put the forwardlreverse lever in the FORWARD position and cycle the inching
pcdal.
ror wirc 100 Dark Bluc/Ycllow to l2Volts Bad circuit between the forward diode
@ I:;n:'l module tcrminal B and the modulation
solcnoid. Also check the forward diode
modulc.
Terminal for wirc 100 Dark Blue/Yellow to 12Volts Bad circuit belween the reverse diode
ara,nA
vruurru modulc terminal B and the modulation
solcnold. Also check the reverse diode
module.
Betwecn terminals A and B of thc foruyard continuity Bad forward pressure switch'
pressure switch connector (switch side)
NOTE: Apply the parking brake and start and run the engine at 1500 rpm'
Don 7-38440
lssucd 9-92 Print€d in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
unecK Holnls Heaolng rosslole-uause oI t,ao Heaolng
Between terminals A and B of the forward No Continuity Bad forward pressure switch.
pressure switch connector (switch side)
WABNING: Never operate the engine in a closed building, proper ventilation is required under all
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
circumstances .
NOTE: The positive lead ol the multimeter must go lo the female terminal of the diode.
NOTE: Change the leads of the multimeter over so the positive lead goes to the male terminal of the diode.
6jfl Terminal for wire 98 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire g8 and the chassis ground
connection.
Terminal for wirc 100 Dark Blue/Ycllow to 12 Volts Chcck wire 100.
ground
NOTE: Pfi the foruvardlreverse lever in the FORWARD position and hold the inching pedal tully DOWN.
Between terminals C and A of thc diode No Continuity Bad forward diode module.
modulg
Betwecn terminals C and B of thc diodc Continuity Bad forward diode module.
module
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -37
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Change The leads of the muftimeler so the negative lead goes to terminal C of the forward diode module.
Between terminals C and A of thc diodc Continuity Bad forward diode module.
module
Between terminals C and B ol the diode No Continuity Bad forward diode module.
modulc
6D Terminal for wire 103 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 103 and the chassis ground
connection.
Terminal for wire 100 Dark Blucffellow to 12 Volts Check wire 100.
ground
NOTE: Pgt the forwardlreverse lever in the REVERSE and hold the inching pcdal fully DOWN
6h Terminal for wire 96 Dark Bluc to ground '12 Volts Check wire g6.
NOTE: The positive tead of the multimeter must go terminal C of the reverse diode module.
Betwcen terminals C and A of thc diode No Continuity Bad rcversc diode module.
module
Bctwccn tcrminals C and B of thc diode Continuity Bad revcrse diode module.
modulc
NOTE: Change the teads of the multimeter over so the negative lead goes to terminal C of the reverse diode module
Between terminals C and A of the diodc Continuity Bad revcrse diode module.
module
Betwcen terminals C and B of thc diodc No Continuity Bad rcvcrsc diodc modulc.
module
Terminal for wirc 99 Ycllow/Dark Blue to l2Volts Bad circuit betwccn the forward/rcvcrse
ground rclay and the clutch disengage lamp.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position.
(D Tcrminal for wire 102 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wirc 102 and the chassis ground
conncction.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus
4001 -38www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON posllron, put the forwardlreverse lever tn reverse and hold the inching pedal fully down.
69 terminal for wire 95 Light Blue lo ground 12 Volls Bad circuit bretween the forward/reverse
switch and the reverse indicator lamp.
lermlnal for wire 102 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 102 and the chassis ground
@ connection.
1,,/ @
rF1 /
K
@
REVERSE PRESSU
o.l .* l'
,/
FORWARD PBESSURE SWITCH
@ ,o**oo'
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
40i 1-39 40i.1-39 Transmission Control Wiring ForwardlReverse Switch Wiring Forward Solenoid Wiring I Wiring Reverse Salenoid Wiring
Schematic Circuit
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
9s LB (16) 95 LB (161
g+ RIr (16)
95 LB {16)
;r
ttl : @
[': 6008
I AA
\
81
ffil
ffiffi1
WBR
(16)
.----.1
,@ WIB
{1 8)
ffi 87 es LB 06)
I
BR/Y
19
I
'19
{ +oor-rs
*@ 94 R/r (16)
90 R/G {16}
r_
I
10o DB\
BAV FI,ryv
(1 6) -L
BRfr (18)
.\\ 81
WB I
A_
84 84 Idm
**
il
WB WB Fl
-T'
-. \ (18)
{ 'l-
--1,
L ooo,-r, & '100
-m
BR 88 BBry
87
1t (16) BR/DG (1 6)
BR/Y
(1 6) 100 DBry {16) 96 DB (16)
(18)
|{ +oor-re
",1
kt:::- Y
I
t_ ml:::- 80 wH {16)
| ,, *,r,'
sowR (16)
86
WBR
4**-r,
(16)
Iffi
102
a4
BR
wlB 4001 - 65 (16)
(1 8)
85 BBI
ryG/B
86
c6 (16)
\@
/V/BR
(18) (16) -
{aoor.ez
93 BR (16)
\@
{ +oor-zr wBR (16)
s9 Y/DB (16)
{+oor-ss, ss
87 BHry (18)
Ot COMPONENTS
1. KEY SWTCH 6. SYNCHROMESH NEUTRAL SWTCH I:K T 1 12. REVEF 12. REVEBSE PRESSSUHE SWITCH 17, MODULATION SOLENOID
CONNECTORS
A. TMNSMISSION HARNESS TO INSTRUMENTPANEL FU
2. 2. FUSE F19 7, TOP INCHING PEDAL SWITCH 13. FORIA, 13. FORWABD SOLENOID 18. REVERSE SOLENOID ,ISTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ,r 1. NOTE: FOB IRACIORS EQIJIPPEDWITH SYNCHEOMESH IBAA/SM/SS/ONS
2A 2A. FUSE F18 (ACTUATED WHEN THE PEDAL IS FULLY DOWN) 14. POWET .I4.
POWERSHIFT FAULT INDICATOR I.AMP 19. FORWARD PRESSURE SWTCH
E, TRANSMISSION HARNESS TO HIGHT HAND CONSS-E
IGHT HAND CONSOLE HARNESS fHE SyNCHROMESH NELJTRAL SWITCH lS COTVNECfED TA THE
28 28. FUSE F21 8. BOTTOM INCHING PEDAL SWTCH 14A BEVEF G. FORWARD/BEVERSE SWTCH TO INSTRUMENT PANEI rRA!SM/SS/ON HARIIESS AT CONNECTAR M.
144 REVERSE INDICATOR I-AMP O INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
(ACTUATED AT THE START OF PEDAL TRAVEL) M. TRANSMISSION HARNESS TO POWERSHIFT HARNES(
3. 3. THANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY 148. CLUT( 148. CLUICH DISENGAGE WAFINING LAMP ,OWEHSHIFT HARI'{ESS ( * {) :K 2. NOTE: FOR TRACTORS WITH CAB IJP TO PIN NA JJF1017717 AND
3A 3A. FORWAHD/REVERSE RELAY 9. FORWAHD/REVEBSE SWTCH (* 2 ) 15. MODL 15. MODULATION DIODE
P1, BAfiERY POWER JUNCTION BLOCK
-ocK TRACTORSWITHOUT CAB UPTO PIN NOJJF1O17B21 ALLWIRES FROM THE
4. 4. 1ST/zND BANGE SWTCH 10.4TH RANGE SWITCH 16. FOBW 16. FORWARD DIODE MODULE 654 FORWARD/REyERSE SWTTCH ARE BLACK,
5. 5.3RD/4TH MNGE SWTCH 11.4TH MNGE DIODE --lnr-
[-: :=l]
Don 7-39440 16A. REVEI 16A. REVERSE DIODE MODULE
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk Issucd 9-92 Printed in England 9-92 Printed in England n
ll- E :il
il
iE:o
.rt:i"^.-,r
vrEwED FHoM rHE TERMINAL s ROM THE TERMINAI- SIDE
\---r---F--Jl
321
4001 -40
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
sENS-O-DRAULIC (SHR) HIrCH CONTROL
Sectional lndex
Hitch Control Flasher Flelay and Warning Lamp Circuit Test ,.,......... ..'..,...".... .".... 50
Rclay, Flasher and Warning Lamp Diode Tcst ... . . ,. .......51
Schcmatic Circuit (For Tractors Not Equipped With Remote Switches) ............ ... 53
Schcmatic Circuit (For Tractors Equipped With Remote Switches) . ... 55
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -41
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: Thebatterymustbeatfult chargcandatl connectionsmustbecleanandtightbeforetesting.Useamultimeterfor
the tests.
NOTE: For tractors not equipped with remote swrtches, rcfer to schematic circuit Page 53. For tractors equipped with
remote swrtches, refer to schematic circuit Pagc 55.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position. Disconnect the raise, slow, lower solenoids and suppression diode module
lrom the harness.
@ Terminal for wire 1 'lB Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit betwcen the raise solenoid
tcrminal B and the chassis ground
conncction. Also chcck the chassis ground
conncction.
O Tcrminal for wire 1 1B Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit bctwcen the lowcr solenoid
terminal B and thc chassis ground
conncction. Also chcck thc chassis ground
connection-
Tcrminalforwirc 135 Brown to ground (fcr Continuity Chcck wire 135 and the chassis ground
tractors equippcd with rcmote switchcs) conncction.
Bctween tcrminals A and B of thc raisc 7.2 + 10% Bad raisc solcnoid.
solcnoid ohms
Belwecn terminals A and B of the lowcr 7.2 + 10% Bad lowcr solenoid'
solenoid Ohms
Betwcen tcrminals A and B of the slow 9.5 'r 10% Bad slow solcnoid'
solcnoid (for tractors equipped with rcmotc Ohms
switche s)
NOTE; Put the hitch controtswrtch in the NETJTRAL pasitian. Turn the key to the ON position and then hold the hitch
control switch in the RAISE position (position 2).
for wire 116 Dark Blue/fcllow to l2 Volts Bad circuit bctwccn the raisc solcnoid
C) ;::H:',| tcrminal A and thc hitch control switch
tcrminal 6. AIso clrcck thc hitch control
switch.
NOTE: lf the reading at chcck point S is correct check wire 1 16 betvveen the raise solenoid cannector and the splice
(f tcrminal D of the suppression diodc 12 Volts Chcck wirc 116 bctwccn the supprcssion
V mcdule for wirc 116 Dark Bluc/t/cllow to dlodc modulc tcrminal D and thc splicc.
ground
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-42
NOTE: Put thc hitch controt switch in the NEIJTRqtL position. Tum the key to the ON position
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk and lock the hitch control
switch in the FUU RNSE position (position t).
Tcrminal for wirc 116 Dark Bluc/ycllow to 12 Volts Check wirc 1 '16 betwcen terminals B and 6
ground of the hitch control switch.
@ J::n:r for wirc 117 Dark Bluc/Grav to 0 Volts Chcck thc raise solenoid diode modulc and
thc hitch control switch.
NOTE: Check 7 is for tractors equipped with remote switches only.
Tcrminal for wire 134 Dark Bluc/Flcd to 0 Volts Check thc raise solenoid diode module and
ground thc hitch controi switch
NorE: Hold the hitch controt switch in the LowER position (position 4)
NoTE: ll the reading at check point I is conect check wire.l 17 between the lower solenoid connector and the splice.
7l lcrminal for wirc 116 Dark Bluc/ycllow to 0 Volts Chcck thc lowcr solcnoid diodc modulc and
eround thc hitch control switch.
NOTE: Check 7 is for tractors equipped with remotc switches only.
Tcrminal for wirc '134 Dark Bluc/Rcd to 0 Volts Chcck thc lowcr solenoid diode module and
ground
thc hitch control switch.
NorE: Lock thc hitch controt switch in thc woRK position (position s)
Terminal for wire 116 Dark Blue//cllow to l2 Volts Bad circuit bctwcen the raise solenoid
ground tcrminalA and the hitch control switch
tcrminal A. Check the hitch control switch
and thc raisc and lowcr solcnoid diodc
modulcs.
Tcrminal for wirc 117 Dark Bluc/Gray to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the lowcr solcnoid
ground
terminal A and the hitch control switch
tcrminal A. Check the hitch control switch
and the raise and lower solenoid diode
modules.
on 7-38440
lssucd g-92 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -43
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: The fotlowing checks are for hactors equipped with remote swltches.
NOTE: Hold the right hand raise remote swfch in the RNSE positian.
NOTE: lf the reading at check point g is conect check wire 134 between the slow solenoid connector and the splice.
Tcrminal C of the slow solcnoid 12 Volts Chcck wire 134 bctwcen the slow solenoid
suppression diode modulc for wirc 134 suppression diode module tcrminal C and
Dark Blue/Red to ground thc splice
Terminal for wire 116 Dark Bluel/ellow to 12 Volts Chcck the raise solenoid diode module'
ground
Terminal for wire 117 Dark Blue/Gray to 0 Volts Chcck the raise and slow solenoid diode
v
ground modules. Also check the hitch control relay.
NOTE: Repeat check g with the left hand nise remotc switch held in the raisc position
NOTE: Hold thc ight hand lower remote swltch in the LowER position.
Terminal for wire 117 Dark Bluc/Gray to 12 Volts chcck the lowcr solenoid diode module.
ground
Tcrminal for wirc ]16 Dark Bluc/ycllow to 0 Volts Chcck thc lower and slow solenoid diodc
grcund modulcs, AIso check the hitch control rclay
NOTE: Repeat check 1O with the left hano nise remote switch held in the raise position
NoTE: lf all readings are correct check the suppression diode modules.
Don 7-38440
lssucd 9-92 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -44
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Raise and Lower Solenoid Suppression Diode Module Test
NOTE: Disconnect the suppression diode module from the harness.
NOTE: Check the nise, lower and slow solenoid circuits, refer to page 41 .
Terminal C of the suppression diodc Continuity Check wire 119 and the chassis ground
module for wire 1 I9 Brown to ground connection.
NOTE: The positive lead af the multimeter must go to terminal C of the diode module.
NOTE; Change the leads of the multimeter over so the negative lead goes to terminal C of the diode module.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -45
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SlowSolenoidSuppressionDiodeModuleTest
(For Tractors Equipped With Remote Switches)
NOTE: Disconnect fhe suppression diode module from the hamess'
NoTE: check the nise, lower and s/ow so/enold circuits, refer to page 41 .
Terminal A of the suppression diode Continuity Check wire 137 and the chassis ground
module for wire 137 Brown to ground connection'
NOTE: The negative lead of the multimeter must go to terminal C of the diode module.
NOTE: Change the leads of the mulimeter over so the positive lead goes to terminal C of the diode module'
Between terminals B and C of the diode No Continuity Bad diode module '
modulc
Terminal c of the low temperaturc switch continuity chcck wire 111 between the low
connector (harness side) and thc tcrminal temperature switch terminal c and the
86 of the lockout relay for wire 11 1 lockout relay terminal 86'
Yellow/Dark Blue
Terminal A of the low tempcraturc switch 12 Volts check wire 110 between the low
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -46
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Tum the key to the OFF position,connect the SHR low tempenture switch lo the hamess
I Te rminal 86 of the lockout relay for wire 11 1 0 Volts Bad low temperature switch.
Yellow/Dark Blue to ground
NOTE: lf the hitch controlsystem opemteswhenthe hydraulic oiltempemture is below 10" F checkthe lockout relay. tf the
readings are conect replace the low temperature switch.
NOTE: Put the httch controlswltch in the NEUTRAL position and turn the key to the ON position.
(D torrinul for wire 113 Red/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Check wire 113 between the hitch control
ground switch terminal 'l and the hitch control relay
terminal 30. Also check the hitch control
relay.
Terminal for wire 127 Dark BlueArVhite to 12 Volts Bad hitch control switch.
ground
Terminal for wire 115 Dark Blue/Pink to 12 Volts Check wire 115 betwcen the hitch control
ground switch terminal3 and the hitch control relay
terminal 86. Also check the hitch control
relay and thc hitch control relay diode.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the hitch control switch from the harness.
(E) Terminals for wirc 116 Dark BIue/Yellow Continuity Check wire 1.16 betwee n the hitch control
switch connectors terminals B and 6.
NOTE: Check between terminal 3 and each terminal of the hitch control switch. lf there is continuity beNveen tcrminal 3
and any of the terminals replace the hitch control switch.
NOTE: Hold the hitch control switch in the FAST RNSE position (position 2),
Bctween terminals 3 and 6 of the hitch Continuity Bad hitch control switch.
control switch
NOTE: Lockthe hitch control switch in the FUU RNSE position (position 1).
Between terminals 3 and B of the hitch Continulty Bad hitch control switch.
control switch
NOTE: Hold the hitch controlswrtch in the FAST LOWER positton (position 4).
Between terminals 3 and 5 of thc hitch Continuity Bad hitch control switch.
control switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-47
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Lock the hitch controlswrtch in the WORK position (position 5)'
Between terminals 3 and A of the hitch Continuity Bad hitch control switch'
control switch
Bctwcen terminals 1 and 7 of the hitch continuity Bad hitch control switch'
control switch
(posttion 3)'
NOTE: Hold the hitch controlswrtch in the NELITRAL position
Bctwccn terminals I and 2 of thc hitch Continuity Bad hitch control swltch.
control switch
Terminal for wire 121 Browrv'orange to continuity Bad chassis ground circuit' Also checkthe
sround f,il",:#:"S?:i::]'r
tractors equippcd
NoTE:Thefoltowingcheckisfartractarscquippedwfthremoteswltches.
Tcrminal for wire 121 Browrr/orange to No continuity wirc 121 shorted to ground' Also checkthe
ground rcmotc switch'
Bctwecn tcrminals for wirc 115 Dark continuity chcck wire 115 betwecn tcrminals 86 and
Blue/Pink 87 of the hitch control relay'
Tcrminal for wirc 113 Bcd/Dark Bluc to 12 Volts chcck wirc 113 bctwcen the lockout rclay
ara, nA tcrminal 87A and thc hitch control relay
vrue 'u
tcrminal 30. Also chcck the lockout relay.
Tcrminal for wirc 123 Black to ground 12 Volts Bad hitch control relay'
6)
NOTE: Put the hitch control switch in thc NEUTRN position
Tcrminals for wirc 11 5 Dark Bluc/Pink to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwecn the hitch control switch
uunA
ru tcrminal 2 and the hitch control rclay
v^,a,
tcrminal 86 Also chcck the relay diodc'
NOTE:LockthehitchcontralswilchinthewoRKposition(position5)'
Tcrminals for wire 115 Dark Bluc/Pink to 12 Volts Bad hitch control rclay'
ground
lssucd 9-92 Printcd in England
Don 7-38440
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -48
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Lockout Relay Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fusc F32.
NOTE: The hydraulic oil must be above 10"F. Put the hitch control switch in the NEUTRAL position and turn the key to tha
ON position.
Check Points Heading Possible Cause of Bad Beading
Terminal for wire 1'1 0 Dark Blue/Rcd to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the lockout relay
ground tcrminal 30 and fuse F32.
Terminal for wirc 111 YelloMDark Bluc to 0 Volts Chcck the low temperaturc switch.
ground
Terminal for wire 1]3 Rcd/Dark Bluc to 12 Volts Bad lockout relay.
ground
Tcrminal lor wirc 124 B.own to grouno Continuily Check wire 124 and the chassis ground
@ conncction.
NOTE: DisconnectthelowtempentureswitchlromthehamessandconnectasuitablejumperleadbetweenterminalsA
and C of the low temperaturc switch connector (hamess side) and turn the key to the ON position.
.12
Terminal for wire 125 Dark BluelBlack to Volts Bad lockout relay.
ground
Terminal for wire 125 Dark Bluc/Black to 12 Volts Check wre 125 between the lockout relay
ground and the low temperature diode.
NOTE: Turn the key to the aN position and tock thc hitch control switch in the FULL RAISE position (position 1).
Tcrminal for wire 1'16 Dark Bluc//ellow to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the hitch control switch
ground terminal B and the raise solenoid diodc
module terminal C.
NOTE: Lock the hitch controlswilch in the WORK position (posrtion 5).
'12 Volts Bad circuit between the hitch control switch
Terminal for wirc 126 Dark Blue/Light Grccn
to ground tcrminal A and the raise solenoid diode
modulc terminal B.
NOTE: For tractors equipped with remote swtches hold the right or left hand nise remote switch in the RNSE position.
Terminal for wire 132 Dark BlueNiolct to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwecn the remote switch and
ground thc raisc solcnoid diodc module tcrminal A
Also chcck the rcmote switches.
Don 7-38440 lssued 9-92 Printed in Enoland
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -49
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Heading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Terminal for wire 126 Dark Blue/Light Green 0 Volts check the hitch control switch,hitch control
to ground relay and the remote switches.
NOTE: ll the readings are correct check the diode module. Refer to the Diode Module Test
page 50.
Terminal for wire 133 Dark Blue/Pink to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwcen the remote switch and
sround n?JiT: fl"_',:"Ti?,:';"::'min,
B Arso
Terminatfor wire 126DarkBlueaight Green 0 volts check the hitch control switch,hitch control
to ground telay and the remote switches'
lf the readings are correct check the diode modulc. Refer to the Diode Module Test
page 5A
NOTE:
NOTE: Hold the teft or right hand remate sw,tch in the LOWER position.
ror wire r33 Dark Brue/Pink to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the lower remote switch
@ I:;nfl and thc slow solenoid diode module
terminal B.
Don 7-38440
lssucd 9-92 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -50
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Hold the left ar ight hand remote swrtch in the RNSE position.
Terminal for wirc 132 Dark BlueNiolet to l2 Volts Bad circuit betweenthe raise remote switch
ground and the raise solenoid diode module
terminal A.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check the diode module. Refer to the Diode Module Test below
NOTE: The negative lead of thc multimeter must go to terminal C of the diode module.
NOTE: Change the leads of the multimeter over so the positive lead goes to terminal C of the diode module.
{ Terminal or wire 127 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wie 127 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Put the hitch contral switch in the WORK positton and turn the key to the ON posrtion
d7) Terminal for wirc 123 Black to ground 12 Volts Check wire 123 between the flasher rclay
and the hitch control rclay terminal B7A.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-51
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Put the hitch control switch in the NEUTRAL position.
@ Tcrminal for wire 123 Black to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the hitch control flasher
relay and the hitch control switch terminal2.
Also check the flasher diode.
G) Tcrminal for wire 126 Violet to ground 12 Volts Bad flasher relay.
ON.OFF-ON
Tcrminal for wire 125 Dark Blue/Black to 12 Volts Check wires ]25 and 126. Also check the
ground ON-OFF-ON warning lamp diode,
NOTE: The positive lead ol the multimeter must go to the female terminal of the diode.
NOTE: Change the leads of the multimeter over so the positive lead goes to the male terminal.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand lower remote switch from the harness.
NOTE: Ptn the hitch controlswrlch in the NEUTRAL positian and turn the key to the ON position
Te rminal for wire '12.1 Brown/Orange to 12 Volts Check wire 121 between the right hand raise
ground remotc switch terminal O1 and the hitch
control relay terminal 87A.
lh Terminal for wire 129 Brown/Rcd to ground 12 Volts Bad right hand raise remote switch.
/P Terminal for wire '129 Brown/Red to ground 12 Volts Check wire 129.
@ Ir:n:'l for wire 130 Browr/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Bad right hand lower remote switch.
Ci) Terminalforwire 13'l Brown/Graytoground 12 Volts Bad left hand raise remote switch.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -52
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Chcck Points Beading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
NOTE: Lock the hitch controlswltch in the WORK position (position 5).
@ J:;n:'r ror wire 128 Red/Dark Brue to 12 Volts Checkwire l2Sbetweentherighthand raisc
remote switch terminal 51 and thc hitch
control switch terminal 7.
Terminal for wire 128 Red/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Checkwire 128 betweenthe lefthand raisc
ground remote switch terminal S1 and the left hand
Iower remote switch terminal S1.
NOTE: Hold the right hand raise remote swrtch in the RNSE position.
Terminal for wire 132 Dark Blue/Violet to 12 Volts Bad right hand raise remote switch.
ground
Tcrminal for wire 132 Dark BlueNiolet to 12 Volts Check wire 132 between the right and left
ground hand raise remote switches,
NOTE: Releasc thc ight hand ruise remote switch and hold the lcft hand nise remote switch in the RNSE position
Terminal for wire 132 Dark BlucNiolct to 12 Volts Bad left hand raise remote switch
ground
NOTE: Release the left hand mise remote switch and hold the ight hand lower remote switch in the LaWER position.
Tcrminal for wire 133 Dark Bluc/Pink to 12 Volts Bad right hand lower remote switch,
ground
Terminal lor wire 133 Dark Bluc/Pink to 12 Volts Chcck wirc '133 betwcen the right and lcfl
ground hand lowcr rcmotc switchcs,
NOTE: Belease the ight hand lower remote switch and hold the left hand lower remote swrtch in the LOWER position.
Terminal for wirc 133 Dark Blue/Pink to 12 Volts Bad left hand lower remote switch.
ground
NOTE: Turn the key ta the OFF position and release the remote switch.
fli) Terminal for wire 1 37 Brown/r'iole t to ground Continuity Chcck wire 137 and the chassis ground
conncction.
Bctwecn tcrminals 01 and 0 of thc lcft hand Continuity Bad left hand lowcr remote switch.
lower rcmote switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
4001-53 Hitch Control {SHB) Switch Wiring Hitch Control {SHR) Solenoid Wring
NOTE: Hold the left hand lower {eficte switch in the LOWER position.
NOTE: f lhe readlngi are caffect chac& wres 132 and 1A3 between the remole swltches and the solenoid diade
modules. r'@
Schematic Circuit
R/DB
{13}
@
(For Tractors Not Equippsd With H:emote switches) I
J dI ris /
o-
I
I
I 'I
vlog
{18}
t0
t DB/B
{1a}
^T
t\l'
19 Hii/ (16)
1*o
3(1
(16)
tol-13
-
I
I
DBih
(r8)
c
t)
lb
{a
4001-21
I
127 DB/VY {18)
I 1s DB/P (16)
lzs DBiB {18)-f-
1238{18}J
125 oB'8 (18)
A
127
lo
DSILG BR
o r'17 {16)
DS/G ,
(15)
121 BFUO {18)
128 ryDS (16)
121 BtuO {18)
128 R/OB il6)
(18)
aoor+s
n[ @ 127
(
h@- 1t6 Bfi
(1B)
0sfi
=ooor+s 116 (16)
37
lo@
DB/Y
"'r--\l-_- BN
{1s}
{16) DB/G
(16)
t.*
IH
T_"<
,4ii
,,..,
t:
y
ii
36 BR (16) { +oor.
,-
4001€9
,1rra* nu,
-@
-
117OB/c (1€)
116 oEtY (16)
119
117 DBrG {16)
116 DB/r (16)
'1,24
BR
d 118 SR 66)
121
BR
,,,,.Li (16) (18) {16)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus
4001 -54www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
rss.,cd
-o 9l P.nlcrl n l-nela'ld
Don 7 118440
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
4001 -55
Schematic Circuit
{For Tractors Equipped With Rem ote Switches) Hitch Control (SHR) Switch Wiring Hitch Control (SHR) Sr onkol (sHH) solenoid wiring Remote Switch Wiring
@
@( 6 6
t
i-----'l
t-z- B B l11Y,DB (18) 111 Y/DB (
\
{emr-re
03) (13)
1 13 R/DB {16} T-
t
126 V (18)
f
128 FyDB U6)
121 BR/O (
I
I
\ @
121
BR/O
(18)
+ +
"\i'l
!. t t_--.
eoor-rs
110
{
3s FUDB (16)
DB/R
(r6)
o (i8)-f- :z
B
ilB) @
I
- 132 DB/r' {1
13o BR/DB (18)
12s DBB
,rr, -/- 128 B/DB (16) 128 R/OB (16)
lT"
125 DB/B
\
r/, 123 B (18) J
d
I
rzz oenv (re)
\i 115 DB/P (16)
lc
'19
RV
DB/LG
117 (1 6)
121 BR/O 08)
128 RiDB (16)
r21 BR/Q (18)
r28 FyDB (1q
'*
r-
121 BR/O (18)
t2B RIDB (16)
:K
ii BR
DBIr'
(15)
133 DB/P (1
'''l sz
(18)
I nlv
I
/r
rl
tl
rrsr
r19 BB (16)
I
-@
l
117 DB/c (16)
b
117 DB/G (16)
d
-
36 BR (16) +oor-ss
119
BR
1 16 DB/r (16)
dt,,, d1,,,*,,, 136 BBr'f (16)
(16) - 118BR(16)+ )
<l 4oo1-27
t; 1. KEYSiWITCH
,ONENTS
CONNECTOHS
YSWTCH 6. HITCH CONTROL SWTCH 8. HTICH CONTBOL RELAY
2. FUSE F19 164. SLOW SOLENOID DIODE MODULE
ISE F,Ig . POSIT1ON 1 . FULL RAISE
A. TRANSMISSION HAHNESS TO INSTBUMENT PANEL HAENESS
9. LOCKOUT HELAY 17. SLOW SOLENOID
2A. FUSE F.I7 ,SE F17 E. TRANSMISSION HAHNESS TO RIGHT HAND CONSOLE HAHNESS
POSITION 2. FAST RAISE 10. SUPPHESSION DIODE MOOULE 18. RIGHT IIANO RAISE REMOTE SWTCH
28. FUSE F32 K. THANSMISSION HAHNESS TO REMOTE SWTCH HARNESS
,SE F32 POSITION 3. NEUTML 11. FLASHER 19. HIGHT HAND LOWER REMOTE SWTTCH
3. ACCESSORY POWER RE. ;CESSOBY POWER RELAY P1. BATTEHY POWEB JUNCTION BLOCK
POS{TION4-FASTLOWER 1E RAISE SOLENOID 20. LEFT HAND RAISE REi\,IOTE SWTCH
3A. TBANSMTSSION @MTRO IANSMISSION CONTBOL RETAY POSITION 5 - WOBKING 13. LOWER SOLENOID 21. LEFT HAND LOWER REMOTE SWITCH
4. LOW TEMPEFAruRE tOC
W TEMPEFATUFE LOCKOUT SWTCH 7. BELAY DIODE 14. WARNING LAMP
5. FAISE SOLENOID DIODE
.ISE SOLENOID DIODE MODULE 74. FLASHER DIODE 15. CIGABETTE LIGHTER
5A" LOWEH SOI.ENOID DIOU )WER SOLENOID DIODE MODULE 78. LOW TEMPEBATUBE OIODE 16. SLOIY SOLENOIO SUPPBESSION DIODE MODULE
Don 7-38440
lssued g-92 Printed in Eng,and
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -56
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
DIFF LOCK AND MFD
Sectional lndex
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -57
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
GIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must be at full charge and all connections must be clean and tight before testing. Use a multimeter for
thc tesfs.
NOTE: Release the brake pedals and putthe range lever in 1st, 2nd or 3rd runge.
NOTE: Disconnect the diff lock solenoid and suppression diode module from the harness. Turn the key to the ON
position and hold the diff lock switch in thc MOMENTMY position then release the switch to the ON position.
$ terminal for wire 158 Dark Bluc to ground "12 volts Bad circuit between the right hand brake
pedal switch and the diff lock solenoid
connector terminal A. Also check the brake
pedal switches, diff lock switch and the diff
lock relay.
@ ferminal for wire 159 Brown to grounci Continuity Check wire 159 and the chassis ground
connection.
Between terminals A and B of thc diff lock 7.2 Ohms Bad diff lock solenoid.
+ 10%
solcnoid
NOTE: lf the readings are correct, check the suppression diode module, refer to Page 62.
6 Terminal for wire 154 Light Green to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the keyed power
junction block and thc left hand brake pcdal
switch. Also check the kcyed powcr
lunction block connection and thc chassis
powcr relay.
@ fcrminal for wire 155 Light GrccnrlVhitc to 12 Volts Bad left hand brake pedalswitch. Adjust or
ground rcplace the switch as necessary, refer to
Section 900'1.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -s8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
12 Volts
.155
@ terminalfor wire 155 Light GreenMhite to Check wire between of the left hand
ground brake pcdal switch and of the right hand
brake pedal switch.
@ terminal for wire 156 Light Green/fellow to '12 Volts Bad right hand brake pedalswitch. Adlust or
ground replace the switch as necessary, refer to
Scction 9001.
Gl T"rrn;n"l for wire 155 Light GreenArVhite to 0 Volts Bad left hand brake pedal switch. Adjust or
ground replace the switch as necessary, reter to
Scction 900.1.
NOTE: Aelease the LEF| hand brake pedal and hold thc RIGHT hand bmke pedal DOWN.
@ terminal for wire '156 Light Green/Ycllow to 0 Volts Bad right hand brake pcdalswitch. Adjust or
ground rcplace the switch as necessary, refer to
Section 9001.
NOTE: Disconnect the diff lock switch from the harness and tum the key to the ON position,
O tcrminalforwire 156 Light Grecn/Ycllow to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the right hand brake
ground pedal switch and the diff lock switch
terminal 6.
@ terminal for wire 156 Light Grecn//ellow to 12 Volts Check wire 156 between terminals 1 and 6
ground o{ thc diff lock switch connector.
Between terminals 1 and 3 of the diff lock No Continuity Bad diff lock switch.
switch
Between tcrminals 2 and 6 of the difi lock No Continuity Bad diff lock switch.
switch
Between terminals 'l and 3 of the diff lock Continuity Bad diff lock switch.
switch
Bctween terminals 2 and 6 of the diff lock Continuity Bad diff lock switch.
switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -59
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Release the diff lock switch to the ON position.
Between terminals 1 and 3 of the diff lock No Continuity Bad diff lock switch.
switch
Between terminals 2 and 6 of the diff lock Continuity Bad diff lock switch'
switch
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and put the range lever in the 1st, 2nd, or 3rd range-
Terminal for wire 160 Browry'Dark Blue to Continuity Bad circuit between the diff lock relay
ground terminal 85 and the chassis ground
connection. Also check the diff lock diode,
the 4th range switch and the chassis ground
connection.
@ t"r.minuls for wire 158 Dark BIue Continuity Check wire 158 between the diff lock relay
terminals B6 and 87.
NOTE: Tum the key to the ON position and hold thc diff lock switch in the MOMENTMY position.
@ terminal for wire 158 Dark Blue to ground 12 Volts Check wire 1 58 between the diff lock switch
tcrminal3 and the diff lock relayterminal 86.
AIso check the diff lock switch.
@ fcrminal for wire 158 Dark Blue to ground 12 Volts Bad diff lock relay'
fi) tcrminat for wire 158 Dark Blue to ground 0 Volts Chcck the 4th rangc switch
Don 7-38440
lssued 9-92 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -60
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
4th Flange Switch Circuit Test
tange swrtch from the harness'
NOTE: Tum the key to the oFF position and disconnect the 4th
4th range switch, DO NOT USE a test lamp or damage
IMPoRTANT: ONLy USEa high impedence multimeterto fest the
to the switch maY occur.
Bctwccn terrninals C and D of thc 4th rangc No Continuity Bad 4th rangc switch. Adiust or replace9001
the
switch as nccessary, refer to Section
Between thc terminals of thc diodc Continuity Bad diff lock diode'
teads of the muftimeter over so the positive lead of the muttimeter goes to the female terminal of the
NorE: change the
diade.
Between thc terminals of thc diode No Continuity Bad diff lock diode'
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-61
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Diff Lock lndicator Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check the diff lock indicator lamp bulb.
NOTE: Tum the key to the ON position and hold the diff lock switch in the MOMENTMY position.
@ terminal for wire 156 Dark Blue to ground 12 Volts Check wire 156 between the diff lock
indicator lamp and the splice.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and put the diff lock switch in the OFF position.
NOTE: Disconnect the MFD solenoid and suppressian from thc harness. Put the MFD switch in the OFF position and
turn the key to the ON position.
fcrminal for wirc 16'l Dark Blue/Dark Gre en 12 Volts Bad circuit between the MFD solcnoid,
G) to ground terminalA, and the MFD switch terminal 7.
Also check the MFD switch.
glll Terminal'for wire 162 Brown to ground. Continuity Check wire 162 and the chassis ground
connection.
Between terminals A and B of the MFD 7.2 Ohms Bad MFD solenoid
solcnoid -+10%
NOTE: ll the readings are correct, check the suppression diode module, refer to page 62
NOTE: Put the MFD switch in the OFF position, then turn the key to the ON position.
terminal for wire 154 Light Green to ground 12 Volts Check wire 154 between the left hand brake
@ pedalswitch and the MFD switch terminal6.
Also check the brake pedal switch circuits.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-62
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Terminal for wirc 161 Dark Blue/Dark Green 12 Volts Bad MFD switch.
to ground
Tcrminal for wirc 161 Dark Bluc/Dark Green 0 Volts Bad MFD switch.
to ground
wire 160 Light Green/Yellow to 12 Volts Check wire 160 between terminals 1 and I
@ ;r:nrl of the MFD switch.
NOTE: Tum the key to the OFF position and check the MFD waming lamp bulb
4i Terminal for wire 163 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 163 and the chassis ground
connection.
@ Tcrminal for wire 1 19 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 1 19 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: The positive lead of the multimeter must go to terminal C of the suppression diode.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -63
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Beading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Don 7-38440
lssucd 9-92 Pnnted in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus
4001 -64www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-65
Diff Lock Wiring rrng MFD Wiring
4001-65
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
*E-
Ei*tr
S*Ai$
I 154 LG (16)
46
BiDG
.I-8EEF 1s6 LGrY (1€ 156 LGIY (1 E)-EEEF 1s6 LG/t' (16)
{1s)
ffi ffi
qlr-
LG/v (16)
i
o 160 LGIr {16)
q'o \
il /
I :\
L4 iii! { +oor-zr
'158 157 158
I
t- ii i DB LG/B DB
{16) (.l6) (16)
*i
\
157 LG/B (1
{ aoor-os-
P
{ +oor-ss-.,
tr
160 BR/DB (16)
-@l I= 163
BR
,1" E
L LJ t16)
\-_ :
{ +oor.se, ss
-o d
119 142
BR
(16) [3, 162 BR (16)
15S BR (18)
161 DB/DG (
7T
COMP
1, FU
COMPONENTS
1. FUSE F24 8. SUPPRESSION DIODE
I ffi coNNEcroRS
A. TRANSMISSION HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
1A. FL 1A. FUSE F23 9. POWEBSHIFT FAULT INDICATOR I-AMP E. TRANSMISSION HARNESS TO BIGHT HAND CONSOLE HARNESS
2. LE 2. LEFT HAND BRAK PEDAL SWTCH 9A REVERSE INDICATOR I.AMP P2. KEYED POWER JUNCTION BTOCK
3. Rl( 3. RIGHT HAND BRAK PEDAL SWITCH 98. CLUTCH DISENGAGE WAHNING I-AMP
4. D[ 4. DIFF LOCK RELAY SC. DIFF LOCK WARNING LAMP
s. Dil 5. DIFF LOCK SWTCH 10, DIFF LOCK SOLENOID
6. 4T 6. 4TH RANGE DIODE 11. MFD SWTCH
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk 6A. DI 6A. DIFF LOCK DIODE 12. MFD SOLENOID
Don 7-38440 lssued 9-92 Printed in England 7.47 lssued 9-92 Printed in England 7.4TH HANGE SWITCH
4001 -66
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
HEADLAMPS AND TAIL LAMPS
FOR TRACTORS WITH CAB
Sectional lndex
67
Hand Hcadlarnp Circuit Tcst ....
L-cft 67
Right Hand Headlamp Circuit Tcst ,. 68
Hcadlamp Dimmer Relay Circuit Test (For Tractors Up To Pin No JJF 1017717 Only) ............... 68
High Bcam Warning Lamp Circuit Tcs1............. ...... ....,.....69
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -67
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: Thcbattcrymustbeatfu1 chargcandall connectionsmustbecleanandtightbeforetesting.Useamultimeterfor
lhe fesfs.
NOTE: FortnctorsuptopinNoJJF|OlTTlTrefertotheschematiccircuitonPageT3,andfortractorsfromPinNoJJF
1A17718 refer to the schematic circuit on Page 75.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEADLAMP position (position 3) and operute the dimmer switch to the LOW BEAM
position.
Terminal for wire i77 ?ink/Dark Blue 1o 12 Volts Bad circuit between the left hand headlamp
ground (low beam) and the headlamp dimmer relay
terminal 568. Also check the headlamp
dimmer relay, dimmer/turn/horn switch and
the lamp switch circuits.
NOTE: lf the right hand headlamp low beam works correctly, check wire 177 between fuse F1 1 and the left hand
headlamp.
NOTE: Tractors from Pin No JJF 1017718 are not equipped with headlamp dimmer relays.
Terminal for wire 1g0 pinuDark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the left hand head lamp
ground (high beam) and the headlamp dimmer
rclay te rminal 56A. Also check the
hcadlamp dimmer relay, dimmer/turr/horn
switch and the lamp switch circuits.
NOTE: lf the right hand headtamp high beam works conectly, check wire 18A between tuse F10 and the left hand
headlamp .
NOTE: Tmctors from Pin No JJF 1A17718 are nat equipped with headlamp dimmer relays.
Tcrminal for wire 178 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 178 and the chassis ground
Gl connection.
Don 7-38440
lssucd 9-91 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -68
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Right Hand Headlamp Circuit Test
l.tOTE: Check Fuse fiA and F11 and the right hand headlamp bulb.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEMUMP position (pasition 3) and opente the dimmer switch to the LOW BEAM
position.
Terminal for wire 177 Pink/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwcen the right hand
ground headlamp (low beam) and the headlamp
dimmer relay terminal 568. AIso check thc
headlamp dimmer relay, dimmer/lurn/horn
switch and the lamp switch circuits.
NOTE: lf the left hand headlamp low beam works conectly, check wire 177 befueen fuse F11 and the ight hand
haadlamp.
NOTE: Tructors from Pin No JJF 1A17718 are not equipped with hcadlamp dimmer rclays.
Terminal for wire 180 PinVDark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the right hand head
ground lamp (high beam) and the headlamp
dimmer relay terminal 564. Also check the
headlamp dimmer relay, dimmerfiurn/horn
switch and the lamp switch circuits.
NOTE: lf the left hand headlamp high beam works correctly, check wire 180 between fuse F10 and the right hand
headlamp .
NOTE: Tractors from Pin No JJF 1017718 are nat equipped with headlamp dimmer relays.
Gl terminal for wirc 22 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 22 and the chassis ground
connection.
ferminal for wire 171 Hcd to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit belween the headlamp dimmer
@ rclay and the lamp switch. Also check the
lamp switch.
Terminal for wirc 171 Rcd to ground 12 Volts Chcck wirc 171 betwcen ierminals 30 and
O 56 of the headlamp dimmer relay.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the OFF position and hold the dimmer swrtch rn the HIGH BE/ttrl position
O Terminal for wire 172 BrownlPink to ground Continuity Bad circuit betwecn the headlamp dimmer
rclay tcrminal S and the chassis ground
conncction. Also check the dimmer/turn/
horn switch and the chassis ground
conncction.
Don 7-38440 lssued 9-91 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -69
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEN)LAtvlP position (pasition 3) and hold the dimmer switch in the LOW BEl$tl position.
@ I:;n:'l ror wire 176 Red/Dark Bruc to 12 Volts Bad dimmer relay.
Tcrminal for wirc 179 Rcd/Dark Grccn to 12 Volts Bad dimmer relay.
ground
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEN)LAMP position (pasition 3) and hold the dimmer switch in the HIGH BEAM position
Pin 32 of the instrurnent clustcr conncctor to 12 Volts Chcck wire 180 between the instrument
ground clJstcr conncctor pin 32 and fuse Fl0.
NOTE: lf the reading is correct check the instrument cluster power and chassrs ground circuit, refer to Page 15.
(F Terminalfor wire 181 Gray/Fcd to ground l2Volts Bad circuit betwcen thc battery powcr
junction block and thc horn. Also check the
baltcry powcr junction block conncction.
Terminal for wire 182 Brown/Orangc to Continuity Bad circuit betwcen the horn and the
ground chassis ground conncction. Also chcck the
dimmcr/turn/horn switch and thc chassis
ground conncction.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-70
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Dimmer/Turn/Horn Switch Test
(Headlamp Dimmer and Horn Circuits)
For Tractors Up To PIN No JJf 1017717
NOTE: Disconnect the dimmerltumlhom switch from the harness at connector R.
@ Tcrminal for wire 175 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 175 and thc chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the HEADLAMP position (position 3).
) fermlnal for wirc 172 Brown/Pink to ground 12 Volts Check wire 172 and the headlamp dimmer
rclay.
NOTE: Opente the dimmer swrlch until a continuity reading is abtained between terminals 2 and 6 forwires 773
BrownlWhite and 174 Brown of Connector R (switch side). lf a continuity reading can not be obtained replace the
di mm erltu m I hom switch.
NOTE: Press and hold the hom switch in the HORN position.
NOTE: lfthereadingsareconect,checkwirelT2befueentheheadlampdimmerrelayandthedimmerlturn/hornswitch.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the HEADLAMP posrtion (position 3).
Terminal for wire 171 Red to ground 12 Volts Chcck wirc 171 betwcen the lamp switch
@ and connector R. Also check the lamp
switch.
(i Terminal for wire 171 Red to grouncl 12 Volts Checkwire 17'l between the te rminals 1 and
2 of connector R.
@ terminal for wire 176 Red/Dark Bluc Io ground 12 Volts Bad dimmer/turn/horn switch.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-71
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Putthe dimmer swifch in the HIGH BEAM position
Terminal for wire 179 Red/Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad dimmer/turn/horn switch.
ground
NOTE: Tum the tamp switch to the OFF position and disconnect the dimm/tumlhom switch from the harness at
connector R.
NOTE: Press and hold the ham switch in the HORN position.
Between terminal 7 of connector R (switch Continuity Bad dimmerAurry'horn switch. Also checkwire
side) for wire 183 Brown/Orange to ground 64 and the chassis ground connection at the
Iorward/reverse switch, refer to Page 39.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check wire 182 beNveen the hom and connector R.
NOTE: Dr'sconnect the left hand tait lanp trom the harness and turn the lamp swfch to the HEADUMP position (position 3).
(D Terminalfor wire 186 Pint<rAtrhite to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the left hand tail lamp
and the lamp switch. Also check the lamp
switch
NOTE: lf the ight hand tail lamp works conectly, check wire 1BO between the left hand tail lamp and the splice.
6li) Terminalfor wirc 187 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 187 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Disconnect the 1ght hand tail tamp from the harness and turn the tamp swtch fo the HEADLAMP position (position 3).
6Il Terminalfor wire 186 PinKAffirite to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the right hand tail lamp
and the lamp switch. AIso check the lamp
switch
NOTE: lf the left hand tait lamp works conectly, check wire 186 between the ight hand tail lamp and the splice'
fD Terminal for wire 188 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 1BB and the chassis ground
connection.
Don 7-38440
lssucd 9-92 Prinled in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-72
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Trailer Connector Tail Lamp Circuit Test
Check points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Terminal 1 of the trailer conncctor for wirc Continuity Check wire 189 and the chassis oround
189 Brown to ground connectton.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the HEN)LAMP position (position 3).
Lamp Switch Test (Headlamp, Tail Lamp and Warning Lamp Circuits)
Check points Reading Possiblc Cause of Bad Reading
es Terminal for wire 170 Red//ellow to ground l2Volts Check wire 170 and the battery power
junction block connection.
Terminal for wire 184 Red//ellowtWhite to l2Volts Check wire 184 and the battery power
ground junctlon block connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the W/,q,NING LAMP posilon (position 2).
€l) terminalfor wire 185 RedllVhite to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch.
4?l Terminalfor wire 171 Red to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEADLAMP position (posnion 3).
fI) Terminalfor wirc '185 RedMhite to ground 12 Volts Bad lamp switch.
fD Terminal for wire 171 Red to ground 12 Volts Bad lamp switch.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the FENDER WORK LAMP position (position 4)
@ Termlnal for wirc 185 RcdlWhitc to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp swltch.
6D| Terminal for wire 171 Rcd to ground 12 Volts Bad lamp switch.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the CM WORK UMP position (position 5).
6D Terminal for wire 185 RedMhite to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch.
6B Terminal for wire 171 Rcd to ground 12 Volts Bad lamp switch.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -73 Headlamp Wiring Horn Wiring Tail Lamp Wiring
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
(For Tractors Up To PIN NO JJF 1A17717) ffi
176 R/DB (15)
R/DB 219
17e B/DG (15) (1 3) R/O
w".w
(1 8)
H${q
*ffi:;E 171 R (1 171 R_.{13 e
176 179
i i--7 184 R/Y,A/V (18)
R/DB FVDG
,, €b
1r tq
(1 5) (15) d+oor-
'--J-A f__
171
:l
I I l;Th:I
- --'i 1
.-_r/.,a_
'4=';.'
I R
(tJ.l
irf
nl
176 182
RlDB BR/O
I
1
_il
3
4001-
P/DB P/DB P/DG P/DG
1-: ---- (1s) (15) (15) (15)
i-""" /\li
\--Y-'
ll 185 RA/V (18)
t
BR
'll (16)
182
L
PI 180 P/DG (15) BFUO
d
(1 173 BH/W (16) {16)
#
200 B/lV (16)
202 BiDG (16) <[+oor-ss
\o
1e7 BAV/DG (16)
lea
L-l
I
ffi
(\-'l J coMPor COMPONENTS 6. DIMMEB/TURNIHORN SWITCH 10. LEFT HAND TAIL LAMP ss;. cor CONNECTORS
i. FUSE
1. FUSE Fl1 7. HORN 11. BIGHT HAND TAIL LAMP B
B, ENGINE HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
1A. FUSI 12. TMILEA CONNEGTOR D.
1A, FUSE F1O 8. FUSE F17 D. CAB HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
18. RJSI 13, HEADLAMP DIMMER RELAY N.
18. FUSE F9 9. LAMP SWITCH N. CAB HARNESS TO FENDEH REAB HARNESS
R.
2. INST] 2, INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONNECTOH POSITION 1 . OFF R, INSTHUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO DIMMERITURN/HORN SWITCH
3. LEFT P1.
3. LETT HAND HEADLAMP (LOW BEAM) POSITION 2 . WARNING LAMPS P1. BATTERY POWER JUCTION BLOCK
3A, LEFI POSITION 3. WARNING LAMPS, TAIL LAMPS, HEADLAMPS
3A. LEFT HAND HEADLAMP (HIGH BEAM)
4. ETHI 4. ETHEB START SOLENOID POSINON 4. REAR FENDER WORK LAMPS, HEADLAMPS
s. BlGl 5. BIGHT HAND HEADLAMP (LOW BEAM) POSITION 5. REAH FENDER WORK LAMPS, HEADTAMPS
Don 7-38440 lssued 9-92 Printed in England
5A. RIGI 5A. RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP (HIGH BEAM) OPTIONAL FRONT AND REAR CAB WOBK LAMPS
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus
4001-74www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Don 7 38440
lssucd 9-92 Prnlcd in IrganC
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4A$-75 Headlarnp Wiring Horn Wiring Tail Lamp Wiring
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
(For Tractors From PIN NO JJF 1017718)
A-
R/DB WDG
{aoot- r,
(1 s) (15)
"J-A@ 4001- 73
<[+oor-ss
181
_---i i G,R --] G/n
'181
@1ffi
Lll
(16) (1 6)
171 R (13)
oooolotlol
,uo ,lon 1ru; J
171
t-
R
(1 s)
177 180 180
ioor-trs 4001-95
{
*:
P/DB PIDB
(1 5) (1 5)
P/DG PIDG
(1s) (1s)
179
r--JF
I L*A=' I'II J
R/DG
B 4001 -1 1 3
B
177 PIDB (15) 4001 -1 27
180 P/DG-(1s)
t
I t_ I
182
,Tf
1aF BR/O BR/O
177 taa 180
DBAV
I ,,,u, (1 6)
180 P/DG (15) 171
tlrl
i13)
H
(13)
/
"\f {+oor-
ts
II
@
ll
ct 178
BR
(10
G
178
BR
(1 s)
176
(1 6)
=-l
182 BR/O (16)
- | 3[+oor-ss
={**.'-,.,
r
&t
BR
*{
187 BB (18) \@
188 BR (18)
(
--+ le+ I
7. HORN 1 1. BIGHT HAND TAIL LAMP IL LAMP B. ENGINE HAHNESS TO INSTHUMENT PANEL HAHNESS
1. FUS 1. FUSE F11
8. FUSE F17
12. TRAILEH CONNECTOH :CTOB D, CAB HARNESS TO INSTHUMENT PANEL HABNESS
1A. FUI 1A. FUSE F1O
N. CAB HABNESS TO FENDER HABNESS
18. FUI 18. FUSE F9 9. LAMP SW]TCH
SWITCH
POSITION 1 - OFF R. INSTBUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO DIMMERrrUBN/HOHN
2, INS 2. INSTBUMENT CLUSTER CONNECTOR
POSITION 2. WARNING LAMPS Pl. BATTEBY POWER JUCTION BLOCK
3. LEF 3, LEFT HAND HEADLAMP (LOW BEAM)
3A. LEF 3A. LEFT HAND HEADLAMP (HIGH BEAM) POSITION 3 - WARNING LAMPS, TAIL LAMPS, HEADLAMPS
POSITION 4. REAR FENDER WORK LAMPS' HEADLAMPS * NOTE: THE DIMMERITURNIHOFN SWICH tS GBOUNDED AT
4. ETF 4. ETHEB STABT SOLENOID O PAGE 39,
THE FOBW M D I REVERSE SW ITCH, B EFER T
5. EIG 5. RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP (LOW BEAM) POSITION 5 - REAR FENDER WORK LAMPS, HEADLAMPS
Don 7-38440 lssued 9-92 Plinted in England
5A. BIC 5A. RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP (HIGH BEAM)
OPTTONAL FHONT AND REAR CAB WORK LAMPS
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -76
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
HEADHMPS AND TAIL I.AMPS
FOR TRACTORS WITHOUT CAB
Sectional lndex
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-77
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must be atfull charge and all connections must be clean and tight before testing. LJse a multimeter for
the lests.
NOTE: For tnctors up to Pin No JJF|017821 refer to the schematic circuit on Page 83, and for tractors from Pin No JJF
1017822 refer to the schematic circuit on Page 85.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the HEADIAMP position (position 3) and operate the dimmer switch to the LOW BEAM
position.
O l:;n:'l ror wirc 177 Pink/Dark Brue to I2 Volts Bad circuit between the left hand headlamp
(low beam) and the headlamp dimmer relay
tcrminal 568. Also check the headlamp
dimmer relay, dimmer/turnhorn switch and
the lamp switch circuits.
NOTE: lf the right hand headlamp low beam works conectly, check wire 177 betvveen fuse F11 and the teft hand
headlamp.
NOTE: Iraclors trom Pin No JJF 1017822 are nat equipped with headlamp dimmer relays.
Terminal for wirc 180 Pink/Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the left hand head lamp
ground (high beam) and the headlamp dimmcr
rclay terminal 56A. Also check the
headlamp dimmcr rclay, dimmerfiurn/horn
switch and the lamp switch circuits.
NOTE: lf the right hand headlanp high beam works correctly, check wire 180 between fuse F|0 and the teft hand
headlamp .
NOTE: Tractors from Pin No JJF 1017822 are not equipped with headlamp dimmer relays.
Gl Terminal for wire 178 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 78 and the chassis ground
'1
connection.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -78
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Bight Hand Headlamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F10 and F11 and the ight hand headlamp bulb.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the HEADUMP position (position 3) and opemte the dimmer switch to the LOW BEAM
position.
Terminal for wire 177 Pink/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the right hand
ground headlamp (low beam) and the headlamp
dimmer relay terminal 568. Also check the
headlamp dimmer relay, dimmer/turry'horn
switch and the lamp switch circuits.
NOTE: lf the left hand headlamp low beam works conectly, check wire 177 between tuse Fl1 and the ight hand
headlamp.
NOTE: Tnctors from Pin No JJF 1017822 are nat equipped with headlamp dimmer relays.
Terminal for wire 180 PinlVDark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the right hand head
ground lamp (high beam) and the headlamp
dimmer relay terminal 56A. Also check the
headlamp dimmer relay, dimmerlturn/horn
switch and the lamp switch circuits.
NOTE: lf the lcft hand headlamp high beam works concctly, check wire 180 beNveen fuse Fl0 and the right hand
headlamp .
NOTE: Tnctors from Pin No JJF 1017821 are not equipped with headlamp dimmer relays.
G) -crminal for wirc 22 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 22 and the chassis ground
connection.
Terminalfor wire 17'l Rcd to ground 12 Volts Check wie 171 between terminals 30 and
O 56 of the hcadlamp dimmer relay.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the OFF positon and hold the dimmer swtch in the HIGH BEAM position
Gl Terminal for wire 172 Brown/Pink to ground Continuity Bad circuit between the headlamp dimmer
rclay terminal S and the chassis ground
connection. Also check the dimmer/turn/
horn switch and the chassis ground
connection.
Don 7-38440 lssued 9-91 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-79
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
in the LOW BFAM
NOTE: Turn the tamp switch to the HEADLAMP position (position 3) and hold the dimmer switch
position.
Terminal for wire 176 Red/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Bad dimmer relay.
ground
Terminal for wire 179 Red/Dark Grcen to 12 Volts Bad dimmer relay.
ground
the instrume nt cluster connector to 12 Volts Chcck wire 180 between the instrument
@ ;::f;r cluster connector pin 32 and fuse F10.
NOTE: tf the reading is conect check the instrument cluster power and chassis ground circuit, refer to Page 15
G) Terminalfor wire 181 Gray/Fed to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the battery power
junction block and the horn. Also check the
battcry powcr junction block connection.
fil Terminal for wire 182 BrownlOrange to Continuity Bad circuit between the horn and the
U' grouno chassis ground connection, Also check the
dimmer/turn/horn switch and the chassis
ground connection.
Don 7-38440
lssued 9-91 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -80
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Dimmer/Turn/Horn Switch Test
(Headlamp Dimmer and Horn Circuits)
For Tractors Up To PIN No JJF 1017821
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEADIAMP position (position 3).
( Terminal for wire 172 Brown/Pink to ground 12 Volts Chcck wire 172 and the headlamp dimmer
rclay.
NOTE: Operate the dimmer switch until a continuity reading is obtained between terminals 2 and 6 for wires 173
BrownlWhite and 174 Brown of Connector R (switch side). lf a continuify reading can not be obtained replace the
di mmerltu rnl horn switch.
NOTE: Press and hold the horn switch in the HORN position.
NOTE: lf thereadingsarecorrect,checkwirelT2betweentheheadlampdimmerrelayandthedimmerlturnlhornswitch.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEADLAMP position (posrtion 3).
(F Tcrminalfor wirc 171 Rcd to ground 12 Volts Chcck wirc 171 bctwccn thc lamp switch
and conncctor R, AIso chcck thc lamp
switch
(D Tcrminal for wirc 171 Rcd to ground 1 2 Volts Chcck wire 171 bctwccn thc tcrminals 1 and
2 of conncctor R.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -8 r
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Put the dimmer switch in the HIGH BEAM position.
Terminal for wire 179 Red/Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad dimmcr/turn/horn switch.
ground
NOTE: Pttt the dimmer swfich in the MOMENTMY HIGH BE]Jvl position.
Terminal for wire 179 Red/Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad dimmer/turn/horn switch.
ground
NOTE: Ium the lamp swrtch to the OFF position and disconnect the dimmltumlhorn switch from the harness al
connector R.
NOTE: Press and hold the hom switch in the HOBN position
Between tcrminal 7 of connector R (switch Continuity Bad dimmcrlturn/hoi'n switch. Also checkwire
side) for wire 183 Brown/Orange to ground 64 and the chassis ground connection at the
forward/reverse switch, refer to Page 39.
NOTE: tf the readings are correct check wire 182 between the hom and connector R.
NOTE: Disconnect the teft hand tait lamp from the harness and turn the lamp switch to the HEADUJvIP position (position 3).
(D fcrminalfor wire '186 PinkflViritc to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the Ieft hand tail lamp
and the lamp switch. Also check the lamp
switch
NOTE: tf the right hand tail lamp works correctly, check wire 186 between the left hand tail lamp and the splice.
terminal for wire 187 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 187 and the chassis ground
@ conncction.
NOTE: Disconnectthe right hand tait tamp from the harness and turn the lamp swrlch to the HEMUMP position (position 3)
frl Terminal for wire 186 PinkflVhite to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the right hand tail lamp
and the lamp switch. Also check the lamp
switch
NOTE: lf the left hand tail lamp works correctly, check wire 1 BO between the right hand tail lamp and the splice.
tcrminal for wirc l BB Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire lBB and the chassis ground
@ conncction.
Don 7-38440 lssucd 9-92 Prjntcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -82
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Trailer Connector Tail Lamp Circuit Test
Check points Heading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Terminal 1 of the trailer connector forwire Continuity Chcck wire 189 and the chassis ground
189 Brown to ground connection.
NOTE; Turn the lamp switch to the HEN)LAMP position (position 3).
Terminal 6 of thc trailer conncctor for wirc 12 Volts Check wire 'l
86 belween the trailer
1BG Pinl(White to ground connector pin 6 and the splice
Lamp Switch Test (Headlamp, Tail Lamp and Warning Lamp Circuits)
Chcck points Rcading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
&1i
\y Terminal for wirc 184 Red//cllowflhite to 12Volts Check wire 184 and the battery power
ground junction block conncction'
-
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the W/F,NING LAMP positlon (position 2).
@ Terminal for wire 185 RcdlVhite to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch.
6f) terminal for wire 171 Rcd to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch.
(i7 Terminal for wire 185 RedMhite to ground 12 Volts Bad lamp switch.
6P Tcrminal for wire 185 RcdNVhitc to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch.
Terminal for wire 171 Rcd to ground 12 Volts Bad lamp switch.
@
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the C/t|''IAPY WORK LAMP position (position 5).
Terminal for wire 185 RcdMhite to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch.
@
Terminal forwirc
.171
Rcd to ground 12 Volts Bad lamp switch.
6-:'l
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -83 Headlamp Wiring Horn Wiring Tail Lamp Wiring
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk Schematic
Circuit
(For Tractors Up To PIN NO JJF 10i7821)
r76
@@- FUDB {15) ot
f
B/DB
219
(13)
R/O
r71 H (13 @ (18)
<[+oor- zr \
35
REB 1:
I Ib182 (1 3) I
R
R/DB BB/O 0
(15) (16)
(1 3)
oo ct oo
as l
{+oor- 179 l
R/DG
(1 5) l
$
I
4001- 1m r
+oor-ros
172 BRIP (18) 172 BR/P (18) {
r I
I
175 BR (16)
186
{ +oor-,e,
1[aoor-rzz
T I
BH
174 BH (16)
',#i 6b
@@ tr
t
I '189
1n (1 6)
{+oor-ros
177 180 BB
@
I
180 P/DG (15) (1s)
@il?i: oii* i',?ig 173 BRi!V (16)
\t
trl / 183 B (16)
200 BA/V (16)
202 B/DG (16)
@
eae
t
197 BA/V/DG {16)
6)M
\-/ h
178
\@ 189
BR ros
(1s) 22 BR t1s) {+oor- 188 BR (18) BR
(13)
+r I
lco
O."* 1. FUI
COMPONENTS
1. FUSE F1 1
6. DIMMER/TUHN/HORN SWITCH
7. HORN
,IO.
LEFT HAND TAIL LAMP
11. RIGHT HAND TAIL LAMP
CONNECTORS
B. ENGINE HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
14. FU 14. FUSE F1O B. FUSE F17 12, TRAILEB CONNECTOf,
D. PLATFORM HABNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
18- FU 18. FUSE FS 9. LAMP SWITCH 13. HEADLAMP DIMMER RELAY
R, TNSTRUMENT PANEL HAHNESS TO DIMMEB/TURN/HORN SWITCH
2. tNs 2. INSTHUMENT CLUSTEH CONNECTOR POSIT|ON 1 - OFF
P1. BATTEBY POWER JUCTION BLOCK
3. LEI 3" LEFT HAND HEADLAMP (LOW BEAM) POSITION 2. WARNING LAMPS
3A. LE 3A. LEFT HAND HEADLAMP {HIGH BEAM) POSIT|ON 3 - WABNING LAMPS, TAIL LAMPS, HEADLAMPS
4. ETl 4. ETHEH START SOLENOID POSITION 4 - REAfl FENDEH WORK LAMPS, HEADHMPS
Don 7-38440
lssued 9-92 Printed in England s. B( s. RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP (LoW BEAM) POSITION 5 - REAR FENDER WOHK LAMPS, HEADLAMPS :
5A, Rlr
5A, HIGHT HAND HEADLAMP (HIGH BEAM) OPTIONAL CANOPY WOBK LAMPS
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-u4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
4001 -85 Headlamp Wiring Horn Wiring Hom Wiring Tail Lamp Wiring
Schematic Circuit
(For Tractors From ptN NO JJF 101 TBZZ)
- ttstl- { 219
ss RDB
q
aoor-zr
t-**T <[+oo:-zr Rio
(18)
,.--, q_
1{b
RiDB
(1 s) 4001 - 83
/1, 1@ 174 RN 0 184 Rfr /v (18)
{aoor ,* X-----
181
G/H
{o,--L- 181
G/B
(16)
'171 R (13)
171
R
t-
177 177 180 180
(13)
P/DB PIDB P/DG P/DG 171
(1s) (15) (15) (1s) R
't81
{ aoor-rzr
(1s) 181 \
J R
(1
64
BB
6)
G/F
(16)
G/R
(1 6) 185 FVW (18)
-t,
---l'l-i 180 P/DG (15) -
DB/B
(13)
174
DB/B
(16) {16)
4+oot-tzt
I t-- 177 (13) fl3) 182 t62 189
f
P/DB BR/O BRIO {+oor-r
Pll ii'P,i
177 180 (15)
180 P/DG (1s) 171 (1 6) (16)
BB
(13) @
i',?i6 R 181
ry /
03) GiR
t16)
/
@ \
176
F/DB
182 BFUO (16)
(16)
-I l-
l/o
- < 4oo1- 1os 187 BR (18)
*{
BR
22 BR {15) m 188 BB (18) BR
05)
(It {13)
COMPONENTS 6. DIMMEMURN/HORN SWITCH 10. LEFT IiAND TAIL LAMP NTErlTf,)TAILLAMP *': CONNECTORS
1, FUSE F11 7. HORN 11. RIGHT HAND TAIL LAMP fl.E{rHt}I'TAIL LAMP B. ENGINE HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
1A, FUSE F1O 8. FUSE F17 12. THAILER CONNECTOR 12rt'tooltNECTOR D, PLATFORM HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
18. FUSE F9 9. LAMP SWITCH R. INSTHUMENT PANEL HAHNESS TO DIMMERiTURN/HOHN SWIICH
2. INSTRUMENT CLUSTEH CONNECTOR POSITION 1 - OFF P1, BATTEBY POWER JUCTION BLOCK
3. LEFT HAND HEADLAMP (LOW BEAM) POSITION 2. WARNING LAMPS
3A. LEFT HAND HEADLAMP (HIGH BEAM) POSITION 3. WARNING LAMPS, TAIL LAMPS, HEADI-AMPS * NOTE: THE DTMMERITURNIHOBNSWICHlS GROUNDED AT
4. ETHER START SOLENOID POSITION 4 - REAR FENDER WOHK LAMPS, HEADLAMPS THE FORWARD|RNERSE SWICH, REFER TO PAGE 39.
Don 7-38440 5, RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP {LOW BEAM) POSITION 5 - REAR FENDEB WORK LAMPS, HEADLAMPS
lssued g-92 Printed in England OPTIONAL CANOPY WORK LAMPS
5A. RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP {HIGH BEAM)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus
4001 -86 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
li3iH3li.ff3t1il.'33iflf,l/1fl;il4;JSiilJii'".r :: : :
89
B8
B9
Dimmcrfl-urnAlorn Switch Tcst [urn Signal Circuit) For Tractors Up To PIN No JJF 1017717 90
Dimmcr/TurnAiorn SwitchTcst fturn Signal Circuit) ForTractors From PIN No JJF 1017718 .............. .... 90
Lamp Switch Tcst flffarning Lamp Circuit) ............... ..... . 91
Trailer Connector fTurn SignalAilarning Lamp) Circuit Test............ ........... ......... .... 91
Schematic Circuit (For Tractors Up To PIN No JJF 1017717) ,. .... ... . 93
Schcrnatic Circuit (ForTractors From PIN No JJF 1017718) .............'.. 95
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -87
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must be at full charge and all connections must be clean and tlght before testing. lJse a multimeter far
lhc tcsls.
NOTE: For tractors up to Pin No ,LlFl 017717 relcr ta the schcmatic circuit on Page g3 and for tnctors from Pin No JJF
1017718 refer to the schematic circuit on Pagc 95.
Q fcrmlnal for wirc 204 Brown to ground Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit. Also check thc
chassis ground connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the WMNING LAMP position (position 2)
Tcrminal for wire 201 PinUDark Grccn to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwecn the f lasher relay and thc
ground ON-OFF-ON lclt hand front turn signa7warning lamp
Also check thc flashcr relay
NOTE: Turn the key ta the ON posrtion and pa the turn signal switch in thc RlGl'l'f tum position.
Terminal lor wire 201 ?ink/Dark Grccn to 12 volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and thc
ground dimmerAurn/horn switch. AIso check thc
dimmerAurn/horn switch,
NOTE: Discannect the left hand rear tum signallwaming lamp from the harness.
O Terminalfor wirc 205 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wirc 205 and thc chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the WARNING LAMP position (position 2)
O tcrminal for wirc 201 Pink/Dark Grccn to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and the
ground ON-OFF-ON lc{1hand rcar turn signallwarning lamp. Also
chcck thc flasher relay
NOTE: lf the left hand tront waming lamp works, check wire 2A1 between the lefl hand rear tum signallwarning lamp and
the left hand front tum signallwaming lamp.
NOTE: Turn the key ta the ON position and pul lhe turn signal switch in the RIGHT turn position.
Tcrminal for wirc 201 Pini</lfark Grccn to 12 Vr:lls Bad circuit betwccn thc flashcr relay and the
ground dimmcr/turrVhorn switch, Also chcck thc
dimmcr/turn/horn switch.
Don 7 38440 lssucd 9-91 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -88
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Right Hand Front Turn SignalMarning Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuses F5, F6 and F17. Also check the right hand front tum signallwaming lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the ight hand front tum signallwarning lamp from the harness.
Terminalfor wire 204 Brown to ground Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit. Also check the
Q chassis ground conncction.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the WIF.NING LAMP position (position 2).
Terminalfor wire 203 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the f lasher relay and the
O ON-OFF-ON right hand front turn signal/Warning lamp.
Also check the flasher relaY
NOTE: Tum the key to the ON position and put the tum signal switch in the LEFT turn position.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand rear turn signallwaming lamp from the hamess.
tcrminal for wirc 205 Brown to ground Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit. Check the work
@ lamp and left hand rear turn signal/warning
lamp circuits.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the W/F,NING LAMP position (position 2).
Terminal for wire 203 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwccn the flasher relay and the
Q ON-OFF-ON right hand rear turn signal/warning lamp.
Also check the flasher relaY
NOTE: lf the right hand front waming lamp works, check wire 203 between the right hand rear turn signallwarning lamp
and the right hand frant turn signallwaming lamp.
NOTE: Tum the key to the ON position and put the turn signal switch in the LEFT turn position.
Gl Tcrminal for wirc 203 Pink to ground 12 volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and the
dimmcrAurdhorn switch- Also check the
dimmer/turrVhorn switch.
Don 7-38440
lssued 9-91 Prinled in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -89
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnstrument Cluster Turn Signal Warning Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check the instrument cluster turn sigrtal warning lamp bulbs'
Torrrinal f or wrrc 207 Pinkr/Dark Bluc tc Pir-r Continuity Chcck wirc 207.
24 of the instrumcnt clustcr conncctor.
r'in 7 of thc instrumcnt clustcr conncctor to Continuity Chcck wirc 206 between the flasher rclay
@ grouno and thc instrument clustcr connector, Also
chcck thc flashcr rclaY.
(D Tcrminal for wirc 181 Gray/?cd to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwccn thc battcry powcr
junction block and thc flasher relay terminal
2. Also check thc baltery power junction
block connection.
NOTE: I'urn the lamp switch to the 4ARNING LAMP position (position 2)
tD Tcrminal for wirc 206 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 206 and thc chassis ground
connection.
Tcrminal for wirc 201 pinMlark Grccn tc 12 Volts Bad circuit betwecn thc dimmer/turry'horn
ground switch and thc flashcr re lay terminal 5. AIso
check the dimmcr/turn/horn switch.
position'
NOTE: Connect the ftasher retay to the ha,rness and put the tum signal swrtch to the LEFT TURN
(t-\ for wirc 201 PinM)ark Grccn to 12 Volls Bad flashcr rclay'
\.7 Tcrminal
o roLlno ON_OFF_ON
oon z-Je++o lssuccj 9-92 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -90
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check points Reading Possible Cause of Ba9 Reading
Terminal for wire 207 PinktDark Bluc to 12 Volts Bad flasher relay
ground ON-OFF-ON
lF Tcrminal for wirc 203 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad flasher relaY.
ON-OFF-ON
(l!l Tcrminal for wire 208 PintdYcltow to ground 12 Volts Bad flasher relaY.
ON-OFF-ON
G) terminal for wire 196 PiniqYellow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the baltery power
junction block and the dimmer/turrr/horn
switch. Also chcck thc battcry powcr
iunction block connection.
NOTE: Put the turn signal swilch in the LEFT TURN position.
(D Tcrminal for wirc 196 PinkrYcllow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwccn thc battcry powcr
junction block and thc dimmcrAurr/horn
switch. Also check the battery powcr
junction block conncction.
Don 7-38440
Issucd 9-92 Prinlcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -91
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Put the tum signal switch in the LEFT TURN positian.
Tcrminal lor wirc I84 Rod/YcllowA&hitc ro 12 Volts Check wire 184 and the battery power
ground junction block connection.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the W/fi,NING LAMP position (position 2)
ffl lerminal lor wirc 198 Whilc/llcd to ground 12 Volts Bad lamp switch
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to thc FENDER WORK LAMP position (position 4).
6r| Termlnalfor wire 198 Whitcfrccl to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the CAB WO?K UMP position (position 5)
fII Tcrminal for wirc 198 Whilc/Rcd to grouncl 0 Volts Bad lamp switch
Terminal 3 of the trailcr conncctor for wirc 12 Volts Check wire 201 betwccn the trailer
201 Pink/Dark Green to ground ON-OFF-ON conncctor and thc left hand rear turn
signal,/warning lamp.
Terminal 5 of thc trailcr conncclor fcr wirc 12 Volts Chcck wire 2A3 bclwecn thc trailer
203 Pink to ground ON-OFF-ON connector and the right hand rear turn
signal./warning lamp.
Tcrminal 1 oi thc trailer conncctor for wirc Continuity Chcck wire 189 and the chassis ground
'I
89 Brown to ground conncctron
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -92 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
powrquadplus
t)on 7-38440
lssucd 9-92 Prinlcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
(For Tractors To plN NO JJF fi1TT1Z)
Waming Larnp Turn Signal S/iring
BI!B
fi3)
|-
(c
<"*''"
I
(
{e (e
Il/@- i6r G,R(1r-----l \ {+oor.zo
;?
l- rsP,/B(l.) { aoor.zr
r''@
r
,08 P/( (18)
*_@
\o
(1ts 207 Prrs (:E
206 B8 (18f
196
"N
(r5l
28 P {ts} /'@
*@
8R
{16) 189
\@
gR
ER ll3)
{t6}
1748R
V r---r I
2A
175
gF
luf+ l--
-
tar a 301*----[
{ roor.n (ts)
{ro
Irg*i+{
i-"t -lgr<H
zooo,w6o1*-*-fl
11"1" o!-4.-
L eoe aoc pey ---{il
Ir----q- 197 B/1,!/DG tt")
--fl 208 204 204
205 BR {16} 159
BS BR BR AH
Don 7-38440
l$€!Bd 9.9? PriqEh Eagland
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
l-
powrquadplus
4001 -94 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Don 7-38440
lssLrcd 9-92 Pnnted in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk 4001 -95 Warning Lamp Turn Signal Wiring tal Wiring
Schematic Circuit
(For Tractors From PIN NO JJF 1017718)
19s
OE
R/DB
V/R (13)
/R
(15) 5)
f- {+oor'zr
(o
I 219
---'\'-= R/O
(1 8)
I I
I
L
;?l e,( iB1 c/R ,,r, fa { +oor-zs
:.'/i q 170 R,^/ (13)
)
/,ii.,r
,: I
il
ii nt 208 Plr (18) r''@
t"r I
ocococcfcl
2A',
nt
207 P/DB {18) "*-(B
/-/ \i
\@
196 96 206 BR (18)
Pff
?":z-t\
{=:}" (1 5) ts)
4001-127
I
ZUJ
I P 4001 -1 1 3
I
243
P
(J5)
203 P (1s)- 203 P (1s) 2ol
{ +oor-zs
r''@
P/DG (16)
*_@
t_
\o
(15) 201 PIDG {15)- 201 P/DG (15) 203 P (16)
196 Plr (15)
206 206
B8 BR
(16)
201 203
06) P/DG P 189
203 (1s) (15) BR
-a P {13)
R 4001-81 r go {1 5) zot
/./-i-- -{: P/DG
201 PIDG (15)
I
L_
r-
L
183 BR/O (16)
202 P (16) 203 P (1s)
(15)
o* 203 P (1s)
T
rAr
{+oor
.JF
DEc
2oo Y/DG (16) 201 P/DG (1s)
Ilr PN fi _ pry (jS)
.+ 197
174 D8,4t (13)
1S16
COMPONE
1. FUSE F5
ENTS Ltffi courqrcrons
F5 3. DIMMER/TURN/HOBN SWITCH 12. RIGHT HAND REAB CAB WORK LAMP 12. HIGHT HAND REAB CAB WORK LAMP D, CAB HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HAHNESS
.,A. FUSE F{
F6 4. FLASHER RELAY 13. TMILER CONNECTOfi 13. TMILER CONNECTOR N. CAB HARNESS TO fiEAR FENDER HARNESS
2. LAMP S\ SWITCH 5. FUSEFlT B. INSTBUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO DIMMER/TURNIHORN SWITCH
POSITIOI '1 - OFF 6. INSTHUMENT CLUSTER P1. BATTERY POV{ER JUNCTION BLOCK
POSmOI 2. WARNING LAMPS 7. LEFT HAND FRONT TURN SIGNAL/IVARNING LAMP
POSmOI 3 - WAHNING I3MPS, TAIL LAMPS, HEADLAMPS 8. LEFT HAND REAB TURN SIGNAL/WARNING LAMP
POSmOI
* NOTE: THE DIMMERITURNIHORN SWICH /S G ROUNDED AT
4 . HEAR FENDEB WORK LAMPS, HEADLAMPS 9, RIGHT HAND FRONT TURN SIGNALruVARNING LAMP THE FORWARD|REVEBSE SMTCH REFER TO PAGE 39
POSITIO
5 - REAR FENDER WORK LAMPS, HEADLAMPS 10. BIGHT HAND REAB TUBN SIGNALAVARNING LAMP
Don 7-38440 lssued 9-92 Printed in England
OPTIONAL FRONT AND REAR CAB WORK LAMPS 11- LEFT HAND REAR-CAB WORK LAMP
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -96
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TURN SIGNAIJ}VARNING I.AMPS FOR TRACTORS WITHOUT CAB
Sectional lndex
Left Hand Fender Turn SignalAVarning Lamp Circuit Test ..,....,... ."..'.. 97
Hight Hand Fcnder Turn SignalMarning Lamp Circuit Test. ........... ....'. 97
Left Hand Front CanopyTurn SignalflVarning Lamp Circuit Test ,.......... ....."...,.'.....' 98
Left Hand Rear Canopy Turn Signal,iWarning Lamp Circuit Test ........... .".."......'.'..' 98
Hight Hand Front Canopy Turn SignatrWarning Lamp Circuit Test ........... .,.......'...'. 99
Right Hand Rear Canopy Turn SignalAVarning Lamp Circuit Tcst ........... ..,',..."..'... 99
lnstrument Cluster Turn Signal Warning Lamps Circuit Test,,........... .... 100
Dimmer/l-urnftlorn Switch Test fiurn Signal Circuit) For Tractors Up To PIN No JJF 1017821 ..................... 101
Dimmer/TurnAlorn SwitchTest fl-urn Signal Circuit) ForTractors From PIN NoJJF 1017822 ........,.............. 102
Lamp Switch Test (Warning Lamp Circuit) ...'................. 102
Trailer Connector fl-urn SignalAiVarning Lamp) Circuit Test .........,.. .... 102
Schcmatic Circuit (For Tractors Up To PIN No JJF 1017821) ......."". 103
Schematic Circuit (For Tractors From PIN No JJF 1017822) '...'....,.. 105
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-97
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: Thebatterymustbeatfull chargcandall conncctiansmustbe cleanandtightbcfore testrng. Useamultimcterlor
the tests.
NOTE: Disconncct the left hand fender tum signaUwaming lamp fram the harness.
Q fcrminal for wire 187 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 187 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp swilch to thc WMNING LN'4P position (position 2)
Tcrminal for wire 201 PinkDark Grccn tc 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwccn the flashcr rclay and thc
ground ON-OFF-ON lcft hand fcndcr turn signallwarning lamp
Also chcck the flasher relay
NOTE: ll the left hand canopy waming lamps work correctly, check wire 201 beWeen the left hand fender turn
signallwaming lamp and thc sp/tce.
NOTE: Tum the key to the ON position and put the turn signal switch in the RIGHT tum position.
€) I:;n:'l ror wlrc 201 Pink/Dark Grccn to 12 volts Bad circuit bctwecn the f lasher relay and the
drmmer/turn/horn switch. AIso check the
dimmcrAurrVhorn switch.
NOTE: Disconnect the ight hand fender tum signallwaming lamp from the harness.
Gl Tcrminal for wirc 188 Brown to ground Continuily Chcck wire 1B8 and thc chassis ground
conncction.
NOTE: Turn the lamp swttch to the W/tr,NTNG LAMP position (position ).
(f Termlnal for wire 203 Pink to ground 2 Volts
'1
Bad circuit betwee n the flasher rclay and the
ON-OFF-ON right hand fender turn signalA,trarning lamp.
Also chcck the flashcr rclay
NOTE: lf the right hand canopy waming lamps work correctly, check wire 203 betvveen the left hand fender turn
signallwarning lamp and the splice.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -98
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Tum the key to the ON position and put the tum signa/ swrtch in the LEFT turn position'
f-a terminal for wire 203 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctween the flashcr relay and the
dimmcrlturn/horn switch. Also check the
dimmer/turn/horn switch.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand front canopy tum signal/waming lamp from the harness.
Terminal for wirc 204 Brown to ground Continuily Chcck wie 204 and the chassis ground
O connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the WARNING LAMP position (position 2)'
NOTE: tf the left hand rear canopy waming lamp works, check wire 201 between the left hand front canopy tum
signallwarning lamp and the splice.
NOTE: Turn thc key to the ON position and put thc tum signal swrtch in the RIGHT turn position.
Tcrminal for wirc 201 pinVDark Grccn to 12 volts Bad circuit betwee n the flashcr rclay and thc
ground dimmer/turrr./horn swiich. Also check thc
dimmer/turn/horn switch.
NOTE: Disconnect the teft hand rear canopy tum signallwarning lamp from the hamess.
terminal lar wire 205 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 205 and the chassis ground
@ conncction.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to thc ryARNING LAMP position (position 2).
Terminal for wire 201 ?ink/Dark Grecn to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher rclay and the
ground ON-OFF-ON left hand rear canopy turn signalA,varning
lamP. Also check the flashcr relaY
NOTE: lf the left hand front canopy waming lamp works, check wire 2Al betvveen the left hand rear canopy tum
signallwarning lamp and lhc sp/ice.
Don 7-38440
lssucd 9-92 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400'l-99
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and put the turn signal switch in the RIGHT tum position.
Te rminal {or wire 201 Pink/Dark Grccn to l2 Volts Bad circuit betwcen the flasher relay and the
ground dimmer/lurry'horn switch. Also check the
dimmer/turn/l-rorn switch.
NOTE: Disconnect the right hand lront canapy turn signallwaming lamp from the harness.
Gf Tcrminal for wirc 209 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 209 and thc chassis ground
conncction.
NOTE: Turn the tamp switch to the WMNING IAMP positton (position 2).
Tcrminal for wire 203 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and the
{il ON-OFF-ON right hand front canopy turn signalA,trarning
lamp. Also check the flashcr relaY
NOTE: ll the 1ght hand rear canopy warning lamp works, check wire 2A3 betvveen the right hand front anopy tum
signallwarning lamp and the sp/ice.
NOTE; Tum the key to the ON position and put the tum signal switch in the LEFT turn position.
(D) Tcrminal ior wirc 203 Pink to ground 12 volts Bad circuit betwcen the flashcr relay and the
dimmcr/turn"/horn switch. Also check thc
dimmer/turrVhorn switch.
NOTE: Disconnect the right hand rear canopy tLtm signal/warning lamp from the harness.
@ ferminal for wire 210 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wia 210 and the chassis ground
conncction.
NOTE: Turn thc tamp switch to the W/.qNING LAtulP position (position 2)
Tcrmlnal for wire 203 Pink to ground I2 Volts Bad circuit betwecn the flasher relay and thc
t) ON-OFF-ON right hand rcar canopy turn signal/warning
lamp. Also chcck the flashcr rclaY
NOTE: ff the right hand front canopy waming lamp works, check wire 203 betvveen the right hand rear canopy turn
signallwarning lamp and thc splice.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 00
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Tum the key to the ON position and put the tum signal switch in the RIGHT turn position
(D Terminal for wire 203 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and the
dimmer/turry'horn switch. Also check the
dimmer/turn/horn switch.
Terminal for wirc 207 Pink/Dark Blue to Pin Continuity Chcck wie 207,
r - 24 ol the instrument cluster conncctor.
Pin 7 of the instrument clustcr conncclor to Continuity Chcck wire 206 betwccn thc flashcr rclay
ground and the instrument cluster connector. AIso
chcck the flasher relay.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check the flasher relay.
(D Tcrminal for wire 181 GraylFcd to ground l2Volts Bad circuit between the battery powcr
junction block and the flasher relay terminal
2. Also check the battcry power junction
block connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp swrtch to the WMNING LAMP positton (position 2),
@ Tcrminal for wire 199 Pini</Black to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwecn the lamp switch and the
lashcr rclay tcrminal 1 . Also chcck thc lamp
f
switch.
t?l Terminal for wire 206 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wve 206 and thc chassis ground
conncction.
NOTE: PtLt thev turn signal switch in the LEFT turn position.
(E) Tcrminalfor wire 203 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bclwccn the dimmcr/turn/horn
switch and thc flashcr rclay tcrminal 7. Also
chcck the dimmcr/turn/horn swilch.
NOTE: Put the turn signal switch in the RIGH-| turn position.
Don 7-38440 Issucd 9-92 Prjnlcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001,101
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Cncck pcints Bcacing Pcssiblc Causc oi Bad Rcading
NOTE: Connect the f tasher retay to thc harness anc pltt the lurn signal swtch in the LEFT TURN position.
Tcrrrinal fcr wirc 201 PinkDark Grccn 'io 12 Volts Bad flashcr rciay
ground ON-OFF-ON
Tcrn,i,ral for wirc 2a7 ?inx.Dark Bluc 'it-: 12 Volts BaC llashcr rclay
g'ound ON-OFF,ON
NOTE. Put the tunt signal swilch in thc RiGHI l'.)flN aostlce
(E) Tcrrlrral for wirc 203 Pink lo g'cirnc 12 Volls Bad tlashcr rcLaY
ON_OTF.ON
fiv 'r,r,.aL 'c,wr,c 2CB Pi,rkYcltow:o grcrx(l 12 \/clts Bad flashcr rclay
CN CFF,ON
l"rn","ul or wirc 136 PinkYcliow to grcunc 12 Vclis Bad circui: bctwccn thc battcry powcr
6) f
NOTE: Put thc tum slgnal s:vrl.'/ r'.- t"': R:CHi lUfli'l ccstttcr
S:lryccn icrm nals 4 anc ) I' ccrroctor B Ccn:i:rurly Bad ciimmcrllurqlnorn slitch
(switch sidc) f or wircs 1 97 BlackANhr'lc/Dark
Grccn and 200 Blaci</Whitc
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 02
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Put the turn signal switch in lhe RIGHT TURN positrort
NOTE: Put the turn signal swrtch in the LEFT TURN positron.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch tc the WARNING UJiP position (positian 2)
6trl Tcrminalfor wire 198 Whitc,4lcd to ground 12 Volts Bad lamp switcn
fS fcrminal for wirc 198 Whitc/Rcd lc grcunrj 12 Volts Bad lamp switcn
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch ta the FENDER WORK WtP posittan (pasitian 4)
6F Tcrminal fc: wirc 198 Whilc/Rcc ic grcrrd O Vclls Bad lamp swilch
Tcrminal 3 of thc trailcr conncclor fcr wirc 12 Voits Chcck wirc 2C1 bctwccn thc lrailcr
2C1 Pink/Dark Grccn 1c ground ON OFF-ON conncctor and thc lcft hand rcar iurn
signal,/warning lamP
Tcrminal 5 of thc trailcr conncctcr lor wirc 12 Vcl:s Chcck wirc 2A3 bctwccn thc trailcr
203 Pink to ground ON.OFF.ON conncctor and tho righl hand rcar iurn
signal/warning lamp.
Tcrminal 1 of ihc irailcr ccnnccior lof wi.C Ccnirnui:y Cncck wirc 189 and ihc chassts grouncl
189 Brcwn to grcunc ccnrcciion
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
400.1-103
Warning Lamp Turn Signal Wiring nal Wirlng
Schematic Circuit
(For Tractors Up To PIN NO JJF 1017821) ffiY
lo< 35
R/DB
VA
(ts) {13)
+- {oocr-zr
(o
I
G
i
I
qo
r
1 70 RIr (1 3) 184 Brrlv (1
lr
rl ,i= L,,,P/B(iB)
208 P/v (18)
207 P/DB (18)
{.,.r,-r',
@
lt? l]|Lv
(1s) 5)
oO
ol
241
n1
206 BH (18)
{ aoor-rez
I lno
P/DG
(1 s)
P/DG
{ +oor.
l<T
(1s)
243
P
201 P/DG (16) /'@
*@
I
(1 5) 203 P (16)
17s BR (16)
1s6 P/v (15) 203 P
201 P/DG
(1s)-
(1s)-
203 P
201 P/DG
(1
(1
203 P (16)
201 P/DG (16) \@
206
BR
t tbJ 201 P/DG
f
175
BR 203 P (18)-J
Itr r---t
174 BR (16)
(16)
196
PN
(15)
{ aoor+s
{ +oor+s
? { +oor-es
{ +oor-es
t['' rit
183 B (16)
@w
r^l
J-{'
G15
COMPONENTS
1. FUSE F5 H*ffi CONNECTORS
FUSE F5 3. DIMMER/TURN/HORN SWITCH 11. RIGHT HAND FRONT CANOI 11. BIGHT HAND FHONT CANOPY TUBN SIGNALAIVARNING LAMP D. PLATFORM HABNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HAHNESS
1A. FUSE F6 . FUSE F6 4. FLASHER BELAY 12. BIGHT HAND REAR CANOF^ 12. RIGHT HAND REAR CANOPY TURN SIGNAL/WABNING LAMP R. INSTRUMENT PANEL HAHNESS TO OIMMER/TURN/HOHN SWTCH
2. LAMP SWTC} LAMP SWITCH 5. FUSE F17 13. TMILER CONNECTOB 13. TRAILER CONNECTOR T, PLATFOBM HARNESS TO REAR CANOPY HARNESS
POSITION 1 - t
POSITION 1 . OFF 6. INSTRIJMENT CLUSTER
:: P.I. BAfiERY POWER JUNCTION BLOCK
POSTTION 2 . t
POSITION 2.
WARNING LAMPS 7, LEFT HAND FENDER TUFN SIGNALA/V'ARNING LAMP
POSTT1ON 3 -' FOSITION 3 . WARNING LAMPS, TAIL LAMPS, HEADLAMPS 8. BIGHT HAND FENDER TURN SIGNAL^IVARNING IAMP
POSTflON 4 - l
POSITION 4. REAH FENDEH WORK LAMPS, HEADLAMPS
Don 7-38440 g-92 9. LEFT HAND FRONT CANOPY TUBN SIGNAL,A/VARNING LAMP
lssued Printed in England POSITION 5 -
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk POSITION 5. REAR FEI.IDER WORK LAMPS, HEADLAMPS 10. LEFT HAND REAR CANOPY TURN SIGNAL /VAHNING LAMP
OPTIONAL CANOPY WORK IAMPS
powrquadplus
4001 -1 04www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 0s Warning Lamp Turn Signal Wiring rSignal Wiring
Schematic Circuit
(For Tractorspowrquadplus
From PIN NO JJF 1017822)
www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
19s
@ ViR
(1s)
195
VIR
(15)
/ 219
R/O
I (18)
t\ r-l
t(@
I
@
^v
td
i.
196
PN
(10
1S6
PN
I
(15)
ooocroccoa
.!.r@
:::
WR
(1 8)
L 1es P/B (18)
-
201 241
208 P/r (18)
2o7 PIDB (18)
206 BR (18)
{ +oor-zr
{ uoor-rzz
P/DG P/DG
201 (1s) (1s) { ooor-rz,
-
PIDG n qoot-es
r''@
(1s)
203
201 P/DG (16)
203 P (16) *@
1s6 Prv (15)
P
(15)
203 P (1s)
201 PIDG (1
:r:"::.:
203 P (16)
201 P/DG (16)
201
\@
206 206
BR BR
::0,:l 203 -e
fl::v5a
"1 P/DG
'l
,[
P (1 6)
(16) (16)
201 PiDG (11 2O1 P/DG (18)
zuJ L';
(18)---l
";'' 9'l''
P 203 P
5)
I
c- lC 1;6
Pff I
{1
P/DG
2'01
{ +oor+s
{ +oor+s
aL
(18)
A
",,r-l
- riai-$ nat- y' I
200 Y/DG {1 6)
197 PN (1
201 P/DG (1s)
@&@&@&l
174 DB/B (13)
H H HI
$
17s WR (13)
172 R (13)
L 17s R/DG (13)
JA {)- I
- --
o
.4
ffig 206
BR
(16)
J*, 206
BR
06)
JIA (18) (18) t18) (13)
t-' COMPONENTS
1. FUSE F5
MPONENTS
FUSE F5 3. DIMMEB/TURN/HORN SWITCH 11. RIGHT HAND FRONT CANOP 1 1, RIGHT HAND FRONT CANOPY TURN SIGNAL/IffARNJNG LAMP
CONNECTORS
D, PTATFORM HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HAHNESS
.IA.
FUSE F6 FUSE F6 4. FUSHER RELAY 12. RIGHT HAND BEAR CANOPY 12. R|GHT HAND REAR CANOPY TUBN SIGNAL,ryVARNING LAMP B, INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO DIMMER/TURNiHOBN SWITGH
2. I-AMP S1MI TAMP SWITCH 5, FUSE F17 13. TRAILER CONNECTOR 13, TBAJLER CONNECTOR T, PLATFORM HABNESS TO REAR CANOPY HARNESS
POSMON 1 POSITION 1 . OFF 6. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER P1. BAfiERY POWER JUNCTION BLOCK
POSMON 2 POSITION 2. WAHNING LAMPS 7, LEFT HAND FENDER TURN SIGNAWJARNING LAMP ,
,POSMON 3
POSITION 3 . WARNING LAMPS, TAIL LAMPS, HEADI.AMPS 8, RIGHT HAND FENDEB TUHN SIGNAI-^/VAffNING LAMP IP * NOTE: THE DTMMERITURNIHOENSWICH lS GRAUNDED AT
POSMON THE FORWARDIREYEFSE SWITCH, REFER TO PAGE 39
1
POSITION 4 . REAfl FENDER WORK LAMPS, HEADLAMPS 9. LEFT HAND FRONT CANOPY TURN SIGNALTW'AHNING LAMP IG LAMP
POSMON 5
POSITION 5 . REAR FENDER WORK LAMPS, HEADLAMPS 10. IEFT HAND REAR CANOPY TURN SIGNALMARNING LAMP i LAMP
Don 7-38440 lssued 9-92 Printed in England
OPTIONAL CANOPY WOHK LAMPS
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus
4001 - 1 06www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Sectional lndex
107
Left Hand Rear Fender Work Lamp Circuit Test ........... 107
Right Hand Rear Fender Work Lamp Circuit Test 107
Trailer Connector Work Lamp Circuit Test .,.......... 108
Rear Fender Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test ........... 108
Lcft Hand Front Cab Work Lamp Circuit Test ........... 'r0B
Fight Hand Front Cab Work Lamp Circuit Test ........... 109
Front Cab Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test .,......... 109
Left Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp Circuit Test ............ 110
Right Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp Circuit Test 110
Rear Cab Work Lamp Felay Circuit Test ............ tt
Lamp Switch Test (Work Lamp Circuits) ,.............. 11
Schematic Circuit 13
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 - 1 07
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
\OTE: Thebatterymustbeatfutl chargeandall connectionmustbccleanandtightbeforeteslrng. Useamultimeterfor
he tesls.
NOTE: Disconnect the teft hand lender work lamp from the harness, and turn the lamp switch to the REM FENDER
NORK UMP position (position 4).
$ fcrminal forwire ZZ YiolcVYcllowto ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwccn the lamp switch
tcrminal FLl and thc lcft hand fendcr work
lamp. Also chcck thc rcar fcndcr rclay and
thc lamp switch.
NOTE: tl the right hand fenderwork lamp works correctly check wire 224 between the left hand rear fenderwork lamp and '.-/
'hc splicc
Gl Tcrminal for wirc 225 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 225 and thc chassis ground
conncction.
NOTE: Chcck Fuse Fl4, and the left hand lcndcr wcrk lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the right hand lender work lamp from the harness, and turn the lamp swtch to the REM FENDER
NORK WnP position (position ,t).
Tcrmina I lor wir e 224 Yiolct/Ycllow to grcund 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwccn the lamp switch
O terminal FL1 and thc right hand fcndcr work
lamp. Also chcck thc rcar fcndcr rclay and !)
thc lamp switch.
NOTE: lf thelefthandlenderworklampworkscorrectlycheckwire224betweentherighthandrearfendcrworklampand
'he splice
tcrminal for wirc 226 Brown to ground Conlinuity Chcck wic 226 and thc chassis ground
@ conncction.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 0B
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Trailer Connector Work Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn thc lamp switch to the REAR FENDER WORK LAMP position (position 4).
Terminal 2 of the trailcr conncctor for wire 12 Volts Chcck wirc 224 bctwccn thc trailcr
224 VoleVYellow to ground conncctor pin 2 and thc splicc.
Terminal 1 of the trailcr conncctor for wire Continuity Chcck wire 189 and the chassis ground
'I
89 Brown conncction.
Terminal for wirc 222 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit bctwccn thc rcar fcndcr work
@ lamp rclay terminal 85 and thc chassis
qround connection. Also chcck thc chassis
ground connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the REM FENDER WORK LAMP positian (position 4)
lor wire 220 RcdtLisht Grccn to 12 Volts Chcck wirc 220 bctwecn the lamp switch
@ I::n:"| tcrminal FL1 and thc rcar fcndcr work lamp
rclay tcrminal 86. Also chcck thc lamp
switch.
Tcrminal for wirc 221 RcdNiolct to ground 12 Volts Chcck wic 221 and thc batlcry powcr
O junction block conncction.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand f ront work lamp f rom the harncss and turn the lamp switch to the CM WORK LAMP
position (position 5).
Tcrminal for wirc 223ViolcLtslack to ground Bad circuil bctwccn thc lamp
@ 12 Volts switch
tcrminal FL2 and thc lcft hand front cab work
lamp. AIso check thc front cab work lamp
rclay and the Iamp switch.
NOTE: lftherighthandfrantcabworklampworkscorrectlycheckwire223betvveenthelefthandfrontcabworklampand
the splice
rcrminal for wirc 234 Brown to ground Chcck wirc 234 and thc chassis ground
ft) Continuity
conncction.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 09
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Right Hand Front Cab Work Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check fuse Fl and the right hand front cab work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the ight hand front work lamp from the harness and tum the lamp swtch to the CAB WORK UMP
position (position 5).
Gl Terminal for wire 223 VioleVBlack to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the lamp switch
tcrminal Fl2 and the right hand front cab
work lamp. Also check the front cab work
lamp relay and the lamp switch.
NOTE: llthelefthandfrontcabworklampworkscorrectlycheckwire223betweentherighthandfrontcabworklampand
the splice
O Terminal for wire 235 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 235 and the chassis ground
conncction
(B Tcrminal for wire 222 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 222 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp swrtch to the CAB WORK UMP position (position 5).
fii Terminal for wire 227 Red/Brown to ground 12 Volts Check wie 227 bctween the lamp switch
terminal FA and thc lront cab work lamp
rclay terminal 86.
Terminal for wire 231 Rcd//ellowflVhitc to l2Volts Check wire 231 and the battery power
ground junction block connection
Terminal for wire 232VioleVDark Grcen to 12 Volts Bad fronl cab work lamp relay.
ground
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 1 0
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Left Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F4, and the Ieft hand rear cab work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the teft hand rear work lamp from the harness and turn the lamp switch to the CM WORK UMP
positian (position 5).
Tcrminal for wire 205 Brown to ground Continuity Check wirc 205 and the chassis ground
@ conncction.
NOTE: Disconnect thc right hand rear work lamp {rom thc harness and turn the lamp switch ta the CM WORK LAMP
position (position 5).
Terminal for wire 230 ViolctrlVhitc to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the lamp switch
6) terminal FL2 and the right hand rear cab
work lamp. Also chcck the rcar cab work
lamp relay and the lamp switch.
NOTE: tf the left hand rear cab work lamp works correctly check wire 230 between the left and right hand rear cab work
lamps.
Terminal for wire 205 Brown lo ground Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit
4)
Rear Cab Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the OFF position (position 1).
Terminalforwire 222Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit bctwecn thc rcar cab work lamp
6) rclay tcrminal 85 and thc chassis ground
connection. Also check the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the CM WORK UMP position (position s).
Terminalfor wirc 227 Rcdl}rown to ground '12 Volts Bad circult betlvce n the lamp switch
tcrminal FL2 and the rear cab work lamp
relay terminal 86. Also chcck thc lamp
switch.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-1 11
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
fs Tcrminal for wire 228 Molct/Flcd to ground 12 Volts Chcck varc 228 and thc battcry powcr
junction block connection.
f"rrinrlfor wire z]gVrolel to ground 12 Volts Bad reu cab work lamp relay'
Tcrminaltorwire 219 Rcct/Orangc to ground 12 Volts Chcck vire 219 and the battery power
@ junction block connection.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the wMNtNG UMP posilon (position 2).
Tcrminal for wire 220 Redaight Grcen to 0 volts Bad lamp switch.
ground
Tcrminal for wire 220 RcdAight Grcen to 0 Volts Bad lamp switch'
ground
fcrminal for wire 227 RcdlBrown to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch'
4)
NOTE: Tum the tamp switch to the FENDER WORK LAI/IP position (position 4)
Terrninal for wire 220 FlcdAight Grccn to 12 Volts Bad lamp switch'
ground
Tcrminal lor wire 227 Rcd/Brown to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch'
6)
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the cM woRK LAMP position (position 5).
Tcrminal for wire 220 RcdtLight Green to '12 Volts Bad lamp switch.
ground
Don 7-38440
lssucd 9-92 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
4001 -1 1 2
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
4001-113 Optional Flear Cab Work Lamp Wring 0ptional Front Cab Work LamP Wring Rear Fender Work Lamp Wiring
Schematic Circuit
m
v/i
0s)
22O FILG (18)
f:;G-r, I -------
l7r
BIY
{r3)
o 22. R/Bn t18)
13,75
220
FllLG
(r8) 2?2 BR (18) 222 BR (18)
I p22 BB
I n/BR 222 BR {r8) t18)
{18}
232 V,DG (15)------l
@3
r trel--#TiTiJ-
ffih (13)---J
t-" 233 V,lr
33va(r5)_____--l
233 v/B
v/?
224
V/f
183
BR
l- 2gs VrB {151 : I I
(16) t16) {13)
4---..
:
d aoor-so, ss
20s BR (161
coNNECl083
CSMPOilENTS
"I. 2 PEAF CAA WORX LA}P RELAY 5. LEFi tlANO iEAB CAB WOHK TAMP O. 6A8 HARNE$S TO IN TAUMEFTT PAIigL HARNESS
LAMF SWTCH
2t. FMilT CJS ItO*( LAMP SELAY 6. Rle$T HANO REAff CAB WOEN IAMP N, CAB HARilESS TO FENDER HAENESS
POSllroN ', - oFF
23. REAA FANDgl IYORK LAMP BELAY ?, IEFT IIAND THOilT C.AB WORI( LAMP Pl. tsA-TTERY POWEE JUNCTION BLOCK
POSMON2-WABNINGTAMPS
. POSMOil 3 . WATNiNG I.AMPS, TAIL LAMFS, HEADLAil AOLAMP6 3. FUSE F4 8. R|GI"IT HAND- FRONI CAB }!ORK IAMP
DLAMPS 3At RJS€ Fr S, IEFT HAND REAR FENDER WORK LAMP
POSfiON 4 . REAF FSNDER WORK LAMP$, HEADI.',}'P
POSMON S - AEAA FENDEN WONK IjMPS, HEA!i.AUP DLAMPS 38. FI'SE FI{ rO. hIGHT HAND REAR FENDER.WONK IAMP
OP'IIONAL FRONTA}.IO BEAft CAE WOFE( WONK LAMPS 4. IEFT tlAr\O BEAA TUBI{ SGNALTWABN1NG LAMP Il, IRAILEF CONNECTOR
Dm 7-38440
lsued 9-gZ *intsd h Engtand
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-'l 14
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
REAR FENDER, FRONT FENDER AND CANOPY WORK LAMPS FOR
TRACTORS WITHOUT CAB
Sectional lndex
Left Hand Rcar Fcndcr Work Lamp Circuit Tcst ,.......... ....,,.............. . 115
Highl Hand Rcar FcnderWork Lamp CircuitTest ........"... ................. 115
Left Hand Front Fcndcr Work Lamp Circuit Tcst .......,... ...,.......,......... 1-16
Right Hand Front Fender Work Lamp Circuit Test ............ ..,...,,........, '116
Trailer Connector Work Lamp Circuit Test ............ ,.,....... 1 16
Fcnder Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test ............ ,...........,... 117
Left Hand Front Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Tcst ........... ..........,........ 117
Right Hand Front Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Tcst ............ 't18
Left Hand Rear Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Tcst ..,......... 118
Right Hand Rear CanopyWork Lamp Circuit Tcst ........... 119
30 AMP Circuit Breaker Circuit Test ........... 119
Canopy Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test ............ 119
Lamp Switch Test (Work Lamp Circuit) ... . 120
Schematic Circuit 121
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
'15
4001-1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must be at futt charge and all connections must be clean and tight before testing. Use a multimeterfor
Ihc tcsfs.
NOTE: Check fuse Fl4 and the left hand rear lender work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the teft hand rear fender work lamp from the hamess and tum the lamp switch to the FENDER WORK
UMP position (position 4).
Terminal for wire 224 Yiole,rJYcllow to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwcen the fender work lamp
ground. relay, and the left hand rear fender work
lamp.
NOTE: lttherighthandrearlenderlampwcrkscorrectfy,checkwire224betvveenthelefthandrearfenderlampandthe
sp/ice.
€) Terminalfor wirc 225 Brown to ground Continuity Check wke 225 and thc chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Check luse Fl4 and the ight hand rear fender work lamp bulb.
NOTE: DisconnecttherighthandrearfenderworktamptromtheharnessandtumthelampswitchtotheFENDERWORK
UMP position (posituion 4).
Tcrminal for wirc 224 YiolcllYcllow to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the fender work lamp
ground. relay, and the right hand rear fender work
lamp.
NOTE: tt the teft hand rear lender lamp works correctly, check wire 226 between the right hand rear fender lamp and the
sp/ice.
l Tcrminal for wire 226 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 226 and the chassis ground
connection.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001,1 1 6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Left Hand Front Fender Work Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: lf atl the fender work lamps fail to work, check the fender work lamp relay.
NOTE: Check tuse F15 and the left hand front fender work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the teft hand front f ender work tamp f rom the harness a nd tun the lamp switch to the FENDER WORK
LAMP position (position 4).
Terminal for wire 228 Yiolcl/Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the fender work lamp
ground. relay, and the left hand front fender work
lamp.
NOTE: lf the right hand front fender lamp works carrectly, checkwire 228 betvveen the left hand frant fender lamp and the
NOTE: Check fuse F15 and the right hand rear fender work lamp bulb'
NOTE: DisconnecttherighthandrearfenderworktampfromtheharnessandtumthelampswitchtotheFENDERWORK
LAMP position (position 4).
Tcrminal for wirc 228 Vialc{Dark Grccn to 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwccn thc fcndcr work lamp
ground. rclay, and the right hand front fcndcr work
lamp.
NOTE: lfthelefthandfrontfendertampworkscorrectly,checkwire22Bbetuveentherighthandfrontfenderlampandthe
sp/ice.
Terminal for wire 230 Brown to ground Continuily Chcck wirc 230 and the chassis ground
0 conncction.
Tcrminal 2 of the trailcr conncctor for wirc 12 Volts Chcck wirc 224 betwccn thc trailcr
224 \fioletNellow to ground. connector pin 2 and thc sPlice.
Terminal 'l ol thc trailcr conncctor for wirc Continuily Chcck wirc 189 and thc chassis ground
189 Brown to ground. connection.
Don 7-38440
lssucd 9-92 Prinlcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-t17
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Fender Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the OFF position
(position 1),
Chcck Points Bcadino
*---:l
Possiblc Cause of Bad Reading
@ Tcrminal for wire 222 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 222 and the chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the FENDER WORK LAMP position (position 4).
Terminal for wire 220 RcdAight Grccn to 12 Voits Check wire 220 between the lamp switch
ground terminal FLl and the fcnder work lamp rclay
tcrminal 86. Also chcck the lamp swtch.
(F) Terminal for wirc 221 Rcdlttrolct to ground 12 Volts Check wie 221 and thc battcry power
junction block conncction.
(D fermlnallar 223 ViolcVGray to ground 12 Volts Bad fender work lamp relay
NOTE: Check the left hand front canapy work lamp bulb.
NOTE: DisconnectthelefthandfrontcanopywarktampfromtheharnessandtumthelampswitchtotheCANOPYWORK
LAIVP position (position 5).
(D Terminal for wire 234 Violct to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit belwccn the canopy work lamp
relay and the lcft hand front canopy work
lamp. Also chcck thc canopy work lamp
relay and the circuit breakcr.
NOTE: tf the right hand tront canopy work lamp warks corrcctly check wire 234 bctween the lcft hand front canopy work
lamp and the splice.
(D Tcrmlnal for wire 235 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 235 and the chassis ground
connection.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -'l 18
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Right Hand Front Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: lf all the canopy work lamps fail to work, check the 30 amp circuit breaker. Refer to page 119.
NOTE: Check the right hand front canopy work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the ight hand front canopy work lamp from the harness and turn the key to the CANOPY WORK LAMP
position (position 5).
terminal for wire 234 Violet to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the canopy work lamp
@ relay and the right hand front canopy work
lamp. Also check the canopy work lamp
rclay and the circuit breaker.
NOTE: lf the left hand front canopy work lamp works correctly check wire 234 between the right hand front canopy work
lamp and the splice.
(!l Terminal for wire 236 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 236 and the chassis ground
conncction.
NOTE: Check the left hand rear canopy work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnectthe lelt hand rear canopy work lamp from the harness and tum the lamp swtch to the CANOPY WORK
position (position 5).
LAMI'>
NOTE: lf the ight hand rear canopy work lamp works correctly check'wire 237 between the left hand front canopy work
lamp and the splice.
@ tcrminal for wire 238 Brown to grounri Continuity Chcck wirc 238 and thc chassis ground
conncction.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 1 I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
RightHandRearCanopyWorkLampCircuitTest
NOTE: tf all the canopy wark lamps laitta wark, check the 30 amp circuit brcaker'
NOTE: Check the ight hand rear canopy work lamp bulb'
NOTE: Disconnect the right hand rear canopy work lamp from the harness and turn the lamp switch
to the CANOPY
WORK UMP position (Position 5).
NOTE: tf the left hand rear canopy work lamp works concctly check wire 237 betvvecn the
right hand rear canopy work
lamp and the splice.
rcrminal for wirc 239 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 239 and the chassis ground
4) conncction.
Terminal for wirc 232 VioleuDark BIuc to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwccn thc canopywork lamp
ground relay and the 30 amp circuit breakcr. Also
check thc canoPY work lamP relaY.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the OFF position (postion 1)'
Bclwccn the terminals of the 30 amp circuit continuity Bad circuit breakcr'
breaker
Tcrminal for wirc 222 Brawn to ground Continuity Bad circuit bclwcen the canopy work lamp
relay terminal 85 and the chassis ground
conncction. Also check thc chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Turn the tamp switch to the )ANAPY WORK LAMP position (position 5),
fB Terminal for wire 227 Rcd/Brown to ground 12 Volts Chcck wie 227 bctween thc lamp switch
tcrminal FA and the canopy work lamp
relay terminal 86. Also chcck the lamp
switch.
Don 7-38440
lssued 6-92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 20
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Rcading Possiblc Causc of Bad Rcading
Terminal for wirc 231 PintVRcd to ground l2Volts Check wire 231 and the battery powcr
6.) junction block connection.
Terminal for wire 232 Yrolc/Dark BIuc to 12 Volts Bad canopy work lamp relay.
ground
6?l Terminal iorwire 21 9 Rcd/Orangc to ground l2Volts Check wire 219 and thc battcry powcr
junction block conncction.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch ta the WMNING LAMP position (position 2).
Tcrminal for wire 220 Rcd/Light Grccn to 0 Volts Bad lamp switch'
ground
6ti) Tcrminal for wirc 227 RcdlSrown to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEADLNVP position (positron 3).
Terminal for wirc 220 Rcd/Light Grccn to 0 Volts Bad lamp switch.
ground
6li) Tcrminai for wirc 227 RcdlSrown to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch
NOTE: Turn the tamp switch to the FENDER WORK LAMP position (positian 4).
Tcrminal for wirc 220 RcdlLight Grccn to 12 Volts Bad lamp switch.
ground
(!i) Tcrminal for wirc 227 Rcd/Brown to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the C/NOPY WARK LAMP posttion (position 5
Tcrminal for wire 220 Rcd,4-ight Grccn to 12 Volts Bad lamp switch.
ground
6Ii) Tcrminal for wirc 227 Rcdl}rawn lo ground 12 Volts Bad lamp switch,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
4001-121 Optional CanoPY Work LamP Wiring Fender */ork LamP Wiring
Schematic Circuit ET:
E
219
@@ R/O
(1 8) 220 R/LG (18) 22CH|LG (18) _- 221
Rl/
-(11)
227 R/BR {1B)
t6J
r_--
ffr/w
(18) @.-
{+oor-roe,rosl
3
a
Ia
o
o { o*,-*, * 4001-127
a
|
@-,
.. 222 BR (181
2228,R (181
a 4001 -1 03,1 05
o %3
. 232 2nsR(81- 22.*llgl Bs-
t G
f-- { +oorce,
J
ViDB
r__
r-
{1 1) z24VN(1
I r,3vtc
\@ @{i" 222
BFr
-
I
I
222
BB [
223 v/G (1s)-
'l'@) (1 8)
@)@
@1
t\
(16)
ll
'i
_--s\\\\\\\ fr \
,aaorrrlJ I ,,sDcN
189
BH
I
233 G (111 | 228 03)
V/DG
\ 7 vflv (16) {1s)
228vlDG (16)
234 v (1 6)
@t
COMPONENTS CONNECTOBS
1. LAMP SWITCH 2. CANOPY WOBK I-AMP RELAY 7. RIGHT HAND FRONT ( 7. HIGHT HAND FRONT CANOPY WORK LAMP D. PLATFORM HABNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
POSMON 1 . OFF 2A. FENDER WOHK LAMP RELAY 8. LEFT HAND REAR CAI 8. LEFT HAND REAR CANOPY WOBK LAMP T, PLATFOHM HARNESS TO CANOPY HARNESS
3. CIRCUIT BREAKEB 9. BIGHT HAND FEAR Ci 9. RIGHT HAND FEAR CANOPY WORK LAMP P1. BATTERY POWEB JUNCTION BLOCK
POSIIION 2 - WABNING I.AMPS
4. FUSE F15 10. LEFT HAND FRONT FI
POSITION 3 . WABNING TAMPS, TAIL LAMPS, HEADIAMPS 10. LEFT HAND FRO}.IT FENDER WORK LAMP
11. BIGHT HAND FRONT
4.
REAR FENDER WORK LAMPS, HEADLAMPS 4A. FUSE F14 11 , HIGHT HAND FRONT FENDER WOHK IAMP
1
POSITION
5. THAILER CONNECTOR, 12. LEFT HAND REAR FEI
POSTNON 5 - REAR FENDER WORK LAMPS, HEADHMPS 12. LEFT HAND REAR FENDER WORK LAMP
OPTIONAL CANOPY WORK LAMPS 6. LEFT HAND FRONT CANOPY WOBK LAMP 13. RIGHT HAND REAR FI
13. RIGHT HAND REAR FENDER WORK LAMP
Don 7-38440 lssued 9-92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001,122
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE AUXILIARY POWER CONNECTOR, INSTRUMENT
PANEL AUXILIARY POWER CONNECTOR, CIGARETTE LIGHTER, ELECTRIC
SEAT AND TRAILER CONNECTOR POWER CIRCUIT
Sectional lndex
Right Hand Console Auiliary Power Connector Circuit Test ............ ........,,............ 123
Right Hand Consolc Atxiliary Powcr Conncctor Supprcssion Diode Circuit Tcst............ .,..........123
Test
lnstrumcnt Panel Alxiliary Powcr Conncctor Circuit .................. 124
lnstrument Panel Auiliary Power Conncctor Supprcssion Diode Circuit Test ............ .............,....124
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-123
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: Thebatterymustbeatfultchargeandallconnectianmustbecteanandtightbeloretesting,Useamuftimeterfor
lhe tests.
$ ferminal for wirc 252 Brown to ground Conlinuity Chcck wire 252 and the chassis ground
conncction.
Gl Terminal for wire 255 Red/Yellow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the battery power
junction block and the auxiliary power
connector terminal 2. Also check the
battery powcr junction block connection
and thc suppression diode circuit.
NOTE: Turn the key to the aN position.
O Termlnal forwire 251 Bcd/Orange to ground l2Volts Bad circuit between the keycd power
junction block and the auxiliary powcr
conncctor tcrminal 3, Also chcck the keyed
power clrcuit and thc supprcssion diodc
circuit.
O Tcrminalfor wirc 255 Rcd/Ycllow to ground 12 Volts Check wirc 255 between thc splice and the
battcry Powcr suppression diode.
Tcrminalforwirc25'l Bcd/Orangcto ground 12 Volts Check wire 251 bctwccn thc splice and thc
€l kcycd powcr suPPrcssion diodc.
(l Terminal for wirc 256 Brown to ground Continuity Check wirc 256 and thc chassis ground
conncction.
@ Tcrminal lor wirc 256 Brown to grouncl Ccntinuity Check wirc 256 bclwccn thc battcry powcr
and keycd power supprcssion diodcs.
NOTE: ll the readings are correct check the suppression diode, refer to Page 125
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-124
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnstrument Panel Auxiliary Power Connector Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuses F7 and F12.
Gl Terminal for wire 262 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 262 and the chassis ground
connection.
Terminal for wire 258 Red/Ycllow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwcen the battery power
Q junction block and the auxiliary powcr
connector terminal 2. Also check thc
baltery power junction block connection
and the suppression diode circuit.
NOTE: Tum the key to the ON Pasition.
(fil Terminal forwirc 260 Rcd/Orangc to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betlvecn the keyed power
junction block and the auxiliary power
connector terminal 3. Also check thc kcycd
powcr circuit and the suppression diode
circuit.
lerminal for wire 258 Red/Yellow to ground 12 Volts Chcck wire 258 betwccn fuse F12 and the
@ battery power suppression diode.
(D Terminal forwire 260 Red/Orange to ground 12 Volts Check wre 260 belween fuse F7 and the
keyed power suppression diode.
(F Terminal for wire 262 Brown to ground Continuity Check wie 262 between the battery power
suppression diode and the auxiliary powcr
connector.
(E Terminalfor wire 262 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 262 bctwcen thc battcry power
and keyed power suppression diodcs.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check thc suppression diode, rcfcr ta Page 125
Don 7-38440
lssucd 9-92 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400.1-.125
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Suppression Diode Test
NOTE: The pracedurc for checking the suppression diodc is the samc for each diodc
NOTE: The positive tead of the mulimeter must go to the male terminal of the diode.
NOTE: Change the leads of the multimeter over so the positive lead of the multimeter goes to fhe female terminal of the
diode.
S Tcrminal for wire 127 Brown to ground Continuily Chcck wie 127 and the chassis ground
connection.
(TI Terminalfor wirc 255 Fcd/Ycllow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwccn the battery power
lunction block and thc cigarctte lighter. Also
check the battery power junclion block
. connection and the suppression diode
circuit
NOTE: D[sconnect the electic seat from the harness and turn the key to the ON position.
terminal forwire 251 Rcd/Orangc to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwcen the keyed powcr
@ junction block and the clcctric scat motor
connector terminal A. Also check the kcycd
powcr circuit.
Tcrminal for wirc 253 Brown 1o <,'r'ound Conlinuity Chcck wirc 253 and the chassis ground
C1 conncction.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check the electric seat motar.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 26
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Trailer Connector Power Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F31.
Terminal 4 of the trailer connector for wire 12 Volts Check wire 251 between terminals 4 and 7
251 RedlOrange to ground of the trailer connector
€l Terminal for wire 189 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 189 and the chassis ground
connection.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk 40c 40a1-127 Auxiliary Power Wiring Cigarette Lighter Wiring lnstrument Panel Ar 'Wiring lnstrument Panel Auxiliary Power Wlring Electric Seat Wiring
Schematic Circuit
ffi
2s1 FUO (1 2s1 ff/O (1 uffEF 2s1R/o (1 .-@
--7i--- { +oor - s3, es, 103, 1os
*@
.-/1' 257
Rlf
257
Hio aoor - rc, 7s, Bs, 85
/t'- (13i (1s) { 4001 - 113,121
\|
\,\
1 Rfr (11) 4001 - 131 251
HiO
(1q
251
Fl/O
--@
!: 251 R/O (11 tls)
,\ tl
i\ :!
:;
255
F/r I I
189
BR
il i.i
zs'(1 1) I (1 3)
\ ,i!
FUO
(1 1)
L I
P fl/o
I (15
251
1a
rl
m0 R/O 260 FUO i15F-
255
RTT
(1 1)
.:
251 258 251
F|/O Rff
.\/ (1 1)
2e BR (1
262 BR (16) (,t5)
FUO
(15)
260
it R/O
li
r'@
(1s)
.j,- I
't na i
+ -@
,!)o
BR
\o d+oor-sa,
,ilo
BB
253
BB
(15)
189
BR
(1 3) (13) 03)
CONNECTORS
COMPONENTS
.I. 4A, RIGHT HAND CONSOLE AUXLIAHY POWER AE 8. ELECTRIC SEAT MOTOR A. TMNSMISSION HABNESS TO INSTBUMENT PANEL HARNESS
F31
FUSE )NSOLE AUXILIAFY POWEH
LIGHT BLUE 9.7 D. CAB OR PLATFORM HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HAHNESS
2. FUSE F3 BATTERY POWER SUPPRESSION DIODE R SUPPRESSION DIODE 9. TMILEB CONNECTOB
E. TMNSMISSION HARNESS TO RIGHT HAND CONSOLE HARNESS
2A. FUSE F12 5. CIGARETTE LIGHTER {TER
6. INSTRUMENT PANEL AUXLIARY N. CAB HARNESS TO REAB FENDER HARNESS (CAE TRACTORS ONLY)
28. FUSE F/ NELAUXILIARY
POWER CONNECTOR
P1. BATTERY POWER JUNCTION BLOCK
3. RIGHT HAND CONSOLE AUXLIAHY GTOR
7. INSTRUMENT PANEL AUXLI,AHY POWER P2. KEYED POWEH JUNCNON BLOCK
POWER CONNECTOR NELAUXILIARY POWER
4. RIGHT HAND CONSOIS AUXILIARY POWER BATTERY POWEH SUPPBESSION DIODE R SUPPBESSION DIODE
Don 7-38440 lssued +92 Printed i rd $92 Printed in England KEYED POWER SUPPRESSION DIODE 7A. INSTRUMENT PANEL AUXILIARY POITYER A}.IEL AUXILIARY POWER
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk KEYED POIVER SUPPHESSION D}ODE SUPPRESSION DIODE
4001 - l 28
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
RADIO, INTEFIIOR I.-AMP, RIGHT HAND CONSOLE I-AMP
AND INSTHUMENT CLUSTER ILLUMINATION (DIMMER)
Sectional lndex
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 29
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NoTE: Thebaftery mustbe at full charge and all conncctions mustbe clean and tight before testing. use a multimeter for
lhe tests.
tcrminal for wirc 270 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 270 and the chassis ground
Q connection.
Don 7-38440
lssucd 9-92 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 30
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnterior Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F3 and the inteior lamp bulb.
O Terminal for wire 255 Hcd//ellow to ground l2Volts Bad circuit between the battery power
junction block and the interior lamp. Also
chcck the battery powcr junction block
connection.
@ terminal for wire 275 Brown to ground Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit. Also check the
chassis ground connection.
(li) Tcrminals for wirc ?75 Srown Continuity Check wirc 275 bctween the chassis ground
terminals of the lamp assembly.
NOTE: lf the readings are corecf check the interior lamp assembly.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the aFF position and disconnect the right hand conso/e lamp from the harness.
@ terminal for wirc 275 Brown to ground Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit. Also chcck thc
inte rior
lamp and chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Tum the lamp switch to the HEMLAMP position (posilion 3).
o) Tcrminal for wirc 276 Tan to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwcen the lamp switch
tcrminal HD and thc right hand consolc
lamp. Also check the lamp switch.
NOTE: For tnctors without deluxe instrument clustens, the instrument cluster will illuminate when the lamp swrtch is in the
headlamp position (position 3).
NOTE: Discannect the instrument cluster from the harness and turn the lamp switch to the HEADUMP lamp position
(position 3). ,A/so check the instrument cluster illumination bulb for lruclors without deluxe instrument c/uslers.
Pin 36 of thc instrumcnt clustcr conncctor 12 Volts Chcck wie276 bclwccn fusc F13 and thc
for wirc 276 Ian to ground instrumcnl clustcr conncctor pin 36.
NOTE: lf thc reading is correct checkthe instrument cluster chassis ground circuit, referto Page 15.
Don 7-38440 lssucd 9-92 Pnnlcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
400'l -131 Radio Wiring lnterior Lamp and Right Hand Console Wiring
Schematic Circuit
254 254
&rY Hlv
(1 1)
1M Rlv/w (18)
(1 1)
I I
+oor - ra I {*,
1[ I
") t I
171
6'@
254
b
254 rlGloocoSo
R
(1 3)
171
tl
(1 3)
Rl/ Rff
I
I I
01) (1 1) I
ldqoo
{ooo, -r {001 -133
oql
I
I
l"
I
{*,
255 R^/ (i8)- ,a,] tfi1
38 O (18)
171 H (1
R/1il
(16) I
r
4[>
1[+oor
ts
+oot - rs 3s
R/DB
o
/ ,r, nrr,
@ ar-
fo
273 Y (18)
I
(1
I
3)
274 BR/( (18) Oru
&t
I 38
t-\
l/ )t u"BR/G(18)
o
(1 8)
275r(16)--J
I
Ds t_: e9 6@l 35
270 BR (18)
I
L_
@
r'@
19R/V 275r {1 er-l?lEI
3t
-rt:
27sT (1 - zr
Rl/ {+oor
i -ss
(1 5) -{sl!ll
3[+oor 25s
ffi.:-- Blr
(1 8)
270
I
BR
I
(1 8) 255 H/Y 0 8) ----------'---r
1[aoor
-ss 270 BR (18) ) BB (18) \
270
BR
36 BH (16) BR
06) (18)
I
lesl
(--1-
) coraponer
:r,{i1l:
x,*giii CONNECTORS
\-/ COMPONENTS
D. CAB HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HABNESS IMENT PANEL HARNESS :K I NOTE: FAR TRACTORS UP IO P/N NO JJF 1A17717
1. KEY sw 1. KEY SWITCH 5, RIGHT HAND SPEAKEE CONNECIOF B lS SECUfiED TA THE /NSLSUMENI PANEL
S$fiTI
2. THANSi R. INSTBUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO DIMMER/TURNiHORN NESS TO DIMMER/TURN/I-IORN SWITCH
2. TMNSMISSION CONTROL RELAY 6. ANTENNA HABNESS
FHOM PIN No JJFl01718 ONLY)
FRACTORS JJFl017718 oNLY)
2A. ACCSE 7. BADIO
2A. ACCSESSORY POWEB RELAY
W. INSTBUMENT PANEL HABNESS TO HFADTAMP
DIMMER RELA' INESS TO HEADI-AMP DIMMER HELAY rK e NOIE: FOR TRACTOBS FFOM PIN NO JJF 1017718
3. FUSE F 3. FUSE F32 8. FUSE F3 CONNECTOE W /S SECU8ED TO THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL
UP TO PIN No JJF 1017/17 ONLY o JJF 1017717 ONLY
ORACTOHS
3A. R]SE F
3A. FUSE F3O 8A. FUSE F13 . HAFNESS.
38. FUSE P1. BATTERY POWER JUNCTION BLOCK ON BLOCK
F
38. FUSE F2O S. LAMP SWITCH
3C, FUSE f 3C. FUSE F2S 10, INTERIOR LAMP
3D, FUSE I 3D. FUSE F19 1 1. RIGHT HAND CONSOLE LAMP
3E. R'SE T
3E. FUSE F17 12. INSTBUMENT CLUSTER CONNECTOR
lssued 9-92 Printed in England
4. LEFT H
Don 7-38440 kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk 4. LEFT HAND SPEAKEfl
4001 -1 32
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FRONT AND REAR WINDSHIELD WIPER/VVASHERS
Sectional lndex
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 33
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NorE: Thebatterymustbeatfull chargean<l alt cannectionsmustbecleanandtightbeforetcsting.Useamultimeterfor
lhe lests.
position.
NOTE: Disconnect the front windshield wipcr motor from thc hamess and turn the key to the ON
ferminal for wire 281 Gray/Hed to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between thc front windshicld
Q wipcr motor conncctor terminal C and the
kcycd powcr junction block. Also chcck the
kcycd power junction block circuit.
NOTE: Turn the front windshield wiper swrlch to the LOW (l) position
NOTE: Turn thc windshield wiprtrlwashcr switch to thc HIGH (ll) positiort
Terminal for wirc 284 Gray/Dark Grccn to 12 Volts chcck wtre 284 and thc front windshicld
ground wiPerlwasher switch'
NOTE: Turn the key and the windshield wiperlwasher switch to the oFF position.
7| Tcrminal for wirc 285 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 285 and the chassis ground
connection.
Tcrminals lorwircs 281 Gray/Ecd anl,2B2 continuity check v'nre 282 and the front windshicld
Gray/Black wiperlwashcr switch
NOTE: tf the readings are correct check the tront windshield wiper mator'
Gl Tcrminal for wirc 287 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 287 and the chassis ground
connection.
positicsn and hotd the lrant windshield wiperlwasher switch in the ryASH
positian.
NOTE: Tum the key to the oN
tcrminalfor wire 286 Gray/Black to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwecn the front windshicld
@ wipcrlwashcr switch tcrminal W and thc
front windshie ld washer motor.
NoTE: lf the readings are carrect replace the front windshield washer motor
Don 7-3B440
lssucd 9-92 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 34
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Front \Mndshield Wiper/YVasher Switch Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F8.
position.
NOTE: Disconnect the front windshield wiperlwasher swfch from the harness and tum the key to the ON
Terminal for wire 281 Gray/Red to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit belween the keyed power
0 iunction block and the front windshield
wiperlwasher switch terminal B. Also check
thc keYed Power circuit.
NOTE: Tum the front windshield wiperlwashcr switch to the LOW (l) position.
Between terminals B and L of the front Continuity Bad front windshield wiper/washcr switch.
windshield wiperlwasher switch
NOTE: Tum the front windshietd wiperlwasher switch to the HIGH (ll) position.
Bewvecn terminals B and H of thc front Continuity Bad front windshicld wiperlwashcr switch.
windshicld wipcr/washcr switch
NOTE: Tum the front windshield wiperlwasher switch to the oFF position.
Betwecn termlnals B and p of tlre front Continuity Bad front windshield wiperlwasher switch
windshield wiperlwashcr switch
NOTE: Hold the front windshietd wiper washer switch in the wAsH position.
Between terminals B and W of thc lront Continuity Bad front windshield Wperlwasher switch.
windshield wiperlwashcr switch
NOTE: Disconnect the rear windshietd wiper motor from the harness and turn the key to the ON position
Terminal for wirc 288 GrayMhitc to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwccn the kcycd powcr
Q junction block and terminal B of thc rear
windshield wiper motor connector.
Terminal for wire 290 GraylDark BIue to 12 Volts Check wire 290 and the rcar windshicld
ground wiPcrAruasher switch'
Don 7-38440
Issucd 9-92 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 35
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the key and the rear windshield wiper/washer swtlches to the OFF position.
terminal for wire 291 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit betwecn the rear windshield
@ wiper motor connector terminal D and the
chassis ground connection. Also check the
chassis ground connection.
(D Terminals f orwires 289 Gray and 291 Brown Continuity Chcck wire 289 and the rcar windshield
wipcrlwasher switch.
NOTE: Tum the key to the AFF positian and disconnect thc rear windshield washcr motor from the harness
(E) Terminal for wire 287 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit between the rear windshield
washer motor and the chassis ground
connection. Also check the chassls ground
connection.
NOTE: Turn the key to the AN position and hold the rear windshield wiperlwasher switch in the WASH position.
Terminal for wire 292 GraylDark Grecn to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the rear windshield
ground wiperlwasher switch terminal 3 and the rcar
windshicld washer motor. Also chcck the
rcar windshicld wiperlruashcr switch.
NOTE: Disconnect the rear windshield wiperlwashcr swilch fram the harncss and tum the key to the ON position
(El Terminalfor wlre 288 GrayAVhite to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the keyed power
junction block and the rcar windshicld
wipcrlrvasher switch.
Betwecn terminals 6 and 2 of thc rcar Continuity Bad rcar windshield wiperlruashcr switch.
windshicld wiper/washcr swrtch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 36
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Tum the rear windshield wiperlwasher switch to the AFF position.
Between terminals 5 and 7 of the rear Continuity Bad rear windshield wiperlwasher switch.
windshield wiper/washer swttch
NOTE: Hold the rear windshield wiperlwasher switch in the WASH position.
Between terminals 3 and 6 of the rcar Continuity Bad rcar windshicld wiperrl,rrasher switch,
windshield wiperlwashcr switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Front Windsheild Wiper Wiring Bear Windsheild Wiper Wiring
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk 4AOr137
Schematic Circuit
280 Fi/G
(13)
o9 ..3o
p
Y
, K--)i
j)N
281
G/R 286 GiB (16) 286 G/B (16) (1 6)
288
c^v
(15) ffi-ru
(rs) *irdtatr
iL__------
II I
W--1
iiii'
jiiii! iii
, iii
i: .288
)I( \\ o. \:::
I
281
trol
1t
:x)N$ Y
';; ,---.aa,r\ c/R
I
A B
-/
I
r-V
t- \. ".Y
/
(1s).r.1 286
G/B
82
G/DG OJ
-/,,:r:: rF-
'l7
f'
(1 6)
:.
LN\ .-i, \
o
---*r
281 G/R (1s) 6)
_ .'v'
t; t-1.--
;;:\rV',,/ /'.',
6
> lDl>
[--:,i
292
\ ' irj/ \
\;'x,\
G/DG
t16)
.t E
--{ \/ \
'a\
.. i\ .. \,l "\
b
.#{ .\/t i
/..\ 2s1 BR (16)
i ,
't ,t"
-*)fr
j
.\l
J
'i*V,#
291
BR
6)
(1
COMPONENTS CONNECTORS
1. FUSE F8 D. CAB HARNESS TO INSTHUMENT PANEL HARNESS 'ESS
1A. RJSE F2 V. CAB HARNESS TO FENDER HARNESS
2. FRONT WPERIWASHER SWITCH P2, KEYED POWER JUNGTION BLOCK
1G................... LIGHT GHEEN 3. FRONT WINDSHIELD WPER MOTOR
4. FBONT WNDSHIELD WASHER MOTOR
5. BEAR WINDSHIELD WASHER MOTOR
6. HEAH WPEFUWASHER SWITCH
7. HEAE WNDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
Don 7-38440 kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk lssued 9-92 Printed in England
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 38
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
BLOWEH MOTOR AND AIR CONDITIONER
Sectional lndex
139
CIRCUIT TESTING
139
Blower Motor Circuit Test ............
139
Circuit Breakcr Test ............
140
Blower Switch Test .....,.....
140
Resistor Board Test
141
Air Conditioner Compressor Circuit Test '.'.
141
Air Conditioner Control SWtch Circuit Tcst '.,.'.......
142
Air Conditioner Lockout Relay Circuit Tcst . .. .....'
143
Air Conditioner lndicator Lamp Circuit Tcst '..........
143
Suppression Diode Circuit Test.
145
Schematic Circuit
I)on 7-38440
lssucd 9'92 Pnnlco in EnQIand
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 39
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIHCUIT TESTING
terminal for wire 308 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 308 and the chassis ground
Q conncction.
NoTE: Tum the key to the oN position and the blowcr switch to the Law $ position'
to 12Volts checkwire302bcilveentheblowermotor
Terminal for wire 3o2 GtaylDark Blue
groundswilchterminalLandtheresistorboardconnector. Also check the blower motor
switch.
Tcrminal for wirc 304 Gray/Black to ground 12 Volts Check wire 304 bctween the blower motor
O switch terminal M and the resistor board
connector, Also check the blower motor
switch.
NOTE: Turn the blower swrfch to the HIGH (lll) position'
ferminal for wire 306 GrayiWhitc to ground l2Volts Bad circuit between the blower switch
? terminal H and the resistor board connector'
Also check the blower motor switch and the
blower motor rclaY (if equiPPcd)'
blower motor
NOTE: tf the readings are correct check the resislor board and the
Bctwee n thc terminals of the circuit brcakcr Continuity Bad circuit breaker
Termlnal for wirc 301 Gray to ground 12 Volts Blower motor circuit shorted to ground
0
lssucd 9-92 Printcd in England
Don 7-38440
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 40
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Blower Switch Test
NOTE: Disconnect the blower switch from the hamess and tum thc keY to the ON position.
@ Tcrminal for wire 301 Gray to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the circuit brcaker and
thc blowcr switch tcrminal B. Also check thc
circuit breakcr.
NOTE: Tum the bletwer swrfch to the LOW (l) position
Between terminals B and L of thc blcwcr Continuity Bad blower switch.
switch
Belween tcrminals B and C ol thc blowcr Continuity Bad blowcr switch.
switch
NOTE: Turn the blower swrfch to the MEDIUM (ll) position.
Bctween tcrminals B and M of thc blowcr Continuity Bad blower switch.
switch
Bctwccn tcrminals B and C of thc blowcr Continuity Bad blower switch.
switch
NOTE: Tum the blower swrlch to the HIGH (lll) position.
Bctwccn tcrminals B and H of thc blower Continuity Bad blowcr switch.
switch
Bctwecn tcrminals B and C of thc blowcr Continuity Bad blower switch.
switch
NOTE: Allow the resrstors to cool before the fallowing tests are carried ottt.
NOTE: Tum the key to the ON position and tum the blower switch to the HIGH (lll) position.
Gl Tcrminal for wire 307 Black to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwecn the blower motor terminal
H and the resistor board connector.
NOTE: Tum the key to the aFF positian and connect the resistar board to the blower motor.
NOTE: Tum the key to the ON position and tum the blower switch to the LOW (l) position.
Q Icrminal for wirc 303 Whitc to ground I2 Volts Bad circuit between thc blower motor tcrminal
L and thc rcsistor board.
NOTE: lf the reading is carrect and the blower motor lals to opcrate or operatcs at high specd, replace the resistor bowd.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 41
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Tum the blower swrtch to the MEDIUM (ll) pasition
(fil Tcrminal for wire 305 Red lo ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the blower motor terminal
M and the resistor board.
NOTE: ltthereadingisconectandtheblowermotarfailstoopemteoroperatesathighspeedreplacetheresistorboard'
NoTE: TumthekeytotheoNposition,thebtowerswitchtotheLow(l),MED||JM(ll)orHIGH(ltl)positionsandsettheair
canditioner control switch to MMIMUM cooling'
to Page 143'
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check the supprcssion diode, refer
Chcck Points
Rnarlinn Possible Cause of Bad Heading
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-142
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Air Conditioner Lockout Relay Circuit Test
NOTE: Beforc any tests are canied out on the air conditioner circuit, refer to Section 9002.
(F Terminal for wirc 312 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 120 and thc chassis ground
connection.
(B Tcrminals for wire 311 Gray//ellow Continuity Chcck wirc 3'11 betwccn the air conditioner
lockout relay terminals 86 and 87.
NOTE: Disconnect the air conditioner high and low pressure swltchcs from the hamcss.
NOTE: Tum the keyto the ON position, the blower switch to the LOW (l), MEDIUM (ll), or HIGH (lll) position and setthe air
conditioner controlswttch to the MAXIMUM cooling position.
fB Terminal for wirc 310 GrayNiolet to ground '12 Volts Check wire 310 between the air conditioner
switch and the lockout relay.
Tcrminal for wirc 313 GrayiDark Bluc to 12 Volts Bad ai conditioner lockout relay.
ground
NOTE: lnstatt a suitabte jumper lead between terminals A and B of the air conditioner high pressure switch connector
(harness srde).
O Tcrminalfor wire 31 1 Gray/Yellow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwcen tcrminals 30 and 86 ol
thc air conditioner lockout relay.
Tcrminal for wire 313 Gray/Dark Bluc to O Volts Bad air conditioner lockout relay,
ground
NOTE: Remove the jumper tead from the air conditioner high pressure swtch connector.
(D Tcrminalfor wirc 31 1 Gray/Ycllow to ground 12 Volts Bad air conditioner lockout rclay.
NOTE: lnstalt a suitable jumper lead between terminals A and B of the air conditioner low pressure switch connector
(harness side) and tum the key to the ON position.
6i) Terminalfor wirc 31 1 Gray/Ycllow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwccn the air conditioner
control switch and thc indicator lamp.
NOTE: lf he readings are correct check the high and low pressure swtches, refer to Section 9002.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 43
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Air Conditioner lndicator Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check the air conditioner indicator lamp bulb'
circuit'
NOTE: lf the readingis cOnect checkthe air conditioner lockorLt relay
Iterminal for wire 314 Brown to ground ContinuitY Check wire 314 and the chassis ground
@ connection.
so the positive tead of the multimeter goes to the female terminal of the
NOTE: Change the leads of the multimeter over
diode.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -powrquadplus
1 44 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
30s I
:" nL- gf
{ r!i
308
,rrrrr/ 3
(1.)
315 BR (16)
I
BA Iw
l)
*,.( *
r''
11 I (r+t
30a r
snL T
g7
313 G/SB {16)
1t+l-{ I
3 I
ct.i 309
B
l1s)
J I
lYl +*-ll
lFl 'iB',ii
ffi.i:tut
-r
\
310 Gty (16)
I
I
I
ll
:Y-i
-=-Ji::
611 Gtf (16)
e/\
(le)
3!3
G8B
it6)
c
I
lr-
)"-- ( I
Itl
A
lvl
It,tl i'g'i
:'"rin;!
r:.t'-i.!$ l?l
" B;'
308 j-*;l
13 G/DB ils) _T
BR 3r0 G// {16) _GTera_ 310 Gli/ (lq I
{1 1}
I 312 315
{ta s8
I
t1 5) (16)
I
I
I I
@ CONNECTOAS
coMPoNENTS
L/l 8. AIR CONOITIOiIEB LOCKOUTWARNING IAMP B, ENGINE FTARNESS TO INSTRUMENI PANEL HARNESS
].CISCINT BREAKM 9. AIR CONDITIOI.IER COI,|PfiESSOR CLUTCH D. CAB HAFNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HAEN€SS
2. BLOWES SI{ITCH r0. suPPREsslo\ otooE P2. KEYED POYJEFI JUNCTION BLOCK
3. B€SISTOS BOARO
34, BLOWEH MOTOH CONIROL SWTCH
4. AIH CONOMONER CONTROL SWN WITCH
5. H'CH PRESSURE SWTTCH LOCKOUT HELAY
Don 7-38440
8. AIR CONDITIONSR LOCKOUT REr,'
l$sued 9'9 prir{ed in Englaild
?, LO$/ PSSSSURE SWITCH
TYITCH
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
4001
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
t \r
'. 't't
4001-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SHOP EOUIPI'/ENT TOOLS
GENERAL INFORMATION 3
SCHEMATIC SYMBOI S 4
q
FUSES AND RELAY LOCAT]ON
FUSES 5
STARTEN, KIY SWITCF] KEYED POWEN, FUEL SHUT-OFF AND ETHER START ,7
FRONT AND RIAR WINDSIIIELD WIPtN,ryVASHERS , BLOWTN MOTON AND AIR CONDITIONER 108
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SHOP EQUIPMENT TOOLS
.q I
.&.-;
. I l,.l:'
W
'.t) \ .q#la
'
't,?2"?'
'l
,:tr
"g '-J
_l
aTrT
GENERAL INFORMATION
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS
20 wrY (18) Schematic Wirc Bcfcrencc Number (20) Color Code (W//) Wire Gauge (18)
A -
Connector With ldentification Numtrers or L-etters Fr:r Example Connector A Pjn or
Terminal A
Componcnt Conncctor With ldentif ication Nurnbcr or Letter Sccurcd to lhe Component by
-i@ a Screw or Nut
o Check Point
Qnn Pann -
Y .. YELLOW
o ORANGE
. VTOLET (PURPLE)
Bn.. BnowN
DB.. . DARK BLUE
LB. . .. LIGHT BLUE
DG ... DABK GREEN
ILV,....,.,..,..
r'l ..IIGHT GREEN
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FUSE AND REI-AY LOCATION
SM0996A
RIGHT HAND FUSE BEI"AY BLOCK
LEFT I-]AND FUSE RELAY BLOCK
FUSES
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
BULKHEAD CONNECTORS AND LECTRI C OMPONENT LAYOUT
o
./
---
-' l= ]=.\
i[ ,;i \\
il\
<nty'
P1
\\
2i.,r
\, \\
\"
sM0997
Viewed From The Engine
@ @
i-t @
.t,l @ ar=-l
'rui t.-.1
i
L-
\.-2'
z'l \ e
\ :,:: --- / l
\-:, I
P1 \o
"/ SM0998B
COt\4PONENTS CONNECTORS
1, STARTER RELAY A. TRANSMISSION HARNESS TO INSTRUIUENT PANEL
2, HEADLAMP DIMMER REI.-AY HABNESS
3. AUDIBLE ALABM B. ENGINE HARNESS TO INSTBUMENT PANEL
4. FLASHER RELAY HARNESS
5. CANOPY WORK LAMP OR AIR CONDITIONER C, CAB OR PLATFORM HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL HARNESS
6, LEFT HAND FUSE/BELAY BLOCK P1, BATTERY POWER JUNCTION BLOCK
7. RIGHT HAND FUSE/RELAY BLOCK P2. KEYED POWEH JUNCTION BLOCK
8. CHASSIS POWEB RELAY (SECURED TO HARNESS)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-7
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-B
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must be at f ull charge and all connections must be clean and tight before lesting. lJse a multimeter for
the tesfs.
NOTE: For testing and repair ol the starter motor, scc Scclion 4003 in your senrice manual.
Q fcrminal for cablc 2 Rcci to gr<-rund 12 Volts Check the battcry cables between the
starlcr motor solenoid terminal B and the
positrvc terminal of ihc battery
NOTE: Put the range lever and the F-N-n lever rn NEUf RAL, disengage the PTO and hold the key in the START pasition
tern,nal for wirc 5 Whitc io ground 12 Volts Check wirc 5 and thc startcr relay circuit
@
NOTE. lf thc readlngs ate correct sec Scclron 4003 and chcck thc slarter molar solcnord
NOTE. Turn the kay to the aFF position and ramovc the startcr rclay
Gl Terminai for wirc B Brown,&Vhitc io grounc 3 9 OHMS Bad circuit bctwecn thc F-N-R switch
Approxrmatcly tcrminal 4 and thc starter relay terminal 85
Also check thc F-N-R switch circuit
fcrminals ior wirc 5 Whife Con:inurly Check wirc 5 bctwccn the startcr relay
@ :crrrinal 87 and ihc slarter solenord
:ormrnal S
Gl Tcrminal for wire 4 Rcd to ground 12 Volts Check wirc 4 and the battery powe r lunction
block connection
NOTE: Put the range levcr and the F-N-R lever in NEUTRAL, drscngage thc PTO and hold the key to the START position.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Forward/Neutral//Reverse (F-N-R) $witch Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the Key to rhe OFF posltion and remove the starter relay and disconnet the F-N-R switch from the harness al
cannector E.
lMPORTANT..OntyuseahighimpedancemultimetertotesttheF-N-Rswitch. Donotuseatest/ampardamagetathe
switch may occur.
Terminal for wire 11 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 1 1 and the chassis ground
@ connection.
Terminals for wirc 8 Brown,&Vhite Continurty Bad circuit behryeen the starter relay and
G) conncctor E Also check the starter relay
(l ferminal for wtre 6 Red to ground 12 volts Chcck wirc 6 and the batiery power junction
block
NOTE: Disconncct the key svtitch frorn lhc harness and turn thc key 1o the ACCESSORY position
Betwee n terminals BATT and Acc of thc key continuity Bad key switch
switch
Betwecn terminals BATT and IGN of the key continuity Bad key switch,
switch
Betwccn terminals BATT and ACC of lhe kcy continuity Bad key swrtch
switch
Don 7-39274
lssued 1 1-93 Prinled in Englani
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
' .,i '; '
I .L'r*j
4001 -1 0
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Chassis Power Relay Circuit Test (Keyed power)
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position
(il lrrrlnulfor wire 14 Brown to ground Continuity Check wirc t4 and the chassis ground
conncction
@ terminal for wire 13 Red to ground 12 Volts Bad conrrection at thc battcry powcr
junctir:n block Also chcck wirc 3. .1
(E Terminalforwirc 12Rc|lOrangc to ground 12 Volts Chcck wia 12and thc kcy switch
(D fcrminal for wire 15 Bcd/Wnrtc to ground 12 Voits Bad chassis powcr rclay
Check Points
rcgqgg Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Terminal for wire 17 Dar.k Blue/Red to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch and the
ground fuel shut-off solenoid
NOTE: lt' the rcading is correcl chack thc fuel shui-off solenord connection or replace the fuel shut-off solenoid as
oecessa4/.
Tcrminal ior wirc 21 Brown to ground ContinuinT Check wrre 21 and the chassis ground \-/
conncctton.
NOIE: Turn the key to the ON position and hotd the ether start switch in the ENERGTZED piosition.
Termrnal for wirc 20 Dark BluclWhilc tc 12 Volts Bad circuit betwecn the ether starl solenoid
ground and the ether start switch
NOTE: lf the readings are correct replace the ether start sotenoid
@ I,ejn:"r ror wire le Dark Brue/Grav to 12 Volts Bad circutt betwecn the key switch and the
cthcr start switch
Terr-ninal lor wirc 20 Dark BiucAvhiic to 12 volts Bad cthcr start switch
ground
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check v'rire 21 bewveen the ether start switch and the ether start solenoid.
Dor 7 39270 lssued 11-g3 prinled in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-1 1
t9
rt'o R
o
7 W (18) OE'G DBR
(rq (1q
{ eoor-zs
{r3)
H
-T
e
2
B
{:r0)
7 w {18.)
b
DBTT
(r3)
r;;
17
DB/F
(r5)
80 B'1" {18)
'F
m
85 B "6" {18)
oB,w
(r3)
724',2',1181
,0 B "4" {18)
{ roor+.enr
tt
B
(?01
tt
BF
(t8l
X
{ aoor-sorr
COMPONENTS
t BATTERY
@ rurr- sHUT€FF soLENorD ?t
-l
-a
tl
1
@ STARTER MOTOR
@ cHessrs PowER RELAY
@ SIARTER RELAY
o FUSE F19
* NOTE: Ihe F-lrl.F switch is magnetically actuated.
I-: I in England
@ FU$E F22
Fl5 )--
@ FUSE
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Burtd Speed Sen$r Clcrn Test (Dduxe Cluster Only) .-....-.. """"""' 2A
rsrrment ctster l(m RPM PIO Dbptay Circtit Test.-...-.--... ..""..'...'..' 20
i,lOTE: For he 4th Frlngelfuvg,eWaming Lamp (tubter Fkshe? .Citcuit Test refer to page 24
i,lOTE: For tE High kan WillW l-amp Ckcuit IeS relbr to page 62-
NOTE: fu the Tum Sigral Wan*g lamp Cicuit Test refer to page 72.
CIRCUIT TESTING
useamultimeterfor
NOTE: Thebatterymustbeatfutt chargeandall connectionsmustbecleanandtightbeforetesring.
powrquadplus
the lest. www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Prn 31ol the inslrumcni clustcr connectcr Continu ty Check wire 57 and the clean ground
and the battery negative tcrminal (clcan connection at thc battery negativc terminal
ground) (clean ground).
the instrumcnt clustcr conrrcctor to 12 Volis Check wires 33 and 34 Also check the
G) ]f":t keyed power lunction block.
Pin '1 5 of the instrumcnt cltistcr conncctor lo 12 Volls Bad circuit between the accessory power
ground relay terminal 87 and the instrument cluster
connector. Also check the accessory powcr
relay.
ferminal for wirc 36 Brown and ground Continuity Check wirc 36 between terminal 85 of the
@ acccssory power relay and thc chassis
ground connection Also check the chassis
ground conncction.
for wire 35 Rcd/Dark Siuc tc 12 Volts Check wire 35 between the battery power
6 Tcrminat
lunciion block and the accessory
power
grouno
relay terminal 30 AIso check the battery
power junction block connection
fcrminal for wire 18 RedMhite to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the key switch and the
@ accessory power relay terminal 86 Also
check the key switch.
Terminal for wirc 37 Rcd/Violct to ground 12 Volts Bad accessory Power relaY
@
T"tnl,nul for wire 37 Red/violet to ground 12 Volts Check wire 37 between the accessory
Gl power relay terminal 87 and fuse F32
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-14
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Alternator Circuit Test
NOTE: Check thc altcrnator warntnq lamp bulb.
re|.minal for wire 31 Yellow to ground l2 Voits Bad circuit betwecn the instrument clustcr
{) and thc altcrnator D t tcrminal. Also chcck
thc inslrumcnl clustcr powcr circuit
NOTE: ll Lhe readings arc corrcct chccx tita altc'natcrscc Sccl/on 40C8 ,;t.t yo,tr Scrvtcc l'/,anual.
NOTE: Turn the kay to the OFF position ancl dtsconnect the tnstrument cluster from the harness
NOTE: Disconnect wire 32 yellowlBrown from the alternatar W terminal. Connect a stgnal generator to wire 32 and
praqramme the signat generator to generate a srynal as shown rn the table below (sec manufacturcrs tnstructions) Turn
nekeylo the ONpos ition and press lhe cngtnc rpn luncf.bn bullon on lhe instruntcnl clustcr (dcluxc c/uslcrs only) and
check thc rpnt display an the tnstrumcnt cluslci "Nith tt:e tabla bclow
NOTE: lf the readings are cofl'ect repair ar replace the alternator, refer to Seclion 4008 in your Service Manual.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF positron. cirsconr.ecl lhc trislrumcr'tt clusler lrom the harncss
NOTE: lf the readings are carrect check the instrument cluster power and chassis ground circuits, refer to Page 13.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-15
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Parking Brake Warning Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Engage the parking brake, put blocks rn front of and behind the rear wheols.
Betwcen the terminal of thc parking brake Cont nuity Bad parking brake switch.
switch and the swltch Dody
NOTE: Hotd the switch rn thc discngagc pastttan (plunger rn))
Bctween thc terminal of the parking brake No Continuily Bad parking brake switch
switch and the switch body
(B Tcrminal for wire 44 Yellow/Black to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the instrument clustcr
connector (pin 17) and the parking brakc
swrtch. Also check the warning lamp diodc
module
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position, Disconnect the instrument cluster f rom lhe harness and check the parktng brake
warninq lamp bulb.
NOTE: Ihe lransmrss ion otl must be al normal operatirtg ternperature (above 100' F) and the hydraulic f ilter must be lrcc
fron restrictions, Drsconnect the hydrauticlilter temparatura and rcstriction switchcs from the harness. Turn thc key to
thc ON posrlion
IMPORTANT. Do nor allow the disconneaed termlnal far wire 46 ta shoft ctrcuit to ground.
fEi Tcrrrinal for wire 45 YcllowWiric :o g'ounci 12 \/oiis Bad circuit betwecn the instrument cluster
conncctor (pin 21) and the hydraulic filter
te mperaturc switch. Also check the warning
lamp dlode module
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the instrument cluster from the harness
Terminal for wirc 46 Yellow/Brown io ground 12 Volts Bad hydraulic filter tcmperaturc swltch. Also
@ check wirc 46 between the hydraulic filter
tempcraturc and restriction switches.
Don 7-39270 lssued 11'93 Prinlr:d in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position
Terminal for the hydraulic filtcr restriction No Continuity Bad hydraulic filter restriction switch
switch to ground
NOTE: The air fitter must be f ree f rom restrictrons Disconnect the air f ilter restriction switch f rom the harness and turn the
key to the ON posrtion.
G) Terrninal for wire 47 Dark Grccn to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwcen ihe rnstrument cluster
conncclor (pin 29) and the air lilter
rcsiriction switch Also check the warning
lamo diodc modulc
NOTE: Turn thc kcy to tha OFF posilton and clrsconncct thc instrument cluster from the harncss
Tcrn inal for wire 47 Dark Grcen and pin 29 conlinuily chcck wie 47
of the insirument clustcr
tcrminal for wire 48 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wrrc 48 and the chassis ground
@ conncc:ron
Bctween lhc lerminals oi the air iiltcr No Conlinurty Bad arr filter rcstrlction swilch
rcstriction switch
NOTE: Remove the warning tamp test retay. Put the F-N-R lever in FORWARD and hold the key in the START position.
Terminal for wire 7 Whrte to ground 12 Volts Bad crrcurt between the key switch and the
€) warning lamp lest relay Also check the kcy
switch
Terminal for wire 43 Brown/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwcen the warning lamp test
ground diode module and the warning lamp test
rclay. Also chcck thc warning lamp diode
module
Flll Tcrrninal for wirc 36 Brown to ground Continuily Chcck wire 36 and thc chassis ground
connection
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-17
NOTE: lf the readings ara correct rcplace the warntng lamp test relay.
NOTE; lf any of the warning tamps fatl to come an, when the F-N-R lever is in forward or reverse and the key is in the start
position, check the warning lamp bulbs. lf the warning tamps still fail to come on, check the warning lamp test diode
module. Also if for example, the alr filter warning lamp comes on, when the parking brake is engaged, check the warnlng
lamp test diode module.
NOTE: Disconnect the warning larnp dlode module from the harness and turn the key to the ON position.
Terminal B for wire 44 Yellow/Black of thc I2 Volts Check wire 44 between terminal B of the
module connector to oround module connector and the parking brake
circuit splicc.
Terminai C for wrre 45 YellowMhitc ol thc 12 Volts Check wire 45 between tcrminal C of thc
nrodule connector to ground module connector and the hydraulic filler
restriction switch circuit spllce.
Termina D for wirc 47 Dark Grccn oi tnc 12 Volts Chcck wrrc 47 bctween termlnal D of thc
modLrle connoctor to ground rrodulc connector and the atr filtcr
'csrricrior sw tch circ;it spl cc.
NOTE: Put the F-N-R lever rn the FORWARD positton and hold the key in the SIARI position.
Terminal A for wirc 43 Brown/Dark Bluc of Continuity Check wire 43 between terminal A of thc
the module conneclor to ground module connector and the warning lamp
lest re ay terminal 30. Also chcck thc
warning lamp test relay
NOTE: The negative lead of the multimeter must ga to terminal A af the diode module.
Bclwcen thc lcrnrrnals 3 and A o1 thc tliodc Contrnuity Bad drodc module
nrodulc
Bctwccn the terminais C and A o'thc dtodo Continuity Baci diode module
module
Bctwecn the terminals D and A of thc dlode Continuity Bad diodc module
modulc
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 1B
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Reading Possiblc Cause of Bad Reading
Bclwccn thc termrnals E and A oi thc diodc No Continuity Bad dlode module.
modulc
Bctween tho tcrminals F and A of thc diodc No Continuity Bad diode modulc.
module
NOTE: Change the leads of the multimeter over so the posrlive lead of the multimeter goes lo terminal A of the diode
nodule
Belween the tcrmtnals A ancl B of :hc diodc No Continui:y Bad diode module
rnodule
Bctwecn the tcrminals A and C of the diode No Continuity Bad diodc modulc
module
Bctwecn ihc tcrminals A and D of ihc diodc No Con:inuity Bad diodc rnodulc
moduie
Bctween thc tcrminals A and E of thc diodc No Coniinuiiy Bad diode modulc
modulc
Bchtrccn the terminals A and F oi the diodc No Continuity Bad diode module
modulc
(tl) Tcrm,nal for wirc 39 Brown/Light Grccn to Continuity Bad circuit bctween thc instrumcnt cluster
Y o,t,, 2o o'tnc'ns:rLmcr': cr-s;cl connector pin 26 and thc radar conncctor
tcrn:lrlal A.
Terminai for wirc 40 l_ight Grccn to oin 33 ol Continurty Bad circuit bctwccn the instrument cluster
thc instrument clustcr conncctor pin 33 and the radar connector
terminal B
Tcrminal for wire 41 Light Green/Rcd lo pin 3 Continuiry Bad circuit betwcen the instrument clustcr
o{ thc instrurncnl clustcr conncctor pin 3 and thc radar connector
:crminai C.
@ fcr-,nal. for wjre 42 Light Grocn,Ycllow to ContinuilT Bad circuit bctwccn the instrument cluster
prn 37 oI thc inslrumc^1 cluslcr connector pin 37 and the radar conncctor
terminai D
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit Test
NOTE: Disconnect the engtne coolant sender from the harness and turn the key ta the ON position.
Terminal for wire 49 Uark Green/Black to 48 Volts Bad circuit between the enqine tempcraturc
ground Approximately sendcr and the instrument cluster
NOTE: lf the reading ts correct replace the engtne caolant [emperature sender
Tcrminal for wrrc 49 Dark GrccnlB ack to pin Continuity Check wire 49 between coolant
'1
6 of the instrumenl cluster conncctor tcmpcrature sender and the lnslrumcnl
clustcr connector.
NOTE: lf the readings are carrect checkthe tnstrument cluster pawer and chassrs ground circuits, referto Page 13.
6D Tcrminal for wrre 5O Light Bluo to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwee n the oil pressure switch
and thc instrumcnt cluster connector
NOTE: Turn the kcy tt: the OFF posttion and chcck the otl prassurc warnrng lantp bulb
NOTE: lf the readings are carrcct chcck the instrument clustar pawcr and chassis ground ctrcuit, refer to page 13
WARNING: Never operate the engine rn a closed building, proper ventilation is required under all
circumstances .
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
AAU-20
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Ground Speed Sensor Circuit Test (Deluxe lnstrument Cluster only)
NOTE: Disconnect the ground speed sensor from the harness.
6l!l Terminal for wire 52 Brown ground Continuity Chcck wire 52 and the chassis ground
connection.
Bctwccn tcrminals A and B of thc ground 2925 to 3575 Bad ground speed scnsor
spccd sensor Ohms at
Boom Tcmpcraiurc
Tcrminal for wirc 51 Ycllow/Dark Blue to pin Continurly Citcck wirc 51 bctwccn the ground sensor
28 ol lhc inslrumcnt clustcr conncctor and thc instrumcnt cluster connector
NOTE: ll the reaclings are correcl adltts[ or reStlace the gtrrotind speed Sensor.
Tcrminal for wire 54 Brown,Mhilc to ground Continuity Chcck wirc 54 and the battery negativc
@ terminal conncction.
NOTE: Put the PTO output shaft in the 1000 rpm postt,on.
Betwecn the tcrminals of lhc 1000 rcm PTO Continuity Bad 1000 rpm PTO switch
switch
NOTE: Put the PTO output shall rn the 540 rpm posttron
Between thc tcrminals ol thc 1000 rpm PTO No Continuity Bad 1000 rpm PTO switch
switch
Terrninal for wrrc 53 yellow/Dark Grocn and Contrnuity Chcck wirc 53 bctwocn thc 1000 rpm PTO
Pin 22 oi thc instrumcnt clustcr conncctor switch and thc instrument cluster
connector.
NOTE: tf the reading is correct check the instrument c/usler power and chassrs ground circufts, refer to page 13.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-21
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Fuel Level Sender Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the fuel level sender from the harness
Tcrminal {or wirc 55 ycllow/Lrght Blue to 4.8 volts Chcck wire 55 between the fuel level sender
ground Apcroximatcly and the instrurnent cluster connectol
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the instrument cluster from the harness.
Don 7-39270
lssued 11-93 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Ll-)t t' -?)
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
4001-23
Schematic Gircuit
Altemator Accessory Power Relay lnstrument GlusterWarning Lamps and Gaugeo
*ffi
{ *oror
3r Y 06)
gt v oot---fiTFTaf- sr v (ro)
32 Y,BR (18)
szvrsnire) -{EEF 32 YiBR (
r r{t6)r r-(16l-r. 34 Y/R fi6) 34 Y/8 O6)
5o 1o )e
38 O {r8} 38 O {r8)
39 8R/LG (18)
qrb
ffi
09 BR/LG {18} 39 BR/LG 118]
40 LC (r8! 40 LC {18}
3rl 6
40 LG {'r8}
dl LG/R {18) 4'l LGi/B tr8, 41 LGUA (18)
YI R
.'rl t6)
{ aoor-roz-{ 42 LG/Y {rS} 42 LG/Y fl8} 42 LG/Y 0S)
i{E
L- rr4 Y/B {r8} 44 YrS {18}
45Y,W(18) 45 Yflu (18) 45 Ylri, {r8}
--__-{F--
4TDGirs)- 47 OG fl8) 4? OG flB)
49 OGi/B (18) 4r, DG/B (r8)
45 47 50 LB (r8) 50 LB {r8}
35 YAY DG n,
(r8)
J&
R/DA {rq ts)
{r3} R/\'
{r5)
TI
I
{mor*s h s5 YILB (r8)
I
l
,8 R/W ('16) I 5r
Y,LB
30
R
{n
{ oot-os
07 B
'
t15)
4? DG (18)
(D't"
t'lt I
I
15
/w
l8)
t18!
BR'W
(r3)
{ *oor.t Q. J,
{ mor.rr /l
a7
B/V
(10
itlla$oB{161 44
Y'B
(r8!
\ ,?B
{8
BB
36 (r8)
8B
(ro
COMPONENTS
c
.RUMENT
HYDRAULIC FILTER TEMPERATURE SWITCH ffi rnar.rslrrssoN HABNEss ro INsTRUMENT
FUSE F19
@ PANEL HARNESS
HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
@ FUSE F17
@ ffi eNorNe HARNEss ro INSTRUMENT T
PANEL HARNESS
GROUND SPEED RADAR CONNECTOR
@ FUSE F32
@
FUSE F3O aa AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
ffi CeE HAHNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS {NEL HARNESS
@ ro
.ffi rneNsrrusstoN HARNESS GBouND sPEED )UND SPEED
SNGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER
@ FUSE F2O
@ RADAH HARNESS
@ FUSE F21 (9 ENGINE OIL PHESSURE SWITCH ffi BATTERY POWER JUNCTION BLOCK )K
Sectional lndex
Tes1............
Fonryard/Neutral/Reverse (F-N-H) Switch Circuit ....................28
Forward/Reverse Latching Helay CircuitTes1............. ............29
Tes1.....,.......
Forward/Reverse Latching Relay Diode Module Circuit ........30
Tes1.............
4th Range Switch (Reverse Lockout) Circuit ...........,........,....31
NOTE: Turn the key to the aFF position ancl disconnect the forward solenold and the forvvardlreverse suppresston diodc
module from harness.
Terminal for wire 88 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 88 and the chassis ground
Q connection.
NOTE: Put the F-N-R lever tn the FOBWARD position and turn the key to the ON position
ferminal for wire 87 Light Blue to ground 0 Volts Check lorward relay circuit
@
NOTE: Put the F-N-R lever in the NEUTRAL position and then back rnto the FORWARD position
Terminal for wirc 87 Light Biuc to ground I2 Volts Bad circuit bctween thc forward relay and
Gl the orward solenoid Also check the
f
tern,,ual 1or wirc B7 Lrght Bluc lo ground 12 Volls Bad circuit bctween thc forward/reverse
@ suppression diode module connector
terminal D and the sPlice
NOTE: lf the readinqs are Carrect check the forvvardlreverse suppress/on diode module, refer to page 26
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the reverse solenoid and the foruard lreverse suppression diode
module from harness.
ferminal for wirc 85 Brown io ground Ccntinuity Chcck wirc 85 and the chassis ground
O con nectton.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4041-26
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Put the F-N-R lever in the REVERSE posltion and turn the key to the ON position
Terminal for wire 84 Lrght Eluc/Black to 0 Volts Check rcversc relay circuil
ground
NOTE: Put the F-N-R lever in the NEUTRAL position and then back into the REVERSE position.
Tcrminal for wrre 84 Light Bluc/Black to 12 Volts Bad circurt betwecn the reverse relay and
ground thc rcve rsc solcnoid Also che ck the
forward rclay circuit
Tcrminal for wrre 84 Light Bluc/Black to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwccn the forward/revcrse
ground supprcssion diodc module connector
tcrminal C thc splicc.
NOTE: ll the readings arc correct chack lhe lorwardlrcverse supprcssion dtodc module crrcutt.
@ tcrminal for wire 89 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wrro Bg and thc chassis ground
conncction.
NOTE: The positive lead of the multimeler must to terminal C of the diode module.
NOTE: Chanqe the leads over so the negative /ead goes to termrnal C ot the diode module
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-27
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Forward Relay Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and check fuses F7B and F19-
Tcrmrnal for wrrc 75 Brown to ground Continurly Bad chassis ground circuit Also check the
O chassis ground connection.
NOTE: Put the F-N-B tever in the FOBWA7D posttion and turn the key ta the ON position
NOTE: Put lhc F-N-R lcver in ihc NEUTRAL posrtion anC then back into the FORWARD position
Terminal for wire 76 Whitcit ight Bluo to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the forward/reversc
ground latching rclay terminal 87 and the foruvard
rclay terminal 30 Also check thc
forward/revcrse latching relay,
Tcrrrinal for wire BO Rcrj/Lrght Bluc io 12 Volts Chcck wiro 86 bctween the F-N-R switch
ground terminal 6 and the forward relay terminal 86
Also check the F-N-R switch.
terminal for wirc 87 Light Blue to ground 12 Volts Bad forward rclay
@
NOTE: lf the readings are correct check tlte auclrble alarm suppression diodc module circuit, refer to page 33
NOTE: Check tuses F1B and F19 and rerrtove the reverse relay
t) Termlnal for wirc 83 Brown,4Vhitc to ground Continurty Bad chassis ground circuit. Also chcck thc
4th rangc/revcrse lockout relay and thc
chassis ground connection.
NOTE: Put the range lever in 4TH RANGE. Turn the key to the ON posttion and put the F-N-R lever rn the rcverse posttton
(D Terminal for wirc 83 Brown,AlVhitc to grouncl No Coniinuity Check thc 4th range/revcrso lockoul relay
and thc 4th range switch.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position then back to the aN positron
Tcrminal for wirc 76 White/Light Bluc to 0 Vo ts Chcck thc forward/reverse latching re lay
G) grouno and F-N B swich circuits
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -28
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Put the F-N-R lever rn the NELJTRAL position and then back rnto the REVERSE positton
Tcrminal for wire 76 Whrtc/Light Bluc to 12 Volts Check wirc 76 beMeen terminals 30 of thc
ground foru,uard and reverse relays Also check thc
forward rclay circuit.
Tcrminal for wirc 79 Red/Dark Bluc tr.: 12 Volts Check wire 79 between the F-N-R switch
ground terminal 1 and the reverse relay terminal 86
AIso ohcck the F-N-R switch.
NOTE: tl the readings are correct check the audtble alarm drode module ctrcutt, refer to page 33
NOTE: Disconnect the F-N-R switch trom the harness at connector E and turn the key to the ON position.
dh Tcrmnal for wire 71 Whrtc/Rcd to ground 12 Volts Bad crrcuit betwccn the key switch and the
F-N-R switch tcrminal 2. Also check the key
switch, refcr to page 7.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and put the F-N-R switch rn the NEUTRAL position
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-29
ferminal for wire 75 Brown to ground Contlnuity Bad chassis ground circuit. Also check the
@ chassis ground connectlon.
NOTE: put the F-N-R lever in the FORWARD position ancJ turn the key to the ON positlon
lD Terminal for wire z0 Whrtc/Bed to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwcen the key switch and thc
forward/rcvcrse latching relay terminal 30
Also chcck thc key switch, refcr to page 7.
Termrnai for wire 76 White/L-iqht Bluc to 12 Volts Bad forward/rcverse latching relay
ground
Termrnal for wirc 74 Whrte/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Bad circuit between terminals 87 and 86 ol
ground thc forward/rcverse latching relay. Also
chcck thc forward/revcrse latchlng rclay
drode module
Don'/-39270
lssued '1
1-93 Prlnted in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 30
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Forward/Reverse Latching Belay Diode Module Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the key to thc OFF position and dtsconnact the lorv'tardlrcvcrsc latchrng relay diode module from lhe
harness.
NOTE: Put the F-N-R lever in the NEUTRAL positron and turn the key to the ON positron.
NOTE: The positive lead of the multimeter musl go ta termtnal E of the diade module
NOTE: Changc tha lcads ovar so thc positivc laad al thc mullrrneter rnusl ga to [crminal F of tha diode module.
NOTE: Make sure there rs NO CONI/,AiUlW between termtnal E or F and any of the rematnrng terminals of the diode
rnodule.
NOTE: ttLrn the key to thc OFF pasition and rcrnovc lhc 4th range reverse lockoul and reverse relays.
-l-crminal
for wire 81 PinVBrown to gror,nd 39 Onrns Bad chassis qround circuit Also chcck thc
4l Aporoximalcly 4lh rangc switch.
F]F Tcrminal for wirc B1 PinrvBrown to grcund No Con:inuity Chcck the 4tn range switch
PIi T"rr,nrl for wire 75 Brown to ground Con:inuily Chcck wirc 75 and the chassis ground
corrcclion
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001,31
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Disconnect the instrumenl c/usler from the harness
Tcrmrnal for wirc 84 pink/Red and pin 4 of Continuity Check wire 84 between the instrument
the rnstrument cluster connector cluster connector pin 4 and the lockout relay
terminal 87.
NOTE; Turn the key to the ON positron ancl put the F-N-R lever rn the BEVERSF position
Tcrminal for wirc 79 RcdiDark Bluc to 12 Vots Bad circuit betwccn the F-N-B switch
.1
ground tcrminal and the lockout relay terminal BO
Also check the F-N-R switch.
NOTE: lnstatl the 4th range lockaut retay ancl put the range lever in the 4TH RANGE positron
(}) Terminal for wire 83 Brownryhitc to ground No Continuity Bad lockout rclay
NOTE: lf the readings are corrcct chcck thc instrument cluster powcr and chassis ground circuits, refer lo page 13-
Term,nal for wirc 82 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 82 and the chassis ground
@ conncction
Belween terminals i anrj 3 of the 4tir range 3.9 Ohms Bad 4th range switch . Adlust or replace the
switch switch as neccssary, refer to Section 9001
Betwccn lcrmrnals I and 3 of ihe 4th rangc No Continuity Bad 4th range switch . Adiust or replace the
switch switch as neccssary, refcr to Scction 9001
NOTE: lf the readings correct check the circuit bevvccn the 4th range lockout relay terminal 85 and the 4th range
ar1-
switch terminal 1. Also check the 4th range lockout relay
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -32
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Neutral lndicator Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF posltion and check the neutral indicator bulb
tcrrninal for wirc 78 Brown to grouncl Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit. Also check the
O chassis ground connection.
NOTE: Put the F-N-B lever in the FORWARD positton and turn the key to the ON position
Tcrminar for wirc 77 Ycllow,tDark Bruc io 12 Volts Chcck wtrc77 betwccn the forward/reverse
qround latching rclay tcrminal B7A and the neutral
rndicator lamp. Also check thc latching
rclay.
Torminal lor wire 77 YallowlOark Bluc to 0 Volts Chcck thc latching relay circuit
ground
6E) Tcrrninal for wire 7B Brown lo ground Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit Also check thc
chassis oround connection.
NOTE: Put the F-N-R levcr tn thc NELJIRAL position and turn thc kcy lo lhc ON position
Termrnal for wire 84 Light BluelBlack to 12 Volis Check wirc 84 bctween thc reverse rclay
ground terminal 87 and the reversc indicator lamp
Also chcck thc rcverse relay.
6fl Tcrmlnal for wirc 44 Ycllow/Black to grouncl Ccntrnurtv Bad chassis ground crrcuit. Also check thc
oarking brakc switch, rcfcr io pagc '1 5
NOTE; Put the F-N-R lever rn rhe NEUTRAL positton arid turn the key to the ON positon.
Tcrminal lor wire 90 WhrtclDark Bluc to 12 Volts Bad crrcuit betwccn the forward relay
ground terminal B7 and thc audible alarm Also
chcck lhc audrblc alarm diodc module
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -33
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Poinl Reading Possjble 9ayse of Ba{Heqding
Terminal ior wire 90 White/Dark Blue to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the reverse relay
ground tcrminal 87 and the audible alarm, Also
check the audiblc alarm/auxiliary power
diode module.
NOTE: Put the F-N-R lever in the NEUTRAL position and turn the key to the ON position
@ Terminal for wire 87 Light Bluc to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the forward relay
terminal 87 and the diode module.
@;ml'i for wire 84 Lisht Bluc/Black to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwecn the revcrse rclay
terminal 87 and the diode module,
NOTE: The negative lead of the multimeter must gtro to tcrminal F- of the diodc module.
NOTE: Change the leads of the multrmeter over so the positive lead goes to terminal E of the diode module.
NOTE: Make sure there ts No Conttnuity between the terminals A, B or C and termrnals D, E or F of the dioda module
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-35
70wrn (16)
71 lrerR {16) ?1 w/8 (101
I 86 R/lA (r8) 86 FyLE {16)
6 70 7l 79 RIOS (r8) 79 n OB (1S)
?9 n DB (1e'
B w/R WR 74 R/DB (16)--:-
00t tr6) (r6l
74 A/D8 (rO 76wLB {r5) -
80 B "1' flq
{ coor-rr
75
- f4.*,.* 85 B *6"'(181
76wLA {16}
BR
72 B'2' (r8,
(18)
r0 B "4" fl8)
{ ooor-r I
eb
is d aoor-rr
E/.W ?5176 67 LE (rq ----l
Ir-:t(,)
.
)"#
-
(16) BB IW/LS 94 LsB il6) I
-BtLryB(16)---r
i. 83 BR/W (r8)
I @{* 75 BB tr8)
rbt
87 LB {18}
lY; #HEH
l9 -_-
?6 w/LB {16)
18 ljl ISffi BElil
76 lr/LB (16l
06) |
80 t18)
n il, lvl
*f-sl'1'1" - 83 ES,W t18) s4 LB/B I
(r6) 84 Lgr/B (18)
-
p/BR (.rB)
?5BBflq - 84 LAIB (r8) ooJ
(16)1
ww
75 8R tr8)
-o."
18
4oor-23 I
L71
|
I
(D(
-
87 r.a {t8} 8? LB {18) a,
LA
I
*,-ruurr-\-
@)ffi 8l PIBR {r3}
\--
{r0}
t____J
{ aoor.sr
Ii-
*&
4r*r-,0.J rn
l^1 T
75
B8
{t8} *"gqlvl lvl
- -f,-oatAuay ,,,X ffi @ "l
Hl
ff
I
I
AR 3t
{16}
6{*"*u., {16}
COMPONENTS
e FUSE F19
@ DIFF LOCK WARNING LAMP
@ ronwanDSoLENo
@ FUSE F18
C nevensE rNDrcAToR LAMP
@ REVERSE BELAY
e FOBWARDINEUTBAUHEVERSE (F-N.R} SWITCH
WITH 8.9 OHM RESISTORS
Iffi
rtlgY
TRANSMISSION HAI
HARNESSTO RIGHT HAND CONSOLE HARNESS
INSTRUMENT PANE
@ FORWARD RELAY {NEL HARNESS TO FORWARD/
BATTERY POWEB J
@ PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ip#i :R JUNCTION BLOCK
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Don 7-39270 lssued '11-93 Printed in England
4001-36 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
powrquadplus
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must bc at t'utl chargc and all cannecttons must be clean and trght before testing. Use a multtmeter for
NOTE: For tractors not equipped with remote switches, refer to schematic circuit Page 51 . For tractors equrpped with
rcrnate swllches, refcr to schematic crrcult Page 53.
NOTE: lf the hitch fails to apcratc when using the hrtch control switch and the hitch control warnrng lamp flashes
continuously, check the hitch control relay chassrs ground circuit through the remote swilches or connector G
NOTE: Turn the key to thc aFF posilion. Disconnect the raise solenoid, slow solcnotd, lower solenoid and suppression
diode module trom thc harness
fcrmlnal for wire 108 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit between the raise solenoid
@ tcrminal B and the chassis ground
conncction. Also check the chassis ground
conncct on
TerminaL for wjrc 108 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit between the lower solenoid
O tcrminal B and the chassis ground
connection. Aiso check ihe chassis ground
connection.
Tcrminal forwire i25 Brown to ground (fer Conlinuily Check wirc ]25 and the chassis ground
tractors equipped with rcrnote swrtches) connection
NOTE: put thc hitch conlrot swilch in the NELJTRAL posrlron Turn the key to the ON position and then hold lhe
hrtch
control switch in the RAISE position (pos;tion 2)
.1
Terminal for wire 06 Dark Blue/Ycllow to 12 Voits Bad circuit between the raise solenotd
ground terminal A and the hitch control switcn
terminal 6, Also check the hitch control
switch.
Terminal D ol thc suppression dicdc 12 Volts Chcck wirc ]06 between the suppressron
module for wire 106 Dark Blucfrellow Io diode module terminal D and the splice
ground
NOTE: lf the reading at check point 5 is correct check wire 1A6 betuveen the raise solenoid connector and the splice
Don 7 -39270
lssued 11-93 Prinled in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -38
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Put the htch control switch tn the FULL BAISE posrllon (positionl)
Terminal for wire 106 Dark Bluc/Yellow to 12 Volts Chcck wire 106 between terminals B and 6
ground of the hitch control switch.
Terminal lor wire 107 Dark Blue/Gray to 0 Volts Chcck the raise/lower diode module and the
ground hilch control switch.
NOTE: Hold the hitch control swrlch rn the LOWER posilron (positrcn 4)
Terminal for wrre 107 Dark Blue/Gray to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwcen the lower solenoid
ground tcrminal A and the hitch control switch
tcrminal 5. Also check the hitch control
switch.
NOTE: lf the reading at check point B is correct check wire 107 between the lower solenoid connector and the splice.
Terminal E of the supprcssion diodc 12 Volts Chcck wrrc 107 bctween the suppression
module for wire 107 Oark Bluc/Gray to diode module tcrminal E and the splicc.
ground
ror wirc 106 Dark Bruc/Ycrrow to 0 Volts Chcck lhc raisc/lowcr diode modulc and thc
@ ;::n:'l hitch contro slvitch
NOTE: tock the hitch control swrlch in the WORK posrtion (posrtton 5)
Tcrminal for wirc 106 Dark Blue/Ycllow to 12 Vol:s Bad circuit between the raise solenoid
ground tcrminal A and thc hitch control switch
tcrminal A. Also chcck the hitch control
switch and the raisc/lower diode module \--
(f terminal for wire 107 Dark Blue/Gray to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwecn the lower solenoid
grouno terminal A and thc hitch control switch
terminal A. Also chcck the hitch control
switch and thc raisc/lowcr diodc modulc.
NOTE: For tractors not equipped with remote swrlches, il the readings are correct check the suppression drode module,
refer to page 40
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-39
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: The fotlowing checks are for lractors equipped wtth remote swilches.
NOTE; Hotd the right hand raise remote switch in the RAISE position
Terminal for wire 124 Dark Bluc/Red to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the slow solenoid
ground tcrminal A and the raise remote switch
terminal S. Also check the remote switch
and the slow diode module.
NOTE: Repeat check 7 with the left hand ralse remote switch held in the raise position.
NOTE: lf the reading at check pornt g is correct chack wrrc 124 betwecn the slow solenoid connector and the splice
Tcrminal C of thc slow solenoid 12 Voils Chcck wirc 1?-4 between the slow solenoid
suppression diodc module for wire 124 supprcssion diodc module termtnal C and
Dark Blue/Red to ground the splice
Terminal for wire 106 Dark Blue/Yellow to 12 Volls Check the raiscilowcr diode module.
ground
Tcrminal for wirc 107 Dark B uc/Gray lo 0 Volts Check thc raise/lower diode module. Also
ground check the hitch control relaY.
NOTE: Hatd the right hand lower remote switch in the LowER position
ror wire 124 Dark Bluc/Fed to 12 Volts Bad circuit bctween the slow solenotd
@ I:n:'r terminal A and the lower remote switch
tcrminal S Also check the remote swrtch
and the slow diode module.
NOTE: Repeat check 10 with the teft hand lower remote switch held in the LOWER position.
Tcrminal for wire 107 Dark Blue/Gray to 12 Volts Check the raise/lower diode module.
ground
Tcrminal for wire 106 Dark Bluc,{cllow to 0 Volts Check the raise/lower and slow diodc
ground modulcs AIso check the hitch control rclay.
NOTE: lf all reaclings ara correct chcck the supprcssion diode modulcs
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001,40
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Raise and Lower Suppression Diode Module Circuit Test
NOTE: Disconnect lhe suppression diode module frorn the harness.
NOTE: Check the rarse, lower and slow solcnoid circurts, rcfcr lo paga 37.
@ rcrmrnat C of thc suoprcssion diodc Continui:y Chcck wire I09 and the chassis ground
'roouc'or wrrc 109 Browr lo 919966 cortncclron.
NOTE: The posittvc lcad of the rnultimclcr must go la lcrmtnal C ol lhe diode module.
NOTE: Change the leads ol thc ntultrntctcr ovcr so tha ncgative lead gocs lo lermrnal C of the diode module
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -4 1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Slow Suppression Diode Module Circuit Test
(For Tractors Equipped With Remote Switches)
NOTE: Disconnect the suppression diode module from the harness.
NOTE: Check the raise, lower and slow solenold clrcutls, refer to page 37
Tcrminal A of the supprcssion diodc Continui:y Chcck wre 126 and the chassis ground
module for wire 126 Brown to clround connection.
NOTE; The negatlve lead of the multlmeter must go to termlnal C of the dlode module
NOTE: Change the teads of the mulimeter over so lire positive /ead goes to terminal C of the dlode module
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF posltion and disconnect the SHR low temperature switch from the harness
Tcrminal B of the low temperaturc switch Continuity Chcck wirc 102 between the low
conncctor (harncss sidc) for wirc 102 temperature switch terminal B and the
Brown/whitc ar-o lhC oaltCry rCgalvC battery negative terminal. Also chcck thc
terminal battery ncgativc conncction.
Tcrminal C of thc low tcmccralurc srvl:ch Cont nuity Check wire I01 between thc low
conncctor (harness side) and tcrmina 86 of tempcrature switch icrminal C and the
the Iockoui relay for wrrc 101 Ycllow/Dark lockout rclay terminal 86
BIue
Termrnal A of the low lcmperaturc s\/ilch 12 Volts Check wtrc 100 between the low
connector (harness side) tcr wire 100 Dark tcmperaturc switch and fuse F32.
Blue/Fcd to ground
Doa /-392/0
lssued 11-93 Prrnlec !n England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
40a1 -42
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the key to the aFF position connect the SHB low temperature switch to the harness.
Tcrmina 86 of thc lockout rclay for wirc 101 0 Volts Bad low temperature switch
Yellow/Dark Blue to ground
NOTE: Put the hitch controt swilch in thc NEUTRAL positian and turn lhc key to the ON position
]-erminal for wirc 103 Rcd/Dark Bluc to 12 Volts Chcck wirc 103 bctwecn the hitch control
ground switch terminal 1 and the hitch control relay
termina 30 Also check the hitch control
relay
Tcrrninal lor wrre 110 Dark Blr,crWhitc lo 12 Vots Bad hilch control switch
ground
Tcrminal for wire 105 Dark Blue/Pink to 12 Volts Chcck wirc 105 bctwcen the hitch control
G) Qro[Jno switch terminal 3 and the hitch control relay
tcrminal86 Also check the hitch control
rclay anc thc hrtch control rclay diodc
modulc.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position and disconnect the hitch control switch from the harness.
.106
6fi) terminas for wire 1Cr6 Dark Blue/Ycllow Continuity Chcck wirc bctwccn the hitch control
switch conncctors tcrminals B and 6
NOTE: Check between termtnal 3 and each torrrttnd ol tllc hrlch Conlrol switch lllhere iS continuily bctwccn terminal 3
and any of the terminals rcplace thc httch conlral swi/ch
NOTE: Hotd the hitch controt switch in the FAST,EAISFposirron (posttion 2).
Between terminals 3 anci 6 of thc hitch Contrnuity Bad hitch control switch.
control switch
NOTE: Lock thc hitch controt swilch tn the FULL RAISE post,on (posrlron 1)
Bctwccn tcrminals 3 and B oi thc hitch Continuity Bad httch control switch
control switch
NOTE: t-told the hitch control swilch in the FAST LOWF-R posilicn (posrtron 4)
Bctwccn tcrminals 3 ancj 5 of tirc hitch Corrtinui:y 3ad hitch control switch.
conIro1 switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001,43
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Lock the hitch control switch in the WORK posllion (positian 5)
Between terminals 3 and A of the hitch Continuity Bad hitch oontrol switch.
control switch
Bctwcen terminals 1 anci 7 ol the hitch Continuity Bad httch control switch.
control switch
NOTE: Hold the hitch contralswllch tn the NEUTRAL position (position 3).
Between tcrminals 1 and 2 of thc hitch Continuity Bad hitch control switch.
control sw tch
Tcrminal for wire 11 I Brown/Orange to Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit. Also check the
ground remote switch circuit for tractors equipped
with rcmotc switches.
NOTE: The followingl check is far tractors equipped wtth remote switches
Tcrminal for wirc 11 1 Brown/Orangc to No Continuity Wirc 1'1 1 shortcd to ground. Also check the
ground remote switch
NOTE: Belease the rpht hand raise remate switch Hold in the flght hand lower, left hand raise and lower remote
sw/ches in turn and repeat check 21 . lf there is continuity, wtres 120, 121 and 122 have shorted to ground. Also checkthe
remote sltches.
Bctween terminals for wire 105 Dark Continuity Chcck wire 105 between terminals 86 and
Bluc/Pink B7 of tnc nitch control relay
NOTE: Lock tho hilch contrcl switch in thc WORK position (position 5) and turn the key to the ON position.
Termrnal for wirc 'l 03 Red/Dark Bluc to 12 Volts Chcck wire 103 between the lockout relay
ground tcrminal 87A and the hitch control relay
tcrminal 30. Also check the lockout rclay.
Terminal for wirc 1 12 Black to ground 12 Volts Bad hitch control relay
El
NOTE. Put the hitch cantral switctt tn the NF-UTRAL position
Tcrminals for wire 105 Dark Blue/Pink to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwecn the hitch control switch
ground tcrminal 2 and the hitch control rclay
terminal B6 Also check the hitch control
relay diode modulc.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-44
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Lock the hitch control switch in tha WORK position (posrtron 5)
Tcrminals for wirc 105 Dark Blue/Pink to 12 Volts Bad hitch control relay
ground
Terminal ior wire i 00 Dark Bluc/Rcd to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwcen the lockout relay
ground terminal 30 and fuse F32
Torminal for wire 101 Yellow/Dark BlL,c to 0 Volts Check the low temperature switch.
ground
Terminal for wirc 103 Rcd/Dark Bluc Io 12 Volls 3ad lockotrt rclay
ground
Cil lcrminal for wirc 104 Brown to grotrnd Contnurty Chcci< wirc 104 and thc chassis ground
corr rcclic.r,,.
NOTE Disconnect the low temperature switch from the harness and connect a suitable jumpcr lead betvveen terminals A
and C of the low temperature switch connector (harness stde) and turn the key to the ON position.
Terminal for wire 114 Dark Bluc/Black to 12 Volts Bad lockout relay,
ground
Terminals for wirc 105 Dark Bluc/Pink Continuity Check wirc 105 bctween the diode module
ierminal D and hitch control relay terminal
86
NOTE: Lock the httch control switch in the WARK position (positton 5) and turn the key to the ON position
Tcrminal for wire 11? Black to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctween the hitch control relay
terminal B7A and thc diode module terminal
F. Also check thc hitch control switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400 1 -45
powrquadplus
NOTE: Putwww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
the hitch cantrcl switch tn thc NEUTRAL pasttton
Terminal for wire 110 Dark BluciWhiic to 12 Volts Chcck wire 1]0 between the hltch control
ground switch te rmin al2 and the hitch control drodc
modulc terminal E. Also check tne hich
control switch.
NOTE. The positive lead ol lhc multrmetcr rnust go lo lerrntnal E al thc diode module .
NOTE: Change the lcads of the multtmetcr ovcr so the negative lead goes to tcrmrnal E of the diode module.
NOTE; Maka sure therc ts NO CONTINUIW bctween termtnals D, E or F and termtnals A, B or C of the diode module
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON posltron ancl lock the hitch controi switch rn the FULL RAISFposition (position 1)
Terminal for wire 106 Dark Blue/Yellow to 12 Volts Bad crrcuit between the hitch control switch
grounc) terminal B and the raise/lower diode modulc
terminal B.
NOTE: Lock the hitch control switch rn the WORK posrtion (position 5)
Terminal for wirc 1 16 Dark Bluc/Light Grccn 12 Volts Bad circuit between the hrtch control switch
to ground terminalA and the raise/lower diode module
tcrminal C
Terminal for wirc I 16 Dark Biue/Light Grcen 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwecn thc hitch control swrtch
to ground tcrminalA and the raise/lowcr diodc modulc
terminal F.
NOTE: Hold the hich control swtlch tn thc FASI LOWER positron (posilon 4)
@ ;|jn:'l ror wire 107 Dark Bluc/GraY to 12 Volts Bad circuit bclween the hitch control switch
tcrminal 5 and the raise/lower diode module
terminal E.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-46
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: For tractors equipped with remote swilches tock the hitch controlswitch in the WORK posilion (posifion 5) and
hold the left or right hand raisc rcmole switch rn the BAISE position.
NOTE: Hotd the left or right hand Lower remote switch in the LOWER position
(D Terminal for wire 119 Dark Bluc/Pinkt to 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwccn the remotc switch and
oround the raisc/lowcr diodo module tcrminal D
Also chock thc remotc switches.
NOTE: The negative tead o{ the multrmeler must go to terminal B ol the diode module,
'nodulC
NOTE: Change the teads of the multirneter over so the posltrve lead goes to terminal B of the diode module.
NOTE: Make sure there is NO CONTINUIW beween terminals A, B or C and terminals D, E or F of the diode module
NOTE: Changc the lcads ol thc rnulttrneter ovct so lhe negative lead goes Io tarminal E ol thc diode module.
NOTE: Change the leads of the multimeter over so lhcposihvc lead gocs Io terminal E of the diode module.
NOTE: Make sure there is NO CAN\NUIW betuveen terminals D, E or F and terminals A, B or C of the diode module
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-47
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SIow Solenoid Diode Module
(For Tractors Equipped With Remote Switches)
NOTE; Turn the key to the OFF position and put the hitch control switch in the NEUTRAL position and disconnect the slow
solenoid diode module from the harness.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and lock the hitch control switch in the WORK position (position 4)
NOTE: Hold the left or right hand remote swttch in the LOWER position,
Terminal for wirc I 19 Dark Blue/Pink to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the lower remote switch
ground and the slow diode module terminal A
NOTE: Hold the lcft or right hand remole swrtch in the RAISE posttion
Terminal for wire 1 18 Dark Bluel/iolct to 12 Volis Bad circuit bctween the raise remote switch
ground and tirc slow diode modulc terminal B
Terminals for wire 124 Dark Blue/Red Continuity Check wrre 124 between the slow solenoid
diode module terminal C and the slow
solenoid tcrminal A.
NOTE: The negattve lead of the multimeter must lJa lo termtnal C of the diode module
NOTE. Change the leads of lhe multimeter over so lhe posrlrve lead goes to termrnal C of the diode module
Bctwccn terminais A and C of ihc drode No Continuity Bad diodc module.
modulc
Betvrccn terminals B and C of thc diode No Continuity Bad dlode module.
module
Terminal or wirc 1.15 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 115 and the chassis ground
@ connection.
NOTE: Put the hitch controt switch in the WORK position and turn the key to the ON position
Tcrmlnal for wirc 112 Black to ground 12 Volts Check wire 1 12 between the flasher rclay
@ and the hitch control relay terminai B7A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -48
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Put the hitch contrctl switch in the NEUTRAL position
Tcrminal for wirc 1 12 Black to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwccn the hitch control flashcr
@ rclay and the hitch control switch terminal 2
Also check the hitch control relay diode
module.
Terminal for wire 114 Dark Biue/Black to 12 Volts Check wircs '113 and 114 Also check the
ground ON-OFF-ON warning lamp diodc
NOTE: The positive lead ol the multimeter must go ta the lernale terminal of the diode
NOTE: Change the leads ol the muttimeter aver so the positive lead goes to the male termrnal'
NOTE: Disconnect the tefl hand lower remote switch from the harness.
NOTE: put the hitch control switch in the NEUTRAL positian and turn the key to the ON positton
Terminal for wire 11 1 Brown/Orangc to 12 Volts Chcck wirc l 'l l betwcen thc right hand raise \--./
ground remote switch tcrminal O1 and thc hitch
control relay tcrminal 85.
ferminal tor wire 120 Brown/Rcd to ground 12 Volts Bad right hand raise remote switch,
@
Tcrminal for wirc 120 Brown/Red to grouncJ 12 Volts Check wire 120.
6l
Terminal for wire 121 Brown/Dark Bluc to 12 Volts Bad rrght hand lower remote swrtch
ground
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -49
Terminal for wire 1223rownlGray to ground 12 Volts Bad left hand raise remote switch.
NOTE: Lock the hitch cantrol sv.tilch in the woRK posittort (posttion 5)
ror wirc 117 Rcd/Dark Bluc to 12 Volts Check wire 1 1 7 between the right hand raisc
@ remote swrtch terminal S1 and thc hitch
;::n:'l control switch terminal 7.
fcr wire I l7 Bcd/Dark Blt c to 12 Volts Che ck wire 1 I 7 bctween the right hand raise
Termrnal
ground rernolc swttch tcrminal S1 and the right
hand lower rernote switch term nal S1
Terminal for wire 1 17 Bcd/Dark Bluc to 12 Volts Che ck wire 1 I7 between the lcft hand raisc
ground rcmotc switch terminal S1 and the splicc
Termrnal for wire 117 Sedloark Bluc to 12 Volis Chcck wire 1 17 between the left hand raise
ground rcrylotc switch terrninal S1 and the left hand
lower rentote switch terminal S1
NOTE: Hokl the right hand raisc rernota switch in ttrc RAISE position
for wirc 1iB Dark Blucl'/iolct to 12 Volts Bad rrght hand raise rcrnotc switoh
@ Tcrminal
ground
Te rmrnal for vrirc 1 1B Dark 3llclVioir:l to 12 Volts Bad left nand raise remote swilch
ground
LOWER position
NOTE: Release the left hand raise retnotc switch ancJ hotd lhe rtght hand lowcr remote swilch in the
Terminal for wire l19 Dark Blue/Pink 1o 12 Volts Bad right hand lower remote switch
ground
LowER position
NoTE: Release the right hand lowar remotc switch and hotd the teft hand lower remote switch in lhe
.119 to 12 Volts Bad left hand lower remote switch
Terminal for wirc Dark Bluc/Pink
ground
NOTE: Turn the key ta the OFF pcsitron and release the remote svtrtch.
f ermrnalfor wire 123 Brownlr/iolet to ground Continuity Chcck wirc 123 and thc chassis ground
@ connection
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400 1 -50
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Beading
Bclwcen tcrminals O1 ancJ O of lhc lcrl hanc Continuity Bad left hand iowcr remotc swilch
lower rcmote switch
NOTE: Hold the ilght hand lawer remate swrtch tn the LOWER posltlon.
Belwecn tcrminals Sl and S of thc lcft lancj Continuity Bad lcft hand lowcr rcrnotc swttch
ioiver rcmote switch
NOTE: lt the readings are carrcct check wtres 118 and 119 betwecn the remote swilches and the rarsellowcr diodc
module.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-51
poq
10o oBB {16}
I rot Y/oB (16)
R t12 a
(13) 103 ilD8 (16) . lm n DB (16) -l
{ *oor.rr
-
-.1 r r1o DB/til
(r8) ol l13
v
(r8)
,L I < *0,,J
@
+
i1it, -F
R/DB (r3)
n[ ,rooorrrrr--ra
el[Yo 6@8
't05 olyP {t6)
fi2 B (r8)
@
ls @l16o
iGts
?_l r---:
't09
BR
{16}
3? R/V fls)-
104
6F
102 BB,l\t {16}
o8)
CONNECTOHS
COMPONENTS
TRANSMISSION HABNESS TO
O BIGHT HAND CONSOLE HARNESS
o HITCH @NTROLSWITCH
POSITIONl-FULLRAISE
@ HAISE gOLENOID
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit Remote Switches and Slorr Solenoid
Srritch Hitch Controt Switch Hitch Control Relay and Low temperature Lockout R{ ,ut Relay Hitch Control Solenoids
Low Temporature
0
loo oEvB (16)
1oi YIDB {16}
D@@ -11?
t1
RIDE
BR/O
(rE
(18)-
ti? R 03 (16)
n
ro3ll105)l
{ +oorar
(13)
DI 112 113
@
B v
(r8l {r8} @
@
lr')mlJ'(
l- \-/ | nnr g(9 DBTY
'rrl Bwo {r8}
'n7 R/DB {16)
118 DA/V (
l-l@ ?i
119 08,/P
{16)
-104
roo t
BR r18 DBA' (161 I r8 DA/V
DEuR I
oe)
1t9 DEirP I 119 DsP fl6)
tio) I
t10 t18 DBn'
',?3 ARiV
loa
I tt' 124 OB/B fl6,
rr9 ogP (16)
T__J r-----;
'r09
BR
o6)
37 E
'{1s}
{ +oor-za 'r25 8R ("161
COMPONENTS
(r) KEY SWITCH @ HITCH CONTBOL RELAY @ r-eri HAND RAIsE REMoTE svr SWITCH
s
e FUSE Fl9 o LOW TEMPERATURE LOCKOUT RELAY @ urr HAND LowEB REMoTE : SWITCH
ery FUSE F.I7 @ SUPPRESSION DIODE MODULE @ slow soLENolD SUPPRE$slo SION DIODE MODULE
POSITION 5-WORK rc
@ RIGHT HAND RAISE HEMOTE SWITCH f#i TBANSMtssloN HARNESS IO REMOIE SWITCH HARNESS
ll aersvLowEB DroDE M.DULE
6 @ RIGHT HAND LOWEB REMOTE SWITCH ffi anrrenY PowER JUNCTIoN I N BLOCK
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
nrrcir coNTRoL BELAV DIoDE MoDULE
@
lssued 11-93 Printed in England
Oon 7-39270
4001-54 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
powrquadplus
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must bc at {ull charge ancl all conneclions must bc clean and trght be fore lesrng Use a multirnete r for
Ihe tesls.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF position. Disconriect the MFD solenord and suppression drode module from the
harness.
Q tcrminai for wirc 134 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 134 and thc chassis ground
connection.
NOTE: Put the MFD swilch in thc OFF positran and turn thc key to thc ON position
Tcrmtnai forwirc 133 Dark Bluc/Dark Grecn 12 Voiis Bad circuit bctween the MFD solenoid,
to ground icrminal A, and the MFD switch termlnal 7
Also chcck thc MFD switch.
Gl te rminal for wirc 133 Dark Bluc/Dark Grce n 12 Volts Check wirc 133 between the supprcssion
to ground diode modu c and thc sPlicc.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct, chcck thc supprcssion diodc rnodula, refer lo page 59
NOTE: Putthe MFD switch rn the oFF posilron and turn the key to the o,ry posrtron
f erminal for wire 130 Light Green to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between fuse F23 and the MFD
@ switch terminal 5
@ rerm:nar for wrrc 133 Dark Bluc/Dark Grecn 12 Volts Bad MFD switch
to ground
{l terminar for wirc r 33 Dark Btue/Dark Grccn 0 Votts Bad MFD swjtch
to ground
@ r",, nalfor wire 131 Light Grecn/Ycllcw to 12 Volts Chcck wrrc 131 between terminals 1 and 9
ground of the MFD switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-56
powrquadplus
NOTE: www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Turn the key to the OFF posttion
Gl T"rr,nrl ior wirc 132 Brown to ground. Continuily Check wirc 132 and the chassis ground
connection
@ tcrminal for wirc 139 Brown tc ground Conlinuiiy Chcck wirc 139 anci the chassis ground
conncclron
Betwccn tcrminals A and B of thc MFD 7 to 15 Ohms Bad drff lock solcnoid
solcnoid
NOTE: Turn lhe key to the ON postttcn and noid the dtf't lock svtitch in the MOMENTARY posrtton
@ frl.rn,nrl 1or wrrc 136 Dark 3luc 1,..r grouncl 12 Volls Bad circuit bctwccn the drff lock switch
terminal 3 and the diff lock solenoid. Also
check the drff lock switch
fi) ferminal lor wire 136 Dark Biuc io ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwccn the diff lock rclay
terminal B7 and thc drff lock solcnoid. Also
chcck thc diff lock switch, brake pedal
switchcs and dtff lock relay.
@ r"rr,nrl forwire 136 Dark BlLrc io ground 12 Volts Check wirc 136 bctwccn the suppression
diodo module and the splicc
NOTE: lf the readings are correct, check lhc suppressron diode module, refer to page 59.
NOTE: Disconnect the dtff lack swilch from the harness and turn the key ta the ON position
(D ferminal forwjre]35 Dark BlueiOrange to 12 Volts Bad circuit between fuse F23 and the difj
ground Iock swilch terminal 6
Gl terminal for wirc 135 Dark Blue/Orange to 12 Volts Chcck wirc 135 betwccn terminals 1 and 6
ground of lhc diff lock swilch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -57
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Put the diff lock switch in the OFF Position
Betwcen terminals 2 and 6 of lhe difi lock No Continuity Bad diff lock switch
swilch
Between tcrmrnals 1 and 3 cf thc drli Iock Continurty Bad dtff lock switch.
SWitCh
Betwcen terminals 2 and 6 oi ihe dift lock Contrnuity Bad diff lock switch
switch
Bctwecn icr-mrnals I and 3 o+ if,c cl fr lock No Continui:y Bad drff lock switch.
swilch
Between terminals 2 and 6 of the diff lock Contrnuity Bad diff lock switch.
switch
IMpoRTANT: Onty use a high tmpedance rnultimeter to check the brake pedat switches. Do nol use a test lamp
or
danage tc the switches maY occur
Terminat for wire 140 Light Grcen,Aivhilc to 12 Volts Bad left hand brake pedalswitch Adjust or
gror,nd replacc thc swrtch as necessary, refer to
Scction 9001
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -58
powrquadplus
NOTE: www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Hold the left hand brakc pcdal DOWN
Tcrminal for wire 138 Dark Blue,A/Vhitc to 0 Volts Bad right hand brake pedal switch. Adjust
ground or rcplacc the switch as necessary, refer to
Scction 9001
NOTE: Turn the key to thc OFF posilion and put the range lcver rn thc 4th rangc position.
Tcrminal for wire 137 Brown/Dark Bluc to No Continuity Check wire 137 and the 4th range switch
ground
@ Hn:'r lor wire 137 Brown/Dark tsrue ro circuit Arso check the
?,1',.:[:'l'-?round
^rt;i"?H;,
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON pasition and pul the dill lock switch in the ON position
Terminal for wrre 1 37 Light Grccn/Black to 12 Volts Check wirc 1 37 betwe en thc diff lock switch
ground tcrminal 2 and thc dil{ lock rclay terminal 30,
Also chcck thc drlf lock switch
Tcrminal for wirc 138 Dark BluczWhric to 0 Volts Chcck thc diff lock switch
ground
NOTE: Hold the diff lock switch in the MOMENTARY position and hold the brake pedals DaWN
Terrninal for wirc 138 Dark BlueM/hite :o 0 Volts Check thc brakc pcdal switches.
3r'OunC
.136
Tcrminal for wrre 136 Dark Bluc to grouncJ 12 Volts Chcck wirc bctween the diff lock switch
4l tcrmrnal 3 and the diff lock relay tcrminal 87.
Also check the diff lock switch.
Terminal for wire 138 Dark SluciWhjte to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwecn the brake pcdal
ground switches and the drf{ lock relay terminal B6
Also check the brakc pedal switches.
4l ferminal for wire 136 Dark Bluc lo ground 12 Voils Bad drff lock rclay
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -59
high impedence multimeter to check the 4th range switch. Do not use a tesl lamp or damage
IN4poRTANT : Only use a
to the 4th range switch may accur.
from the harness and put the range lever in the
NOTE: Turn the kcy to thc oFF posirion disconnect the 4th rangc switch
4th range positian.
Tcrninal for wirc 82 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 82 and the chassis ground
@ cont tcction.
Bctween terminals 1 and 2 of thc 4rh rangc No Corttinuily Bad 4th range switch
switch
Terrninal for wirc 78 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 78 and the chassis ground
P]h conne ction
NOTE: Turn the key ta the ON Pctsrtion anC hold the drt'l lock swiich
in the MOMENTARY postilan
(10 TarminaL for wirc 136 Darr( Bluc lo grcunc 12 Volls Bad circuit betweon the dif{ lock switch
tcrmlnal 3 and the diff lock indicator lamc
'NOTE: The positrve tead of the multimeter must go to te rminat c of lhe suppression dlode'
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -60
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Chcck Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-61
Schematic Circuit
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
MFD Solenoid Diff Lock SWitch Dift Lock RelaY Ditt Locl Lock Solenoid Brake Pedal Switches
MFD Switch f
R/DC ffi
(r5) ETil--r38DBl (18r 138DB/1y08)
* uu*
Etrt----l '
tr-* I
I
1'o t'o
I
135 ,36 136
DB DA DB
(16) {15, (18)
{+oor-eo |tj I
(r8)
I I
136 OB {16)-
I
136 D8 06) __l
133 OB/DG {16)
I
130 :36 136 1i6 '136
LG DE/DG D3 DB DB OB
tl6l (r6, {16)
I
\,*
{ noor.ss
\ttr I
{ oor+s
,AtS"
132
B8
d eoos
08) H l^l
132
BR
(18)
4_
lYl
IBI
BB
r6)
{,L
txl
fr
BB
{16)
,t flE
COMPONENTS
@ FUSE F23 @
@
r-rri
nrenr
HAND BBAKE PEDALSwtTcH
c MFD SOLENOID
:-- i$$lo.::i\ii lr,
c OIFF LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOBS
i;H
)lli-.Fft"i1
'H" :illl
1:i';;;,
!.raH
j1\' -= ffi-QY^::
l:-::-rr--iTJ-\.
c 4TH RANGE SWITCH (WTH 3.9 OHM RESISTORS) i*ffi rCVEO POWER JUNCTION BLOCK
^",\F11',V-
--'/-'jir i j'tii .\ #t,,l"ll utj )
o ili-F\,r-'
r@
DIFF LOGK SOLENOID
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must be atfull charge and all connections ntust be ctean and tight before testing. Use a multimeter
lor
lhe fe.sls.
NOTE: For cab tractors reler to the schemattc ctrcutt on Page 69, and for non cab tractars refer to the schematic crrcuit
n^^^
^^ rdge /-1t
un
NOTE: Turn thc tamp swilch to the HEADLAI'IP posrtion (posrtion 3) ancl aperate the dtmmer switch to the LOW BEAM
position
Tcrminal for wrrc 157 pu*JDark BIuc to 12 Volts Bad circuil beiween the left hand headlamp
ground (1ow beam) and the headlamp dimmer relay
tcrminal 568 Also check the headlamp
drrnmcr reiay, dimmerhctrnlhorn switch anc
:hc arp switch c,rcrits.
NOTE: lf the right hand headlamp low beam works correctly, check wire 157 betuveen fuse F11 and the lefl hand
headlantp.
NOTE: lf thc nght hand hcadlamp hrgh bcam works correctly check wire 1 60 bet'r'teen f use F 10 and the left hand
headlamp .
NOTE: Turn the lamp sv,r1ch to the HF-ADLAMP positnn (positicn 3) and operate the dimmcr switch to the LOW BEAM
position.
Jl Tcrmlnal for wirc 157 Pink/Dark Bluc :o 12 Volts Bad circuit between thc right hand
v o,ornd headlamp (low beam) and the headlamc
dirnmcr rclay terminal 568 Also chcck the
hcadlamp dimmcr relay, dirrmcr/turn/horn
switch and thc lamp swilch circuits
NOTE: lf the left hand headlamp low beamr",orks correctly check wlre 157 beNveen fuse F1 1 and the right hand
headlamp
i]c: 7 3927C lssucd 1 I -93 Printcc in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-64
powrquadplus
NOTE: Operatewww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
the dimmer switch to the HIGH BEAM positon
Tcrminal for wire 160 Pink/Dark Grccn to 12 Volts Bad crrcL,il bciwce n ihe rioht hand head
ground lamp (high beam) and the neadlamp
dimmer relay termrnal 564. Also check the
headlamp dimmer rclay, dimmerllurnlharn
switch and the lamp switch circuits
NOTE. lf the lelt hand headlamp hiqh beam works carrectly, check wjre l60 benween fuse FIO and the right hancl
headlamp .
Q Terminal for wjre 2l Brown to ground Conlinuity Check wire 21 and thc chassis ground
cornccl,on.
tcrmnal for wire 151 Red to groui-rd l2 Volts Bad circuil bctwcen the headlamp dimmer
@ rclay and thc lamp switch Also check the
lamp switch.
{l Tcrminal for wire 151 Bcd to ground 12 Volls Chcck rnrire 151 bctwccn terminals 30 and
56 ot ihc hcadlamp dimmer relay.
NOTE: Turn thc lamp switch to thc OFF positton and hold the dimmer sv,titch in the HtGH BEAM positfun
€| Terminal for wire 152 BrorvniPink to groun<j Conrrnuity Bad circurt bctween the headlamp dimmcr
rclay lcrn inal S and :he chassis ground
conncclion Also chcck thc drmrner/turni
horn switch and ihc chassis oround
connection
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEADLAMP position and hold the dlmmer switch in the LOW BEAM posltion
Tcrminal for wirc 156 Red/Darx Bluc lo 12 Volls Bad drmmcr rciav
q16ltnrj
Tcrrninal for wire 159 Red/Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad dimmer rclay
ground
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -65
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
High Beam Warning Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Disconnect the instrument cluster lrom thc harness
switch rn the HIGH BEAM posttton
NorE: rurn the lamp swttch ta the HFADLAMp position (position 3) and hold the dimmer
to 12 Volts
the instrument cluster conneclor
Check wirc 160 between the instrume nt
Prn 32 of
groundc]usterConnectorpin32andfuseFlO.
ground circuit' refer to Page 13
NoTE. tf lhe reading is correct check the inslrumcnt cluster power and chassis
Terminal lor wirc 161 Gray/Bcd to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the battery powe r
Term "'-"v.-
nal ior wirc 162 Brown/orangc to
'- continuiiy Bad circuit between the horn and thc
chassis ground conne ction Also check thc
ground
dimmerlturn/horn switch and the chassis
ground con'reclion
(posrtron 3)
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEADLAMP position
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -66
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Press and hold the horn switch tn the HORN position
NOTE: lf the readings are correct,check wire 152 betvveen the headlamp drmmer relay and the dimmerlturnlhorn switch
NOTE: Discon nect the lefl hand tail lamp f rom the harrless and turn thc lamp switch ta thc HFADUMP posrtion (pasition 3)
tcrminal forwrrc 166 Prn(,Wnrtc io ground 12 Vc::s Bad crrcurt bctwccn thc left hand tail lamp
@
and thc lamp switch Also check the lamp
switch
NOTE. il tne rtgi"tt hand tatl lamp r'lark:; correcily, check vtire 166 between ihe lcft hand tail lanp and the splicc.
G Tcrminal ior wrrc ]67 Brown ro grounrj conlinr,riv chcck v,tuc 167 and thc chassis qround
conncctron.
NOTE: Orscon neci the rlghl. ha,)C iar! iarnc tlsrr: rl'^ harrr;.s-c ato li,n ihe lamp s la lhe I :EADUMP posilion (postion 3)
^,,!ch
fD Tc,minal for wire 166 PnKA,A/hrtc lo oround I2 Volts Bad circuit betwcen thc right hand tail lamp
and thc lamp switch Also check the lamp
switch
NOTE: ll the left hand tail lamD,,vorks correctly, check vtire 166 berween ihe nght hand tail lamp and the spltce
6fil T.tmnul for wirc 168 Brown lo ground Continui:y Chcck wire 168 and the chassis ground
conncctron
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-67
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Trailer Connector Tail LamP Circuit Test
Check points Rcading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Termrnal 1 of thc trailcr connector ior wirc Continuity Check wirc '1 69 and the chassis ground
169 Brown to ground connection
Tcrminai 6 o1 thc trailcr conncctor- for wrrc 12 Volts Check wire 166 between the trarler
Turn,,r,, lor wirc 150 Rcd/Ycllow to ground 12 Voils Check wirc I50 and the battery Powe r
4l Irrnctio'r block conncctlon.
Terminal for wirc 164 Bcd,YcllowrWhrtc to 12 Volts Chcck wirc 164 and ihe battery power
ground lunction block conncction.
NOTE: Turn tha larnp switch la thc wARl\llNG UMP posrlio, (posttron 2)
Tcrminal for wirc 165 RcdrWhiic to (lroLnd 0 Volts Bad lamp switch
ffl
.l
t.tn,,nol for wrrc 51 t-lco to oroL,'rti 0 Volts Bad lamp swilch
@
NOTE: Turn thc lamp swttch to thc HEADLAI:/IP aosttron (posrtron 3)
Tcrminal {or r,virc 165 Eccl.tuVhiic to 9r'oirnd 12 Volts Bad lamp switch
@
lcc io J'curc Bad lamp switch
6h
\y ,cI.t,nar fo'wirc 151 12 Volts
(pasiilon 4)
NOTE: Turn thc lam{: sv'titch {o thc FENDER WORK iAMp pasttton
- ior wirc 165 RcdMhtte lo grounc 12 Volts Bad lamp swrtch
6R
-
\J Tcrmrnal
tcrn inal for wirc '151 8ed to ground 12 Volts Bad lamp switch
6
NOTE: Turn the tarnp swttch ta the CAB Afl CANOPY WARK itMP posttton (postlron 4)
Tcrminal for wirc 165 Rccl,Whrtc tc gror'nd 12 Voiis Bad lamp swrlch
6l
Terminal for wirc i51 Rcd 1o ground 12 Volls Bad lamp swtch
6.1
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
.10c r -68
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-69
I
159 lsl R (13)
E/DB Bloc i'
lso rvY (t3) 164 EvY t18)
$5)
{15}
.{ oor-zo I
I q
I
3[rcor.r I
) (@
R/DB
(13) I
ht\ 151
l\__
.it
R
160 P/DG {r8} {eoor.ror fl3) rtl -- lla -' e
t)
t5? l5f
I
?-r
160
'50
PiDB PIDB PiDG P/DG
fls, trs) flg fl5)
J..-. *{ +oor+r
ll {
r52 AR/P (14) rcorer
{ +ooros
l"l
uPl
{ +oor.roo
t5?
PIDB P/DG
tt5)
t60
flq
157
P/DB
(15)
160
P/DG
(r5) r53 B"1Z'(18)
Al
*J,
{loor-l
,55
AR
160 8"14" {16)
H
{r6) 'r80 8"r5" (i5)
{ oor-ar @00
182 8"11" {r5l
H
,58
177 8"14" (151
6l?
A 159
BB
BR {16} (131
{15)
COMPONENTS CONNECTOFS
o FUSE FI.' r8) HORN LSI ENGTNE HARNEss io tNsrRuulrNT PANEL H,l
. HARNESS
@ FUSE FlO e FUSE Fl7 liBi CAB HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARN
TRNESS
60-) LAMP SII,.ITCH 1.# INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNE$S TO
@ FUSE F9
DIMMER/TURNIHORN SWITCH
t.'.-1i
-,'\
-t --,,, )- *{
_ /r i!r'^ -',\ r'
,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-71
156 R DA (15)
q qI
{ aoor-zs
35
WDB
6 (- {r,a) I3)
\"
t-
fr
r60 P/OG (181
.ft rrl--fOa--a
\
157 tE
PIDB P/OB
160
'@
PiDG P/OG
e
(rq
i=
{r5} {r5} (1s) *{ +oor-zc
l,l
vPl
PAY
(181
-160P/w{ts)
P/U'
(18) { oor-ros
nrl
157
t57
PIOB
160
P/DG P/D8
t00
P/OG L*f d,oor.ao
BR
(r5l (15)
iisii a {r3}
{ noor-tt 155
BR
(!6)
{ eoor-ea
t5a 8B
BF o3)
(15,
COMPONENTS COHNECTORS
ar) LEFT HAND HEADLAMP (LOW BEAM) ril) LEFT HAND TAIL LAMP i,igffi BATTERY POWER JUNCTION BLocK
c DIMMEB/TURNIHORN SWITCH
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3il1017G
73
LeftHandFrontTurnSignalflVarningLampCircuitTest(CabTractorsonly)'........
IJ
Left Hand Bear Turn SignalMarning Lamp circuit Test (cab Tractors Only) .........
74
Hight Hand Front Turn Signalllffarning Lamp Ckcuit Test (Cab Tractors Only) ...'..'..
74
Rilnt XanO Rear Turn SignalArVarning Lamp Circuit Test (Cab Tractors Only)
75
Le-ft Hand Fender Turn Signal&Varning Lamp Circuit Test (Non Cab Tractors Only)
75
Right Hand Fender Turn SignaltWaming Lamp Circuit Test {Non Cab Tractors Only)
76
Le-ft Hand Front CanopyTuin Signalffiarning Lamp Circuit Test (Non Cab Tractors Only)
76
Left Hand Rear Canopy lurn SignalflVarning Lamp Circuit Test (Non Cab Tractors Only)
77
Right Hand Front Canopy Turn Signal/lVarning Lamp Circuit-Test (Non Cab Tractors Only)
nilnt HanO Hear Canopy turn Signallffarning Lamp Circuit Test (Non Cab Tractors Only) ....'.... 77
78
lnitrument Cluster Turn Signal Vfarning Lamps Circuit Test """"""
Flasher Relay Circult Test ...........
79
Dimmer/Turn/Horn Switch Test fiurn Signal Ckcuit)
Lamp Switch Test {Warning Lamp Circuit} 80
Trailer Connector fl-urn SignalMarning Lamp) Circuit Test '.""""'
80 r'
B1
Schematic Circuit (For Cab Tractors Only)
B3
Schematic Circuit (For Non Cab Tractors Only)
Don 7-39274
lssued 11-93 Ptinted in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -73
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
N9TE: The battery must be at fult charge and all connections must be clean and tight before testing. Use a multimeter for
the lests,
NOTE: For cab lractars refer to the schematic circuit on Page 81 and for non cab tractors refer to the schematic circuit on
Page 83.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand lront turn signallwarnrng lamp from the harness.
terminal for wire 184 Brown to ground c*il, check wire 184 and the chassis ground
Q connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the wABNlNc UMP positian (posttion 2)
Terminar for wire 181 pinldDark Grecn to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and the
grounri ON-OFF-ON left hand front turn signal/warning lamp
Also check the flasher relaY
NoTE: Turn the key to the oNposrtion ancl put the turn signal switch in the RIGHT turn position
NoTE: Disconnect the left hand rear turn signallwarning lamp from the harness.
ferminal for wire 185 Brown to ground a*,*, Chcck wirc 185 and the chassis ground
O connection
(posrtion 2).
NOTE: Turn the tamp switch to the 4ARNING LAMP position
lamp and
NorE: ll the left hand lront warnine larTp works, check wire 1 81 beuteen the left hand rear turn signallwarning
the lefl hand front turn signallwarntng lamp
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-7 4
powrquadplus
NOTE: www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Turn the key to the aN position ancl put lhe turn stgnal switch tn the RIGHT turn position
@ J|jn:'l ror wire lBr Pink/Dark Grccn to l2 Volts Bad circuit bctwcen lhe flasher relay and thc
drmmca'turn/horn swiich Also check the
1' r,Yl t.ncr.rlu rn,/hcrn swi toh
NoTE: Disconnect the right hand lront lurn signaliwarntng lamp front the harness.
@ terminal for wire 184 Brown to ground Continurty Bad chassis ground circuit. Alsocheckthe
chassis ground conncction
NOTE: Turn the lamp swilch to the WARNII'lG lAlvlP post[ior) lposttron 2)
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and aut the iLrn signal swltch tn the LEFT turn position
@ fer,minal ror wire t83 Pink io groL.)d 12 volrs 3ad crrcuii betwcen the f lashcr rclay and thc
dimmcr/turn/horn switch Also check the
dimmcr/turn/horn switch
NOTE: Discannect the lett hand rear lurn stqnll,rvtarninq lamp from thc harness
@ ferrninal for wire 185 Brovrn to grcund Contrnr;rlv Bad chassis ground circuit. Check the work
larno and lefl hancj rcar turn srgnal/warning
lamc circuils
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the WARNING UMP position (posrtron 2)
(!l T"r*,nrl for wire 183 Pink to ground 12 l'olls Bad circuit between ihc flasher re lay and the
ON-OFF-ON rght hand rcar turn srgnal/warning lamp
Also chcck thc flasher rclay
NOTE: lf the rrght hand front warning lamp works, check wlre 183 betwcen ihe rrght hand rcar turn signallwarning lamp
and the right hand fronl turn srgnallwarnrng lamp
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-75
NorE: Turn the key to the oN position and put the turn signal swttch in the LEFT turn Position.
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check points Readtng Possiblc Causc of Bad Rcading
Tcrminal for wirc 183 Pink to ground 12 volts Bad circuit bctween thc f lasher relay and the
O dimmcr/turn/horn switch. Also check thc
dimmcr/turn/horn switch.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand fender turn signal/warning lamp from the harness'
fcrminal for wire 167 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wire 167 and the chassis ground
@ connection.
NOTE: Turn the lamP swrtch to the 4ARN|NG LAMP position (positron 2).
ror wiro 181 pinl</Dark Green to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the flashcr relay and thc
G) J::n:.r ON-OFF-ON lcft hand fcnder turn signal/warning lamp'
Also check thc flasher relaY
fender turn
NOTE: ll the left hand canopy warntng lamps work correctty, check wire 181 between the left hand
srgnallwarning lamp and the sp/rce.
Gl Terminal for wrre 181 Pink/Dark Green to 12 volts Bad circuit betwccn the f lasher rclay and the
9 oinrno dimmer/turn/horn switch. Also chcck thc
dimmer/turn/horn switch
fcrminalfor wire'168 Brown to ground Continuity Check wrre 168 and thc chassis ground
(l conncctron.
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the 4ARNING LAMP position (positron 2)
NOTE: lf the right hand canopy warntng tamps work correctlY, check
wire 183 beNvcen the Ieft hand fender lurn
signallwarning lamp and the sp/ice
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-76
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the key ta the ON poslllon and Pul the turn signal switch tn the LEFT turn position.
tcrminal for wire 183 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwccn the flasher relay and the
@ dimmer/turn/horn switch. Also check the
dimmer/turn/horn switch.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand front canopy turn signallwarning lamp from the harness.
fcrminal for wire 184 Brown to grouncj Continurty Chcck wrrc 184 and the chassis ground
@ conncction
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the WARNING UMP posltton (position 2)
NOTE: lf the teft hand rear canopy warnrng lamp works, check wrre 181 between the left hand front canopy turn
signallwarning lamp and the splrce..
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and put the turn srgnal swltch in the RIGHT turn position.
Terrninai for wirc 18'1 PnlVDark Grccn to 12 volis Bad crrcuit bclwcen thc flasher relay and the
ground dimmer/turn/horn switch. Also check the
dimmcr/turn/horn switch.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand rear canopy turn signallwarning lamp from the harness.
rerminal for wire 185 Brown to ground Continuiiy Check wire 185 and the chassis ground
@ conncction
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch ta the WARNING UMP position (position 2)
for wire 181 PinicDark Green tc 12 Volts Bad circuit between the ilasher relay and thc
G) ;:n:tl ON.OFF ON eft harrd rcar canopy turn signal/warning
amf: Also chcck ihc iiashcr rclaY
NOTE: ll the lefl hand front canapy vtarning lamp v.torks, check wire 181 betvveen the left hand rear canopy turn
signallwarning lamp and the sp/ice.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-77
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
tn the RIGHT turn position
NOTE: Turn the key to the oN position and put thc turn signat switch
Terminal for wirc 1B l PinlVDark Grccn to 12 Volis Bad circuit bctwccn thc flasher relay and thc
ground dimmcr/turn/horn switch' Also chcck thc
dimmer/turn/horn switch
NOTE: Disconnect the right hand front canopy lurn stgnallwarning lamp from lhe
harness'
ferminal for wrrc 189 Broivn to ground Continuity Check wire 189 and the chassrs ground
@ co^ncctior
NoTE: Turn thc tamp switch to the wABNING LAMP position (positron 2)
(f,il Terminal ior wire l83 Pink to ground 12Volts Bad circuit between the flashe r relay and the
ON-OFF ON right hand lront canopy turn signal/warning
lamp Also check the ilashcr rclaY
NOTE: tf the riaht hancl rear canopv warn)ng lamp works, check wire 1 83 befween the
ight hand front canapy turn
signallvtarning lamp and the sp/rce.
NOTE. Turn the key to the oN posilion and put the turn signat switch in the LEFT turn position
ftJ t"r.,nrl for wre 183 Pinx to grounc 12 volts Bad circuit between the flasher relay and the
dimmer/turn/horn swltch. Aiso check thc
dirrrner/turn/horn swilch.
,.rr.,nrl for wirc 190 3rorvn lo grolnd Continrity Check wirc 190 and thc chassis ground
O conicc' o'
NOTE. Turn the iamp switch to the wARNtNG LAMP posttion (posrtion 2)
#) terminal for wirc 183 Pink to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctween the flasher relay and the
ON-OFF-ON riqht hand rear canopy turn signal/warning
larrp Also check the flasher relay
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -78
powrquadplus
NOTE: www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Turn the key to the ON position and put the turn signal switch tn the RIGHT turn position
(t) r.rnrinul for wirc 183 Pink to ground I2 Volts Bad circuit between thc flasher relay and the
dimmer/turn/horn switch Aiso check the
dimmer/turn/horn switch
ierminal for wire IB7 Pink/Dark Bluc to Pin Contrnuity Check wirc 187
24 of thc instrument cluster conncctor
Pin 7of the instrumcnt clustcr conncctor to Contrnuity Chcck wire 186 bctwccn the flashcr rclay
qround and thc i"rstrumcnt cluster conncctor. Also
chcck ii'rc flashcr relay
NOTE: lt the readings are correct check lhe {lasher relay
(h icrrninal ior wirc 161 Gray/Rcd lo grounci 12 Vol:s Bad crrcurt betwccn thc battcry powcr
junction block and thc f lashcr rclay tcrminai
2 Also check thc battcry powcr junction
block conncct on
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the WABNiNG UMP positton (positron 2).
@ ierminal for wire 179 PinVBiack to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit belwee n thc lamp switch and lhc
flasher rclay tcrminal 1 Also check the lanrp
switch
Terminal forwire -186 Brown Io eroirnd Conlinu'lv Check wirc 186 and lhe chassis ground
t) conneciron
NOTE: Put the turn signal switch in the LEFT Turn pssltion
(E) lc,minal for wirc 183 Pink to grouncj I2 Volts Bad c rcuit bctwccn the dimmcr/turn/horn
sv/rich anC lhc f ashcr rclay tcrminal 7 Also
check lhc dinn crltrtrn/horn swrtch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
40a1-79
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Put the turn signal switch in the RIGHT TURN positron
Terminal for wirc 181 pink/Dark Grecn to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the dimmer/turnlhorn
ground swrtch and thc flasher relay terminal 5. Also
chcck the dimmer/turn/horn switch
Terminal for wire 181 Pink/Dark Grcen to 12 volts Bad flashcr relay
ground ON-OFF-ON
Tcrminal for wire 187 PinvDark Blue to 12 Volts Bad Ilasher relay
ground ON.OFF-ON
NOTE: Put the turn srgnal switch in the RIGHT TURN positron
Cl) tor wire 188 Pink/Yellow to ground 12 Volts Bad flasher relaY
v f arminal ON OFF.ON
Terminal for wjre 176 PinlvYcllow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the battery powcr
@ lunction block and the dimmer/turn/horn
switch. Also check the battery power
junction block connection.
NOTE: Put the turn siQnal switch in the RIGHT TURN positron
NOTE: Put the turn slgnal switch in the LEFT TURN posrtion
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400 r -80
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Lamp Switch Test (Warning Lamp Circuit)
Check points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Terminal for wire 164 Red//ellowAVhitc to 12 Volts Check wire 164 and the battery power
ground lunction block connection.
NorE: Turn the lamp swltch ta the wARNING lAlvlp position (positron 2)
6 Tormnrl for wrre 178 white/Bcd to ground t2 Volts Bad lamp switch
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the HEADLAMp position (pcsition 3).
lF rerminal for wirc 178 whitc/Reo to ground 12 Volts Bad lamp switch
NorE: Turn the lamp switch to the FENDER woRK LAMp posittor't (position 4)
@ Tcrminai lor wirc "178 whitc/Red to grounri 0 Votts Bad lamp switch
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the CAB oR CANopy woRK LAMp pasirion (position 5)
@ Tcrminal Jor wire 178 whitc/Rcd to ground 0 Volts Bad tamp switch
Terminal 3 of the trailer connector for wirc 12 Volis Check wirc 1Bl betwecn thc lrailer
81 PinldDark Grcen to ground
'1
ON-OFF'ON conncctor and thc left hand rear turn
signal/warning lamp
Terminai 5 of the trailer conncctor for wirc 12 Voits Cneck wirc 183 between the trailer.
lB3 Pink to ground ON-OF[--ON connector and thc right hand rear turn
signal/warnrng lamp
icrminal I oi thc trailer conncctor for wrrc Con:inuity Chcck wire 169 and the chassrs ground
169 Brown to ground connection.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-81
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schernatic Circuit (For Cab Tractors)
Lamp Switch and TurrrHorr/Dimmer Switch Flasher Relay Left Hand Tum Signal/ltl ulMamirg Lanps Bight Hand Tum SignaUllllaming Lamps
200
-l
B/O
(18)
[-]o Tro*""
lr_,,. -J --lto.*,*
i'
176
P/Y
(r5)
@
ot--Orl--f
t78
w/R
tl8)
183
P
(rs)
191
P/OG
(15)
183
P
(r5)
,88PiY(18)r
187 P/DB
186
{r8)
BB {-16}
-
-
+
,55
BB
{r6)
cm
185 BR {13}
1&4 BR {16) AR 66)
166
BA
185 Afl {1q ,€
BR --184 an
{15) (t6) {r3)
COMPONENTS
@ (il6i
o FUSE F5
o RIGHT HAND FRONT TURN SIGNAL/WAFNING LAMP
\
Y=.r*r-t-t--
@ FUSE F6
@ RIGHT HAND REAR TURN SIGNALX,VAHNING LAMP
o LAMP SWITCH
@ 7 P'N TRAILEB CONNECTOR
o DIMMER/TURI.IIHORN SWTCH
o INSTRU MENT CLUSTER CONNECTOR irl#J INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESSDIMMEBiIU RNiHOHN SWITCH
c LEFT HAND FRONT TURN SIGNAL/WARNING I-AMP wf CAB HARNESS TO REAR FENDER HARNESS
o LEF-T HAND REAR TUBN SIGNATJWABNING LAMP ffi# BATTEBY POWER JUNCTION BLOCK
4001€3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Gircuit {For Non Gab Tractors)
Flasher Relay Fender Tum SignaU\lllar ming Lamps Canopy Tum SigmUWarning LarnPs
Lamp Switch and Turr{HordDinumer Switch
3s UDB {13}
mo
1*.
R/O
(18,
[-?,o ?"
I r_,,, 16r GrR (1s) l\4ooor-zr
%
164 R/Ynrv
i' o
-
o t7a
WR
(r8) ,88 Prr {r8}
-
fl8!-
167 P,DA
{ *oor-roo
mor+z
q . 4001.71 {
1864R{rO
176 -
?N 180 'r8, P/DG t16)
{r5l P P/OG
'81 '83
P
fls) (ts) {15} P (16) 18O P {'16)
rB P (r5)- rmp(to
t8l P/DG {tl
.{ {
lar eiio 1rq --{fffif- 18i Pioc
---DEEFtsop(16
*oor-zr
{ loor.sz noor-rr
186
BR
w ffi
1?6 PrY {15} {16}
15s EB (16)
t5{ s "1d'(16)
175
pvY
{15}
I83
P
(1s)
{ coor.rr * ,w
1Bl H
fr
155
BA ,s6 B'1f' (18) PIDG
{r6)
t63 B'13'06)
{ mor-zr {15) €
18O B' i5" (t5) r8, P/DG {15}
'ts3 P {rq
H
s'r1" (15)
17r a.14'(lq PIY {15)
186
BR
(r6) "h
(r6)
BB
(16)
169
BR
(13)
COMPONEttITS
o DTMMERITURIYHORN SWITCH
c LEFT HAND FENDER TUBN SIGNAL/WARNING LAMP ffi pr-rrronla HARNEssro cANoPY EXTENSIoN HARNESS
o BIGHT HAND FENDER TURN SIGNAL/WARNING LAMP i,ffi ExreustoN HARNESs cANoPY HARNESS
o LEFT HAND FBONT CANOPY TURN SIGNALWARNING LAMP ffi alrrenY PowER JUNcrtoN BLocK
WORK TAMPS
Sectional lndex
Left Hand Rear Fender Work Lamp Circuit Test ........... ...... B5
Hight Hand Flear Fender Work Lamp Circuit Test ........... ........................ 85
Left Hand Front Fender Work Lamp Circuit Test (Non Cab Tractors Only) .....,......... 86
.........
fiight Hand Front Fender Work Lamp Circuit Test(Non Cab tractors Only) ...... 86
Trailer Connector Work Lamp Circuit Test ........... ................ 86
Fender Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test ........... ....... .............. 87
Left Hand Front Cab Work Lamp Circuit Test (Cab Tractors Only).......... .................. 87
Right Hand Front Cab Work Lamp Circuit Test (Cab Tractors Only) ......... ...........,.... 88
Front Cab Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test (Cab Tractors Only).......... ..... 88
Only)
Left Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp Circr:it Test (Cab Tractors ......., Bg
Hight Hand Rear Cab Work Lamp Circuit Test (Cab Tractors Only) ......... ............,.... 89
Front Cab Work Lamp Helay Circuit Test (Cab Tractors Only)....... ...... 89
Left Hand Front Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Test (Non Cab Tractors Oniy) .............. 90
Right Hand Front Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Test (Non Cab Tractors Only) ........... 90
Left Hand Hear Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Test (Non Cab Tractors Only) .............. 91
Right Hand Flear Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Test (Non Cab Tractors Only) ............ 91
Canopy Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test (Non Cab Factors Only) ........... ......,............,...92
Lamp Switch Test (Work Lamp Circuits) ............... .............. 93
Schematic Circuit (Cab Tractors Only) ............ 95
Schematic Circuit (Non Cab Tractors Only) .......,. ............... 97
Don 7-39270
lssued 11-93 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -85
NOTE: Far cab tractors, refer to the schematic urcuil on Page 95 and for non cab tractors, refer to the schematic circult
on Page 97.
NOTE: Check fuse Fl4 and the left hand rear fender work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnectthe lelt hand rear lender work lamp from the harness and turn the lamp switch to the FENDER WORK
UMP posrlton (posttion 4).
Terminal for wire 205 Violctflcllow to 12 Volts Bad circuit bctween the fender work lamp
ground. relay, and thc left hand rear fender work
larnp.
NOTE: ll the nght hand rear lender lamp works correctly, check wire 205 beNveen the left hand rear fender lamp and the
sp/rce.
€l Tcrminal lor wire 206 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 206 and the chassis ground
conne ction
NOTE: Check fuse F14 and the righl hand rear fender work lamp bulb.
NOTE; Disconnect the right hand rear fcncler work lanp f rom the harncss and turn the lamp switch to the FENDEB WORK
UMP podtion (position 4)
vo Tcrminal
ground,
for wirc 205 Violct/Ycllow to 12 Volts Bad circuit betr,veen the fendcr work lamp
relay, and thc right hand rear iender work
lamp
NOTE: tf the teft hand rear fende r lamp works carractly, check wlre 2A4 bclween the right hand rear fender lamp and the
sp/lce
? ferminal for wire 207 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wie 207 and the chassis ground
conncctton.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 86
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Left Hand Front Fender Work Larnp Circuit Test
(Non Cab Tractors Only)
NOTE: ll all the fender work lamps fail to work, check tttc lendcr work lamp rclay
NOTE: Check fuse F15 and the left hand {ront fender work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand f rant fender work lamp from lhe harness and turn the lamp switch to the FENDER WORK
UMP posilion (position 4)
Tcrminal for wirc 208 Violct/Dark Grccn to 12 Volts Bad circuit between the fcnder work lamp
ground rciay, and the left hand front fender work
lamp
NOTE: lf the righl hand f ront fender lamp works correclly. check wrre 208 betvteen the left hand f ront fender lamp and the
Tcrminal for wirc 209 Brown to grounci Continuity Chcck wire 209 and the chassis ground
Gl connection
NOTE. Check fuse F15 and the right hand rear fender work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the right hancl rear lender wark lama lrom the narness an<l turn lhe lamp swttch to the FENDER WORK
AMP position (posibn 4)
Tcrmjnal for wire 208 Violct/Dark Grccn to 12 Volls Bad circuit bctwecn lhe fender work lamp
grour:d relay, and thc rlght hand front fender work
lamo
NOTE: lf the left hand tront fender lamp works correctly, checkwre 2AB betueen the right hand f ront fender lamp and the
sp/rce.
Tcrminal for wire 210 Brown to ground Confinuity Chcck wirc 210 and the chassis ground
O conncctron.
Tcrminal 2 of thc trailer connector lor wirc 12 Volts Chcck wirc 205 betwccn thc trailcr
205 VioletrYcllow to grcund conncctor oin 2 and thc splice
Tcrminal 1 of lhc trailer conncctor ior wirc Coniinuity Chcck wrrc 169 and the chassts ground
169 Brown to ground conne ctron
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-87
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Fender Work Lamp Relay Circuit Test
NOTE: Turn the lamp svtitch to the OFF positton (position 1)
@ ferminal for wirc 203 Brown to groun<j Continuity Check wire 203 and the chassis ground
connectron
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the FENDER WaBK UMP posrtion (position 4)
@ J::n:'r ror wire 201 Red/Lisht Grcen to 12 Volts Check wire 201 between the lamp switch
terminal FL1 and the fender work lamp relay
terminal 86. Also check the lamp switch,
lE f"rrinrl for wire 202 RedNiolct to groirnd 12 Volts Check wire 202 and the battery power
lunction block connection
@ Tcrmlnal for 204 Violet/Gray to gror,nd 12 Volts Bad fender work lamp reiay
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand frant work lamp lrom the harness and turn the lamp switch to the CAB WORK UMP
position (position 5)
(f{ T"rr,nul for wirc 21 7 Vrolet/Black to ground t 2 Volts Bad circuit belween the lamp switch
terminal FL2 and the left hand front cab work
Iamp Also check the front cab work lamp
rclay and the lamp switch.
NOTE: lf therighthandfrontcabworklampworkscorrectlychcckwrre2lTbetweenthclefthandfrontcabworklampand
the splice
(h terminal for wirc 218 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 218 and thc chassis ground
connection
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-88
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Right Hand Front Cab Work Lamp Circuit Test
(Cab Tractors Only)
NOTE: Check fuse F1 and thc riqht hand front cab work lamp bulb
NOTE: Disconnect the rrght hand f ront work lamp f rom the harness and turn the lamp switch to the CAB WORK UMP
position (position 5).
@ ferminal ior wirc 21 7 Vrolct/Black to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwcen the lamp switch
terminal FP and the right hand front cab
work lamp Also check thc fronl cab work
lamp relay and the lamp switch.
NOTE; l{ the left hand frant cab work lamp works correctly check wire 21 7 befween the right hand f ront cab work lamp and
the splice
(?l Terminal for wire 219 Brown to grounrJ Continuity Chcck wirc 2]9 and thc chassis ground
connectron
G) Terminal for wirc 203 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 203 and the chassis ground
conncction
NOTE: Iutn the tamp swttch to tt,e CADWORK LAMP posttton (positron 5)
flD Terminal for wire 211 Red/Brown to ground 12 Volts Chcck wire 211 betwcen the lamp switch
tcrminal FL2 and the lront cab work lamp
rclay terminal 86.
Tcrminal for wire 2-15 Rcd/Ycllow,&Vhite to 12 Volts Chcck r,virc 215 and the battery powcr
ground jrrnction blocx co^ncct or
Terminal for wire 216YioletlDark Grcen lo 12 Volts Bad front cab work lamp relay
ground
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001,89
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand rear work lamp from the harness and turn the lamp switch to the CAB WORK UMP
position (position 5).
&h T"r,r,nal for wirc 214 Vrolct,&Vhite 1o ground 12 Vo ts Bad circuit between the lamp switch
v tcrminal FL2 and the left hand rear cab work
lamp. Also check the rear cab work lamp
relay and thc lamp switch.
fu Terminal for wire I85 Brown to ground Continuity Check wirc 185 and the chassis ground
connectron.
NOTE; Disconnect the right hand rear work lamp lrom thc harncss and lurn the lamp switch to the CAB WORK UMP
positian (posilion 5)
flB Terminal for wire 214 Violet,&Vhite to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctween the lamp switch
terminal FL2 and the right hand rcar cab
work lamp Aiso check the rear cab work
iamp rclay and the lamP swrtch
NOTE: tf the left hand rear cab work lamp works correctly check wire 214 belvveen the left and right hand rear cab work
lamps.
pD Terminal for wire 185 Brown to ground Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the cAB woBK UMP pasition (positton 5)
Terminalfor wirc 2l1 Rcd/Brown Io ground I2 Volls Bad circuit betwecn thc larnp switch
E) lcrrninal FL2 and thc rear cab work lamp
rclay tcrminal 86. Also check the lamp
switch.
Dan 7-392-/A
lssued 11-93 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -90
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
points
Chcck Rcading Possiblc Causc of Bad Reading
Icrminal for wirc 212 Violot/Rcd to grouncl 12 Volts Chcck v,rue 212 and the battcry power
4) junction block connection
@ Tcrminal forwire 213 Vrolet to ground 12 Volts Bad rcar cab work lamp relay
NOTE: Check the left hand lront canopy work lamp bulb
NOTE; Disconnect the left hand f ront canopy wcrk larna f ront tbe ha,.ness and turn the lamp swltch to the cANoPY woBK
UMP positton (posilron 5).
le,minal for wire 223Yiolcl to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwcen the canopy work lamp
rclay and the left hand front canopy work
larnp Also check the canopy work lamp
relay and iirc circuit brcakcr.
NOTE: tt lhc right hand fronl canopy work larnp works correctly check wirc 223 between the left hand f ront canopy work
lamp and lhe splicc.
lD ferminai for wlre 224 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wie 224 and the chassis ground
co^ncc:io".
NOTE: Check the right hand !roni canopy work lamo oulb
NOTE: Disconnect the right hand lrant canoDy work lamp trom the harness and turn the key to the CANaPY WORK UMP
position (posrtton 5).
ferminal for wirc 223 Violet io ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwecn the canopy work lamp
@ rclay and the r ght hand front canopy work
lamp Also check the canopy work lamp
rclay and the circuit breakcr,
NOTE; tf the teft hand front canopy work lamp works correctly check wirc 223 between the right hand front canopy work
lamp and the splrce.
(t) Te,minal for wire 225 Brown ro rlrounrj Coniinrity Check wie 225 and the chassis ground
connect on.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -91
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Left Hand Rear Canopy Work Lamp Circuit Test
(Non Cab Tractors OnlY)
NOTE: lf alt the canapy work lamps farl to work, check the 30 amp circuit breaker. Refer to Page 92.
NOTE: Check the teft hand rear canopy work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the left hand rear canopy work lamp from the harness and lurn the lamp switch to the CANOPY WORK
UMP positron (posrtion 5).
fcrminal for wirc 226ViolclNVhitc to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the canopy work lamp
@ reiay and the lcft hand rear canopy work
lamp. A so check the canopy work lamp
rclay and the circuit breaker
NOTE: ll thc right hancl rcar canapy work lamp works correctly check wire 227 between the left hand front canopy work
lamp and the splice.
flil Tcrminal for wire 227 Srown 1o ground Continuity Chcck wtrc 226 and the chassis ground
conncction
NOTE. Chcck thc right hand rear canopy work lamp bulb.
NOTE: Disconnect the rtght hancl rear canopy work lamp from the harness and turn the lamp switch to the CANOPY
WORK UMP positian (position 5)
Term,nal lor wirc 226 Vioiel,4Vhitc to grounri I2 Volts Bad circuit betwcen thc canopy work lamp
6I rclay and thc right hand rear canopy work
lamp. Also check thc canopy work lamp
rclay and thc circuit brcaker.
work
!. NOTE: lf the left hand rear canopy work lamp works correctly check wire 226 between the rlght hand rear canopy
lamp and the splice.
IerminaL for wire 228 Brown to groun<i Continuiiy Chcck wvc 228 and the chassis ground
@ connection
)c^ 7 -39274
issucd 11-93 Prlnted in Fnglano
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -92
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
30 AMP Circuit Breaker Circuit Test
(Non Cab Tractors Only)
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch ta the CANOPY WORK AMP position (position 5).
Terminal for wirc 212 YiolctlDark Blue to 12 Volts Bad circuit betwccn the canopywork lamp
ground rclay and the 30 amp cjrcuit brcaker, Also
chcck the canopy work lamp rclay.
Bctwee n lhe terminals of thc 30 amp circui[ Continuily Bad circuit brcakcr
brcakcr
Q0 Terminal for wire 203 Brown to ground Continuity Bad circuit between the canopy work lamp
relay tcrminal 85 and the chassis ground
conncction Also check the chassis ground
conncctton.
NOTE: Turn the lamp swrtch to the CANOPY WORK UMP positton (posrtion 5)
Terminal for wire 211 Redl}rown to ground 12 Volts Chcck wire 211 between the lamp switch
terminal FL2 and thc canopy work lamp
relay tcrminal 86 Also check the lamp
switcl^
Tcrminal for wire 22O Pinl/Red to ground 12 Volts Chcck wie 220 and the battery power
junction block connector.
Terminal for wiro 212 VtalctlDark Bluc to 12 Volls Bad canopy work lamp rclay
ground
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -93
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Lamp Switch Test (Work Lamp Circuits)
Check points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Feading
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the WARNING UMP posltion (positton 2)
Terminal for wire 201 Bed/Light Green to 0 Volts Bad lamp switch
ground
6D Terminal for wire 211 RedlBrown to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch
Terminal for wire 201 Rcd/Light Grecn to 0 Volts Bad lamp switch
ground
6Il Terminal for wire 211 Red/Brown to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch to the FENDER WORK UMP position (posrtron 4)
\-_.,
,-. Terminal for wire 201 RcdiLight Grcen to '12 Volts Bad lamp switch
€El
v orouno
6t) Terminal for wire 211 Red/Brown to ground 0 Volts Bad lamp switch
NOTE: Turn the lamp switch ta the CANOPY WORK UMP position (pasition 5.
Term nal for wire 201 Rcd/Light Grccn to 12 Volts Bad lamp switch
ground
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400't-94
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-95
Lamp Switch Optional Rear Cab Work Lamps Opiional Front Fender Work Lamps Rear FenderWork Lamps
212
200
v/n
Blo
{r0)
{ts) N2
20r R/LG t18)
R'V
{r 1}
ffBR (161
Y/r llo,
I d+oor-roa
BF {16}
E'L- -
-203 BF {18} ffi EI
v/oc (lsl *---t hl
d5 { *oorei l_
#, { oootoi-
400r-69
- 't'_r'-2OsVfl(15)
)^
lv,s(re) J \e, llrB) T
llBn
217 VlB {15) I I ('3r
le 205 205 I
{
G) &
214 V/Vl'
o
Osl
w
Io
e.laJ
AI I
204
T'
,85 2la 219 206 207 I69
BR BR BR BB 3n BR BR
fl8) (r3) $9 (15)
fl6) (16) fi3)
COMPONENTS
(t LAMP SWITCH
@ r-srr HAND FRoNT cAB woBK LAMP
c FUSE F4
@ z erm TRATLER coNNEcroR
rUSE Fl
@
CONNECTOES
@ FUSE F14
(,
o LEFT HAND REAR TURN SIGNAL/IAIARNING LAMP ,{-.ffi cns HAHNESS To IN$THUMENT rANEL HARNEss
{.1
o LEFT HAND REAB CAB WORK LAMP ffi cxe HABNEssro REAR FENDEB HAHNEss
I
(J
o RIGHT HAND REAR CABWORK LAMP ffi# BATTEBY POWER JUNCTION BLOCK (i
)l
ii
(t
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
200
R/O
(181 201 R/LG n8)
150 1Bt
(r8)
N
fuY R/YAi'
{r3) (r8l f-2t1R/BB P/B
n,
ffi
271
Ni/BR
(18)
rs$,}
ffi
v vdr
(19 trs! {loor-ro
dr*
IrPi
HH
tffi -2038R{1S}
I 204
r nuBF {181 *
*3 26 vlDB
tlo)
v vnJy I vre r)
J (r5) tr
(1s) (15)
{H#
Ar& {-ro4vlc(r5}-
t zqt
v/Y
{r6l
,69
BA
(13)
+# P,*",, { -
@
{ coor.zr l,26
fls)
205 V/Y
JIfr
?Ig
ns) I
_l
I
@
I
I
n4
(r6)
BR
45
BR
fl6'
c* 8R
{t6)
4a
BR
tl6)
203
BR
{18}
aI
la
151
203
BR
(r8)
e ffi 6i)
(16)
e';
(16)
@'"T
(16)
(DH
06)
lT
(r3)
COMPONENTS
c CIRCUIT BREAKEB
@ r erN TRATLEB coNNEcroR :CTOR
c rUSE Fl5
coNltEcToRs
FUSE F14
@
u, LETT HAND FBONTCANOPY WORK LAMP ffi er-nrronM HARNESs ro TNsTRuMENT eANEL HARNESS O INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
\, BIGHT HAND FRONT CANOPY WOHK LAMP I#,J PLATFORM HAFINESS TO CANOPY EXTENSION HARNESS O CANOPY EXTENSION HABNE$S
(7\ LEFT HAND REAR CANOPY WORK LAMP I.,ffi cnuopv ExrENSroN HARNEssro cANopy HARNEss IABNESS TO CANOPY HARNESS
c RIGHT HAND REAR CANOPY WORK LAMP ffi anrrenY PowER JuNCroN BLocK .ICTION BLOCK
Don 7-39270 lssued 11'93 Printed in England lssued I1-93 Printed in England
4001-98
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Sectional lndex
Right Hand Console Auxiliary Power Connector Circuit Test ,........., ...;................ ... .. 99
Right Hand Console Auxiliary Power Connector Suppression Diode Module Circuit Test ....,.............................99
lnstrument PanelAuxiliary Power Connector Circuit Test .......... .........,. 100
lnstrument Panel Auxiliary Power Connector Suppression Diode Module Circuit Test ............ ......100
Terminal 3 of the auxrl ary powcr conncctor Conlrnuity Chcck wirc 237 and the chassis ground
for wirc 237 Brown to ground conncctron
Termrnal 2 of thc auxiliary power conncctor 12 Voits Bad circuit beiween the battery powe r
for wire 239 Rcd,rYellow to ground junction block and the auxiliary powcr
connector terminal 2. Also check the
battery power lunction block connection
and thc right hand console auxiliary powcr
suppression diode module circuit.
Tcrminal 1 of thc auxiliary powcr conne ctor 12 Volts Bad circuit between the keye d powcr
Ior wire 236 ?ed/Orange to ground junction block and the auxiliary power
connector terminal 3. AIso chcck the keycd
power circuit and the right hand conso e
auxt|ary power supprcssion diode modulc
circuit
Terminal for wire 239 Bed,Ycllow to ground 12 Volls Chcck wire 239 betwccn the splice and the
bat:cry powcr suPpression drode
Gl Terminal f or wire 236 Red/Orange to ground 12 Volts Check wire 236 between the splice and the
keyed power suppression diode
Gl terminal for wirc 240 tsrown lo ground Con:inurty Chcck wtra 24a and the chassis ground
connectron.
NOTE. lf the readings are correct check the rrghl hand conso/e auxlliary powcr suppress/on drode module, refer to
Suppression Diode module fes/, page 141.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001,1 00
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Instrument Panel Auxiliary Power Connector Circuit Test
NOTE: Check Fuses F7 and Fl2.
Tcrminal 2 of the auxiliary powcr connectcr 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwccn thc baitery power
{or wire 243 Red/Yellowio g,'ouncl iunction block and the auxiliary powcr
conncctor terminal 2 Also check thc
battery power junction block connection
and thc instrumcnt panel auxiliary powcr
supprcssron dlode module clrcuit
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 01
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Suppression Diode Module Circuit Test
NOTE: The procedure for testing lhe suppress ion diode modules is the same for the rlght hand console auxtliary power
diode module and the tnstrument panel auxihary power diode module.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF posrtion and drsconnect the auxiliary power diode rnodule from the harness.
NOTE: The positive lead of thc multtmetcr must go ta lcrminal B of the diode modulc
NOTE: Change the leads of the multrmeter over sa the negative lead goes lo termrnal B of the drode module.
NOTE: Make sure there rs NO CONTINUIW beN'teen terminals A, B or C and terminals D, E or F of the diode module
(31 Tcrn,inal for wire 109 Erown to grounC Continurty Check wire 109 and the chasss ground
connection.
tf,|
v Tcrminal for urire 2ll9 Rcd/Ycllow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwccn the battcry powcr
lunctron block and the cigarette lighte r. Aiso
check the battery power junction block
connection and thc suppre sston diodc
c rcuit
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
.ii ..'i
4001 -'1 02
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Electric Seat Motor Circuit Test
NOTE: Chcck Fuse F31
posllion
NOTE: Disconnect the electric seat from the harness and turn the key lo the ON
236 Rcd/Orangc to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwecn the keyed power
lEl terminalforwire
iunction block and the electric seat motor
conncctor terminal A. Also check thc keyed
oowcr circu t
NOTE: lt the raadings arc correct chcck the alcclnc scat motor
Tcrnrinai 7 oi iho traiir:r conncclor ic' r'vrrr: 12 Volts Bad circuii frctwcen the keycd powor
junction block and the trailer connector
236 Redlorangc to ground
tcrminal 7 Also check the keyed oower
circuit
Terrninal 4 of ihc trailcr conrtcclor i6r r,virc l2 Voits Chcck wirc 236 bctlvecn terminais 4 andT
23ti Rcd/Orangc lo groLrnd of the trailer connecior
Tcrn,inal ior wrrc 169 Brown to grourd Cortinuity Check wirc 169 and lhc chassis ground
G) COnnCCtrOn.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 03 -103
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
Right Hand Gonsole Auxiliary Power Connector Cigarette Lighter lnstrument lnsfurnent Panel Auiliary Power Connector and Electris Seat
{trtr}- 236R'o(15}
242
236 R/O 0s) 235 R/o (15)
245 I
Rna R/O I
{r0) flq 236
B/O
(rs)
1
$T
+oor-roz
239 E/Y (11)
{
236
F
235
R/O 246 FvO (16) 246 ilO (16)
- 246 R/O fl6) F/O
(iu (r5!
2i13 R/Y (13 243 RYfl3)
Bn (lE 244 8n $6) 244 8n fl6)
/J6 eoor-srieo
R/O 3[
(11) d' eoor-esar
- < Aool+,srsl'
-
*oorasrsz
d.BR 16g
244 I 2$
anI B/O {'t3}
n?l lls) n|/o
I 243 {i5,
lsv
l,o
239 RfY {r0) I osl
4001.51/53 I,P
K
(fle
H
(") O
M
l-El
M
/rh@
244
BR
(13)
,F,
(15)
169
BR
(13)
{r3)
COMFONEI'ITS CONNECTORS
e CIGABEITE LIGHTER
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must be at f ull charge and all cannections must be clean and tight belore testing. Use a multimeter for '
Ihe tesls.
NOTE: Make sure the radia antenna chassis ground connection is clean and trght. Also check the antenna cable for
damage.
fcrminal for wire 254 Brown to ground Continuity Check wtre 254 and the chassis ground
@ connection.
Gl Termlnal for wire 239 Rcd//cllow to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwee n the battery powcr
junction block and the radio. Also chcck the
battery junction block connectron.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
400r-106
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnterior LamP Circuit Test
NOTE: Chcck Fuse F3 and the tnterior lamp bulb'
f"tmnnl lor wire 239 Rcd'Yci ow lo grouno 12 Volts Bad circuit betwcen the battery powcr
0 lunction block and the inierior lamp
Also
chcck lhc baitery powcr junction block
connccilon.
NOTE: lf the readings are carrect cneck the tnrcr"ar lamp assembly
(pttstiion 3)
NOTE: Turn iha lama svtttch to tha IIEADiAMP "'t'to'
(D Tcrminal 'cr wirc 255 Tan to grounc 12 Volts Bad circuit bctwccn the lamp switch
lcrminal HD and thc right hand consolc
iamp Also chcck thc lamP swrtch
Check Points
Qo2.i!nn Possible Cause of Bad Beading
connccicr 12 Volts Chcck wirc 255 bctwecn fusc F13 and thc
Pin 36 of thc nstrumcnt clus:cr
instrumcnt clustcr connector pin 36
for wirc 255 Tan io ground
rcfcr to Page 15
NOTE: lf the reacling is correct check the instrumenI Clusler chassrs ground ctrcutt'
lssucd I 1-93 Printec n Lngland
Don / 392711
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-107 4001 -1 07
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
BTY
{11}
3
o6 I
I
239
R/Y
tlo
{ noot-ssrsz
{oor.roe -1
,5r E {i6}
I
23S
F/Y
{16)
@
255r(i6)-_ffi-tO
d2br
77 2s5 T {16) {oo-zo
RA'
{r5) 2ss T {16}
254
I
BB
I
t18)
"39
RrY t18)
:* HfY {18)
239 F/Y OS)
239 &Y (18)
{ motao
36
37 R/v (r5) _l 254
BB
6B 254 3R (.r8) 254 BB (r8)
t't8l 254 8R {r8)
{16)
COMPOHENTS CONNECTOBS
e FUSE F19
c RIGHT HAND SPEAKER
ffi alrrenvPowEnJuNcroN BLocK ] JUNCTION BLOCK
@ FUSE F32
@ FUSE F13
@ FUSE F3O
e LAMP SWITCH
o RADIO ANTENNA
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CIRCUIT TESTING
NOTE: The battery must be at full charge and atl connections must be clean and tight bef ore testing. Use a multimeler for
the tcsls.
NOTE: Disconnect thc fronl windshietd wrper mator trom thc harncss and turn the key to the ON position
ferminal for wirc 266 Gray/1cd to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the front windshield
Q wiper motor connector terminal C and the
kcyed power junction block. Also check the
keyed Power junction block.
NOTE: Turn the front winclshielrl wiper swilch {o the LOW (l) position
Terminal for wire 268 Gray to ground 12 Volts Check wire 268 and the front windshield
wiper/washer switch.
NOTE: Turn the windshield wiparlwashcr swllch lo the HIGH (ll) posrtion
Terminal for wire 269 GraylDark Green lo 12 Volts Chcck wirc 269 and the front windshield
ground wiper/washcr switch.
NOTE: Turn the key and the windshield wiperlwasher switch to the OFF position.
Terminal for wire 220 Brown to ground Coniinuity Chcck wue 270 and the chassis ground
connection
Tcrminals for wires 266 Gray/Rcd and 267 Continuity Chcck wia 267 and the front windshicld
Gray/Black wiperiwashcr swltch
NOTE: ff the readings are carrect check the frort wrndshield wiper rnotor
the harness.
NOTE: Turn the key to the oFF positron anc disconnect the front windshield washer motor from
and hatd the front windshield wiperlwasher switch in the ryASH position.
NOTE: Turn the Rey to the ON positron
NOTE: lf lhe readings are correct replace the front windshield washer motor.
Doa t-3g27o
lssued 1 1-93 Printed in Eng and
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-110
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Front Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Test
NOTE: Check Fuse F8
NOTE: Drsconrtect the front wincJshield wiperlwasher switch from the harness and turn the key to the ON position
Tctminal for wire 266 Gray/Rcd to ground 12 Volts BaC circuit bctwccn the keycd powcr
O junction block and the front windshield
wiper/washer switch terminal B. Also check
thc kcycd powcr circuit.
NOTE: Turn the front windshield wtperlv'tasher svtitch to the LOW (l) pasitlon
Betwccn rcrminals B and L of lhc lront Continuity Bad front windshicld wiper/washer switch
windshicld wipcr/washcr switch
NOTE: Turn thc iront winclshield v.ttpertwasher sw'rich lo lhe HiGH (ll) postr,'on
Betwccn tcrminals B and H of lhc front Continurty Bad front windshicld wiper/washcr switch
wrndshicld wipcr/washcr switch
NOTE: Turn the front wrndshrelcl wrperlvtasher swttch to the oFF posiliott.
Betwecn terminals B and p oi thc troni CoilinLtity Bad front windshrcld wrper/washer switch
windshicld wrPcr/washcr swrich
NOTE: Hotd the front windshietd wipe|washer switch tn the wAsH pastttan
Bcfwccn tcrminals B and w of thc front Cortinuity Bad front windshicld w pe r/washer swttch
\vlroshlcld w,Pcr/washcr swl:c'l
NOTE: Disconnect the rear windshielC wiper motor from the harness and turn the key to the ON position
Tern-inal for wrre 273 Gray,Mhrte to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit bewccn the keycd power
@ junction block and tcrminal B of the rcar
windshield wiper motor connector,
Tcrminal lor wirc 274 GraylOark Bluc lo 12 Volts Check wirc 274 and thc rear wrndshield
ground wipcr/washcr swttch
D<;r' /'39270
issucd 1 1-93 Prrn:ed in Eng and
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 1 1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Turn the kcy and the rear windshicld wiparlwasher swilchcs to the OFF position
ferminal for wirc 276 Brown to ground Contrnuity Bad circuit bctween the rear windshield
@ wiper motor connector terminal D and the
chassis ground connection. Also check the
chass s ground connection.
ferm,nals forwires 275Gray and 276 Brown ContinL,ily Check wlrc 275 and the rear windshicld
@ wiper/washer swltch.
NOTE: Turn the key to the OFF posrtron anci disconnect the rea|wtndshield washer motor from lhe harness
Terminal for wire 272 Srown to ground Continuity Bad circuit bcMcen the rear windshield
washer molor and the chassis ground
conncction. Also check the chassis ground
coancctron.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position and hold the rear windshteld wipedwasher switch rn the WASH position
Terminal for wire 277 Gray/Dark Grecn to 12 Volts Bad circuit bctween the rear windshield
ground wiocr/washcr switch terminal 3 and the rcar
windshicld washcr motor. Also check thc
rcar wrndshield wiper/washcr swilch
lF t"rmn"lfor wire ?73 GrayWhitc to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwee n the keyed power
junction block and the rcar wlndshield
wiper/washer swttch.
Bclween terrrinals 6 and 2 oi lhe rcar Corrtinuity Bad rcar windshield wiper/washer switch
windshrcld wiper/washcr switch
NOTE: Turn the rear wirtdshidd wiperlwasher switch to the OFF posrtion.
Betwcen tcrminals 6 and 2 of lhc raar Continuity Bad rear yindshield wiper/washcr switch
windshicld wipcr/washcr switch
NOTE: Hold thc rear windshtald wiparlwast;er swrtcl' in lhc WASH posilion
Betwcen lcrminals 6 and 2 of ihe raar Continuity' Bad rcar windshield wiper/washcr switch
windshicld wtpcr/washer switch
ssJoo I I 93 P'inled i- gnqland
Dan 7-39?7A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 112
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Blower Motor Circuit Test
NOTE: lf the blower motor fails to operate when the btower switch is in LOW (l) or MEDtt)M (tt) positions
check theresisfor
board, and [he blower switch
NOTE: lftheblowermotorfailstooperatewhentheblowerswitchisinLaw(l),MEDluM(ll),orHlGH(ttt)position
check
the circuit breaker, blower switch and the blower motor.
(h Tcrm,nal for wire 286 Brown to grounci Coniinuity Check wirc 286 and the chassis ground
conncction
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON pcsition and the blo'war swilch to lhc LOW (l) position
tcrminal for wirc 285 Black to ground Bad circult between the blower switch
@ 9 Volts
Approximatcly terminaiL and the resistor board Also
chcck the blower switch and the resistor
boarC.
fcrminal 1or wire 285 Black to grounr) Bad circuit between the blower
@ 1 1 Volls
pproxirnatcly
switch
n Ierminal M and thc resistor board . Also
chcck the blower switch and thc resistor
board
NOTE: Turn the blower switch to the HIGH (|il) posrtron
fcrminal for wire 285 Blacx io ground Bad circuit bctwccn the blowcr switch
@ 12 Volts
tcrminal H and the rcsistor board . Also
check the blower switch and the rcsistor
board
NOTE. ll lhe readtngs are coirect check wtre 2EC bt:tv,een the blower motor ancl the reststor baard
(tl tcrm nal for wirc 278 Redl}rown to ground I2 Volts Check wuc 278 and the keyed powcr
junction block conncction.
3ctwccrr lhc tcrmrnals oi thc circurt brcakcr Conlinurty Bao circuii brcakcr
(E) Tcrminal for wirc 279 Gray to ground 12 Volts Blowcr motor circuii shorted to oround
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 1 3
Terminal for wtre 279 Gray to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwcen the circuit breaker and
@ the blower switch terminal B, Also check thc
circuit breaker.
NOTE: Turn the blower switch to the LOW (l) pasttnn
Bctwecn tcrminais B and L of the blower Continuity Bad biowcr switch
switch
Betwecn terrninals B and C of the blowcr Continuity Bad biower switch
switch
NOTE: Turn the blower switch to the MEDIUM (ll) positron.
Bctween terminals B and M of the blowcr Continuily Bad blower swttch
swiich
NOTE: Atlow* the reslslors tO cool be{ore ihe follcwtrq lesls are carried out.
NOTE; Turn the key to the ON paslttan anC turn the blower switch to the lllGH (lll) position.
terr,,nrl for wirc 285 Black lc grouncj 12 Volts Bac crrcuit betwecn the blower switch termtnal
@ H and thc blower motor Also check thc
blower swilch.
rcrminal for wire 281 Whitc to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit betwcen the blowcr switch terminal
€l L and thc rcsistor board Also chcck thc
blowcr switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-114
powrquadplus
Turn thewww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: blower switch ro thc MEDIUM (ll) posrtton
Ch Terminai for wire 283 Red to ground 12 Volts Bad circuit between the blower switch terminal
M and thc resistor board Also check thc
b owcr switch.
NOTE: if the readings are carrect and the blower motor latls ta operate ar operates at high speed replace the resistor
board.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position, the blower switch to the LOW (l), MEDIUM (ll) or HIGH (lll) positions and setthe arr
conditioner control switch to MMIMUM coolrnq.
@ ;::n:'r for wirc 2eo Grav/Dark Bluc io 12 Voits Bad circuit betwccn the air conditioncr
lockout relay tcrminai B7A and the air
condrtioner comprcssor. Chcck the air
conditioner lockotrt rclay. Also check the
pressurc switches, refer to section 9002
NOTE: ll lhe readings arc ccrec! chcck the.srrppre.ss/on dtode, refer la Paqe 116
NOTE: Turn thc kcy to thc ON position. the blower sv'trlch to the LAV/ (l) MEDILIM (ll) or HIGH (lll) posrtions and set the air
conCrtioner contral swrtch to MAXIMUM caolinq
for wrrc 287 GravtDark Grccn io 12 Volls Check wirc 287 betwecn thc blowcr switch !-/
@ ;[n:'l tcrminai C and lhc air conditioner control
switch
PP fcrmina forwire ?BBGra,v,Ntolet io ground 12 Vclis 3ad air condi:ioncr control switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001 -1 1 5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Air Conditioner Lockout Relay Circuit Test
NOTE: Belore any tesls are carrred out on the arr condltraner circuit, rcfer to Scction 9002.
6h terminal for wire 291 Brown to ground Continuity Check wire 291 and the chassis ground
connection.
l"t^,nols for wrrc 289 Grayficllow Continuity Chcck wire 289 between thc air conditroncr
@ lockout relay tcrminals 86 and 87
NOTE; Disconnect the air conditioner high and low pressure swttches from the harness
NOTE: Turn the key to the ON position, the blower switch to the LOW (l), MEDIUM (ll), or HIGH (lll) position and set the air
conCitioner control switch to the MA^XIMUM cooilng posttion.
t"rr,r',nl for wirc 2BB Gray,Vrclcl lo ground 12 Volts Chcck wire 288 betwecn the air conditioncr
4!l switch and the lockout relay.
Tcrminal for wirc 290 GraylDark Bluc to 12 Volts Bad air conditioner lockout relay
ground
NOTE: tnstall a suitable jumper lead between terminals Aand B of the air condltioner high pressure switch connector
(harness side).
6li) Tcrminal lor wirc 289 GrayNcllow to ground 12 Volls Bad circuit betwecn tcrminals 30 and 86 oi
the air conditioner lockout relay
fE) Tc,r,nrl for wrrc 290 GraylDark Bluc to 0 Volts Bad air conditioner lockout relay.
Y orouno
NOTE: Reniove the juntper teacJ lrom lhe air conditrcner htgh prcssure swltch connector
terminal for wire 289 GrayNcllow to ground 12 Volts Bad ajr conditioner lockout rclay
@
NOTE: lnstall a suitable jumper lead betwcen tcrminals A and B of the air conditioner low pressure switch connector
(harness side) and turn the key to the ON position
6rF) Terminal for wire 289 Gray/Yellow to ground 12 Voits Bad circuit between the air conditioner
control switch and thc indicator lamp
NOTE: tf the readings are correct check the hrgh and low pressure swllches, refer [o Scction 9002
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
. : +iii
i*.1.
4001-1 16
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Air Conditioner lndicator Lamp Circuit Test
NOTE: Check the alr conditioner indicator lamp butb.
6F Icrmlnal for wire 293 Brown to ground Continuity Chcck wirc 293 and the chassis ground
connectron
NOTE: lf thc readrng ts correct check the air condrlioncr lockout relay circuit.
6D Tcrminal for wire 292 Srown lo ground Continuity Chcck wirc 292 and the chassis ground
conncclion.
NOTE: The positive lead of the mtihmeter r.ust gc lc lhe rnale termtnal cf the dtode
NOTE: Change the leads ol the multtmclcr ovct'so thc positivc lead ol thc multimctergoes 10 lhc female terminal of the
drodc
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4001-'117
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
Front lrtlindshield Wipers lilindshield Washer llotors Rear tttindshield WPers Blouer tlotor Alr Conditioner
w. I zBRlBR(ru -----r -@
28OG/D8 (rq
@@f
r- n3)
282 GilB
28a ow{1r)
R'G
{15} 286 2nc(1i) zrec{ri)
'i'r
2S'
BF 286 GilDG {r5}
-&- -f\t
t
SF
tl 1)
=r-
o( 271
",3Gi/W(r5)
266 Gi/B
-J
trsl Gi,B
2rr
lfl{ **'nn
f
G/DG {16l AR
{16}
Gtrl (r5) tr.! 293
Hru 273
l*
AR
ld M
AB
L 288Crn (16l
@l I fl;
(1.)
Gi/w
/l*"El
275 (15!
G
267 ci/B
_t
(r5l --'l (r6)
t. o n2
.g
r
BR
268 (r6)
G
(15) "[
267ats
26S G (151
(rsl
269 Gi/DG (151
I
Gi/DG
(r5)
tt6
BR
(16) o
It, r,t rlh
285
LJ".,,,$U T
BR
4l
(11)
M 293
276 3R BR
276 ('t6) {r6}
SR gR
(15)
(16)
-__J
COMPONENTS CONNECTORS
ffi
CAB HARNESS TO HEAFI FENDER HAHNI
CIRCUIT BBEAKER
@ REAR WINDSHIELD WASHEB MOTOR
@
re REAH WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR rih SUPPRESSION DIODE
@ BLOWEB SWITCH
o BLOWEB MOTOR
RESISTOR BOARD
@ kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Section
4003
STARTER MOTOR
(BOSCH)
Cooyrighl o 1992
CASE CORPORATION )a" 7-4178C Priirted in England
March 1992
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4003-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS .
2
SPECIAL TORQUES
2
SHOP EOUIPMENT TOOLS
STARTEB l','lOIOF
Removal and installation . . .
3
J
No-Load Test Procedure tr
Understandrng No Load Tcst Results
6
Disasserrbly and AssemblY
7
inspectron
SPECIFICATIONS
Manufacturer
Lubricant tor End Cap Bushing and Splines on Armature Shaft CE siri.""" g,""=" csi-, t",?ff;:
425 85 01to03
A1 87597 115 174 BOOC (1 67) (0 34) 0 004 to 0 0121
425 a( 01to0,4
A186180 115 125 7000 (1 67) (0.34) 0.004 to 0 016
SPECIAL TOHQUES
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4003-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STARTER MOTOR
Removal and lnstallation
STEP 1 STEP 3
Park the machine on hard level ground. Apply the Fasten identification tags to and disconnect the cables
parking brake (if equipped) and stop the engine and wires from the starter motor and solenotd. Remove
the three mounting bolts and washers and remove the
STEP 2 starler rrotor.
Turn the master disconnect switch, if equipped to the NOTE: For lnstallation, follow the same procedure rn
OFF position and remove the kcy or disconnect the reverse order and tighten the starter motor maunling
battery, negative (*) terrninal first. bolls fo a torque of 43 Nm (32 lb ft)
POSIT lvE
VOLTMETER LOAD LEAO
LOAD
CONTROL
\
AMMETER
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4003-4
24 powrquadplus
Volt Starterwww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Motor
VOLTMETEH
AMMETER
STEP 4 STEP 6
r_asten the starter motor in a sof't lawed vrse . Conncct the cositive voitmeter lead of the tester to post
Connecl ',he positive bat1ery cable to the positive post (A)
(A) and tc the bat1ery terminal on the starter solenoid Connect the negative voltmeter lead of the tester to
/D\
Connect ihe negative battery cable to the negative pcst ^^^+
frUJL i Lrl.
iB) and to the mountrng flange on the starter
STEP 7
STEP 5
Connect lhe load teads of the tester as shown
Adlust ihe conlrols for thc Sun Electric VA I--33 tes:e : as
:ollovrs. STEP 8
'I [/ove the load control to the OFF cosition
2 Move the volt range control to the 10 to 30 volt Fasten the ammeter clamp around the negative battery
range cable The point of the arrow on the ammeter clamp
3 Move the amp range control to the 0 to 1000 must be toward the bat1ery
a.nperes range.
4 Move the volt lead switch to thc EXT oosiiior'
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4003-s
Connect the leads of the remote starter switch to the Use the hand held tachometer to check the armature -
battery terminal and the switch terminal on the starter shaft speed, Make a note of the armature shaft speed,
motor solenoid,
STEP 13
NOTE: Steps 70 to 73 musl be done rapidly DO NOT
apply a load to the battery for more than 15 seconds at Release the remote starter switch and turn the load
onetime.Afterlssecondsturntheloadcontrol totheoff control to the OFF position.
position for 60 seconds to allow the tester to cool.
STEP 14
STEP 1O
Disconncct thc ncgative battery cable from the staner
Actuate the remoie starter switch and turn the load Disconnect the remainder of the tesi connections
control until the voltmeter indicates 1 1 volts (for 12 volt
starter motors) or 23 volts (for 24voll starter motors) NOfE: Refer to Specifications, Page 2, to check the
readings obtained in Steps 11 and 12.
STEP 11
Low armature shaft speed and high current draw are lf the armature does not rotate and the current draw is
indications of too much friction. Possible causes of too zero possible causes are:
much friction are: 1. An open field circuit, disassemble the stader
l. Tight, dirty or wornbearings. motor and inspect the field coil connections.
2 A bent armature shaft 2. An open armature coil, disassemblc the starter
3. Loose pole shoes (pole shoes make coniact with motor and check for burned commutator bars Use
the armature) an armature tester to test the armature.
4 A short circuit in the armature coil. Disassemble 3 Brushes not making good contact with the
the
the starter motor. Use an armature tester to test commutator bars. Check for high insulation between
armature, the commutator bars, broken brush springs or worn
5. Damaged f eld coil, refer to the test on Pagc 8. brushes
STEP 16 STEP 18
li the armature does not rotate and the current draw is Low armature shaft speed and low current draw are
high, possible causes are: indications of:
lrame
1 . Field terminal making contact with the f ield
'1
. Dirt or corrosion on connections
lnspect the insulators for the field terminal 2 Damaged wiring
2 8
Damaged field coii, refer to the test on page 3 Dilry commutator bars,
3 Damaged bearings 4, All causes in Step 17
STEP 19
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4003-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Disassembly and Assembly
STEP 20
@so
o\:-.k-N,
$-$
4.5 TO 6 Nm
\ (3to4lba)
\ \
@
$,/@ -@
{@rNrc/
# 6s,-
-,
\
@
: -*C\@{
'nu^'*-\
AO8142A
\
NOTE: For Assembly, use Mo ilat bars or
sc'cwCrrvers to apply pressu'e Io the_p,nton stop
')8, ano .'a6r ;ns snap ;tng fizS tJtty into the
graave.
']
, SCREW 6. NUT 11, SOLENOID RETAINING SCREW 16. SHIFTER LEVER
2, END CAP 7, WASHEB 12, SOLENOID 17. SNAP RING
1 atrAl 8, END COVER 13. Nt/T 18. PINION STOP
4. CLIP 9. FIELD COIL HOUSING .I4,
SCREW 19. OVERRUNNING CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
5, SHIM 10, BRUSH HOLDER 1 5, ARMATURE 20, INTERMEDIAIE BEARING
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4003-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnspection
STEP 21 STEP 25
STEP 22
STEP 26
STEP 27
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4003-8
powrquadplus
STEP 28 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 30
','ifffi1''''
J^ :.'
&,:war..;*_
STEP 32
,in zfr;;1;t
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
4004
BATTERY TESTING, MAINTENANCE AND
BOOSTER BATTERY CONNECTIONS
Printed in England
CASE CORPORATION December 1 989
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4004 2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAFEry BULES .
2
SPECIFICATIONS ..
3
MAINTENANCE
Elcctrolytc Lcvc
Jrsoect,ng and Crcan ng J
3
SAITERY TEST]NG
Visual Checks .. .. .. . ,...
,4
Capacity (Load) Test 4
5
CHi\rlGlNG iHE BAT] ERy
6
CHABGING GUIDE FOB MAINTENANCE FREE BATTERIES
6
CHARGING GUIDE FOR OTHER THAN MAINTENANCE FREE
BATTERIES 7
PREPARING A DBY CHARGED BATTERY FOR USE
SAFETY RULES
i'..r" 8 i15'tl
issucd 12 89 Printcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4004-3
MAINTENANCE
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
BATTEHY TEST
A hydromcter is used to chcck the speciiic gravity 4. Make a record of the corrected speclfic gravity
(wcrght) of lhe clcctroly,tc Thc spcciflc gravity rs an rcad ng ior cach ccll
rndication of thc level of chargc lor cach ccll
5 lf lhc drifcrcncc bctwcen thc hrgh rcading and the
Hydrometers arc madc to show the correct specific low reading is 050 or more, charge the battery and
gravitywhen thc tcmperaturc of the clectrolfc is 26 7"C check the specific gravity again. lf after charging, the
(80'F)
difference rs still .050 or more, install a new battery
\ y'hcn you check the specific gravrry, you must know thc 6 Thc corrccted specific aravity reading shows the
lcmperaturc of tho electrolyte lf your hydromcter does level of charge for thc ccll. The lcvel of charge must bc
nol have a thcrmometer, get a thermometcr io check at lcast 75% in each of the cells ln maintenance free
thc tcmperature of lhc electroiy.te. The thermomelcr batteries the level of charge is at least 75%
must rndicate a hrgh ternpcrature of at lcast 52"C it lhe
corrected specific gravity reading is 1.240 or higher. ln
(r20'F ) all other batteries the levelof charge is at least 75%rtld;re
corrected specific gravity reading is 1.230 or higher.
I Remove enough electrolyle from a cell so that the
float is frce in thc tube 7 lf thc difference between thc high reading and the
iow rcadrng is less than 050, and the level of charge is
NOTE: lf the specific graviry cannot be checked wtthout at least 757o tn alt of the cells, do the Capacity (Load)
lirst a'dding water to the cell, the battery must be Test.
charged for 1 5 minules aI 7 5 to 25 amperes to mtx thc
watcr with the clcctrolytc. fhen check the specilic 8 lf thc diffcrcnce belween the high reading and the
gravtly low reading is less than 050 but the level of charge is
less than 75"/"in any of the cells, charge the batteryand
2 Read the floar check the specliic aravity again lf after chargrng.
3 Rcad thc thcrmometer. lf thc rcading is abovc a. the level of charge is less than 15%in any of the
26 7"C (80'F ) add spccific gravity pornts to thc rcading cclls, discard the batlery
lor specifrc gravity. lf the readlng is below 26 7"C (90"F
)
sL:btract specific gravity points from thc reading for b the level of charge is at least 75% in all of the
specifrc gravity See the {oliowing illustration and add or cells, do the Capacity (Load) Test.
subtract specific gravity points as needed
Don 8-851 t0
lssucd 12-Bg Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4004-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Capacity (Load) Test NOTE: Never apply a load for longer than 75 seconds.
After each 75 seconds, turn lhe load control knob to OFF
This test can be done using a variable load tcster such for at least one mrnute.
as thc Sun Eiectrlc VAT-33 Othcr test equipmcnt can
be used. Connect the test equrpment according to thc 4 Apply a 15 ampere load to the battery for 15
nstructions of the manufacturer of thc cquipmcnt. seconds, Wait at least three minutes before continuing
with the test
1. The ievel of chargc of thc battery must be at least
75% Do the Specific Gravity Chcck in this section. 5. Check and make a record of the temperaturc oi the
elcctrolytc.
2 Prepare the testcr (Sun Elcclric VAT-33 shown) fc;r
the test 6. Find the correct load for this test in Soccifications
d Move the volt lcad switch to the iNT, posiiion. B. Comparethe tcst rcading andthetemperature of the
clectroly4e to thc chart below.
3. Connect the testcr to the batiery as shovrn
Temperature of electrolyte Minimum Voltage
s 1C(30F;
7C(20t)
12 c (10"F)
91
89
QA
QA
1B"C (0',F)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4004-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CHARGING THE BATTERY
cclls
flt:'orc you chargc thc battcry chcck thc tcvcl of ihc
cicctrolytc.
2. The tempcraturc of the electroly.tc rises above 52"C
(r 2s'F).
It rs ditficult to give an exact charging ratc because of
the f ollowing variable conditions (1 ) tcrnpcralLtrc of the
NOTE: Far the best charge, use lhe slow charging
r:locirolye, (2) level ol charqe ancj (3) condilion c,iirc
rates.
battcry. Usc the charging gurdc ior ihc corrcci chargrng
ratc and time.
The battcry is fully charged when, over a threc hour
ccriod at a ow chargtng rate, no cell is giving too much
Sco Spccifications for the rescrvc capacily of thc gas, and thc specific gravity docs not change.
battery in this machinc
8anery Capaciry -
See Reserve Capacity
under Specifications Slow Charge Fast Charge
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4004-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
CHARGING GUIDE FOR OTHER THAN MAINTENANCE FREE BATTERIES
Recommendcd Ratc* and lirnc tor Fuily Discharged Battery
Battery Capacity -
See Reserve Capaclty
under Specifications Slow Charge Fast Charge
'l
Above B0 to 125 Minutcs 5 Hours al 5 Ampcres 3 75 Hours at 20 Amperes
7.5 Hours at 10 Amperes '1
5 Hours at 50 Amperes
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4004 8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
BOOSTER BATTERY CONNECTIONS
BAN-ERY CONNECTIONS
6 2 POSTT|VE
t-+- JUMPIR ,/ *;:L% 1 POSITIVE
CABLT ' ;:
n z. -*
i)on B B)1 10
lssur:o 12 89 Prrnlco in Fnglano
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
4008
ALTERNATOR
(BOSCH)
Copyright @ 1992
;ORPORATION Printed in England
March 1992
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4008-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SP:CIFICA-IONS a
SDSC|A. TORQUES .2
ALTEBNATOR
Testing on :he Machrne J
Voliage Test at the Alternator Termrnals J
Alternalor and Voltage Regulator Test. . 4
Removal and Installation .. . 5
Disassembly and Assembly . 6
lrspection 7
SPECIFICATIONS
Manufaciurer Bosch
SPECIAL TORQUES
Alternalor Mounting Bolts 24 Nm 18tbft
Pultey Retairinq Nut 68 Nm s0 lb ir
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4008-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Testing on the Machine
STEP 1 STEP 4
Park the machine on hard level ground Apply the Check the operaiion of the battery warning lamp Steps
parking brake (if equipped) and stop the engine 2 and 3 may have corrected the fault.
STEP 2 STEP 5
Make sure that all electrical connections are tight and Tes: the bratleries, each battery must bre fuily charged
iree of corrosion. and have a voltage of at least 12 volts.
STEP 3
STEP 8
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4008-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Alternator and Voltage Regulator Test
2. 12 VOLT BATTERY
790499M
|'JOTE; Refer to Steps 7 to B, page
3, before carrying out STEP 11
thls lesa Use a Sun Etectric ief_SS
o, otii, suitabte
equipment to carry out the lollowing test.
Connect the positive voltmeter lead of the tester
to the
B + terminal on the alternator.
STEP 9
Connecl the negatlve voltrneter lead of the tester
to a
good ground connection on the engine.
AdJUSt the conlrols for the Sun Electric VAT_33
as
foliows:
l Put the load control to the OFF position. STEP 12
2 Select the volt range that will measure.l
B to 40
volts
Connect the ammeter clamp around the wire
that
fastens the B -r- terminal on the allernator
3. Select the ampere range that will measure to the battery
0 to I00 terminal of the starter. The clamp must be
amperes at least
50 mm (1 97 ir:ch) from the ajternator The poinl
4. Put the volt lead select switch to
the EXT position, of the
arrow on the ammeter clamp must be pointing
away
lrom the alternator
STEP 1O
Don 7-4179A
rssued 3-92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1008-5
Start and run the engine at 3/4 throttle. Slowly decrease the engine speed and stop the engine.
STEP 16
rhe ammeter reading in Step 14 must be more than the
rated output (45 65 or 95 amperes). The voltmeter
NOTE: Carry out Steps 14 and 7 5 rapidly. Do not apply a reading in Step 14 must be;
load at the battery for more than 15 seconds at a time.
After 1 5 seconds turn the load control to the OFF position A. 13 to 15 volts (12 volt system).
/or 60 seconds before applying the laad again
B 25 to 29 volts (24 volt system).
STEP 14
lf the ammeter and voltmeter readings are correct the
Adjust the load control of the tester to get the maximum alternator and voltage regulator are good.
ammeter indication, make a note of the ammeter and lf the ammeter and voltmeter readings are not correct
voltmeter readings. replace the voltage regulator and brush holder then
Turn the load control to the OFF position. repeat the test.
lf the ammeter and voltmeter readings are still not
correct repair the alternator,
Park the machine on hard level ground Apply the Fasten identification tags to and disconnect the wires
parking brake (if equipped) and stop the engine from the alternator Remove the top and bottom
alternator mounting bolts and rernove the alternator.
STEP 2
NOTE: For lnstallatian, follow the same procedure in
Turn the master disconnect switch, if equipped, to the reverse order and tighten the alternator mounting bolts
OFF position and remove the key or disconnect the to a torque of 24 Nm (18 lb ft).
battery negative (-) terminal tirst
STEP 3
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4008-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
/-eD
f -\"-" -@
I
rl \t
@/ \ \/
d
@@,ro
(E\
/.o
\
*2@n
:v 6 ***
NOTE: ltems marked * must be replaced
\*-@ */ 861 586A
NOTE: ltems are numbered in order of Disassembly
12, CAPACITOB 18. scBEW
1, NUT 7, SCREW
13. SCREW 19. RECTIFIER BRIDGE
2 WASHER 8. VOLTAGE REGULATOR
14. covER 20. STATOR
ANO BHUSH HOLDER
3 PULLEY RETAINER
15. scREw 21. HOUSING
4 PTJLLEY 9, NUT
16. ROTOR 22. INSULATOR
5. FAN 10, FIBER WASHER
17. O-RING
6. KEY 11. SCREW
lssued 3-92 Printed in England
Dor 7-41 790
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4008-7
I
inspectton.
STEP 6 ,
g
t I
I
I
t
STEP 9
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
4008-B
powrquadplus
STEP 1O www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 13
STEP 14
-I1
Check for continurty befween the capacitor mounting
STEP tab and the lead. lf there rs continuity, the capacitor rs
faulV and rnusi be replaced
STEP 15
STEP 16
,:/ 517902
Use the mult,meter to check the resistance of the rotor
winding The resistance must be 9 0 ohms lf tne
resistance is not 9 0 ohms the rotor is iaLitiy and r:rL;sl
Lre r'eolaccd
STEP 12
!
ft Check for contrnuity LreMeen each brush and the brush
lerrninal lf there rs no continuity, replace the voltage
regulator and brush holder.
HoLd one lead o1 the multir-neler on the sito rinq anc :rre
other lead of the mulirmeter on the nousing lf :he
pornier moved ihere is a short cii'cu i oorween :l-,e
lrous..lg ard I.e roior C C . 'Cplace ":,.: ,'tt- '
bcr i -41-!9C
lssuec 3-92 Prlnted in Enaland
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Sectional lndex
STEERING SECTION NO.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
ection
5001
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
500r -2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS . .
2
SPF-CrAl TOROJFS
,
SPECIAL TOOLS .. .. .
?
SPECIFICATIONS
fypc
Danfoss
Modcl
21,'D
OSPC lOO LSR
VFD
Ralccl trlow
. OSPC 160 LS
2WD
lu t/mln
[/FD
Rolo, - Slator wcar linit
?Z,:fTil 16|/min
Rotor - Stator thickness differcnce "' 0.005 inch
0 002 inch
SPECIAL TORQUES
Stecring Column Plvot Boll 32 to 37 Nm 23 to 27 lb tt
Steering Pumo End Cover Bolts 30 to 35 Nm 22to26 lbft
SPECIAL TOOLS
1. ASSEMBLY TOOL
CAS 1238-3 2, TORQUE WRENCH
cAS 10037
NOTE: Any ret'erence to left and right hand is rnadc from thc aperalors seat looking forward
Don 8 85130
ssued 12 89 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEERING HAND PUMP
Removal
STEP 1 STEP 4
Apply thc parking brake and block thc whecls Remove the cab floor cover
STEP 2 STEP 5
ffi
-,".jrJais*
Drsconncct thc battcry tcrminais. nr:gative (-) tcir'' nar Rcmovc tnc lwo slccring column side covers
.frrst
STEP 3
throtllc pedal
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP B
STEP 9
flffii
". :,s'.
*1 &N:l
STEP 7
STEP 1O
ffi.w
llon B B5i3O
rssucd 12-89 pnnted in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001-5
fgu*',.,',
/
@//
,.uvE i
{thisrff<
REMOVE
v,'"
,:itrii
Removc the stecring column rght hanC motlnttng Remove the hruo remainrng mounting brackct bolts and
bracket bolts rernove the steering hand pump
STEP 12 STEP 15
@'b,1 ,
Y#!;?;:
Bcmovc the right hand mounting brackei lnstall protective caps to all the hydraulic connections
to prcvcnt forergn matcrial trom entcring the system
STEP 13
NOTE : The steertng column has been removed for
photog raph ic p u rpo se s on ly
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
DisassemblY
STEP 19
STEP 16
,"4
$af
6
sd"
ls} c1m19
c 1srs1 I
and brackol
tOr Removc lne slccring shaft asscmb'ly
i)l:t A r-:'a'k:r'i,'tl s::cct'llc hanC OLImO
las cr assCti.orr
STEP 20
STEP 17
&
I
s.Ei I .
.\& -dr
\
h
c 1991 3 i'1olC tfrestccring hand pump ;t' a vice f lttcd with solt law
,r(..'. .i ra.,;'1.'11r:61 i.iifC llaics Rcmove thc orotocirvc caos from the fittings
.,r, - llt, )i,r'(i aii)lIr:] |
r,.t !racki::
STEP 21
sirl' '18
'*,1+,y
M
^,1
.&,
''.\tr"i
w,
r,qz@.tPfr a::Y:@rryww|
c199ii itcmovc ano drsCard :hc o-r n<;s f ron' thc flttings
Lla' tr2'na:
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 -7
BO3Bl 2
Pui a rnark on the puntp body, slator and cnd cover Rcrnovc thc end cover
fhcsc marks musl bc aligned rvhcn thc pump is
asscmbled. STEP 26
STEP 23
Removc thc six bolts and :italrnq w.iitirors fron'ihc cnd STEP 27
covcr. Drscaro the scaitCri rvciilll(litj
STEP 24
80331 6
:ff.ffiTrl:Try B&B1o
Don B 85130
rSS_Cd 12-89 o.,ilco - Eagla.C
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001-8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 28 STEP 31
80331 I
Rc.move thc rotor []t-.rrcvc the drrvc shafl
STEP 29 STEP 32
[ir.:.novc the spacer (rf equrpped) Remove and discard thc o-ring from the groove in the
pump body.
STEP 30
STEP 33
,ff;,,r;,4>
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001,9
powrquadplus
STEP 34 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 37
i,ts'
il
l?&e
tiiar' -
s*q ti
s-
s!+q
STEP 35 STEP 38
'!. t.
803S3,{
Bemove the pump body trom the vice Shakc out the Remove the thrust washer, needle brearing and
tr,vo suctron valve prrs ancj stect balls chamfcred washer from the spool.
STEP 36 STEP 39
*'
o
t
,*' o
\"\e;;#_ l,
brunT
Look inside the pump body rhg pin through the spool Rcmovc thc pin from thc spool and slccvc
and sleeve is loostt Thc Jrrr-r r:.itst be horizontal when
you remove the spooi attc sli:cvc lo prevent danrage to
ihe pump body bore
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 -1 0
powrquadplus
STEP 40 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 43
Bep{xl
Bemove the retainer ring for the centering springs from Bemovc and ciscard the lip scal frorn lhc thc pump
lhe sleevc, body
STEP 41 STEP 44
Remove thc spool frorn the sleeve Remove and discard the dust seal from the pump body
#
STEP 42 STEP 45
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 -l I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 46 STEP 47
,i.
-d
"*.&
r""] z:1*Z * x
d **w. : *\
?T1;xi
"**w:., 'll:-^*a.'-
80321 9
lnspection
STEP 48 STEP 50
t
\ @,
Bt2&5r BO32l 1
STEP 49
ffiffilt; *).i,.,..,:t
a r-Y#a
^-
STEP 51
ru
& /e
litiiitt:
KI{
Rffi,I&
: " {''F
is wear or damage to cither pari inslall a ncw siccrrnQ damagc or wcar s found replace the steenng hand
hand pump
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001-12
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 52 STEP 54
2. STATOB
1. ROTOR
8r2a45
Measurc the thickness of rotor (A) and the stator (B) as Check the thrust washer, needle bearing and chamfer
shown lf the rotor (A) is 0 002 rnch (0.051 mm) less washer lor damagc or wear. lnstall new parts if
than thc stator (B) install a new steering hand pump. nccessary.
STEP 53
1. STATOR
Mcasure thc gap bcMeen the rotor and the stator with
lhc parts aligned as shown lr ihe gao is 0 005 inch
10 12l mm) or largcr rnstall a ncw slecring hand purnp
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 -1 3
20 STEEL BALLS
-#r)h \
1/
@ . re. LrP sEAL / 18 sucroN vALVE prNS
X%^ @
ASSEMBLY
\\) =\
f .)\l "\'//
7^t)L \ 14 THRUST*ASHEHS
21 CHECK VALVE \ N^ ,..
\=*^\ yYy(flffir^/ ""/"u'
\
&)
A/ Y'so*J ,)'*
/
.'^I\EEDLEBEABING
\\Sb5-{d"'/A'=-
,opN
^
16 BUSHTNC
<2-.-, \ -!.
-@'.
8. DRIVE SHAFT
I
I
"\ [ro,*r*o,*o\ ^","h
l.CENTERING 9. SPOOL
/-*w
-r\{ / .. o-* ING
t
\'/
7)
,rr:'0n '/<& .^/ lrV
Vr,
o,
n ' 3. o-RING
\ -.
,/"
6. VALVE
/
/
PLATE
5. R(
fQ@
P06""
,r.R
4. I Iq0*
srAro' .-F.NG 3.
,%
*.,.
/
2. SPECIAL BOLT
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001-14
powrquadplus
STEP 55 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP
-4ri1!.,i:,i:ti!j,,
K
&.
:i;*r
'*?Eq**
?s*.
lqr|ti
.,,.fr.1t..
B$2908
Lubricaic a ncw ip sca lvith clcan transmission fluid
and install it on to Special Tool CAS l238-3 Refcr to
Spccral Toois Pagc 2
rwo shock valvcs are fiitr,'d and arc a non scrvicable STEP 59
rtem Bemovc for clcaning purposes only
STEP 56
-/-6--:.-* '\
{*:@;,'
w8 .#$Br, 46C
Make sure the lip seal iits on to the Special Tool CAS
1238-3 as shown
ST EP 60
"@,i)
{
ffi:t
jf rcmoved, instali a new o-ring onto the {itiing. lnstall
anri tighten the fitiing to the cL:mp bod,v
STEP 57
='*--**?.
*
lnstall tho spccial tooi and lip scai into the pump body
Push lhc spccral rool against thc shouider insidc the
bore then turn it through 180 degrees to makc sure the
lip seal rs in position
Hold the assembly tool in positjon then prcss in the
small end until you feel the lip seal drsengage from thc
Bttutt7 special tool. Carefully rcmove thc special tool from the
irstar a rcw dust scal wllr :h(r o[)C. ltidc facing pump body
outward
Don 8-85130 ssued 12-89 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 -1 5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 61 STEP 64
. ::'.i::.:, t:....:'t'
w
. r1i:. . ':' r.:j:'
@
-*q*;
nj'i.tt:t
M I
.rD
t-
'Q
o aa f
,
\i --l-*-"tr-, ./
8r2g15
lnstall hvo ncw flat ccntering spr ngs rnto lne slct ln thc lnstall lhc rctaincr ring ovcr thc centering spnngs
spool Hoid two ncw curvcd ccnlcrng scrings logcther Chcck that thc retainer ring will rotate easily on thc
so that thcir centcrs arc toucning sleevc.
STEP 62 STEP 65
a
C,
$$i
ti*
au812
lnstallthe curvcd springs behryce n thc wo f lat springs in lnstall the pin through the spool and slcevc
Ihc slol
STEP 66
STEP 63
2, CENTERING SPHI
W
8t2343
95'.291 4 Install thc chamfer washcr, ncedle bearing and thrust
Movc thc centcring springs so thal the r cnds are level, washer onto the spool. Make sure thal the chamfer on
thcn install thc spool ontc the sleevc rr,ake sure the the first washer is towards the retainer ring
sprinqs are posrtioned in thc slol oi :rle sleevc
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001-16
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 67 STEP 69
#
.r/ \
il
-q
rf{
.,s{*
BO€34
Pul the pump body on lhe workbe nch so that the ittings
f lnstall the two steel balls and suction valve pins into the
are ai thc too Hold thc soool and slet-'vc asscmbly so pump body
that thc oin is horizontal Carcfliiy lithc arsscmb'ly into
the pump body DO NOT tL;rn il-rc slccvc during lhrs STEP 70
operation.
STEP 68
2. FITTINGS
Hold the pump body in a vice f lned with soft iaw plates
lnstall the check ball into the largest hole with threads
STEP 71
Don B-85 I 30
lssuori 12 89 Prinled irr England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 I 7
q:
,:L
Brvrpg
STEP 73
STEP 74 lnstall thc rotor onto thc drivc shaft so that the curve
bctwee n two of thc teeth is aligned with the pin through
the sleeve and spool. lf the rotor is in the correct
position, one of the teeth will be in the direction of the
fittrngs in the pump body
STEP 76
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 -1 B
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP BO
STEP 77
ttg3}"'
tVYTWT'.,,,,, 8033 1 0
STEP B1
BO33l4
tns:ali thc stator onto the pump body then align thc B{fiO8
:-rit,ks
STEP 82
8(rI31 2
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 -1 I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
B3 STEP 85
;.!::aa- -:'.
.\. "..re,".,**
. t::
*,.. iil
c1 991 I c1s13
Check the stcering shaft asse mbly for damage or wear lnstall and tighten the steering pump mounting bracket
It damage or wear is found install a new assembly bolts
f ngage thc splincs on thc steering shafl with thc splrnes
rn thc spool STEP 86
c1 891 7
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
500 r -20
powrquadplus
CROSSwww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SECTIONAL DRAWING OF THE STEERING HAND PUMP
12, CENTERING
SPRINGS
9. THRUST WASHER
10. NEEDLE BEARING
13. DUST SEAL
14 SHOCK VALVE
ASSEMBLY v THRUST
WASHER
16. PIN
8. CHECK
BALL
]7 SPOOL
1 B SLEEVE
22. SPACEF
7 DRIVE SHAFT
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 2 1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnstallation
STEP 87 STEP
8t
,1,i
Rernove protcctive caps ironr iho iiitrngs lnstall the slecring colurnn right hand nrounting brackel
STEP BB STEP 91
r INSTALL aNof u
TTGHTEN f q;
lnstall the stee ring hand pLrmp. lnstaii lhc lwo c:.i hand lnstall and trghten the stcering hand pump mountrng
moLrntrng bolts, do not lignten. bo ts and the steering column right hand mountrnq
bolts.
STEP 89
STEP 92
d,,,@
Align the holes in the input shaft arrd universal jorni and
install thc roll pin lnstall and lighlcn the stecring column pivot boll
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 22
powrquadplus
STEP 93 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 96
,;t'Barto
lnstall and tighten the steerinq lral.;r Di,.li, : i.oc f litrcs l.lsta:hc lce rrng Ot,|Tro s Ljo covers and tighten the
as markcd or rerrjova' :)olls
STEP 94 STEP 97
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 -23
powrquadplus
STEPwww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
99 STEP 101
STEP 1OO
I
I
I
I
":i
W
1:/
:'f,
: :.j'1,a-',._
Chcck thc transmission oil lcvel, add oil i{ ncccssary
Use only CASE HY-TRAN PLUS flutd
Align the holes in thc throttle pedal and shatl and install
the roll otn STEP 102
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
5001
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 -3
SPECIAL TOBOUES Ja
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL TORQUES
End Cover Cap Screws (First Siage) 17 Nm 150 lb in
End Cover Cap Screws (Final Stage) 25 to 30 Nm 225 lo 275 lb in
Check Ball PIug.. .. 11 Nm 97 lb tn
SPECIAL TOOLS
1 Spring lnstaller CAS 1239
First Uscd On Pagc 6
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001 4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEERING HAND PUMP
Removal and Installation
STEP 5
STEP 1
STEP 2
STEP 3
STEP 6
Cr,rn0
STEP 7
t *,i.
i rl::.
ii:l:lji':
::
J;8..
\ 'r,:r*
i.,'
)a^ i-381'7A
Issucd 02-93 Printed in Enotand
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001-s
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP B STEP 1O
Femove :he bolts and remove thc right ranci srde Remove the two remain ng mounting bracket bolts and
mounting bracket rer.ove the steerng hand pump. lnstall dust caps to
the hydraulic tubes and fittings
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
500i -6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Disassembly STEP 1 1
STEP 1 v:
Put thc assembly on a clcan work bench' Remove the ct:
mounting brackct from thc steering hand pump
STEP 2
u
Remove the bolts (1) and the column (2)
STEP 3
llcmove items (3 to 11) Shake oul iiems (12 to 14)
STEP 4
Remove items (15 lo 24)' sM045s
lnstall the Special Tool CAS 1239 through the sprtng
STEP 5
qcrnovc the sPool/sleeve assemblY (25) and rcr'.rove slots in the spool/sleeve assembly Position six springs
'i:,r-:126 to (28) on a Donch so that the exiended edge is down and
28) install
ine'arched centers are together, ln this position
the springs into tne Special Tool as shown'
STEP 6
Remove items (29 to 34) lnstall a # 10-24 machine
screw into the check ball seat (30) and pull out the
STEP 12
push
Compress the extended end of the spring set and
chcck ball seat,
gently into the spool/sleeve asssembly Centcr the
ipring set so that they push down evenly and level with
STEP 7
the uiper surface of the spool/sleeve assembly'
Clean all components in kcroscnc or lucl oii and dry
wth compressed air.
DO NOT use a cloth to dry the cornoonents
STEP 13
lnstall thc pin (26) through the spool/sleevc asscmbly
into the
untll level on lloth sides lnstall thc asscmbly
Wear safety glasses when cleaning with ^9
comprcssed air, Compressed air can propcl
s:cering hand o;rro nous
rlirt dust, ctc into lhc air which can bc
in,nznr
rnlerousc S\'19 4 NOTE; Heat from your hand could expand lhe sleeve
assemb/y making rt drfftcult to rnstall'
STEP
f
Assembly
STEP 8
lnspect all mating surfaces Rcolace any part that may
P
have scratches or burrs that may cause leakage
STEP 9
lnstall items (34 to 29). Make sure item (34) is installed
straight into the housrng, Tighten the plug (29) to
a
(A)'
NOTE; The spoot and s/eeve have alignment marks
Ihese must be aligned on assemblY'
Instaii riems (24 to 15)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
3tJ1.J l- /
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
eo 4
o€;;
I
) I
,{
).N,N)'"b: J*a
\SJ-"*..ffi\-@-
,"
y, b,{e.6 9 ,
0
-' D f.ffi n<
(97 lb in) .,,
,''
,' (
25 to 30 Nm
(2251o 275 lb in)
WM
( \
I
I \o"
I
I
P*\\-@
sM0930
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5001-8
powrquadplus
STEP 15 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 17
B
@@
$fl\o o@
f T-, Qo9 SHP2
ii"--@
l\
lnstall itcms (6 to 3). Tighten thc bolts (3) cvcnly to a
(-\ torquc of 17 Nm (150 lb in) and then in the sequencc
shown to a torqLrc of 25 to 30 Nm (2ZS to 275 lb in)
STEP 18
Install itcms (2 and 1).
STEP 16
lnstall the Gerotor (7) onto the drive shafl (B) so that the
curvc bctween two of the teclh are aligncd with thc pin
(26) through the sleeve and spool. lf thc rotor is in thc
correct position, onc of thc teclh wrll be ir inc diroction
of the fittings rn the pumo body
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
500'1-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
eo ,,, 1
a"
,,6
I
/'/o* I
fk*r l
/L b3 ) l
,,,
,,,
a"
,t@
@
il< 25 to 30 Nm
,"
fro \
(22s to 27s lb in)
(
i^.@ @\
D)t\)tn, \
u\\L-\\\tl
1
I
B l-\J
\o.
I
sM0930
I
L'
-@
NOTE; ltems are numbered in order of dtsassembly
NOTE; ltems marked *must be replaced.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
5002
STEERING CYLINDER 2WD TRACTORS
Ccpyrighi o 1991
CASE CORPORATION Printcd r. [i S.A
Oclober 1991
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5AA?-2
SPIC AL 'OOLS
SILTH|NG CYLINDER
Rernoval anci Installation ... ..
3
Drsasscmbly and Asscmbly
4
llemoving Air rrom the Steering Cylinder
6
Cross Seclional Draw ng of thc Sreerrng Cylinricr
7
SPECIAL TORQUES
S:r:crrng Cylindcr io Mountrng Brackc: 380 Io 420 Nm 280 to 310 lb fl
Slccring C;rlindcr Mountrng Brackct Bolis 330 Nrrr 243 rb f1
q'.'oring CylrncJcr
Ball Jr.rint (L H Sirjc) 295 lb ft
CylinCer Mouniing Brackct to Ax c Bolts . ],]. ],-,...,'.]..'.'.,'...'..;ss 340 tb ft
Siccrrng Nut (R H Side) ,,,,,.'.'. ffi 148 Ib tt
SPECIAL TOOLS
''..*s
81 3016
2, LOCTITE 270
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5002-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEERING CYLINDER
Removal and lnstallation STEP 4
STEP 1
STEP 2
i
c1B80S
Rcrcvc ihc cottcr pin and looscn thc steering cylindcr
ba I 1c n: nu: DO NOr rcmovc thc nut
STEP 5
STEP 3
' 802107
acn ove ihr: collcr prn and ihc nul irom the stccr .q
cylinder ball lornt Rcmovc :hc stocr nq ball joint
STEP 6
c1 8804
D;i a surfablc containcr undcr the stccnnq cylindcr
lrsconncct and cao the hydrau ic frltings D scard lhc
o-rincl,s
802122
Rcmove thc bal loint nrrl and thc siocnnq cylinrler
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5002-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Disassembly and Assembly STEP 9
STEP 7
sM0s75
803805 STEP 1O
irLt lirc s:ccr nq cylinder on a clcan work bench and
rcr.ovc 1tc lliil loin1 and lam nLt Removc itcn (12)
STEP 1 1
,i'*
& .a,t
#,
s'
B03B 1 5
St\40576
sM0574
[]cmovc thc ring (1) Usrng a surtablc dr t cush the seal
f Usrng the gland sca rclarn ng rarirc ioo CAS 3461
gland (4) rnward lo ga I acccss to llrc i'ciarrrng ring (2) romovc the rclarn,rcl wiro ,'13\ Rcmovc items ('1 4 to
Ilcrrovc itcrrs (2 to 8) 18)
NOTE: For Assembly lLtbricale iterns i2 to 81 wrth clean NOTE: Fcr Assembly lubncate rtems (15 to 1B) vtith
hvdraulic oil. clean hydraulb oil
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5002-s
P
.r9g {L@. I
\1
!
@.
(-.@.
.@*'C tr)*- --
,{ ----
*O*
CYL2
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
ri002-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Removing Air from the Steering Cylinder
STEP 12 STEP 15
Pul all thc control levers tn neutral then start
and run the
cngine at low idle spccd
STEP 13
-.., . r^r. ,.O.
:,r,,1OC:S lrCff ,..rl f,Ul:. ,ock io 1uil cfl loc< ;:
,il;ls: ;Our t,rrCS tC rer:fOvC all air ir"om thC SySiCrl
Chccx ihc transmissicn orl lcvcl. nOO oiioiifie-correo
scccilicaticn to thc t-ULL rnark on thc diostick
STEP 16
STEP 14
'ry.":,.,ffi
-l
,t' c1 8802
Turn thc stccring jrom lock to lock and chcck :hc
hycrauiic stcering iubes arc corrcclly routed and
,-irmnni
D:rr, I 35 l4l
rssJod l0 91 Pr nlolj rr] E"rcllanrj
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5002-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Cross Sectional Drawing of the Steering Cylinder
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
5003
FRONT AXLE 2WD TRACTORS
CASE CORPORATIOttT
Printed in fnqlanC
Ileccmber 1989
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003 2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFiCATIONS 3
.)
SPFCIAL TORQUES
-OOIS
SPt-CIAL
WHEEL BEARING
AdJUSlmCnt ,..'.-.'',,,.'' 4
rlcrnoval . .6
lrslaltatior .., '. B
FBONT AXLE
Fe'noval .16
19
lnslallatron
)a
TOE IN ADJUST\4ENTS
Don B'851 6C
lssued 12 89 Printed n England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIFICATIONS
Lubricatron
Ambient temperatures above 0'C (32"F) . . CASE Wearguard Super Lithium or Moly-Disulphrde No 2 Grease
Ambient temperaturcs brelow 0'C (32"F) Lithium Base Greasc to N LG I No. 1 Consistency
SPECIAL TORQUES
Wheel Bearing Retaining Nul 100 Nm 74 lb t1
Front Wheel Nurs . .. ., . 300 Nm 220 tb t1
Stccring Arm Clamping Bolt.. . .. .. . .280 Nm 206 tb fl
Axlc Pivot Pin Retaining Nut and Bolt 150 Nm 110 tb fl
SPECIAL TOOLS
.&&drf 1+,##diu-+&+&;i}*r*&"{&!*+!i!4 c
,!,{85ffi{
M*ffi.r-;l;;A*.:itiiiii;il;=ffi*aildiEadr
::#:;:;*iii;-l;;.iri!!a@tsffi t
E,
ffi 4. ADAPTEB
ffi (cAS 2014)
effi
ffi i
5, BEARING OVEN
cAS 10133
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
1003 4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
WHEEL BEARING
Adjustment
STEP 1 STEP 4
Engaqc lhc parking brake Check thc whccl bearing cnd PlaY
STEP 2 STEP 5
BOO318
;,L
.t
$
. ..;'.." ,,.'.-
.:r:,!f *''&',
,,@
,:i;J
t]ax'3r 6
Don 8 85160
tssued 12'89 Printed in EnqLand
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003-s
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 7 :M
/ . \q*
f
rlu6,,;i.'',:i:.::,,
Y
:ll
i"l l.;l',r:.&
&
,18
rl*
i*
\
.k
B@#
Remove the cotter pLn lnstall a ncw cottcr prn
prn rn position
STEP B
.f
p STEP 1O
l@
in"
\ d' rlt b*
t xr,,
.,*.. -..'-
,a
'ryffiitii;.:i','l'l:. ,f.9*^ W
i-tuiaic ihc whcel and ttgittcrr ilrr r)ul io a torquc oi 100
Nrn (74 lb ft), thcn back oii lltc nui to the nex: s or lnstall and tightcn thc dust covcr
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003 6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Removal
STEP 1 1 STEP 14
q.
8{(,)31 6
lli: sc inc iront ol inc ,,ractor and pLrt an axle s:and r.r'rocr' Rcmovc the nr-r
ii, I
_d(*
E
'41
t
. *.{ee&
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP STEP 20
,:ili:i;rr'
,:itiir.
i1;'i
!t:
Bomovc thc wncci irLrb Rcmove thc hub scal and clamping ring
STEP 18 STEP 21
STEP 19
*-1 ;
-a
'a
$_*',4
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003-8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnstallation
2. SEAL
\
,A' \-
6. WASHER
v@@ / /B
NUr
.-o*o,( r.o.
/
3, INNER BEARING
@6h
*\
^t,
7, COTTEB PIN
9. CAP
50033
STEP 22 STEP 23
lnsiail ihc outer bcar ng 0uo l1S:all :nc ,n.cr bca'rng cuc
Don I 85160
lssued 12-89 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 24 STEP 27
1, CLAMPING
RING
t{i:;/
?
lnstall thc hrb scal anci clamp ng lng lnstall the wher:l hub
STEP 25 STEP 28
:ft
c274o3
Hcai thc inncr wlreci Dca:irtg in i: l;i:arrng ovcn , CAS Apply greasc and insta i thc oule r bearing
10133. alo r^sa: r( tr r''!l
STEP 29
STEP 26
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
)003- 1 0
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP
STEP 30
ff
{1
Fd
\, ,rn
@ eo1m4 xa,;w
lnstall thc whccl onlo lilc hub Bcmovc thc
axlc stand
r.rul"o lorquc r:i 100 Nrtl
Rotatc the hub anC :rgntcn 1i1g of 300 Nm (220 lb f1)
oi'lllr: rri-: io
'l
ifrc I'oxi colicr !tn siol ir.c liqhic'n ll'c n[rts to a iorquc
tZA tO tti Ihcn back
STEP 32
-q&
80636
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003-1 1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FRONT AXLE KING PIN
Removal
STEP 35 STEP 38
I
k
q I
c
s
-- 800316
laise the iront of thc traclor high cnough to a ow thc Bcrnovc thc shrms
emoval of ihc krng pin :rrC oLrl ar, axlc sianC uroer thc
lx c anc rcrovc 'rc "\^ccl STEP 39
,,7
STEP 36
.M@
w
sieffi
,,::M
"fffi
--,M
,,W
, ,' , ,, ,-*....*.*,.,, ,}
':rffi
..'i, . :8/
k"h, rl..j':&
@'H)
-*
Yr,-;
': :'
ffi
'W",;%, -w
!: W
.'%i;:t.M
'W
80,612
STEP 37
ao1 61 5
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 43
. | :.
ry
:'::r.,iirj.+::
'
ti,jtir:il!i;:iiii'lli.:i:
Bcnovc thc upoer king pin bushing Remove thc thrust bearing
STEP 42 STEP 44
%
&
Rcrrovc tirc lowcr king prn busntng nspect the bushings for wear or damage
tf on B-85160
lssucd 1 2-89 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003-1 3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnstallation
2. WASHEB
B, SUSHING \
\ l'
\^\
U
m\
[.Q-,
10 BLAR'NG
.'
II
KINC PIN AND
'-,UB---* I
d\
I
\eh
\K-)
\f ,t:z\
STEP 45 STEP 46
ry
lnstall a ncw thrust be arrng lrstall a rew rowc. btrsh onto the krng pir
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
, . i', i-t\-:4F
I.
5003- 1 4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 47 STEP 50
BG1 61 7 'AM**,
lns;tall the rc\,^/ uppcr king pin bush lnstall and tightcn Ihe nut and bolt
STEP 48 STEP 51
, .?.tt,' ih,::-.r*''
:'W
-=:-'-.t:
aol 61 2
Usrrg suitablc lifting cquipmcnt, install thc krng prn Mcasure the spacc between the steering arm and the
assCmilly krng pin housing of thc axle to detcrmine the thickness
of ll'rc shims rcqurrcd
STEP 49
STEP 52
With lhe king prn supportcd on thc lrftinq qear, rnslall lhe
slocr nq arm.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003 r5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 56
'.!i; I '
'B;.t.;:
t!r,1i!::l::4,: 801233
Supporl thc king ptn asscrrb,ly anri rc'ill;t'i.' lllc stccrrng lnstall and trghten thc nut and bolt to the correct torquc
arrn. of 280 Nm (206 lb ft) .lnstall thc protective covcr onto
the stccring arm nLr:
STEP 54
STEP 57
, r:rl
' i iilr
'ti:,
a:l
Align thc cut-out in the king pin with tnc bol: tho
stccrrng arm
whcel nurs to a torquc of 300 Nm (220 lb ft)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
'.'Y'iri'ttt
5003 r6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FRONT AXLE
Removal
STEP 59 STEP 63
Engaqc :frc parkrnq brakc lnstall two 16r-,m CAS 1995 alrgnmenl studs
STEP 60 STEP 64
STEP 62
Dcn 8'851 60
lssLrcd 1 2 89 Prinlod in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003-l 7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 65 STEP 68
1a i
.ir,-#,-#
Pirt a suilablc conta ner undcr the stecring cyirndcr Looscn lhc locK nLrf ar'rd rcn"ovc thc Allcn screw
Disconncct thc stccrrng cylindcr tube c amp and tubes
from thc cylindcr and disconncct thc o-ring se als lnslall STEP 69
caps lo the f ttings lo prcvent foreign maicria f rorll
entcrine thc system
STEP 66
STEP 67
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 73
i ;"
Carcfully lowcr thc axle :o lne ground Use a suitacic long drifl lo remove the rear plvot
bushinq
STEP 74
ffi+.
ffi,:i%r
Bffi."
1*:'ii::.:;.
!
F*,.',' ._o
''''W;!;!'
!)or.[r 85160
lssucci r2 89 Prrnlr;d in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003-1 I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnstallation
1, PROTFCTIVE COVER\
@2 ,","/
(/// ^r/
$ \
--u
2r4'\ /
// 7. Prvor BUSHING
PIVOT BUSHTNG \\
- €j.-+NU
€j1_+. NUr
.\^- \ \ \, \ Glr"/ 4
Yo.
-i.l\ -\ ,/
)r \
14\
(1 r I
NUr
9. COTTER 6, SHIM
ptN
rur-.J@4\.=-==.- ^
\ #N*<
o-+4
u*.*uXb*\
*<a\ \-
x
l,-- " "'"'- \
'
-
\\ \ \
N;;.;;
10. BOLT
9, COTTER PIN
16, BUSHING
/p)\ ''";l'-'#I" \ tz
"\ 17. AXLE
\E . 4, NUT
,. uo) JorNr ' EXTENSION
\
22. SEAL
23. HUB
-/
/ar-\' ,/ 5 wASHER
Wg^'j^"u'
;*gud
1S. BEARING
4, NUT
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003 20
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 75 STEP 78
lnstal' a acw ircnl Oivot Dusntng Baisc thc a(lc inlo positron and rnstall a 0 019 inch (0 5
rnm) shrm at ihc rcar of thc arx c pivot and the required
STEP 76 a.nount a1 rho front The cnd play must be 0 1 to 0 3
ffi mm (0 003 to 0 011 inch)
STEP 79
,
s"
&
illl a NCW rcar p vo: brrsn
EP 17
Mark ihc r:nd oi llrc axlc orvot pin rn linc wrirr thc locatrng
j. lr. 1 'or 'n,.' Al,cr s( ro*
!
&"#
ii*; s STEP BO
fiu f* ,i
^-d J
da,{-ifJ
.,, "&
,w
.-t|:d
' ifi,i
BO10"oA
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003,22
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 87 STEP 90
f
Turn thc front wheel from full right lock to full left lock at
east four timcs to remove all air from the system.
STEP 91
lrg
lr)L:lall an.i tlqhlen lhO rc.rarnine holls lo th'r corrCCt
torouc'
STEP BB
STEP 89
Put all the control levers in ncutrai thcn start and run
the engine at low idle spccd.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5003-23
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Toe-in Adjustment
FRONT
+
LOOKING DOWN ON THE FRONT AXLE
STEP 92 STEP 94
I-o set the ioe-in oi thc front whccl use thc following
:rocedure
STEP 97
2 PIN
c\4227A
pin f rom
-oosen the two clamping bolts and remove lhe
he Left Hand side of the tie rod
)on 8'85 60
1
lssued 12 89 Prinled in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
ection
5004
MFD STEERING CYLINDER
Copyrignt @ 1991
CASE CORPORA"IiON Pr,n:eSinUSA
October 1991
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5004 2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPFCIAI TOBQT]ES
SI]OP TOUIPN4ENTTOOLS . .. .
6
Cross Sr;cticnal Drawing of the Steering Cylinder
7
Rernovii're A : from the Stcerlng Cylinder
SPECIAL TORQUES
230 Nm
lrack Rod Betaining Nut , .. . ..
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5004 3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
MFD STEERING CYLINDER
Hemoval and lnstallation STEP 3
STEP 1
b'rew
E02807
whec nuis PL;t a sLrtablc lacx lnder
'ffi Loose n thc iront
ihc ccnter of lhe front axle Baise and support the
[)Ltt ino l'aCtOr On haird ground ald aPrr Y ir)c l'ac:cr on :wo 5200 kg ax c stands as shown Removc
oarkrr^i: Dra<t: lnc iront uvhccls
STEP 4
"4 . 4',I:rl...j:i
6
}di
"-;#
80fi35A
PLrt blocks rn front of and bch ttrl ll'c ra:it'v"''rc(tls
rew
Eo281 3
NOTE : For lnstallation. cf,eck tho lra,'s,'.'sriia : ori ieve!
ancl add orl to the cartca[ /c.,ei rl ,'-ccr:ssa,y A/so check Rcrncve ihc irali iornis :rom thc swivel housrngs (oolh
and aclJUst the lront vinoci :)e-tr rclr.,:r i{.t Saci,or' 6C21 S OOS]
NOTE . Ljt lrtstallattat) t'."' .'. :'t. -t'i :al(l'I)a-) NOTE tot tnstaliatto.,. ttghten the ball./ornl nli ls l.) ;l
::vitttJt:' tt:lar la Pagc i la'aLe a\l 23C Nrrt and tr,stall naw cotter ptns
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 7
WWffixE,N
#*'ri" '"'
;-, a^ ,T 1.,'
t''
"+i - *1., l{, '" Br)2907
' : .i..
track roO ''Lt- "(' SICC'in!l []c'rcvc thc stccr ng cylindcr mounting bolts (1) and
s:i)c"rg lubc clarr:c crackel (2)
NOTE For lnslallatton, ttclhten the irar:k rod ball jotnt ta NOTE Ftr lnstailattctn tighten the steering cyllnder
3A0 Nnt r'!.1Ljr't'ie bo/ts :o p rgreue of 9A Nm Make sure lhe
sr)--(ia." is betwe r:n the steertng tube bracket and
'^iasher
STEP 6 ,i r, 5issrine cyltrder
.: ""S
l;., "1,,.,'i
lMs STEP 8
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5004-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Disassembly and Assembly STEP 12
STEP 9
,'@
Fcn'ove the end cap (1) and 1nr: p ston rod asscrnbly
(2) from ihe cylindcr (13) *-o
STEP 1O
Rerrove and discard inc glarld scal (3) ar)c ^ca r'|r
ES
-@
(4) irom ihe prston rod assorrtbly i2)
ilemove and d scard the scraper seal (B) back t p
STEP 11 washcr (9) and piston rod seal (10) from the end cap
(r )
STEP 13
NW
Bcrrrove and discard the o-ring (11) and back up
wasircr (12) from thc cylinder cnd cap (1)
.o
o/
/'@
d
NOTE , ltems are nurnbcrcd tn orde:r ol ,lisasscrnb/y
r'.o.
NOTE : ltanis rriarked (*) rttusL bc rcplitcacl
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5004-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Cross Sectional Drawing of the Steering Cylinder
O-
@*
\''
\,\
r'
/)
\o
ENI] CAP
2. PISTON ROD ASSEMBLY
3, GLAND SEAL
4 SEAL RING
\u
5, SCRAPEN SEAL
6 BACK UP WASHEB
7. P]STON ROD SEAL
8 SCMPEH SEAL
9, BACK UP WASHER
10. PISTON HOD SEAL
1 1. BACK UP WASHER
12. o-RrNG O220MSA
13, CYLINDER
Dor B-i151 5 l
lssued 1 0-91 Printed in Eng and
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
;044-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Removing Air from the Steering Cylinder
STEP 1 STEP 3
1l
Put a sLritable contarner under the steering cylinder and
looscn the RH steel tube at the steering cylinder
STEP 4
Rarse the flH side of thc axle until it is fully against the
axle osc ltatron stop
"rorfr&;f:fl STEP 5
.\. \rij'
t Turn the front wheel to the full LH lock unlil the cylindcr
E02830 prston is fuliy extendcd on the RH side. Tightcn thc
Put a suitable jack undcr thc ccnter of the front axlc steerrng cylindcr tube.
Raisc artd support the tractor, ort two 5200 kg axle
stands, under the EH and LH sidc {rarrres. as shown STEP 6
NOTE: The f ront whaal has been removed lor Start ihe e ngine and turn the stcering whcel from lull L H
photographic purposes only lock to full RH lock sevcral times
STEP 2 STEP 7
Remove thc stee ring stops from lhe RH and LH swivcl Rcpeat Steps 3 to 6 for removing air from the LH side of
housings of itrc axlc the siccring cylindcr
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Sectional lndex
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TRANSMISSION SECTION NO.
Creep Transmission
Removal and Disassembly ... .. .. ........... 6011
Hydraulic PTO
Removal and Disassembly . . .. 6019
,............
Servicing the Powershift Transmission ....6006
Servicing the Range Transmission ..... 6007
Servicing the Synchromesh Transmission ............ ...6005
Separating thc Tractor
Engine from Speed Transmission . 6002
Speed Transmission from Bange Transmission . 6003
Torque Limiter
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
6002
SEPARATING THE TRACTOR
ENGINE FROM SPEED BOX
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6A02-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TORQUES
SPECIAl TOOLS
SPECIAL TORQUES
Iront Cab/Platform Mounting Bolts , . 310 to 380 Nm 230 to 280 lb ft
Rcar Cab/Platform Mounting Bolts .. . 310 to 380 Nm 230 to 280 lb ft
Enginc to Transmission Mounting Bolts
'I
6 mm ... 3ss to 375 Nm 247 to 277 lb 11
SPECIAL TOOLs
2. TOBOUE WBENCH
ffi
ffi
ffi
m
ffi
3. ALIGNMENT STUDS
CAS 1995
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Removal
STEP 1 STEP 4
STEP 2
r.!
,-J$&
l,:l{#.1: .in
';riiiffi1'
ffi',',,
.r'. .l,ft&.,,
,.,:::a:',;;a':,:,tt:-.t:.:.::'t.ii'l:!!l:r,'aili.ia:'ririii:,;,::'!::
?, ,.'Y' *rrro
i,lrl#h Fcr-ove thc MFD drivc shaft (rf equippcd) nefer to
)ut blocks rn front oi an<l bc:rrircl lirc i'car whccls Scclron 6014
}TEP 3 STEP 6
lemove 'he Danery box Rcre' to Sec'ion 9020 Instali a container with a capacity of at leasl 76 lrtres (2C
US galls) undcr thc iransmission drain plug Removc
thc plug and drain thc oil After dra,ning, insta I and
lighlcn lhc drarn p uq
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 10
Raisc the hood Aemoue the clevis pin from the hood release cable and
lcver
STEP B
STEP 1 1
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002-5
STEPpowrquadplus
13 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 16
Loosen thc right hand steer nca hosc .r'rountrn,:l l'r!1 and rubber it oot and disconneot the battcry
rrove thc hosc oLr: o1 the r^r:ry ro.n thc siarlcr motor
STEP ]4
i.t6'. :
-:1f;!dlNiii; a:,:4.
Disconnccl and caD the or coolcr suoply arri rciLlrr eci thC solcnord SWI
tubes
rc)
IU
STEP 15
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 22
l@waa
(,:i--4\
16& drl
-,,r;:'),:ai
tl':ral:al:. :::l::t:','
:.:.,
iii,';i1|iit ;:1,'
ffi'
##twW.
' ,.'4'.P R
n
STEP 20 STEP 23
fie.
{ ..ta ',i',4.
w q.,'*
:q. ,,DH
du
'*'i -
.
q$$
::'B
"kq
fu..*?
ffiu,t:i,/lW
Pui a sLritabJc contarner undcr thc heater Disconnccl and rcrnovc the heater return tube
D sconnccl thc ncater itoscs
STEP 24
STEP 21
i,fo",.-n i
: rl':i tr:
,, l'I ?:ou
I fl
I I {',,1
B
B
lfil:l:i"m''
panel mountrng bracket nut and the
Remove the side
\ffivs'.:ww
s de rail bolt
Femovc inc fealer lubc mounting i:r-acket bolt
r)..r,1.85010
lssucd 1-90 Printed in Enqland
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002 i
powrquadplus
STEPwww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
25 STEP 28
"$i ,$
a:
Iit
;*
$.
ra \ :P
'l'
.&
'r.
t:.
.'\
ai,
,i'
i:
s{r . ': 1r,..
i ',:
.i)o:iirn l,rt: it:1' 'rilrt0 !ti.tcrin0 hosc mounttng arruTt
rcrno\1C lf lc ir()sc 'r'orn thc brac(ct
STEP 29
,x
!,
i
:j?t
ffi
gfls35
Looscn thc clamlr arld renlovc lhc brakc rclurn hosc
from thc hoL;sing adaotor
STEP 30
ojx h
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002 il
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 31 STEP 34
SIEP:]2
.t
'i
T
r*l
&tr'/ ,$ (larc'L;il)
1jl w-4 : i1 lirc ,-rao/itlaiiorry' and ,nstallwoodr:r irior:i^rs
qx$r - 4X
ffi,3
$ffii#Yffi
-q&& tr{-.ffit',
,Bfu" r^t's
'#i ',. ,'.1
'
rr l)(_,lwalo,. :,,rr ..-alt/olaii(lrrroLtniing lran.l artrr lf C
:.i1.'.
#W,#ffi''il"jx,' S TEP 36
*ffi81 * I STEP 37
.tJnd:l On :t(j....1..J),", .j-( j"
' . .,"f'.
ffihWi
a] ,
:.)r ir.'a)it: cor, 3ri-'rs.
*& t*a *Gf8r..aVr; I
T*-.:W q#t;1dl.!tl
EP 33
{\ t? r{rJ
)rr.iraa ,r f'r) ;l
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 38 STEP 41
'i4r1t:" '"''*:''
-4.
io.&
*t1)
.
1:11 ;:, 1:
r1:''
$:;1,;1,;1:r.1'
STEP 39
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002 1 0
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnstallation
STEP 43 STEP 45
STEP 46
STEP 44
i)rr:lC,J rn L nCianC
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus
STEPwww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
46 STEP 48
SIEP 49
" \ .n.?,|
Ek'A
gnment sli,rcs and install
thc cnginc lo transmissron rrtour)lrng boiis Trghten the m14
6 mm bolts to a torqLjc of 335 to 375 Nm (247 ',a ?77 \b Rr-.rrr:ve the froni tractor splitting stand, CAS 10852
.1
ir) arrr'i r()movL' :frc r.r ocks from under thc tr ansmission
STEP 47 S]EP 50
ffi,
&-mi.
ffli_r3{tl',' .:':: i
lnstall and tighten lhe l2 mrn bolis lo a t flc:nrive tne wooden wedges lrom rn DeNvecn thc
151 Nm (99 to 111 lb ft) boister and lront axle
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002 1 2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 51
etr
.,.....,;}
STEP 54
I RiTUFN cotlPLER
2- SUPPLY COUPLER
STEP 55
(,Or)ri{1, I "l.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002 r 3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
iil
*dp,:il
,it
li
.ki
Mi:.
[ :lS
:l'
807835
install thc brakc rc:urn hose anO trehicn thc clamf)
STEP 58
.'*^: ! :
r$l lnstall the throitlc cabic into the brackct Conneci ihc
i.6) soT8ol cablc to the nloction pump Bcfcr to Scction 900 j for
lnstall the lcf: hano slccr rre hos(-i 'ric ihc Drackcl af d ac uslrncnl
ljLlfrtc! ihc n.Ou.l1,,rq lu1
STEP 61
.,.rWn,
i
t
br" ,:, I
1
. )-.
-.,i
c3001 0
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 65
p':;iu"g :rn|r",4,
".r:,&
Wu
^ - tal'
&i' "
a 2ti,
'nj
ii
1l
t
t;4.41
STEP 63
t@wma
i'i'e'6,
,..'.*4i:itl::,.in
ir-:jlall allli
STEP 64
' rwiffitt
it{.ffq-q'lt',
1r.,
i l
.I I
tr :,1'.,:@&
.lrr(i l(jitlorr thc hr:a1cr lubo nroi.lnirrrg brackct
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002 1 5
$$
na
d&
);il
.t{s
,jI^
*A
r1:.t
t.i,It,
#${,:
d-.s
t:ri.- ER SUPPL'
!crrove lile cacs and inslall and tightcr the oil cooler
rciurn anc supply tubes
STEP 72
61. ryre*'1
ffiM
€nrry
@'
ffi
efff;
lnstall and lighlcn thc starlcr motor cac c arrd lnstall lhc
protectivc nrbber bool lnsialt thc rtghi lrand s:ccrrnq hosc a^d rtgh'c1 '^,--
mor-r|iing ni,:.
STEP 70
STEP 73
Don I 85010
lssuco l -90 Pri.rled ir: f nE ;lrrll
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002 1t)
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 74 STEP 77
#
v:n
.
\ffi -.*q"*"* ffil
ffi
.:tl4#XMi:f,. ffi.
', "BEf/r4
:'i: _:t:tt : iir
-ffi
'_1a;F:q.
STEP 78
,w:
',,,,,1t'
HI.
STEP 78 STEP 79
'€ I
i-,ll
.":.d8tif _rd-.1
ai D' ,t,'.,qr:r*."-4
tr
d
:$'.Q
B&a 7(X
I ,- i-Elanc
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 83
.1,:..:4..t:::i1,:1.:11,, ..
lnstall :hc tlattcrv box Refer lo Scclrort 9020 Chcck coolant lcvc and top up if neccssary.
STEP 81 STEP 84
lnstall thc tractor werghls (if couippcd) Starl thc cng;ine and check lhe operation of the stcering
cab healcr anC air condilioning systeri rs
STEP 82
[-ill ihC tra.)SrniSSron wriir l-1Y IRA\ i)l ..rS lO lf ri] itorr(-rcl
lr-.vci c,n lnc droslit:k
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
6002
SEPARATING THE TRACTOR
Engine From Speedbox
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
X]IFI
' fl
rl
6002-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL TOFQUES
SPECIAL TOO1S........
SPE.CIFICATIONS
Cooling System
Coolant ...... CAS CC 2801 Ethylene Glycol
17.6 lrtres 4.6 U.S gal
Syslem CaPacity 5220 (With Cab). .1
5.7 litres 4.2 U.S gal
System Capacity 5220 (Without Cab) ...... ..
20.8 litres 5.5 U.S gal
System Capacity 5230-40'50 (With Cab)
System Capacity 5230-40-50 (Withoui Cab) .. " 18.9 litres 5 U.S gal
SPECIAL TORQUES
....... ' "" 285 Nm 210|b f1
Front Cab/Platform Mounting Bolts '..
Bolts......- 285 Nm 210|b fl
Rear Cab/Platform Mounting
1621o 184.5lb fl
Side Flail Mounting Nu1s.........,... 2201o 250 Nm
Transmission Felaining Bolts
134 to 151 Nm 99 to 111 lb ft
12 mm 8o11s............
.t 335 lo 375 Nm 247 lo 277 lb 11'
6 mm 8o1ts............
SPECIAL TOOLS
lssued 8-94
Dcr 7'692 1 0
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SEPARATING THE THACTOR
Before separating the engine from the transmission it is necessary to carry out the following
. Flemove the Battery Box, refer to Section 9020.
. Remove the Fuel Tank, reler to Section 3005.
. lnstall the left hand rear wheel after the {uel tank has been removed.
. Remove the MFD Drive Shaft, refer to Seclion 601 4 (for M FD tractors on ly).
STEP 1
STEP 2
STEP 4
STEP 6
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
'- -'!q,
6102 4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 7 Tractors Prior PIN JJF1034500 STEP g
For lrectors with air cOnclrtrorrrrl(l PIN D sr;or:r'ret.l iilc t;lt:t:rrlt.i tirbc) l1; arrJ ri'::car(i ll're li
1i: self ,ittal I -,i ,i:i ii't., .j1 , i il tar:Tl0,,re tfii: l":: ..:, .i'lrr,r
,.1 1tl3.15r0it, disconni:t;i rii
:irr,tiing couplirrqs (i ) arlcl t, , the f)r:ic(i.rl Rerrrove :'le tit: slraP: lro'tl the lra'e
retui'n hoso i-1 ,, lOl:,'' :' :11:)ll ilili.j i.i;:;i.:,rlnCat lir[;
[)rake fe) sr:]r,'orr tplttrrt lt(,:r .rl 1l,e | :,ii), ir.lli:S i1litl
t,iEVF R lout:l"t.Ii lrlltitlls. i:i(;rrl(;,t' irl r r,lr" ,rijtl tlitl lrf;ll i .11 l
A.J,i,!) ott V(ttt ;;.itt ri. ill./1t:'-ir:'I,r'rr.'.1';r.l
rcfil.lv[r ilt(.]:irl,lu 1.:'ap i[i) lrorrt lht: l]occl SL.rppor'i
l--\,,tt;:!:ti froslttt!,-'. /tlw'av:; wi:i1t ptolac!i'''':
Irrac;i'.ill
Discolnr 1l
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 11 STEP 13
Disconnect the st.,i11er solenoid celble (1), battery Loosen the clamps and disconnect the oil cooler
cable (2) and alternalor cable (3) from the staner hoses (1) and (2) Bemove the tube bracket retaining
rrrotor. Renrove ilre outt:r side rarl iioll (4) ano lne srde bolt (:l) Cap the lroses and tubes.
pancl hrackel r'etaininq nul (5)
STEP 14
NOTE: f ar lnstallalion, lighten lhe stde ratl holt to a
torque ol 134 to 151 Nm (99 to 111 lb fl ). Make sure
there are two washers between the side panel bracket
and the starter motar rnaunting flange.
STEP 12
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 15 STEP 18
i or):,,.ri' llrfi ,.:iir .ilL l-.iliOr i'r.,,. rri,l ,.i:,(lr ,;'ii.,. ll .t , .lCAli liriitri- i,lljir,ya.aultctacks,
( ,^.:.i I t:.:.r--r L li', rWn A...i.ri:il llte Siand JUSt eOOUgfl
IIOTE: !:t)r l:..:,tit;tltOn. 'rti'i, ' l' :i'i : I ' i.r,.",r.\! :'r';l lrl,'"r'1)rSup[)1jr1 lilelrorll Of
t,)()Unltnq 1,,11-s 11 a lOrqir() i ,; 'r;r; furrlr ",'
'rlt /' lfr,1 lf;-lnqan,qf:, r)ll i)ll (i,lrl,ti,,,, :liOCK:l
STEP 16 STEP 1g
STEP 20
!Ni:',.t,: 't
lssJea S-9.l1
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 21 STEP 23
Remove the side rail nuts NOTE: After lnstallation, remove the air from the
braking system. Refer to Section 9001.
NOTE: For lnstallation. iultricale lhe lhreacls of lhe
stde ratl studs with orl and ttghten !he retatt)tng t)Llts Io STEP 24
a torque of 22A b 250 Nm (162 to 184.5 ib tl).
STEP 22
,P
sM1196
Rr:rrovc the lower lransmissior. retarninq bolts (1) Clean the engine and transmission mounting faces.
Apply Loctite 515 to the engine mounting face as
NOTE: Far lnstallation, tiqhten the lower transrnrssion shown. lnstall two alignment studs, CAS 1995, into
retaininq bolts to a tareue ol 335 to 375 Nrn 1247 lo the threaded holes (A) and (B)
277 lb ft).
NOTE: After connecting the engine and transmission,
remave the alignment sluds.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6002 I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
FILLING THE COOLING SYSTEM
STEP 1 STEP 4
STEP 5
ail/e..;s !han -iJ,/" C , reler lO.SytrtL:i'. '.,ttrOn PaqC il. Alter 5 m nules stop tfre enqrne and allow to cool
Remove the radrator an<l recovery reservoir caps. Fi 1
lssued 8-v.
i)r -, i '69210
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
6003
SEPARATING THE SPEED AND
FIANGE TRANSMISSION
Prrnted in England
CASE CORPORATION
Fobruary 1 990
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6003-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TORQUES 3
SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TORQUES
Speed Housing to Rangc Housing Bolts 312 Nm 230 lb fr
Cao Molnting Nuts . 310 to 380 Nm 230 to 280 lb ft
Bear Wheel Nuts 434 to 515 Nm 320 to 350 Ib tt
SPECIAL TOOLS
'/f \
\-"/
\/ t
\'-l
3. LOCTITE 515
B1 755s
TRANSMISSION SPLITTING RAIt
cAS 1 08s3
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6003 4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
REMOVAL AND I NSTALLATION
,}/
WPOSB
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6003,5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 1
STEP 4
BO7 I 05
Put blocks in front of and bchind rhc front vrheels. rriri a contatncr wiilr a capacily of at least 76 litres (20
US galls\ r.inior :hc lransmisston and drain the oil
STEP 2
l.iOTf : Fo, lrstallalton rnstall 76 litres (20 US gallsl ol
clear': l-iy-l'tat: [)ius /rarisn]/ss/o, otl. Check the level on
the dtpsitck
STEP 5
STEP 3
,,r!,H
c11531
[]crnove the seal rc:alning screws and spaccrs
Rr:movc thc scat irorn the machine
STEP 6
Don 8-852 0 1
lssucd 2 90 Prrnrcd 1 Eng and
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6003 6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
o@@
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6003 7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 7 STEP 1O
.,wi 4
4 Y:3
Y,W,#?:1
i.r-_,ffi,?.i,W.W
't .. , .."::,,,:q 4]r^risii":' ..".:..ffi\
,,i,,-,' i:dfu$":; 7::' %;
,6,*i1,;;l;Wm
Disconncct and cao thc hydraulic iubes Disconnect the parking brake clevis Removc rhe
ari Lrslrng nut and C sconnect the caf:le frorn :re
STEP 8 b'ai:k c:
STEP 1 1
NOTE: For lnstallal on. Re:ler /r: .'ir:c,,ar ii')f-jr ii,, ;-i,.i:i.r.,,1
ttte r:lulch cable
STEP 12
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
tr(F Y' rr{r
dl,fF:lI t't x
i1
ilit
tl,
6003-B
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
'r,
,l)4
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6003 I
STEPpowrquadplus
13 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 17
DISCONNECT
STEP 14
:!ffi,
=i;" rt
'Et'ffi+ , -i'&i'^'
:i: i:..:i:.lti
d lilt$
.iffii
:lw.'
Rcmovc thc mounting i:olts and removc tlc trailer
e.'
cap the brake hoses
electncal sockct.
STEP 15
STEP 16
., ab_. :M
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6003- 1 0
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
t
l:4
/:
'i
't "';)11
, -,
/
, 'r.
"/z-.
@
@@ @
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6003-r 1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 20
-',e.
DrSCOnnr:ct
connector
,n , ;&&!w-
the Steerirrg
i
pr(;SStir a Swi:a-i'
k
Rei'nove the retaining cirps and rernove the ranqe
sr:lector rods
STEP 21 STEP 24
/;
kw,w
*.i &".-.fu
zJ '{ W'
Disconneci tne drail conlrol soief r( .: i:iL.:clr'cal Disconnecl the MFD solenoid electrical connector
connector equrpped)
STEP 22 STEP 25
*qn*ffi
-ffi, Er-b\tdP-l* 'W
ffi
i
2. BETAINING PIN
,l
DISCONNECT
1, ADJUSTING NU
Disconnect the range swiiL:h elcclrical c:c,rrncciors Lor:sen the creep cable adlusting nuts and remclve :rrt:
reirtir'ro! prrr Rcmovc ihe crcep cablc from the bra(r((r:
(ii coLrrpped)
Don 8-8521 0
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
i'lr,,.i.il['
6003- 1 2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6003-1 3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 26 STEP 29
.*
'*L
1. DISCONNECT
ilornove ther rear cab rnounting nuts from both sroes c'
Disconncct and cap lnc iydraL'llic lt'i: 'i r:: I
compcnsaior valvu
NOTE. l:or lrt:;ralti;tron itqtlrcn lhe cab mounting ntils la
STEP 28 a totoue ol 310 to 380 Nm (230 to 280 lb lt).
STEP 31
Don I'8521 0
lssued 2,90 Printco in E:Q ard
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
:/
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
bUUJ- I )
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 32 STEP 33
Remove the speeo Io rangc [ransmission rnountrng Carefully seoarate thc range transmission lrom the
bolls speed lransrnission
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
6004
TORQUE LIMITER
Copyrighl @ 1992,
Prinled rn Englanc
CASE CORPORATION
May 1992
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
)!, li;!! ,; ' I 1.,,'-
6004-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
SPECIFICATIONS ....
2
SPECIAL TOROUES ..
SPECIAI- TOOLS 2
TOROUE LIMITER
Removal .......... J
4
lnstallation
6
Cross Sectional Drawing of ihe Torquc l-rmrier
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL TORQUES
Torque Limilcr Betaining Bolts 134 to 151 Nm 99to111lbft
SPECIAL TOOLS
sM0615
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6004-3
STEP 1 Bemove all of the retaining bolts (3) and spacers (4)
except the two bottom bolts and spacers,
Separate the engine from the transmisston refer to
Scction 6002. NOTE: The tvvo lower retaining bolls and spacers will
support the torque limiter assembly dunng assemb/y
STEP 2
STEP 4
Turn the flyvheel until lwo retaining bolts (3) are at the
bottom. Loosen but do not remove the retarntng bolts. Remove items (5 to 7). Bemove the two remaining bolts
(3) and spacers (4).
o\
Q-"-*en I
)
o
\
@
6$
sM061 3
NOTE: ltems are numbered tn order of Removal
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6004-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 7
lnstallation
STEP 5
STEP B
STEP 9
.FFSET HUB
a
,/2
't' ,/.,'
NOTE: Make sure that the oflsel hub rs lactng the STEP 1O
Iransmrssion.
Remove the lrictrcn plalc alrgning tool CAS 1 991 lnstall
items (2 a^d 1)
STEP 6
STEP 1 1
60047
(51, refer
Ci-reck the f ree height (A) of the belleville spring
to Speci{ications, Page 2, and replace il necessary
lssucc 5 9? Prlnlcd rn Englar(l
Don 7-30842
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6004-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
o\
@*orn I
.)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Drawing of the Torque Limiter
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Cross Sectional
/.@
r''@
sM0612
6, STEEL PLATE
3. BOLT
7, FRICTION PI-ATE
4. SPACER
s,BELLEVII IFWASHEB
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
6005
SERV]CING THE SYNCHROMESH TRANSMISSION
v Jpv 19'
^^^.,,i^Fr va I OO,
p.isieo In Erglanc
CASE CORPORATION )c^ 3-8a192
113161. 1992
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6[i05 2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
SPiCiA. .'OROU''S
srfclA- -oo-s
2
S,,Op :CUTPVEN- -OO-S
3
PrC IORIAL IND;X
-iRA\SMISSI'\
SERVICING THE SYNCHBOIVES' 4
Inorrl Shaft and Dropshafl Fen oval
l\;r,.r i SFAFI
.,r';ss Secirona D'at'ving C: :he irrOUi S''i'i'
[)rsassernbly and Asscmbiv
:lqOPSr,/rFT
B
Cross Sectional Drawing ol the Dror:sharl a
Jisassernf,lv ano Asser.blv 10
!,'r'chronrzer Shimming Procedur'e
SPECIAL TORQUES
SPECIAL TOOLS
TOROUE WRENCI.l
oEM &77
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
bUUS-J
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
PICTORIAL INDEX
INPUT SHAFT
INPUT SHAFT
Removal . ,
',,4
Drsassembiy.. ..7 Front Bearing
Assembly. 7 Adlustment 13
Instaliation 12
DROPSHATT
DROPSHAFT
Front Bearing
DRIVE GEAR SYNCHRONIZER
Adjustment 14
Shrmming Shimming
Procedure. ... ..1 4 Procedure 10
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
f'f)Cr5.1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SERVICING THE SYNCHROMESH TRANSMISSION
lnput Shaft and DroPshaft Removal STEP 5
I ,: lii *t
! 11. r
STEP 1
STEP 2
*
E
q
*
?ry
SIEP 3
( iEL; 7
UILI
STEP 4
$JI
P.'
j&_
**fu k
rcalror lJfie
*&
, 1..&
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6005 5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 8 STEP 11
$TEP 12
ffi
F esf
Remove the retaining screws and renrovc Ih(.'df opslra'1
cearirc ccver (1) ano shm cack Miit \l
.2
STEP 9
#
B@E
Bemove thc front bear,ng retarrrrng bolts
STEP
*
x:
$h
#*
ffi
ffi
*9ft.
ili:l: rr
iaTr
SIEP 1O rnstall two I2 rrn' cowels (1) Put the 1sV2nd gear
selector rn tirc n'utral position lnstall the Ball Detcn:
Retarner, CAS 1994 with the f at facing up and pusl- l.e
gaar shiL rarl iror:r the frcnt bearrrrg r:arrrer plale il.'r-:
.1
the Ball Dr:rent Retarrcr through B0'.
STEP 14
*ffi
b C*
ffi
ffi
l-r.: lilc 3r'r; 4''' .li]it' :t3iCC:or tn the neuli-al pCSri or^
i'r;l:rlr lir: :ic:r.r'r(l i:i;,r l)a'lerl Bctainer CAS 199.1 wr:r:
ri,r,'iai 'a0'C ato,.",r, ai"ilpr.,sh ine gear shrfl rai iro'n l-r;
lrrrri bear a() .')t)t. f)' :r ilic
i,.rr 8'85'3: ,,.-: j', ; ^:ccr^F-:,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
aiL)0a
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 17
%
STE
F
!
,j{
1t
d
B
v If
"ag
,i,
t.:.tl
t il.
ru
STEP 16
STEP I 9
,ffi
-.t'
./:'. .,
Ir STEP 20
*g#
I ;".
ttr +:
Bf,)oo6
1i,;r',r,ryc iiie r,ti, Sitetf: alSSCrrtiJl\
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6005-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
INPUT SHAFT
Cross Sectional Drawing of the lnput Shaft
o /.@
\ /
\
o\ \
o\ ,/o
@\
o.*
sM0604
NOTE: For Assembty, heat bearinEr cones (1 and 3) in a bearlng cven to a temperature of 150"C
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
i t', ,t' !'1,:r:i$;'i{i
lcs-8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
DROPSHAFT
sM060s
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6005 I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Disassembly and Assembly
NOTE: ttems are numbereC tn oroer ol Drsassemb/y
s%q;
-@-" oo.=,.--
-/ 1---,\' -i
-l-%'a:-'JY"\
,r ,aB)'( i^.aA.
:'@i =(D \
,.d-a_ffi)
_\i,A\
-\/A{a.-!
;,--:.\( \'(a
.- g-rA\
-" @ i\m
rNrki\V
\to'Jl
\\sr',
\ \_r/ \-ni>.-'7 lE, //
'6-
,.'
(il\re)..':'
/
\,=\l \t1\' , I
/'l--' '\\-
i
\
/-\ts\ I \// / o
';€Fu'ie - -@- B).se7a
,/j'
N\';\-;/ z /
d .7,-- @:-'.-ffi.$rt
--'g-
@ P
--{\ffi9'9
1'[6'r.\
(N"'']'Y:Y
r
-o'W-t^b ,--.-[ r-.,N
\
s-\\\t \\
NN\S4 ]-
O
r\lr \\'
\--,
f-.'.\'\ \ \
:\
'' r 1\r
k\ ')--- \
1 --\
\Y7:-,/
o
NOTE: ForAssemb/y, follow
'-# fia saile pi.)ceClre ir: teverse aroel
sM0580
IMPORTANT'. For iractors eQdtt)oeo wrlh snrms (/ 1? 22 a'C 2/) reier tc page 10 before Asse,.nbly
1. BEARING CONE 11. CUP 21. THRUST BEARING 31. DRIVEN GF}R (2ND)
2. SNAP HING 12. SHIM (lF EOUIPPED) 22, SHIM (IF EOUIPPED) 32. SPACEF
13 I|IRUST BEARING ,a nl tp 33. BEARING
3. THRUST WASI-]ER
4, THRUST BEARING 14 DRTVEN GFIR (3RD) 24, SYNCHRONIZER 34. SPACER
5 DRIVEN GEAH (4TH) 15 THRUST BEARING 25, BUB 35. EEAR]NG
6 THRUST BEABING 15 THRUST WASHER 26- CUP 36. THRUST WASHEII
7" SHrM (lF EOUIPPED) 17 SNAP RING 27. SllrM (rF EOUTPPED) 37. TTRUST BEARING
8. CUP 18. THRUST WASHER 28, THRUST BEARING 38, BEARING CONE
S. SYNCHRONIZER 19, THFUSI BEABING 29, THEUST WASHER 39, WASHER
10, HUB 20 DRTVEN GCAR (1STl 30, SNAP HING 40, OROPSHAFT
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6005-1 0
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Synchronizer Shimming Procedure
STEP 21
STEP 22
STEP 23
i81 to130 05 05
'.Jl 1o : :r0 t0 AC
more lhan
200 10 10
:,c^ 8 35'92
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6005,1 I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 24
STEP 25
STEP 26
t-,se ihe table b,eloiv to determine the total shim pack
rcrtL,rred al (C) ano (D)
sM0596
i;p to C 50 05 NONE
Litt the 4tn aear (5) up againsl ihe snap rrnq (2) and take
three evenly spaced measurements at (C) between the 051 lo0B0 075 NONE
synchronizer cup (B) and shim (7). Make a note of the a<
average reading f/). 081 to130 C5
131 :o150 10 05
Il1to200 125 Cr i)
rrrore lhan
200 10 10
STEP 27
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6005 12
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
INPUT SHAFT AND DROPSHAFT
lnstallation STEP 31
STEP 28
+-uSd
,j
e*,ffi
lnsl all the in put shafl assembly
,r 'l
&:!
lnslall new [:earing ciups intc the 'rorrt beartng carrter
piaie and install the plaie onto lwo 12 r''i'rrr dowels
llstali :hr,: lsl.i2rrC gear seieclor fork and 5;5 | lsrl. :at1
STEP
l.,lOrE fC llCi ttr"rftit,t i/r? !ear ,:,::,r'C1.. 1.'r", li€l &
&!
:,'i,fiiL'.,'k t:,ttI::: at lr't. :tlilitarl '&
STEP 30
#qr
sw
is
Beceai lllr;;: ,:19 fcr- fhe 3rdi4th ,fear i;i'lli,,':'(jr i')I;. ::ilc
ffi
shifl iork rail
Dull the lsL'.)rrc qear selecfor shali (1] rnlo the it-''^"
OuSh ng []rlil :r:r:l nli:l',,.rCk Orn OrOIS rnlt lhe groOve :'
(-
i'lt-. Snit !111, ':-, ii;r'r1'r,"'o l',ir'[]all Lle'::rl'i'igt3119r 1 '1
l y94
l:- ll r.::'92
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6005-1 3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 34 STEP 37
STEP
&s
STEP 39
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6005 I4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 40 STEP 43
STEP 44
0.-.._1r,i
I
Lf,.
.t.1
/-'
lL +
pzfrq.i
t:.,t
"
rjrrv€ Q€&r
(rrr,r:,i,,It-t'€fl ,'g 6jotg:1',11il3 :na Oil r
,- tr.;) !:;l
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6005-1 5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 46 STEP 49
lnstall the shim pack washer (1) ar)o retaining bolt (2) Remove the caps Conncct and tighten lhe creePer
and tighten the bolt tc a torque of 101 to 1 '1 3 Nm (74 to iubrication tube.
83 rb fl)
STEP 50
STEP 47
E,sl.
*
,&jtl,,
:-:htr'-
-J *t'
i'Er}:,,
4r'-tt *,M:
II
s ii
f*_ C2a826 lnstail the steering tube clamp (1) . lnstall and trghten
Clean the surfaces ci the iransrllissiorr and access the retarning screw
plate Appiy a continuous bcad o1 :c)cl 'r 5l: to il"r'
face cf the transmisslon housirtq lnsiail irre aicco:;il STEP 51
plate and install and trqhlen :he relaining screws
STEP 48
);i3:ilr
&ri*"
Don I 85192
issued 3-92 Pr'rried ln Er:g anc
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
Section
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
6006
SERVICING THE POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION
Copyright O 1992
Printed in Engiand
CASE CORPORATION
March 1992
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
UVUU-'
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATTOI\S
powrquadplus
SPECIAL www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TOROUES
SPECIAL TOOLS
orC-ORTAL INDEX
IN]UT SHAT
Disassemcty 8
Accomh,rr ,, 10
-oo9rrrvy____
DFOP SHAtrT
Disassembly 12
Assembtv
SPECIFICATIONS
Fricfion Piale Thickness . . 2 45 to 2.60 mm 0 096 to 0 102 inch
Steei Separaior Plate Thickness 2.'t1 lo 2 31 rnm 0 083 to 0.091 inch
lnout Shafl Diameter 44 99 to 45 00 mm 1 772 lo 1 773 inch
1sl Gear lnside Diameter .. 50 009 to 50 02 mm 1 970 to '1 971 inch
3rci Gear lnside Diameter . 50 009 to 50 025 mrn 1 970 to '1 97'1 incn
Dropshatt Diamcler (2nd Gear) 44 389 to 44 404 mm 1.748 to 1 749 inch
Dropshaft Diameter (4th Gear) .. 39 985 to 40,000 mm 1 575 to 1 576 tnch
2nd Gear lnside Diameter . . . . . . 57 117 to 57 137 mn', 2 250 to 2 251 inch
4rh Gear lnside Diameter 45 009 to 45 025 mr. 1 773 lo 1 774 toci)
SPECIAL TOHQUES
Sceed lnput and Dropshafl Bearing Cove's
Wilhout Shims to Seat Bearings I Nrrt 80 lb in
Wrlh Shrms to Measure Shim GaP 28Nm 25 lb in
\^/i:h Shirns vrhen lnstallcd .
40 to 46 Nm 20 to 34 lb ft
101 to 113 Nm 75 to 83 lb f1
Llropshaft Retaining Bolt
Front Bearing Carrier Plate Retaining Bolts 70 io 79 Nm 52 to 58 lb ft
0ce B-85202
lssucc 3 92 Pttlec r f :g arc
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6006-3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIAL TOOLS
2. SFNL COMPRESSOB
cAS 2005-4
FIRST USED ON PAGE 10
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6006-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
PICTORIAL INDEX
INPUT SHAFT
Front Bearing
Adlustmenl - Paae 18
SROP SHAil
cr6nl Bearrng
Ad,usirrenl -Pagc 18
D:- 8-85202
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6006-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
INPUT SHAFT AND DROPSHAFT
Removal
STEP I S
S is t' '1:
i)rsconnecl and cap ll-le areeper lubricatton tube (rf
equipped)
STEP 6
lemove and cap the InoLti sl'ral arlcj drcpshal I :lr -:
':brrca:ion tubes ! I [1
}r#a|
STEP 3
&lr,g,-
HY*
,w,
D
a#M
sconnect and cap ihe cowershifi clutcl'r r{.jilli
STEP 7
i*--* 7'
STEP 4
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP
a-,
a)
!,
a
r q2 P.r-,t.rc
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
bUUb-,,
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 17
$
.$""
,$I g
fiil
H*
st tiB B1*,1t9
Bemove lhc fror:i bearing carrier slale retainlng Dolts Remove the nput shaft assemblY
STEP 15 STEP 1B
ffi :ri
,,:,t
,.,lC
lnstail two 12 mm dowel bolis through lhe f roni bear ng Pul a prece of wood under the dropshafl assembly 10
carr,cr p a:e n:o the I'ansn-lss o1 hoJs n0 prevent damage to the gears. Remove the dropshail
assemblY
STEP 16
Dc.r I 85202
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6006-8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
INPUT SHAFT
Disassembly STEP 5
STEP 2 Remove the 'l st gear (?1) and remove items (22 to 32)
STEP 7
j!.
it {:
lt
!r
;l I ttg 4,
tl iii .l .! ;l
r.I 4i
X
Bl 1129
Belease ihe srap rrnq (l5) {rorn the 2nd gear clut:t'
ho;-q ng (5)
Put the tnpul shaft asserrrr',, cn a hydraulrc press Use
STEP 3 the sp,inq compressor ( ,A:i 1992 to cornpress lhe
OiSlO. rCiurn spring Rsn.''r'7i' thQ snaC ring (33)
STEP 8
STEP 9
-e ra . 'tn ;F,
STEP 4
i(_'.r,Cve ilerrs i7 to I1l
: L lrJla-ra
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6006-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: ltems are numbered rn order of disassembly
,.,i
"@\ e3\-
-g. o9r ffi- \@
-")u-( $9 )o
/*
)o-
\o- )
@-
,iSAN
@\
mel ---\o.
-o
,J-'\
\8.
-@
sM0579
1. SEAL RINGS IO. SEAL 19. THRUST WASHER 28, BEARING BACKING PLATE
2. BEARING 11 0-RtNG 20 THRUST BEARING 29 SPACEH 38. FRICTION PLATE
3. BEARING 12. SEPAMTOR PLATE 2r . 1ST GfnR 30 BEARING JY, SEPARATOR PLATE
4. o-RtNG 13, FBICTION PLATE 22. BEARING 31. THRUSTWASHER 40. PISTON
5, 2ND GEAR 14. BACKING PLATE 23. SPACER 32. THBUST BEARING SEAL
6, SNAP RING 15. SNAP RING 24. BEAEING 33. SNAP RING O.FING
7, PISTON 16, SPRING 25 THRUST WASHER 34, RETAINER +J. O.RING
8, SEAL 17 RETAINER 26, THRUST BF}RING 35, SPRING SEAL
9. O-RING 18- SNAP BING 27 3RD GEAF 36 SNAP RING 45. INPUT SHAFT
Don 8-85202
rssucc 3-92 Pr.ied n E|]clarc
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6006-1 0
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Assembly STEP 16
STEP 1O
STEP ] 1
hry
c2c825
: len- s (5 i(, ,1 ; a'ill 1l
.rng (15)rnio th,.-:
. .: Clear,.liL,iai'r "o.,s,ii'ii
STEP 17
l^:rt;rl1 ,lerns (35 to 33) l.t.tl a llyrir;,r,.,1 , irrrl-ir(.'ri1li,rc of 15C'(l (1102'i- r ;ino 'nsiali onlo the 'npu:
spr .rq comresscr CAS rlt ) io (orf :lrtll:
.,i "
-r
STEP 12
STEP 13
7
rrsiall rtems ;32'.a 28t lrlakc l.;;tc iirc rLr 'r". :il!l
lhrr,sl bcariirg (31)are lowards ihaj lflrLrsl v\'il'| ' ,;2 )
STEP 14 '"q\q
! i. 6. ,.- J {
irr'al lrlc rcl ers o'lhe thrLsi 0oarlrg (20) :ir,,: llr\','il l
i:.rr.sl wasrict (19) ,)\. 1 ',23
STEP 15
\'t'
$ll'f
Br I l23A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6006-1 1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
-*---9"
.@\
-g. o9:. &@-
\@
@2
-o-o @\ \^
l} '-6i
,,-
O,--.@--*
@\
,N Yz
@-
qg-e
4<
)@-
l.-\o.
-(a
.@\
.(D J-\ --@.
\ sM0579
E
1. SEAL RINGS 10. SEAL 19 THRUST WASHER 28, BEARING 37. BACKING PLATE
2. BEARING 11. o RrNG 20, TF]RUST BEARING 29, SPACER 38, FRICTION PLATE
3. BEARING 12, SEPAMTOR PLATE 21 1ST GEAR 30, BEARING 39, SEPABATOR PLAIE
4. o-RrNG 13, FBICTION PLATE 22 BEARING 31, THRUST WASHEB 40, PISTON
.14, 23 SPACER 32, THRUST BE}RING 41, SEAL
5. zND GEAR BACKING PLATE
6. SNAP RING 15, SNAP RING 24. BEARING 33, SNAP RING 42. O-RING
7. PISTON 16 SPRING 25 THRUST WASHER 34 RETAINER 43. O-RING
8, SEAL 17, RETAINER 26 THRUST BEARING 35 SPRING 44, SEAL
3. O-BrNG 18, SNAP RING 27 3RD GEAR 36 SNAP FING 45. INPUT SHAFT
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6006- 1 2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
DROPSHAFT
Disassembly STEP 5
STEP 1
Rercve rierns (1 to 9)
STEP 2
B1+704
Use a hvdraultc Dress ,,.'r:.1 ::oring cornprr::;scr CAS
1 992 lC CorirCf CS: i' l:,:,'r- :: return S..,r 'rO i35)
Flenrovr: iirc s':ai: ','', r i.l
STEP 6
Br1426
i..lse a nvdraulic oress ano sprinq compressor CAS Bemove items (34 io 44r from shafi (45)
1992 tc ccrrcre ss the scrino I l2) and remove ihe snao
STEP 7
STEP 3 CrreCk all ,:e.n:i "l' wara: OI CaTaOal arl,.1 'trf aCe r'
NECCSSATV
Re.r',ove rtems (1 1 to 2l)
STEP 4
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
ai()c6 14
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Assembly STEP 14
STEP B Soak the lriction Ciaies ii:r) r', ciean tsY -RAN ,. i-ls
lnstall items (.1 6:o 13)
l"slall items (44 to 40) to the shari (45)
STEP 15
ST[-P I
lnstall iterrs l'9 :o :il \4ake sLrre :ne rotlcrs of thc :n.lr:;
Dearrng (B) are :cwards :he ihrust washer l9)
STEP 16
{-
\ STEP 1B
- .lr 11..c
rmr,rocc., ,^AC-
I v't
l'35' :O rrrSiail sraC ring
:iTEP 1O
i
STEP 1 1
STEP 1 2
STEP 1 3
R 1 1 1i?3/,
B1 r426
ll slii I rle.ns (1 2, 1 I anrl t l .: ii
f.-f,- i'1ii _
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
buub- l 5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
'-,@ @.-
\@ "@-'.1 :-@.
@* 5r^ -@ - )o.
-@Y- ,/
a @-.
@u :-J-;u.---- (D\
@1 -@ @\- t@"
-@
*@--
a
a\
'g-
l
\: ar
\-;)
@--.rxgxz*r to
lv'-|o -9,
hsto$re
(D
sM0584
1, SEALS 10, SNAP RING 19 0-RING 28. SPACER 37. BACKING PLATE
2. BEARING 11. RETAINEN 20 SEAL 29 NEEDLE BEARING 38. FHICTION PLATE
3- THBUST WASHER 12, SPRING 2r O-RING 30 THBUST WASHER 39, SEPAMTOR PI-ATE
4- THHUST BEARING 13, SNAP NING 2:.] BEARING 31. THRUST BEARING 40, PISTON
5. 4TH GEAR 14, BACKING PLATE 23. IHRI]S1 WASHER 32. THRUST WASHER 41. o-RtNG
6. NEEDLE EEARING 15. FRICTION PLATE 24 THRUST SEAFING 33. SNAP RING 42, SEAL
7. NEEDLE EEARING 16. SEPAMTOR PLATE 25, THRUST WASHER 34. RETAINER 43. o-RING
B, THRUST BEARING 17. PISTON 26, 2ND GEAR 35 SPRING 44. SEAL
9, THRUST WASHER 18. SEAI 27 NEEDLE BEARING 36. SNAP RING
alc. 8-85232
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6006 16
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Cross Sectional Drawing of the lnput Shaft and Dropshafi
I
_r Jl.
4 4TH GEAR (DRIVE)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6006-1 7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
INPUT SHAFT AND DROPSHAFT
lnstallation
STEP 1
STEP 2
tr
!&"
s'* B1o41o $F
lnstall the input shafl and ciropshaft front bearing cups
81 fr*r
reta rning
into the iront bearirrg carrier olate.
bft)
Dcn 8-85202
issccc 3'92 PriniDd '. f .Ela:xi
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6006 1 8
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Front Bearing Adjustment
STEP 1O
a
l
,C
?
t
t
;e' ()3r.129
,ns:.ril tllc droosha'f1 bearino cover,r"(i :,rliirn[]q il()lls l]se t.
,^.,it:3Jl shirns DO NOT :ighler'r-,':, :(r::ir' t i,''-
STEP 8 f,1,t r
:
a STEP 1 1
STEP 9
t*
fr
ff4.
I t,jt , L,t .)
,i ,,\ ,. .
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6006-1 9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP STEP 15
b
il
O
Q;
)'*',
q* 3
r;
Xft*.*
Tighten the bearing cover retaining bolts lo a lorcue ol
2 8 Nm (25 lb in) while rotaling the sha'l
STEP 14
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
o006-20
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 17 STEP 19
a;}i$ffi:'J -'--
":w
-3%ffi
#;
,tst
"
f*ffifuIM
inS:all tf ,r,, ltlr.lt Snal
il'rtl tigfriirl llle retatning
tlr:arrnr; r)r,1. nrr(i sf rp3
Col:S ii.) il ::rf oi..i) Ol '10 til
i"1 :;'.111
<1ir i"ri:l
l'.,:ll;r : ctrivar
)i, iiii.,j,a)l_.S,: J'' r:
cl(lar 1ar'r::irlql)()r' ' and v723ir'r'
r"ri)iv iaSlr)i '''Orr'Urn.' ,
i30 iC 3i:'i lL) f1) irt, ,. .,.,1.1 .. ' ',.,., tral a. lC' i'.)
6.: it, '
S iL'P 18
SlEP :?O
*F*
.a11
*j* :
3!}.-."'t t "
i
I
'l
I , : .:lla i.: )l)L! :)r
,'.1:i '"r,:r llarlSlrrli;-S
).: L
I
sltt_F,21
ri j $',-,e*,:
I
*
!Yv
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6006-2i
Eemove the caps Clcnrrect arrd irghien the luDrrcatlon Rerncvc ihc caps lnstall and tighlen the lubricatlon
tube (if equipped) tubes onlo lhe inpul shat and dropshaft frorrt bearing
COVCTS
STEP 23
STEP 26
w
STEP 24
c:
r?
/f.r1
a
Remove the caps. lnstall new o-rlrlgsj orrio tne
powershift clutch {eed lubes Connect arrd :rcjhtlrn the
lubes onto the rnDt,i srraf.i art.,j cl'.-ltlslail lra)ni llilarli(l
CCVETS,
Dcn E-85202
ssued 3,92 Prinlec rn Engla.c
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
6007
RANGE TRANSMISSION SERVICING
Cooy.iqht O 1991
CASE CORPORATIO,\ P.inIcC nUSA
Oclober 1991
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
. . 'ri, : 5i-/\-
.l ..-l!lsr:rro',
i\ajstltr.Otv
,)'.;,:s Sci:l 6rt3 Jr2ry1ri) (; i" ' )1". "'t ,.'.:',1,:-'t: ':.':' .i''
: :-Lii-i
..
:.) .v
- l)r'. i .rrl
^
.:, :: i-"1-' l-' ,
-,a-t-c
SCI'l Crral Dra!^/iaC t)i i-a, ili, ",. 'l-rA':
',it ) \l :) I '/r'
':r':l a''Oi
''j '11.'".." 1''l'
:- t; : r S-rArj i
i15)'al ai on
_' -
-a
S PECI FI CATI O N S
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007 3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIAL TORQUES
SPECIAL TOOLS
3. SEAI COMPRESSOR
cAS 2005,1
FIRST USED ON PAGE 33 4- LIFTING BRACKET
CAS 1 993
FIRST T,JSED ON PAGE 7
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SPECIAL- TOOLS (Cont )
,.\+rd + rqlpt,@jffiSt-r<ffiS*
1. ,!;i. .
a$nryeffi3&di@d,s$.@
''w::i.'1 _'
riiiusd**v...w
i::@. :..
'^ui&:ir6+w"*
.1:1{qlnP!s61siM
cAS r 3i)5
FIFST USEI O\r li\lli fr
/'/'
-4-->-\\
'i ---.l
2 Pl.,l I i:[] l:iF I 5 iJ[]il.!li^.lLl ili A;til'ii.' A'r-) l:iEAL DRIVEF Kll
OEI 424:) )f f,4 b.l.l'
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
PICTORIAL INDEX
SHUTTLE SHAFT
Removal Sec Page 12
Disassembiy See Page 23
Assembly See Page 27
lnstallation See Page 42
INTER[/EDIATE SHAFT
Removal See Paqe 6
Disassembly See Page 18
Assembly See Page 20
Installatron See Page 50
PINION SHAFI
Bemova See Page15
lnstallation See Page 35
60073 1
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
0c_r7 6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
BEAFIING CARRIER HOUSING AND INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
Removal
STEP 1 SIEP 5
d-Si:K
E#. '!"ii'. a,
r-u$& t$
.:!q"
.,J
'\.'4,, .'
)r
1i
-*
@- ,--^.
Fr
(& *6"
*
. S,i'?*S
;i;t,"(_rir.
I l..r'a:].(l ,"!' !::)i)OC arU':jrlljil ,'
i:,),.. I
STEP 6
STEP 2
'' _a\, ""_'''r41"\: l'ir'
'1
'?
rI&r.
"Wffia -t
b*
i""d rc4&& ss
Fwdfld;
,ts I 'hn ri.c
$m$ 5l P7
tr
ET
&-
# ,li
t'-rr .',
.L i'
'&',.' N,
STEP 4 For 2WD Tractors B
"*
, .'
q
"r**E
'*i*- ., -:& B
ffiimi
'* *i
f, #
c
' '@,x: t' 'l' t #,
r1
\,,ei
&.
:ii/-
.! l #,i
- s-- c'
M*" 3,; t)084
ar'!i. ,,
w
i-ra 1it_ralrl(.1
"\*
M cxo37
1.1 i q!: ll
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6407,7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 8 STEP 1 1
*-,*;ff -#
,
l;t ':"'*' ': '*a1
..,.'g&;
:r -*ry.% ffffi
.:' * ^ffi.ffi)r
c2362 1
It
ta'
{ii: { r
s
E
,, 1i] \
:k '\
c23628
:-lCrTrO\'O ,5.311;i.11h S DACCI'
:r:)rin() a'r .ba *r,kYP
STEP g
i:siall a siliiablc orllc.'. rh. lftinQ brackci CAS 1993
rlcoc:a: Slcp B 1or 'a ot,i fhc bcarnrl carr ar irouslno ofi the pin on si-ai:
STEP 1O STEP 13
Idil
11:& l,r,,tlil:
lREN/OVE H&
N.S
,) ',
+&
q.+j1
sd
iic''r'(;','a 'rrc bcaring cariicr housrng
il;^ t ti:212
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
A' r' -/ ,l
@
1i
ir
l!
j3'
.ir
m1a
s
k? ,a*#
.effi
#;x wl
s! X ffi"
c2.l 1 31
iJ 6rr', " 2,: 5Jr,, 951;r' h395ln{r' .tu'' a' r:e' i:' i l' ; i,( : :.i'' ) ..
.
STEP 16
#tr:tt:@ \$
;iil l ;.,,':;,,;;, r t;,:;., t
I. p,"& r.
\4/:< 4:.
' ::'
i!
',,. ,- *r, "1.
ttt.
&
*s6;*_
lc^ I 3):'2
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-9
STEP 2
&
1. LOCK NUT
I
ffi
u
IB
\
$r
1 LOCK NUT
. '..l'i
Looscn thc shift fork al en screrl lcck nuts ar(l .f.Tovi
"nqrylh,
thc allcn screws
fut
STEP 3 ",
\."
"3J
&
& STEP 6
W'.-.."''$,.wfw
Rcmovc the 3rd/4lir (Tc.tp) sirif: rai 1. INTERLOCK HOUSING
&
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
r ]i
t
T
t
'P
STEP 1 1
STEP 1 2 \.-
o pr\c
ffi,,-,, \M
c26902
flr:rlol,l; anir .lr: ' .,,r | '..ii
STEP 13
O,8ING
\
.\
"f *'1'
l:!"'"
'1
tn^ '
C26905
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007 1 l
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 14 STEP 16
Check a oarts for wcar or darnarlc ancj reolace as
nccossary
STEP 15
\
ir)*h\
if" ." \,
l' ffi'
BUSHING tr
\ /r li thc bushrngs arc [o bc rcplaced use a bushinO C.rvc.
and rcmovc thc bushings
ls
ts-
6 C2721ffr
Chcck the shrll rarl birshings in thc bcarinq carricr
housrnq for wear or damagc
\-/
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SHUTTLE SHAFT
Hemoval
ST EPl STEP 4
;
ri
r
h
4
,7:
e&
ffi
6
ffi
Jcl-fD
IL_r ,-
-)
; tl
2 IBFUSI tjEAFlNG
,il
'!.
w-
ffi
:lc:-' ..
SiL:P.i STEP 6
s
w
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007- r 3
powrquadplus
STEP www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
7 STEP 1O
r:;
ffit
w&
fa}.
r
ffi
c23534
Rcmovc ihc jourth gcar anc scaccr Rcrovc lhc svnclrol zcr ftub
STEP 1 1
d,
Rcn ovc thc synchronizer asscr''it1y ancl shrms (if Bcrrovc inc snap rrng
cquiopco)
STEP 12
NOTE: K.aap lra. sh,,z:.s ir.r:.,a,,ihcr ior t:.tallattOr it/
pt1' t-t)t..;
@-w
;f -m..:,-
a, #]l]:,t',lr,
:t.
-* il-:5t\-:.
-".r: ki.'::at::
1,
bi..' .-"
il-7
Y* k-r -:.:
^l
# d
ffi *,W N.
ffi...
Do', 8 !1522 I
0-9r P'rr166 1 i ^g ai':i
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
(i[_r),.1,i
powrquadplus
SIEP 13 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 16
#:r ffi
ffi
,3a4"
\
'r',+'%"4'
I@
wi\**i:-.
i{t4s:q
.,:1r:iitiit_E-,
i;n
. f i:l|.lsT vr'AS,rF:i
,PA!,
l.tili"^*i--
i'$ #"1,
'1 t;(
::#
:a,:^
d
d
c2381 8
STEP 14 ST F? 17
m";
ffi"
.xr";.
!,.
&
*#Fft-, ft
ffi",i1."
', &k _. _:
4', ."-.
R
B
1. THRUST WASiTFH
@'
d
%#
:w
':li$,
- *:.qtr
?
,*w( s
2
2
IrQIJST BEAAING
.=# c23822
i',.r' .', :
'' .';li'
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007 15
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk PINION SHAFT
Removal
STEP 4
-4.
@
u**u,*t&. @
I
d, Pl
1. PINION SHAFT
**,
,_@
C24N7
*gteraa
Rcn ovi: ihc Crf{crcnlrr-t aSSClrr0i,y, Flc,it, ll; c . ."-.. SccLrrc ihc p nron shafl rn position with blocks of wood
6012
STEP 5
STEP 2
# ffi
sr'
r&
\rry
{: w
ffi""]
S aqo "; a; '"a
.i
I t;i
!
/e \Y ;':.& \,W
r*
N,
&,
"#
C238so
{'\
'L\
STEP 3
I-UBNICATION
TL] BE
-\r::fti:iti ti:i
iW
. 1. LUBRICATION
i TUBE
eqt.tf)ped )
Do,, 8 8522'
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
fill ' Ia
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 7 STEP 1O
.s sffi ffiffi
,ss # rc;ir Ww$fl
ffiffiffitr
'ffis"
-ri* !
&-s<s
Ie.
te--
.lr
4i'
df c23607
SIEP B
#
if
sffn
1i
d
^an
,*,J
c2361
"","fu
1
STEP 9
v STEP 12
TtsRtrST !/ASHERS
THSUSI WASHEBS
TtsRT,]SI BFA:1I\(;
., -nsuSr ii
BEARING
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007 -17
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
13 STEP 15
*{
qs
1i
% .s .:
?
s#
"d .,&
#,$ g4
.iw
\n!l'J il,ff
d
{.j
6\
ffi\' i!. i
r
&
." d&
lj 'w
k.
i
ie .1
,6s{sq &
t-
sna:: Use,'a surtacJr) puilcr and slide hammcr and rcrnovc lhc
bcaring cL.rO frorr the bearing carricr hoi.rsino
t o- 8-E522
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
Disassembly
STEP 1 STEP 4
;;
B
+
t r&E
H' lI !:<
lp#$
rxJS
1-'R S' ?
e
.-:i:-jj:j'
..:.,.::.
*'i*a;^'-"
- "' '
C1zzz.,
C car al oa.is \tt al )- /-
u' v ,1..t
v') ,-,. r" j
,.ji-a.lf .)oacc: a.r(j :lrC 0C..tr l .ilr'l.'(::: ii'ai :'l ' , '.r' r,ca' l,' li:t,' ,.r.1
: t ,t'
QTtrD
!) I Lt
.L
ik STEP 5
il
$
it
ti
4l
'.i
W*.
#
.c1y214
!rirr'rov. :i.c scconc qcalr a
SIEP 3
ssr
w
HT #
c1&15
r,', rirLi (lir:,f 'CV,.-)r alal rerlOV('i lltt_. rCar f)()rtrinC r,t,r., lc
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-1 I
powrquadplus
STEP www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
7 STEP B
(4&r
$ -'q
,s i{il
Wl
R.
\*? \, ..|
H 1:
w- lr.**
i$r. rf{ t
?- --'
, ''r;tt*i{ ' s ; @
;^,,
: ,i;lti::J
,r',;,i|.,j"
n*
s-
c27224
Bcrnovc the shims
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
.li)
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
INTERMEDIATE SI-iAFT
Assembly
CONE
,, NA anovlr sf)ACFI:i
I
lr .rF
ks
2Ni] CEAR
{
\QJ',?
,"1 I
I
t
1 E]EARING ' 'ii-i
I
fltrA;l
I
: \rr,iaF s;)A. i il t
+
($
STEP 1 STEP 2
2 WIDE .l NAIIROW
] BEARING SPACbI] SPACIF 1 REAE NC
CONF I
tt
tl
rt/
I (;O\L
ril
) :,i g IAl,t,l_l)
::-<- lloLf
l
I
,l
-l A
4 r:; I GtrA;l
NOTE: Tle 4ik ilL)a' "' .:ii :j "l lbc iapoco l-,6112 27,1 1',r
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007 21
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 3
,r&,,,,f{M$,,,",,'
-'ttrltffi}iJri.
"dJ::':I%.
:.;*-_
qrt?lg$tt,
ltffil
sirffiYr4fffiEl{}
ccarirtg conc Makc si.rrc ai :hc carls arc ln cO rlrlci and bcarrnc carrrrlr hr)i-rs:-rQ uSi) a bcarng olvcr;-t::11 rr51;r I
STEP 4 STEP 6
-/ \
1 BEABI NG CUP 2, SNAP RlNG
r SHOULDER 2 EFAFING CUF)
3, BEARING
CARBIEFi HOUSING
600722 60072s
.f
w.
@
ktl th
r) Se
@
: fi' l:'
,a
j& "'o ':" rYiF
{*
c231 33' k *' ;"-- cz722s
li i' l itrcr'car bearing cur-r irits ttccn rcr"-rcvcd f rorr lhc l-:::ar ihc spaccr and srap rrrg Do p3' i651311 ;r'i
ir:rirsnrrs':i ol iloris,nq Usc:t bcarrng dt r'c'a'iti irlsiatla sa rr,s srrms can only oc rnstalled whcn :hc bcarrng
itt-.rv boar'rnq cuD Mai<c si.t'c iitc cu0 rs aqarnsl ihc g;;.11r.:1 i-gggrrlg i,35 [g6;'r rnslallcd and the 'nferr:edrStc
:lr'f-'., alCf sr a{: crrd p a),rJ,.r.Crft ::'i)d Vakc SurC:hC bcartrlg cuc
scaccr anc Sir"ilr) lnq airL' In corltaci
l,).r' I 8122
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-22
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk of the lntermediate Shaft
Cross Sectional Drawing
6. FOUR TH GEAR
5. tH IRD GEAR
\
\
b HAUtr 11
I INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
3. FIBST GEAR
/
COND GE
600731 B
Don 8-8522 1
lssued 10-91 Prinled in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007 23
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk SHUTTLE SHAFT
Disassembly
STEP 4
!lli{r
't tsfirj
STEP 2 STEP 5
.-^-
"\d* "@q$
-...;.
tSS"',' #:v?&{
,u*m
r& &=.
ts
.l I t gr * t i
i:l.i.el.8.l.$;
4.1'-1-ir t,g Pl'
ffi
,i,'ii t'3 t ";e*d4-g^
STEP 6
Don E-85221
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-24
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 1O
STEP 7
t
:t
,$
.:trti,:
: ;t,,,,,,, "t s|:+i ,
c25427
I r-j-t:l
(/:' , c26931
!.:.i,..
Remove the lubrication sleeve. Usc a sharp knife and remove the four sealing rings
STEP B STEP 1 1
W
STEP 12
c2681 9
c27017
Use a block of wood and shock the forward piston out
D^-n',a
J turrruvu
iho
rr rv
of the clutch housing.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
600 7 , 2::
powrquadplus
STEPwww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
13 STEP 16
STEP 14 STEP 1 7
\L
:,$.ft:$ixA.i,,
ri:T:!:lil; r;t;f
r.f.._,ii- iir
':1:I:i;:.9;$:r' c27o2s
Rcrnove the rcvcrsc gcar'lrt,b Rcmovc the ihrusl bcarnq and ihrusl wasner
STEP 15 STEP 1B
:i.u
Rcpcat Steps 2 10 4 and rcrno!,c thc rcvcrsc clutcir
oack
)-)
STEP 19
c27036
llcr'rovc ard discaro l',c ' ',ar':ic gca'ihuD :.aai
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-26
powrquadplus
20 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 21
STEP
ffi
tffi's'
1, SEAL HING
''t ' *\,,
,%
1.
SEAL BING
2, O-RING
{ ,#,* *
lnspection
STEP 22 STEP 24
+, li...l;:,t",i,..,,t.,.&
*.,:,::,,,:r jr
'\ .: : i'
\r tr :r
STEP 23 '::a:a.i':'l
.:.i:q
-t!tti:t,il
:t :,,:,i::
ar:
F*
B08t 1 I
Check the steel separator plates for wear or damage
Replace the plates if the thickness is less than 2.10 mm
(0 082 inch)
STEP 25
8081 16 Itlairy*
Check the friction plates for wear or damage, Replace
the plates if the thickness is less than 2.40 mm (0 094
inch)
Don 8-8522.1
lssJcd 10-91 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6407 2/
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SHUTTLE SHAFT
Assembly
I. SNAP RING
qrNG *
ian rr_rnus,
I BtAntNc
i 8. THRUST
WASHEB
,,
"".\$.gi:.:
N)'r,
)"o''"''u e PLUG\,]K 2osHUrTLESFArr
r3 P slo\
\\ #r)
.€\,44a ,/
.r sFAL nrruc , i. \" \ \
\;_1{., le P
,/ Ut ,., .- rsBAcl
BACKTNG
14 r:RrcroN ,i \r:i'
"*;;-.\
,ra^t.!-,.,(t\ )f- r_
PL-ArE
',ATES
,/
v\,
,z*-\_i\ 'l I
./^i\a\\
r{<rx\\\
'J,\\\\U
Nn\
\\\q
\\
\/2/
I I)
r\\
\ ) 13
<-/u,v'\ ,/
t- )i, irooqnron ' '.N\ ,))'----,,
,;'iJI" :: :lj-::::'^\)g$P1
22 REVEBSE \ 1
{*.^N){'r , \ \ 18 LUBRT.AT.N
'NAPR,NG
10 ,(ffi)Y).
'PACER
B i-,HUSf wAs"rER\*--R.-,"4Y \ \ \ \ \ 17 SPRING
. sLEtvE
-' -{<iNr'--z-
s BLAFNG---------),ISY{ \ \ ErHRusrwASHEq
-::]::::^"
d$o)"( 1\ \ \EED!F^- \,
\ wASHEq
,\ "'\
sTY"( \ :#i::r
"''"
-O 2 SEAL
\t, ,,,*ur'.11t:;,*u'"""
ElNc 1 SNAP Rr\G
-/
6 CIJP
ll.- o c.-aal
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-28
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 3
NOTE; Eefore assem blinq the shuft/e shaft, make sure
the oit passage ptugs are correctly installed tn the ends
of the shaft. Use compressed air to make sure the oil
passages are clear.
STEP 1
ffi,:.lHr -
1, SEAL RING
' ^i:
,%
\ ,ff:;
2. O.RING
}t+
o10
new lnstall the fon.vard pislon into the forward clutch
Lubricate and install a new rnner o-ring and then a
pistons housing. Make sure the grooved side of the piston is
inncr seal ring onto the clutch
facing iutward. Carefully push the piston into lhc
nousing using even prcssure lf thc piston iocks up
STEP 2
during installation, remove lhc prt;lon and install again
Nevei use {orce to correct wrong allgnmeni of the
piston.
2, SEAL RING
srEp o
1. o-RlN
/ i',i,
011
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
0C07 2!r
powrquadplus
STEPwww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
5 STEP 7
ry
LUBRICAT]ON
SLti FVE
5. TAPEREi)
SEAT
n T* *
h{? :?l [,i[ ,$ ifi
:'
" rg'tY
60076
r'
Rcrnovc ihc lubrrcalron s/ccvc and install thc sf:,.:
#,, c,2atll2ii
.,
PISTON
dclcrrrincd rn Sti : (i
tolc :ho lubrication !: ccvc rrt"i'\. ai!ar.si :hc iapcrcd
sCal on l"rc shafl I'lcasLrrl trc C't: i)aiwac- '' c it,slor) STEP B
and slcevc io cclct'^ '.a ia'c..'. i r' .,or ";t',. . ::, .CVC
spaccrisi 'rrckncss 'llii
STEP 6
o26933
.ll(j s'.)rrno r(li:l ",1'
D.i I 85221
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-30
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 1O STEP 13
:M::i$,:
i.-,.
,$i.r.t11
i[ t B{+t
,,{
,.ii'u'
A
t*
$i*
c26936 c2691 I
install the snac r lnstall a frictio orward clutch hoLtsinq
STEP 11 STEP 14
STEP 15
STEP 16
c2691 6
fonarard clutch
.. -i,,
-;
p!1
'. i c2691 0
I )
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007,3 1
STEP powrquadplus
17
www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 20
l?cpeat Stcps
STEP 18
1 to 16 lor thc r'cvcrsc ciuich pack
ru
c27cr36
Inslall and lubricate a new rcverse gear/hub scal
STEP 21
c27A31
lnstall the thrust washer 1 ,1;
'#
STEP 19
;ik
a:),
2. SPACEI] 'i, 1, ROLLER BEARINGS
STEP 22
1, THRUSI BEARING
\*
,}i"d
h
\1"
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6047-32
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 23 STEP 26
LZ tttJ
lnstall the thrust bearrng Make sure the open stde ot Heat the reverse clutch 5;ack bearing in a beartng oven
the bearing faccs towards ihe thrust washer to a temperature o{ 150'C (302' F).
STEP 24
'
.
,
STEP 27
T#iipF#j:,
i''l#:r:iil: :
'::'"r
\l1.:rl,i:.,;
c27A19
c2701 4
lnstall the bearing onto the shuttle shaft Make sure the
beari^q rs against tnc snaP rr^E
STEP 28
2. SEAL RING
i*d'
;x,! ...
, INNEF GROOVE
iv
"1 # S$#
I .; It:
llt I
c27017 @i
lnstall the snap
SEAL EXPANDER CAS 1999
c25431
lubrcate a new seal ring wilh clean transmrssion oil
Use the seal expande r CAS 1999 and install the seal
ring into the tnner groove on the shuttle shatt.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
600 i :l.J
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 29 STEP 30
{,;
,k
9r-"
sl
.\
't '&' -/
1. SEAL COM PFESSOR
1 cAs 2005 1 cAS 2005-1
600726
c25437
Turn thC SLlaiCorrlli'cs:;c'round and push ihc Cii'cr cnC
ol il"e ccmc.csscr ovcr :hc scal agatn and 'cn'ovc l"rc
scal corlprt:ssc,'
STEP 31
c25437
Coi'rrprcss thc scat by irand in lo the shuitlc shaft
r':r'rg
qroovc, thcn insla I ih6 i;931 comcrcssor. CLS 2005 1
Don 8.85221
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
)4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Cross Sectional Drawing of the Shuttle Shaft
1. SHUTTLE SHAFT
4. FORWARD GEAR
14. THRUST
5. THRUST WASHEE
13. SNAP RING
5, SPRING RETAINEB
7, LUBRICATION SLEEVE
8. PISTON
9. SEAL BING
9. SEAL RING
10. o-RrNG
sEALRINGGRoovES
),,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
600i 35
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
PINION SHAFT
lnstallation
4. BOLT
6. PARK
BRAKE
HU8 5 GEAR (4WD)
8,CUP
.1
1. THBUST
BEABING
15 HUB
10. THRUST
WASHER 7, BEARING I
I
1.1 . THRUST
BEARING
r ] THRUST
-\ .BEARING
10, THRUST 13, SPACEE
WASHER\ I 7 2ND GEAR
14 SYNCRONIZER
9. SNAP R,\G
r 4 SYNCRONIZER
Mfl
1 1 THRUST
BEARING
2- SHIMS
tu*ooo''o
\*\ .-
1 1. THRUST BEARING
13. SPACER
1O THqUST WAS'IER
\ - BCUP
7 BEARING
20, PINION SHAFT
Dcn 8-8522 l
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-36
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
IMPORTANT: lf the original pinion shaft and crown STEP 2
wheel are to be installed, use the origlnal pinion beartng
shims removed in Step 3.
STEP 1
1, DI MENSION
ST AMPED HERE
\-
lf -
"- ;;-.)
l,/
lnstall the required shim pack deternrined in Step 1 and
,", [] install the prnion bcaring cup into thc transmission
'\-=Jr housing
STEP 3
ffi
s
c26719 ,.-g|?6t24
To calculate the correcl prnion mounlrng orslancc shinl lnstall thc prnron shaft into thc transmission housing
pack. sLrbtract the din ens on clchcd on the crown and block thc pinron shaft rn positron w th blocks of
wheel from the dimension stampcd on the transmission wood
housing and then subtracl the bearing groMh constant
of004mm STEP 4
Example,
Stamped transnrtssion
housing dimension 181 46 mm
Etched crown wheel dimenston 179 86 mm
Bearing groMh constant . .. 004mm
] SHOULDER 2. BEARING CUP
?equ,red shirr pack 156mm
a BEARING
<rn\
N\S CARRIER HOUSING
rs\\N//
t\l
Is,_-sr 6|fr7 12
Don 8-8522 1
lssucd 10 91 Prrntod in Ergland
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6t)CZ 3 /
powrquadplus
STEPwww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
5 STEP B
',&e'
$
'"4$c
:ft- rr
Ni
,,i.l.i
.. 1'&
,' {
- i"*4"" *.u. &
"".,
-&n
,& '.#
"\ \ ffi qBffiffi
d '@ .'.,,,
..i
f
i
&
,iitr^ &t &.* ffi
ffi* czscos
lnslall two I6rnm ajign-rent stuCs, CAS '1995 r.to ihc Instalr thc rnasicr bcar rq cc"c CAS 2a24 ::,t' 'r,i1
transrnissioi' rousing lnSiail tnc liftrng brac<c:. (.;^iirr Drnrorr shafi
1993 and surlablc lr'i rg cqL, orrcrrt nslali :iri: i-r(:i,r, :
tc.
p l!.e t
eM.i
il i;s{
'& ffi-e
:rri
dFB.qe.*-s
@s.
p&
&
&
a::i
'ile :'
J
/ ts&,
v
STEP 1O
.i
STEP 7
=i t s\l
p
in
't o
. MOU\TING
/e AnlT
s.*4 I, /"&&*^\
.{'iq
-.
+
ft
&
'6
fff$n,%
'i* r lj
w
t.,, &
&
e\1 dBffi
.w.ff e
ffi' 66 , %
j
-$*r,
$ C2A334 lnslali lhc s0:t. :t',/,'as^a)' IAS 1998 a.C .roi.rnirng scrcyi
Bcrovc:hc lrfiinq br.rl<ci []Ail '!l!13 .l"il trgi':,.r'r:r1l artll lorqLtC :i a: ,rc,,,.1 " j S(lrrl\r :l-'lCr(1,.;. :l'20 \:-' lB0
:h.aa.rc.,nlrnoi_.o11s.... j ]a.r).ti_..,?ll5 lCt.)05 \lr^ ,1.1.1 i: :.)
:o r95 ;b it)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-38
Remove the block of wood from the pinion shaft. Rotate Remove the bearing carrier housing
the pinion shaft one revolution and check the mounting
screw torque. STEP 17
STEP 12
STEP 13
2. SPACER
/
ct3a15
lnstall thc ih ck thrust washer thrust bearing and
5. MOUNTING
second thick :hrust washcr
BOLT CAS 1998
STEP 18
L 60071 3
STEP 15
j'i.a,',oa&
Install the first gear
Don 8-85221
lssucd l0-91 Prinled n England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007 :t!l
powrquadplus
STEPwww.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
20 STEP 22
i, Ti.,1RUST
wASHHTtS 1 I']TCFSS
rn-s:;ll a:hin
wffi
<.t:. '//'
*MM
-tsBti!l fla
:rcar:
,.ir'. .: $ ffi
ffiffi #ffi
"q llic'T :,1 s caor:l
:nrn:niusl \.iashcr
STEP
,S ffi
21
i1!i;,*1i
ry
l.1r';1 lhir i ,'.,-'rl
s,.,Ii-'a.'aar
STEP 24
$s.'r
',1
" l
LUBRICATION TUBE
tr*
I LUBFICAiIO\ Iiitir
l.'
STEP 25
'1. ,:
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-40
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Synchronizer $himming Procedure (lf Equipped).
STEP 7
STEP 1
the
Push the second gear (20) rearwards to elimrnate 051 to0B0 075 NONE
space between tne tst gear (10) and the-sy.nchrinizer
assembly (18) then putitne 2nd gear (20) forwards 081 1o130 05 0.5
131 to150 10 05
#&
L
I r st to 2oo 05
I
I more than
10
I zoo 10
STEP 5 fl *d +CIzs83z
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-41
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SHUTTLE SHAFT
@.-\6a
@-1^@P) 4
@- q.Wft. 'fr @
@
\J|N%)}{Y
GW
.\
-_,-"-,@-
\)@-,,"2P'-\,ffi
.'u)\
:\'-' ---@
/
\@
@ .^l
\b_
o.* \o
I
l/
sM0s89
1, PINION SHAFT 1.] . THRUST WASHER 21, THRUST BEARING 3.1 , SHIM
2. BEARING 12. THBUST BEARING 22 THRUST WASHER 32. SYNCHRONIZER
3, BEARING CUP 13. THFUST WASHER 23 SNAP RING ASSEMBLY
4.,SHIM 14, SNAP RING 24, THRUST WASHER 33, SHIM
S IRUST WASHER 15. HUB 25. THRUST BEARING 34. THRUST BEAEING
6. THRUST BEAFING 16, IHF]UST BE,AFiNG 26, 3RO GEAR 35, SPACER
7. THRUST WASHER 17 sHt[.,l 27. THRUST BEARING 36. 4TH GEAB
8. NEEDLE BEARING 1 B, SYNCI.]RONIZER ASSEi/BLY 28. THRUST WASHEB 37. THRUST BEABING
9, SPACEB 19. sl-llM 29. SNAP RING 38 THRUST WASHER
10. lST GEAR 20 2ND GEAR :i0 HU8 39 SNAP RING
Dorr B 85221
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-42
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 13
STEP 1O
ffi-
f;
B ..1
ffiti
ffi
iiil
OIL GALLERIES
2 WEAR SLEEVE
/
60071 1
wear sleeve are aligned with the oil galleries in the locates wtth the l st and 2nd synchron zet geat
transmission housing.
STEP 14
STEP 1 1
4 TRANSMISSION
l,@ sx
HOUSING
urourrr
rT# ;aiiit:
1. THBUST WASHER
2, WEAR SLEEVE
3. BEARING CUP
,e238:18
"/l 600724
tiili:* ii;im:!'Ti1i::'l:r'r ::i:ri7,r$,wB?,
STEP 12
& Wr
1, GROOVE
,,6hgatr
@t1. .w
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6i
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 19
,--,.-^"s
1 :HRUST WASHER d$$wr\
:qe ,.ffi
;*i-
.w .ffigr*
,,:rf, t:*:' #
2 THRUST BEARING
r-# ,-ti
>iB
r3:*@#(* -#
STEP 17
!?6.-*
&
&.
ffi
srr'
':isF
ci3812
sIf t,2l
rr"iit' SEAnl\c
.i'ffi"
fcn il 85221
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6407-44
i{
&r
t\
lnstall the synchronizer assembly with shlms (if lnstall thc snap rinq
equrpped) determinied in Step 7 on page 40.
STEP 26
NOTE: anly install shims if in disassemb/y shims were s': ..1;
*
I r:i:
{,!A
ffi
ffi
,ffi
(t:: )l'
lnsiall the {ourth gear and spacer NOTE : Make sure the open srde (rollers) of the thrust
bearing gc towards towards the thrust washer
STEP 24
STEP 27
.,,t,ffi.
.r"l:ij".,..:x^f;. ,..:. : ,,.
t: :ii,,i,,,.i.Wit: ;j:.r
y1.,:,,,,
. t-.i - ji :i!ari'
,: :1,. .
"''1.'' : :'ir"1'gr
."k
l
'a
4^
d,
^/&
TH RUS T
q '"^d
F,:.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 31
>t
it
l,/
I
Iti
t)
lj
. Y-
I - ----:-'
o'"-----! .l
t
\r\t---
&
.t:r i?6
A rl, ' :ti-ral'r a)..laf DCar nq rr
i :.., ln, :
NOT{_
on lat :" "',:
STEP 29
2 i HiUST V\'ASli!irl STEP 32
.M.;
{W'!s^ffi
W
?*l' o 'o*\ , .+'t KW'
-/-*
1 THRUST BEARINC
t
,, &;{,.
lr'a.:ii . r
NOTE
[t€;;'' :
STEP 30
#-
" R}l
.T
,.1
instiat i ,
Dor u rj:rl<
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-46
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Cross Sectional Drawing of the Pinion Shaft
FIRST
4. SECOND GEAF
/ 5. THIRD GEAR
/ 6 FOUHTH GEAR
(*ft* / [- PINION
\ \
2. SY NCHR ONIZER SYNC HRONIZEH
600731 A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
600/ -4 t
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
GEAR SHIFTERS
lnstallation
t- S'IAFILEVER
,!\ -." ,'1-y'
\_., i\\ so.RrNG
,o ,*ren,-5cx tJ"-.-
) i'f
. les
aranr,rc \
o6,i*;'.'u*
\(.)^
,t)\\ 28 sNA, qt\G ^ )
'/ ]O NUl
;U4?{
HOUSING
.18,
l STi 2ND
SHIFT FOFK
39 NUT
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-48
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 3
STEP 1
3, BUSHING
2. LOCK NUT
1. o-RING I
I
I t
1. DETENT HOLE
/
BUSHING
\ /
I
+
,,1=
\ss#rrt
, q
ffi
//,/////
.,/7ttt ,,
W 600727
e'" EP4
!irt,
l.:w
C27210
from the
lf the shift rail bushings have becn removed
driver and install
bearing carrier housirrg usc a bushinq
new bish ngs Make sure thc holcs rr^ :hc bL'shtrgs c2ffi
align with ih" d"l"nt holes in ihc bearrng carr cr '"'lnc'- v.
_ffi
""w
c26904
J
i
i. ..
I ubricate the new o-rings with pctroleum lelly lnstall
the o-rings onto the Pivot shafts lnslall lhc 1st/2nd p voi shait rnto the bushtng
10 91 Prinlcd in Englano
Don 8-85221
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
ii( jal: r1{ri
ffi
1
q
l/
'r/
rtf
?1 qEEAl) ry
t';
lrw
I
I
I
)
3 BIJSHING 00c7?'A
i.L,,l. :ftt: i)t,:jntr:(; (- . i.tk!'",:j(l llri.t ::'. (,1:j Oi :'l(. rl:.i:.1 l,rL
l)r.ril'lg '.)(r!,rlS, i(l :r'rir'v !ri ll: iilr) ilr.; (-,' ItlL
:rarlsrlSsr(lai flOirs|rir lila-'':.il , l_ I STEP 1O
oi,sirinr.l lvr I bC mAar{r r. S1i:o i:r
STEP 7
U|VO' S|ai'
STEP B
1 sl Jtrl SAtL
2 ]ETENT
"#
c27 134
' rlC'"! Sh li ,arlS a'rc (1.:rlorri!l ilrC l() [)r] 'rl::allcd ..lsal a.i
Oarr Cl Snar) rrnq lr t(1)'(: il'l,l r''r: I {ii' 'r'', r)r':(--, I'l{'
shr:t rai s
/a.i,. aj!::ia':.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-50
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 15
STEP 12
2. SHIFT FORK
1, INTERLOCK PIN PIVOT SHAFT
. ',/
tVt/,/,/)
,/,.1
,/,/,/
1
)
p
!
lL-,'\
3. BUSHIN
l"
.OCK NUT
TOl .O MM
TO0 04 rNcH) ll_ 600721
lnstall the interlock pin into the interlock houslng Turn the 1st/2nd pivot shaft bushing clockwise until the
bushings, pivot shaft and shift fork are in contact
STEP Turn the pivot shaft bushing counter clockwise unttl a
gap of 0 5 to 1 0 mm (0 02 to 0 0a inch) can be
measured i:etween the pivot shaft and shift fork
T ghten the lock nut
STEP 16
&. STEP 17
ST EP 14 u
l:r I
,|)
?
g, 2. LOCK NU ,:
:ir1
lnsrall rhe shift levers onto the 0ivot shafts align the
ffi
I
!
marks made rn Removal. lnstall and tlghten the
.\ r4
clarnoinq bolts and nuts
#l
1
*
2. LOCK NUT
1, ALLEN SCREW
&Iffiwffil @i"f:l:
Alrgn the allen screw detents on the shift rails wrth the
holes in the shrft forks lnstall and tighten lhc al en
screws and tlghien the lock nLlts.
Dcn 8-85221
lssucd 1o 91 Prntcd in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus INTE
www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
RM ED IATE SHAFT AND BEARING CARRIER HOUSING
lnstallation
STEP 1 STEP 4
#
j,-..d d -
,,. ,:i*
d*
ffi
ri'll:::rs
iliii+''
15
Clean thc iaces oi rf'r hc 600729
bearinq carrrcr ho,,s -rr-l
STEP 2
rffirB
M,w
.w
# m
&
,#i
Acl;iy a Coalrirr,!i..:j bcar.i O'iociric Claskcl [:]r,' rr,r'r.
31 7555 :o ir{_i :riir:SrT. itlt(_.r ' , , . )',-,a,. .,
1o8405
lnslal at .rciv scal ring STEP 5
STEP 3
tr
s
.,i
I
#
W e:{ry
W,r, Fr PoFr i
s:'.a
lnslalL a nCV. :- "'! ,.ia lirr rrlDr 0;i:rCf- t...i'-f :
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-52
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 8
STEP 6
lnstall the intermediate shaft lnstall the bear ng carrier mounting bolts and new
hardened washcrs Tighten the bolts to a torque of 235
STEP 7 to 265 Nm (17 4 to 1 95 lb ft) Remove the lifting bracket.
STEP 9
q
*9
lnslall two 16 mm alignmcnt studs, CAS 1995, to the
transmrssion housing lnstall the lifting bracket CAS
'1993, and suitable lifting equipment and lnstall the
Heat the pinion shaft bearing in a bearing oven to a
bearing carrier housing Make sure the chargc/PTO terilperature of 150"C (302'F)
shaft coupling is installed to the lubrrcalion pump J''vc
shaft
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
600 / i)3
{ .r
_ t'-^ "t"f
a "ff. .\
,:j
I
lrXe
'*r' r*:i' r
* 'q'r I
&qht
,:)?r*
STEP 14
${i r'rr
""S-_**e^.
CI i \,.:::1/
i,ti::t. )
I
\ i$f ry
p
{
.P*
I ;fr
lnstall :hc park ng Drakc qtlar hub, wiih lhc chan'icr
iacing oL';i
'G ..*S1'
"Y.'
,,"}
STEP 12
R r*t ''- $h c2661,1
Ls -l-s:'g
,
$,.
r ffigs';f lns:all a dra gaLigc io:he ceartng carrer ar-r-i
w&i
'iffin
' oosit,on the c,ungcr on :he end of lhe sirLii:e sfraF:
Push the shafi iowarcs tne rear oi thc iran:;'rrss o' ,ir'r(.'
&
$mi'
d?--'..''\--i
J' t--
toro,hr,.l,,t fl2 ,ri Q.r.ai! a,td OUI rl,lc girliri ;. .
arrO r'rO:C lirC '^',1,.0 gr: ihC rjai,g(l
.
--
ie1;"*-- t''''*
.s "&T& -r r ; STEP 15
";
insta I lne spacer cr Vr[)
ffi
tir r.'c qcar
c,.os7
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
b
it
7,$::\ x
l: PI
\'!b
%"r
fl1 \.'"
\\ *.
'5
i --{6&r-
4 "&
,'@, .'C26818 & ."&
lnstall the sPacer
#*ffi\
Rcmove the snaP ring
STEP 20
\
.s?. c
.ffit
'iffi.
-w*l r
'9*s I
Bif I
\
, \. -- "s
"Remove'sthe sPaccr"rf.ffi
,/dFh c26620
lnstall the snaP rlnq
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
60L);':)
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 22
w"
STEP 26
u.#ffi
-',"
'-.!.
j.
.::-".. .
' "6;y'
tNils
qb
.Wffi#i
_,,,^^,ll{M^
pssffir
.\
I
WN]],,
'''S\ss\j r: \'
t
\
' u*-'mB'*\.-
't' 't
z{
acs&f)
A
STEP 24
t{!" "
STEP 25
&w
s1
s-.
,* _wke-
lns:a ihc s;accr
E
s
i
(e \ffi7,;
E:I
5!\ ...
b
,:J,
..i:- , .
'::iii',i\
_E)
I
ffi.rffi
4,"!ff\W c2g2u
[]ci-novc :i:c snac rtr.g
.) !
[)cr B 85221
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-56
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk STEP 32
STEP 29 2, BEARING
1 1ST/2ND SHIFT RAIL
CAAAIEA HOUSING
/,/
3. BUSHING
F;t 'lj
&
tq
rl'ld
{1
i
. ,b*ffit,,,:,,
4. DETENT HOLE
& Align the groove on the 1st/2nd detent wlth the bottom
CWoa detent hole in the bearlng carrier housing Use a pair of
lnstall the snap ilng snap ring pliers and turn the detent until the groove is
centered with the dctent hole.
NOTE: lt may be necessary lo use a suitable drtfl to
push the bearing cup f urther into the housing to enable STEP 33
thc snap ring to be installed Only push the beanng cup
into the housrng enough to install the snap ring.
njolr;fu
STEP 30 rnt
'{**
j!,
B:"
-:s
1 #@
il
S'TEP 36
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 37
d.
Fq
i.i:
M a-
,?
&
ffi:ry*W
#.- &
"a"-&
h. & @
..*r'i
&;lit,r;,rW
a Sri!:abiC dr fl ard loc(
P38
t. :,: I
g .ri Wu ##-
mffi;;
qBim:
ffi
'.yF' $
I
L# .c *,
#
"'W- *
&&" n
"o ,.ffit. ! t
.tS [r
rtu ,t ""$
sd- '":.a4s
#
&ln"- -1 f,
i}:v, i6
tf
d
\;.'"s
I
M4 ,r c2921'2
l.lia ihc .1ia rangc swiici- |lo..,i:'ir,
I jrC,l' ' ' :',, rrsia ihc ,ai' '
'.) '-(-. :lrc r:i'roe 30s i.oil ,lVCj cn2;:<l
NOTE : -. 4tb tAaO? :,v.;i:C.' 'al) ,.i"r' t! ',.ta' !a.) Sl,t'!,1,' STEP 45
i)c I
STEP 39
'dB6"q!S, -
B-.-,
hi
;
,
s
.d
r@
E t i
sl
, kd",
,''tt'4;-, r.S.a 'tr.1 .... ,.rl"a a.;". 'tciio'ola'c
,*i" ,;
*c29206
llcrrc,,,t: 1tlg gl qrrrr.gli Sl;CS CAS f 995
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6007-58
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 46 STEP 49
a}**.]'lrirt::it . ,.: i o1,.;?
5l,,,,&
I, I', @
:, :,;; e..itrlli
: , *F :.1''
lc ,, .i
*&i
c20701 B
lnstall the backing plate, lnstall the range transmtss on to the tractor Befer to
Section 6003
STEP 47
STEP 48
E$"
ffi,
. i, l:iiilrli,
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Cross Sectional Drawing of the Range Transrnission
T )
2. INTERIVEDIATf SI.]ATT
6 END PLAY
0.025 TO 0.i02 r"4M
f-l [. -tr I io oo, ro o oo4 rNCF
i -l[) i, |1l ] n=re n ro pACE i2
1il
/-L-.# ', I
^ t -J
i i
'--l
t ENsPLA\
'
I
:--1
- io oo' ro
o ooa rNcil
r .r: :r : .-,i-l REFEB TO PAGE 54
-J+*_a]*
ti
\t-. \_-
| ts -'k-- ------4d-l
, li . _1+- _"*_+d]
L---.-*-g-
\J rit\- (Ll ),
\
,
"Jl
,t.
i! - -* r
_Fr )-- 'i
L--JUi
)
',i,lr
^P
)L+-/
., )r- 1 1-, ---)
ll
\
'Jih !a= l- 4=::=-
1
!U
*... -- l_
l. f
I -1
e
/
4-:..-=-
'--::' .-*l
4--
,rI
, L.-
. :._i
I
lll
.l
e', t- /ri uoo* BF^(:
\
I t ',., ' ^ssEvrt\
'
-:)-, fl [i5:21
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Section
6008
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION 2
GENERAL INFORMATION 3
SPECIAL TOOLS 3
TOOLS TO BE N4ADE . 4
INTRODUCTION
The powershrft is the system used to change gears 1 to 4 without needing to cycle the inching pedal.
The movements of the powershift transmission lever are converted into electrical signals at the shifter assembly and
transmitted to the powershitt control module. The powershrft control module receives electrical signals both from the
shifter assembly and from the pressure switches in the powershift manifold. Dependant upon the electrical signals
received, the powershift control module operates solenoids in the powershift manifold The solenoids operate the
hydraulic circuits that control the clutches of gears 1 to 4.
Faults in the powershift system may be hydraulic or electrical. Hydraulic faults in other systems may also prevent correct
operation of the powershift system. lf a fault occurs in the powershift system the powershift control module will detect
thefaultandselectalail mode Therearetwotail modes(Drive) and(Stop),intheDrivefail modethemodulewill remain
in the current speed (A) after a change is made to the selected speed (B), this will allow the tractor to be driven to a place
of repair. lf the module detects a fault that will cause damage to the transmission the module will select the Stop mode
and the tractor cannot be driven.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
h l''1"
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
INTRODUCTION (Cont)
FaultsinihepowershitsysternareinoicaiedbvineOolversnrfiia;lt rdica:cr cr'-t- cCCir'rln:i-o.slr.rrre|ica1{r
-'
indicator lamp shoulcl illuminate rvh?n:hi: siarir:'kt:','.,.vrlcl'- rs:.r'neC ic::,i.'CN cosr:!ln lr l-,ere r'-s:r:.'at-rl '
powershifisystern tnclarrowrll ecoiri w''r.r:i)i'i)rJnlt,, slariijd.iorirac:cr9',!.1 :',.racu:lcPl\ i\o'CC,565, '
inching Cedal must bc-. iuli;,C'taicc iC lalcr',:hc crocOCr":i.rysi il :hsr.l S al'a-l: 'r.:i'r) l)ovrcrsiril svslerr'. :fu i.ir:': i"'l
remain illurlinated or will ilash aier ihe enctine rs staried a gear selected and :he rnching pedal iuily cvclec
When the powershifl fault indicaior lamp rndrcaies a iauli in the Dowershi{l sysiem, Jse the appropnate Powe:shr'
Troubieshooting Guide to locate and repair lhe lauii f f.c Pcwcrs:it Troi:blr:s-oc:rnlt G:.i:de Cces rrcl ccalc :r,.: '.'-.; '
GENERAL INFORMATION
NOTE: Nl electrtcal Checks ,'nus: be nada ,t"'tli- !f,e iraclo' aatt<e': a? hari ie',e: grcurc a'rtft the oarktng brake enQa::r:,
arici the engtne aFF unless othervvlse slale!'
NOTE. Nl c;orriponenls v"'/Ir:s ar:,a.l '.' :r::"r '' ": ' ')t " .''.lt '':..1
(t,"ecx.s are corn r>le-!t:
SPECIAL TOOLS
S
3 FOUP EXTENSION TUBES 4 AHL-SSURF. GAI]GE BAR
(From tho hycralrlic test kd 1or lho 510O St-'rros lrac'ltrl rlAS I 0U95
OAS ?C)o!i ; -li, rSe., ,.,t, ;,aqe ,'
Don 8-88a22
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SHOP EQUIPMENT TOOLS
. ia"9fqlm-_r
= ._'\
/./
CONNECT TO 3. CONNECT TO
POWERSHIFI CONTROL MODULE POWEHSH IFT SHIFTEB ASSEMBLY
CONNECTOR COMPRISES: CONNECTOR COMPRISES:
CONNECTOR CASE PART NO. 245489C1 CONNECTOB CASE PART NO. 24S88C1
TERMINALS CASE PART NO. 225120C1 TERMINALS CASE PART NO. 225123C1
CABLE SEALS CASE PART NO.225124C1 CABLE SEALS CASE PART NO.225124C1
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
POWERSHIFT SYSTEM MAJOR COMPONENTS
2. POWERSHIFT
SHIFTER ASSEMBL Y
3. POWERSHIFT
CONTHOL MODULE
I)
*,-4
tfz
4, CONNECTOR L
5 CONNECTOR J
POWERSHIFT
MANIFOLD \
\
\ 10, TEST PORT NUMBER 3
4, POWERSHIi:T MANIFOLD
LOCATED ON TrlE RTGHT-HAND SIDE OF THE TRANSMISSION
Dcn B-88a22
lsSueo 2-92 Pnntec rn u S A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
POWERSHIFT FAULT INDICATOR I-AMP
The check powershift fault indicator lamp is amber and will illuminate if there is a fault in the powershift system
The powershift module controls the operation of the powershift transmission. When a fault occurs the
powershift fault
indicator lamp will illuminate. Also the module will give an indication to the nature of the fault by flashing diagnostic
codes on the fault indicator lamP.
When the powershiit indicator lamp rs illuminated, hold the inching pedal f ully down and count the number of flashes on
tne fault indicator larnp.
NOTE: For tractors with creep up to plN No 1005652 the creep lever must be held in the intermediafe posltion (A). Refer to
fig 2 Page 7 while holding the inching pedal fully down'
ONE FLASH lndicates the module is receiving none or multiple shift lever signals
TWO FLASHES lndicates the ofi going pressure switch circuit has failed
THREE FLASHES lndicates the temperature sensor circuit has failed open or shorted to ground
FOUR FLASHES lndicates that one or more of the powershift solenoids is shorted to ground
FIVE FLASHES lndicates the on coming clutch pressure switch circuit failure
SIX FLASHES lndlcates none or multiple clutch pressures detected by the module
MORE THAN SIX FI.ASHES, Tractor still moves, indicates clutch pedal switch circuit iailure
TRACTOR DRIVES
lndicates the module has received none or multiple shift lever signals
I-AMP ON STEADY
TRACTOR DRIVES Should read one flash when the inching pedal is held down
refer to Five
NOTE: lf the powershift module will not reset without turning the engine off , then restafting the engine,
Position Switch Feedback fest Page 25.
NOTE: The modute is not equipped with a diagnostic code memory, therefore the flashes must be counted as
they
cycling the rnciing pedal (with the creep lever held in the intermediate position (A) for
occur. Turning off the engine'
"ef'l
or
tractors with creep up to No l'oososz, refer to fig 2 Page 7) wilt reset the module code and the fault code will be lost.
X-.1
Don 8-88422
lssued 2-92 Printed in U,S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-7 600&7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
POWERSHIFT TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE iGUIDE
Don 8-88422 lssued 2-92 Printed in U S"A lssued 2-92 Pfinted in U S.A
6008-8 www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
powrquadplus
Park the tractor on hard level ground ard apply the Connect the adapter harness CAS 2183 to the
parking brake. powershift harness (1). Do not connect the adapter
harness to the module.
STEP 2
STEP? -'
STEP 5
Disconnect the powershift harness (1) from the module NOTE: Afier a// ciecks have been completed insfall the
(2) at connector (J), Fa*vard / Reve rse relay.
CAS 2110
,@
.@' -@
_@"
@"
NOTE: The letters an the breakout boxAtoXconespond with the idenification letterc an the pins of conneclors C and J,
refer to Schemalics, Pages 2? and 23.
Dan 8-884?2. Issued 2-92 P.inted in U S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Circuit Testing
NOTE: The battery must be at full charge and all connecttons musr be clean and ttght before testing. Use a multrmeter f or
fhe fesfs.
NOTE; Conne ct the breakout box CAS 21 1O ta the powershifl harness, refer ta Page B, DO NaT connectthe breakol't ba)
tc the module.
NOTE: Refer to Schematic Circuit 1 for tractors wtthout creep an,7 tractors with creep from PIN No JJF1aa5653
NOTE: Refer to Schematic Circuit 2 for tractars with creep up to PIN No JJF1005652
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Points Beading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
@ Sut*"un 2 (B) and 38 (ground) 12 Voits Bad cjrcurl beiween the accessory power
relay and the cowershifi module connccior
(P n B) A so check the accessory power
relay reier ic Section 400 1
@ a"*""n 7 (G) and 38 (grounc) Contrnuiry Bad crrcurt between the module conneclor
(Prn G) and the batlerv negative (- )
terninal
Powershift Fault lndicator Lamp Test
Connect the pos tive jumper lead between 2 Powershilt Check the powershrtl fault indicator lamo
(B) and 1B (U) Lamp
Fault crrcuir, refer to Page 15
illLrminated
@ a"t*u.n 13 (N) and 38 (ground) 5 tc 7 Ohms Check the cowershift solenord circurl, reier
Approxrmately to Dage 1 1
@ a"*"nn 1a (P) and 38 (ground) 5 to 7 Onms Check the powershiit solenord circuit refer
Approxrmately to cage I 1
@ a"w""n 16 (S) and 38 (ground) 5 io 7 Ohn s Check the oowershift solenoid circuit. re'er
Approxrmately :o Page I 1
@ au*"un 17 [) and 38 (ground) 5 to 7 Onfi-rs Checx lhe povrcrshrfi soleno d c rcuti rc'er
Approxirnatelv tc Page 11
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-1 0
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Pornts Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
@ A"*""n 19 (rf and 6 (F) Cont nuity Check 1ne powershift pressure switch
circuit, refer to Page 12.
@ a.*".n 21 (X) and 20 (W) Contrnuity Check the powershift pressure switch
circuit, refer to Page 12
@ au*""n 9 (J) and B (ts) Continuity Check the powershift pressure switch
crrcuit, refer to Page 12
@ au*""n 11 (L) and 10 (K) Continuity Check the powershlft pressure switch
circuit, refer to Page 12.
NOTE: lf the readings to check pornfs 9 ta 12 are correct, check the pressure switch operation, refer to Page 24
Gl g.t*..n 3 (C) and 15 (R) Continuity Check the inching pedal position switch
circuit, refer to Page 16.
l?l aeueen 3 (C) and 1 (A) No Conlinuity Check the inch ng pedal position swltch
circuit, refer to Page 16.
G autr..n 3 (C) and 1 (A) Continuity Check the inching pedal position swtch
circurt, re{er to Page 16.
(D s.t*.rn 3 (C) and 15 (!) No ContinuiirT Check the rnch ng pedal positton swttch
circuit, refer to Page 16.
NOTE: Turn the key to the ONposition and putthe creep lever in the engaged or disengaged position (DO NOT cycle the
inching pedal).
@ e.uu.n 3 (C) and 1 (A) Continuity Bad creep relay 2. Also check the creep
circuit, refer to Page 16.
() a"u.tn 3 (C) and 15 (B) No Continuity Bad creep relay 2 Also check ihe creep
circuit, refer to Page 16
(E) a"t*u.n 3 (C) and 15 (F) Continuiry Bad creep relay 2. Also check the creep
circuit, refer to Page 16
s"t*..n 3 (C) and r (A) No Continurty Bad creep relay 2. Also check the creep
4ll crrcuit. refer to Page 'l 6
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-1 1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Powershift Solenoid Circuit Testing
NOTE: Connect the breakout box, CAS 21 10 to the powershift harness, refer ta Page 3. DO NOT connect the breakau:
box to the module.
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Pornts ileadinc Possible Cause of Bad Reading
@ A"w"un check point 13 (N) and terminal A Cont nurty Bad circuit between connector J (Pin N)
of the solenoid connector (Harness srde) and the 1st speed solenoid1ermrna A Also
check cclnnector C (Pins A and N)
NOTE: lf the readings are correct, connect the solenaid ta the herness and connect the pasitive jumper lead befweer
check points 2 (B) and 13 (N) at the breakout box. Turr the key to the ON position ll the solenord does not lurn ON clicx
repeat rests 21 and 22.
NOTE: Disconnect the 2nd speed powershift solenoid from the harness Turn the key to the ON positron
Between check coint 14 (P) and termrnal A Contrnuity Bad crrcurt between connector J (Pin o) an<i
of the solenoid connector (Harness side) the 2nd speed solenoid terminal A Alsc
check connector C (Pins A and e)
dl B"t*".n check point 38 (ground) anc Continuity Bad chassrs ground circuit Also check tnc
termrnal B of the solenoid connector chassis ground connections at ine
(Harness srde) powersh tt 'naniiold.
NOTE: lf the readings are corr'ect, cannect the solenoid ta the harness and connecl the posltive jumper lead beNveer
check points 2 (B) and 14 (P) of the breakout box. Turn the key to the ON positton i the solenoid does nol turn ON click
repeal lesfs 23 and 24.
NOTE; Disconnect the 3rd speed powershitl solenotd from the harness lurn the key o the ON position
Bad crrcL,it belveen connector i (Pin S) and
Between check ooint 16 (S) anc terrn nal A Soni nu:y lle 2nC speed soienoid te.m ra, A Alsc
of the solenoid connec:or' (Harness side) check co"^ectcr C (Pirs A and S)
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-1 2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
NOTE: lf the readings are correct. Connect the solenoid to the harness and connect the positive jumper lead betvveen
check points 2 (B) and 16 (S) of the breakout box. Turn the key to the ON position if the solenoid does not turn ON 'click
repeat lests 25 and 26.
NOTE: Disconnect the 4th speed powershitt solenoid from the harness.
@ a.wuun check point 17 [) and terminal A Continuity Bad circult between connector J (Pin T) and
of the solenord connector (Harness side) the 4th speed solenoid terminal A AIso
check connector C (Pins A and T).
dll g.*""n check point 38 (ground) and Continuity Bad chassis ground circurt. Also check the
terminal B of the solenoid connector chassis ground connections at ihe
(Harness side) powershift manifold.
NOTE: lf the readings are correct. Connect the solenoid to the harness and connect the positive iumper lead between
check points 2 (B) aLnd 17 (T) at the breakout box. Turn the key to the ON position if the solenaid does not turn ON
'click'
repeat lests 27 and 28
NOTE: Disconnect the 1st speed pressure switch from the harness.
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Points Rea{L9 Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Beh.veen check point 19 ft) and terminal A Continulty Bad circuit between connector J (Pin \.f and
of the pressure switch connector (Harness the l st speed pressure switch
srde)
Belween check point 6 (F) and terminal B of Continuily Bad circuit between connectorJ (Pin F) and
the pressure swrtch connector (Harness the 1st speed pressure switch.
srde)
NOTE: tf the readings are correct, refer ta pressure switch operation Page 24
Dot, 8-88422 lssued 2-92 Printed ln U.S.A.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
600E- 1 3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Points Beading Possible Cause of Baci Readrng
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Points Reading Possible Cause of 3ad Readrng
@ A"*""n check point 21 (X) and terminal A Continuiry Bad crrcuit between connector J (Prn X) and
pressure
of the (Harness
switch connector the 2nd speed pressure switch
side)
6D A"t*."n check point 20 (W) and terminal B Continu ly Bao circuit between connector J (Pin W)
of the pressure swtch connector (Harness and the 2nd speed pressure svri:cr
side)
Belween termlnals A and B o'i the pressure Continuity Bad pressure switch
swilch
NOTE; lf the readings are correct, refet to oressure swttch operation Page 24
@ U"*"un check pornt g (J) and terminalA of Continurty Bad circuit between conneclor J (Pin J) and
pressure
the switcl connector
(Harness the 3rd speed pressure sw tch.
side)
NOTE; lt the readrngs are correct, rcfer to pressure sw,'!ch operailon Page 24.
Belween check porni 1 1 (L) and terminai A Contrnuity Bad crrcuit beNveen connector J (Prn :) anc
of the pressure switch connector (Harness the 4th speed pressure sv/ilch
side)
Between check poini 10 (K) and terminal B Cortrnuiry Bad crrcurl benveen connector J (Prr K) anc
cf the pressure swi:ch connector (Harness lhe 4th soeed cressure swrich
srde)
NOTE; tf the readtngs are correct. reter lo pressure sw;tch operation Page 24.
D.r 8-88422
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-1 4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Transmission oil Temperature sender circuit Test
NOTE: Connect the breakautbox, cAs 2110, to the powershift harness, refer to Page 8. DO NOT connect the breakout
box to the module.
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Points Beading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
.-. Continuity Bad circuit between connector J (Pin M)
Setween check point 12 (M) and the
Qp temDerature sender and the temPerature sender.
Between the temperature sender and See Table Below Bad temperature sender
chassis ground
* .8
17 0.0 1 519 to 2055 26.7 80.0 413 to 599
s.6
1 60 0 575 1o 778 a7.a 190.0 11510155
Harness, refet'to Toots to be Made, Page 4, belveen the Nva terminal blocks of connector L
NOTE: Cannect the Tee
NOTE; Put the powershift shift lever in the 1st speed positton
Don 8-88422 Issued 2-92 Printed in U.S'A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008 1 5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Feading
Between terminals A and B of the open 4 5 tc 5 6 Volts Bad powershift speed select levet
connectcr of the Tee Harness assembly
Between terminals A and C of the open 0 io 0 5 Volts Bad powershift speed select levet
connector of the Tee Harness assembly
Between terminals A and C of the open 3 B to 4 6 Volts Bad powershift speed select lever
connector of the Tee Harness assernbly
NOTE: Put the powershift shrft lever to the 2nC speed posttion.
Between terminals A and D of the ooen 0 to 0 5 Volts Bad powershift speed select lever
connector of the Tee -larness assembly
Between terminals A and D of the open 3 8 to 4 6 Volts Bad powershift speed select lever
connector of the Tee Harness assembly
Between terminals A and E of the open 0 to 0 5 Volts Bad powershift speed select lever
connector of the Tee Harness assembly'
Between terr-ninals A and E of the ooen 3 8 to 4 6 Volts Bad powershifl speed select lever
connector of the Tee Harness assembly
NOTE; Put the powershift shilt lever in the 4th speed pasttton
BeNveen terminals A and F of the ooen 0 to 0 5 Volts Bad powershift speed select lever
connector of the Tee Harness asserr biy.
Between terminals A and F of the ooen 3 I to 4 6 Volts Bad powershift speed select lever
connector of the Tee Harness assembly.
Terminal forwire g7 White/Brown to grouno 9 to 14 Volts Bad circuit between the fault indicator lighl
Approximaieiy and the powershifl module, also check thc
Powershrft module
6Ef terminal for wire 91 Brown to ground Continuity Cneck wire 91 and the chassis ground
ccnnectron
Don 8-88422
lssuec 2-92 Plnled rn i SA
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-1 6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnching Pedal Switch Circuit Test
NOTE: Refer to Schematic Circuit 1.
NOTE: Connect the breakout box, CAS 21 10, to the powershift harness, refer ta Page 8. DO NOT connect the breakoul
box to the module.
Breako;t Box (CAS 21 10) Checx Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
Between check point 1 (A) and terminal C of Continuily Bad circult between connector J (Pin A) and
the inching pedal connector (Harness side) the inching pedal
Between terminals A and B of the inching Continuity Bad inching pedal switch.
pedal switch
Between terminals B and C of the inching Continuily Bad inching pedal switch
pedal switch
NOTE: Checkthe ln-lLne creep harness fuse (located behind the instrument clustel.
NOTE: Connect the breakout box, CAS 21 10, to the powershift harness, refer to Page B. DO NOT connect the breakout
box to the module.
Breakout Box (CAS 21'10) C-feck Points Beading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
au*u919neck_.point 3 (C) and terminal for Continutty Bad circuit belween connector J (Pin C)
@ wire 126 Lrgnt B,uel/ellow and the creep relay 1.
Au*..n checkpoint 15 (R) and terminalfor Continuity Bad circuit between connector J (Pin B) and
@ wue 127 WhiteAellow the creep relay 1
Itrl a"t*u.n check point 38 (ground) and Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit.
tern inat for w're 133 Browr
au*.un check point 38 (ground) and contrnuity Check wire 133 between the creep relays 1
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008- 1 7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Put the creep lever in the engaged or disengageC posrtion Turn the key to the on position and hold the rnchtng
pedalDOWN.
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Points Reading Possrble,Cause of Bad Reading
@ A.*uun check point 38 (ground) ano 12 Volts Bad circuit between the keyed oower
terminal for wire 129 Red tunctron block and the creep reay 2
iermrnai 30 Also check the keyed power
circuit. refer to Section 4001
6{l g.t*r.n check point 38 (ground) and 12 Volts Bad creep relay 2
- rern nal 'or wr.e 132 Ligrt B -e
@ Au*"un check point 38 (ground) and 12 Volts Bad circuit between the creep relay ?.
[erminal for wire 129 Red terminal 30 and the inching pedal switch
.l
Su*""n check point 38 (ground) and
@ re'rrinal 2 Volts Bad inching pedal switch Adlust or replace
for wire 130 BruelBiack
-ignt the switch as necessary reier to Sectror
9001
^-. Belween check point 38 (ground) and 12 Volls Bad inching peda switcl^r Adlust or rcplacc
Qp
- the switch as necessary refer to Sec: on
rermrnal for wire 131 L oht Blue/Wh,:e
9001
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-1 B
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
NOTE: Hold the inching pedal DOWN.
Breakout Box (CAS 21.10) Check Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
aut*""n check point 38 (ground) and 12 Volts Bad circuit between the inching pedal
@ te.minal for w,re 130 Light Blue/Black swich and the creep lever switch
NOTE: lf the readings are correct, check wire 131 befween the inching pedal switch and the creep lever swlch
Don 8-88a22
lssrec 2-92 Printed in U.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk 6008- 1 I
WIRING CODE
REF COLOR FROM TO WIBE
GALGE
(mm2)
6 Red Battery Junction Biock Key Swrtch flerm 30) (Batt) 13 (2 5)
64 RedMhite Key Switch (l"errn 58) (Acc) Fuse F19 16 (1 0)
64 RedMhite Fuse Fl9 Accessory Power Relay fl'erm 86) 18 (0 75)
68 Brown Accessory Power Relay fierm 85) Transmission Control Relay fl-erm 85) 16 (1 0)
68 Brown Transmission Control Relay (Term B5) Ground
Chassis 16 (1 0)
9l Brown Powershift Fault lndicator Lamo Ground
Chassis 18 (0.75)
94 Bed/Dark Blue Battery Junction Block 7
Fuse Fl 13 (2 5)
94 Red/Dark Blue Fuse F1 7 Accessory Power Relay (Term 30) 13 (2 5)
95 Hed/r'iolet Accessory Power Belay flerm 87) Fuse F32 15 (r 5)
95 Redl/iolet Fuse F32 Fuse F20 16 (1.0)
96 Dark BluetuVhiie Fuse F20 B)
Connector C (Pin 15 (r 5)
96 Dark BlueMhite Connector C (Pin B) B)
Connector J (Pin 15 (r 5)
97 White/Brown Connector J (Pin U) U)
Connector C (Pin 18 (0.75)
97 White/Brown Connector C (Pin U) Powcrsh ft Fault lndicator Lamp 18 (0 75)
98 Brown Powershift Solenoid 1 (Term B) Splice 18 (0 75)
98 Brown Powershift Solenoid 2 (Term B) Splice 1 I (0.75)
98 Brown Powershiit Solenoid 3 (Term B) Splice 18 (0 75)
98 Brown Powershift Solenoid 4 fl'erm B) Splice 1 I (0.75)
98 Brown Splice Chassis Ground 15 (1 5)
99 White/Pink Connector J(Pin N) Connector C (Pin N) 18 (0.75)
99 White/Pink Connector C (Pin N) Fuse F25 18 (0 75)
100 Dark Blue/Pink Fuse F25 Connector C (Pin H) 18 (0 75)
100 Dark Blue/Pink Connector C (Pin H1 Powershifl Solenoid 1 fl-erm A) 18 (0 75)
101 White/Black Connector J (Pin P) Connector C (Pin P) 18 (0 75)
.101 White/Black Fuse F26 18 (0
Connector C (Pin P) 75)
102 Dark Blue/Black Fuse F26 Connector C (Pin J) 18 (0 75)
102 Dark Blue/Black Connector C (Pin J) Powershift Soienorc 2 fTerm A) 18 (0.75)
103 White/Yellow Connector J (Pin S) Connector C (Pin S) 18 (0 75)
103 Whitel/ellow Connector C (Pin S) Fuse F27 18 (0 75)
104 Dai'k Blue/Yeiiow Fuse F27 Connector C (Pin K) 18 (0 75)
104 Dark Bluer/eltow Connector C (Pin K) Powershilt Solenoid 3 fl-erm A) 18 (0 75)
105 White/DarkGreen Connector J (Pin I connector c (Pin T) 18 (0 75)
105 White/DarkGreen Connector C (Pin T) Fuse F28 18 (0 75)
106 Dark Blue/Dar< Fusc F28 Connector C (Pin L) 18 (0 75)
Green
106 Dark Blue/Dari< Connector C (Pin L) Powershift Solenoid 4 (1-erm A) 18 (0 75)
Green
107 Light BlueiPink Connector J (Prn \,f Powersnift Pressure Switch 1 fi'ermA) 18 (0 75)
108 Brown/Pink Powershift Pressure Switch t (Term B) Connector J (Pin F) 18 (0 75)
109 Light Blue/Black Connector J (Pin X) Powershrft Pressure Switch 2 fl-ermA) 18 (0 75)
1 10 Brown/Black Powershift Pressure Switch 2 (Term B) Connector J (Pin \Al) 18 (0 75)
111 Light Blue/Yellow Connector J (Pin ") Powershift Pressure Switch 3 Clerm A) 18 (0 75)
112 Brown//ellow Powershift Pressure Switch 3 fierm B) Connector J (Prn H) 18 (0 75)
1 13 Light Blue/Dark Connector (Pin l) Powershifl Pressure Switch 4 fierm A) 1B (0 75)
Green
114 Brown/Dark Powershift Pressure Switch 4 fl-erm B) Connector J (Prn K) 18 (0 75)
Grccn
1 15 Yellow Connector J (Prn M) Transmission Oil Temperature Sender 18 (0 751
'1'16 BrownMhite Connector J (Prn G) Battery Negatrve Terminal 15 (1 5)
117 Black Powershift Module Connector L ft-erm A) 18 (0 75)
117 B ack Connector L (Term A) Powershrn Lever Assembly 18 (0 751
1 18 Red Powcrshift Module Connccior L (Term B) 18 (C 75)
1 18 Red Connector L (Term B) Powershrtl Lever Assembly 18 (0 75)
tssued 2-92 p.rn:ec i. :l S A
Don 8-88422
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-20
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6( 6008-21
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk o
Schematic Circuit 1
\!
o*(/ CONNECTOH L
, BATTEBY
JUNCTION BLOCK 1}
"d LAMP SoLENOID (POWERSHFT)
A magnetic coil that
{tn} PRESSURE SWITCH
Contacts closed by low oil TfA}'*llSStON OIL POWEHSHIFT I.EVEH
Powershift modde to
powershift lever assembly
DD Used
polfier
io routs battery
ffELAY 30 AMP
Produces heat thal emitts
artifcal light IFICHING PEDAL POSMON actuat€s a hydraulic vahe
CONNECTOR C
pressura TEMFqATURE SENDEH
CONNECTOR J
ASSEMBTY
:HSHIFT TEVEH
I.ll8LY POWEHSHIFT MODUL€
CTTASSIS GROUND Connects or disconnecls power to rat
s'wrTcH
Powefshilt hamess to instrumenl Fesisr $pq switch Powershift hamess to powershift Actuates nge tlran dr€ ies more lhan one Elec{ronic monilor (sensor), lhal
FUSE A magnetic switch that Csdacts open or closed bY actrcd by a probs thal is switch to cond maetran
CompHes batt€ry the eleclrical circuii
dlrecls eleclric cunent
'1t hamess module rto cond morgthan ongag€s or disengages lhe
Protects the ebcti=l pedal action imersd h bansrnission oil one circuit J
circuit kcuit powershilt clutches.
SPUCE system lrom high
Co*n€cts ons or mor€
circu*s that do th6 samg
funclion
ouFrrt or a ground in
lhe electrical system F, Powershift Solenoid Wiring Powershift Pressure Switch Wiring Powershift Lever and Powershift Module Wiring
BATTERY JUNCTION SLOCK
:96 DK BLUE1TYHITE
eHe
u#="*"#ll5Tl[#,r@6 IGN
H
f ,-,,. - 123 WHITE4]K BLUE
124WHm
1. BULKHEAD CONNECTORS
VIEWED FBOM THE ENGINE
KEY SWTCH
MI
*0':
*hIBATT
tG 1
ut r 125 LT BLUE INSTALL
ADAPTOR HARNESS
POWER SHIFT LEVEB ASSEMBLY
16-}@
I\-o-, ,t\ :) 37 WHTTEBROWN
w
tl\, 1t , @
I
J
at) gg Wl-lllEPlNK
96 cAs 2183
HERE
Y
r
CONNECTOH.C
it o
Ml t{0-A ,.0 o I 101 101
Is=i\.---
= tl
ii
f CONNECTOTi C
ACCI )rg STAH
E
P
{D
to
D *.='rp 1Xi. 125
64 ut
F
F
t
FUSE F2
6y POWER SHIFT PSESSURE
SWrICH 1
s7 97 INSTALL THE TEE HARNESS HERE
\-*6\ ,..;fJ
Fls ) I;J-.37
-
=
F
.D
3
t-
O) o ,O2DKBLUE \
/BLACK *04
\
DK BLUEIfE,,-o*l
? 111
99
101 --99
11/
FUSE ac FUSEFl ul
3 1OO DK BLUEPINK . - 1Gr
-_ 103 CONNECTOR L
@(l t_ | GFIEtrN J
I 't(5 d
\i lo6 @il
(D 106 DK ELUE/DK 10s
Y
@' IrJ o UJ
ul lrl fJ
107 LT BLUE/PINK /?INK
lr| fJ € F ts @ 108 BROWN/PINK PINK
L * r.o**,r.. E tI a f
I CONNECTOR C POWER SHIFT P POt/VER SHiFT P BESSUEE
\i J
o 5 =
5
= rfl @ SY/TTCH SWTCH 3 POWEH SHIFT PRESSURE
\l:.-
lr.l
+ ()
=
(r1
6I N <! SWTCH 2 3
(5 tu
POWER z o
\ \
o
=
l,rJ
E
$, T FAULT INDICATOR
LAMP
104 DK BLUE/YELLOW
106 DK BLUSDK GREEN
@ 109 LT BLU'BLACK
I1O BROWN/BLACK
lr*"* o J
ul f, t! (,
d o
J E
=
J
F
TD
POWSH SHIFT MODULE
J
\\ ro TBANSMISSION
o, .I11
/Bl3CK ct 6) o cr
E ol €v
-\r- CONTBOL LT BL
102 DK BLUE /BLACK
\- RELAY
\rt
--=---_.-r\__\_\ r.
____r
o 113 LT BLUSDK
---i-.-
ii -\ \ !
68 BROWN
POWER SHIFT
SOLENOID 2
POWER SHIFT
SOLEN otD 4
1'I4 BHOWNfl]K
115
------1-
t--.. \--\:
.-\:
\\;\\
\i,'
@ POWER SHIFT PRESSU8E
SMTCH 4
tU
ts
r
ll,
ts
t
CONNECTOR J
b
(o
r
G}
I
.t
powrquadplus
6008-22www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
I
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
rffil
..\# 6-
n\
6008-23
j77jr77,r;
CHASSIS GROUND
BATTERY
JUNCTION BLOCK
Used
power
to route battery
INCHING PEDAL SWITCII
CONNECTOR M
lnstrumsfit hamess to
optional cre,:p hamgss
CONNECTOR M
lnstumer* hamess to
optional cre'-.p hamesg
KEYSWiTCH
"rytr
CONNECT(f'I H
Engine hamess to
transmissicrn hamess
CREEP LEVEB SWITCH
(omoNAiJ
Conlacts op€n or closed bY
lever action
RELAY 30 AMP
A magnetic switch that
ffi1
r3oAMP
tnetic switch that
I
LAMP
Produces hea that smitts
artifical ligil
SPUCE
Connects on€ or more
circuits thal do the same
function
soLENolD (PowERSHlFr)
A magnetic coil that
actuates a hYdraulic vafue
CONNECTOH C
Powershit harness lo instrument
lI **
Press
PHESSURE S1MTCH
Contacts closed bY low oil
pressur€r
THANSMISSION OIL
TEMPEBATURE SENDER
Besistor tYPa switch
acnrated by a Prob€ that i3
cor{r.rECTO8 J
Powershifi hamess to Powershifi
porrershift lever assembly
POWERSHIFT
ASSEIJBLY
Actuatos mor€
l
switchto contr(
POWERSHIFT LEVEH
ASSEMBLY
Actuatos more than one
switch to contol more thaa
POWERSHIFT MODUT-E
Elscfonic monitor isensor)' that
engages or disengages the
Completes bi Connects or disrcnneds Powarto I
hamsss module one citcuit
FUSE Completes battery Cordacts op€n or closed by directs electric cuff ent s electric current imersed iil tansmission cril one citcr:it powsrshift clutch€.
circuit the electrical circuit I
Prote;B ths al€crrical circuit pedal action
svst€m kom [*] Powershifl
high
Powershift Pressure Switch Wiring Powershift Lever and Powershift Module Wiring
output or a ground in Powershift Solenoid lMring
the electical system
CONNECTOR E
CONNECTOR B
Transrnission hamess to right Creep Wiring
to inst'ument CREEP BELAYS BATTERY JUNCTION 8LOCK (PO\ilEF)
Engine hamess hand console hamess CREEP BELAYS
hamass
-T-
KEYED POWER JUNCTION BLOCK
96 DK BLUEAVHITE
g 125 LT BLUE
I 123 WHTTE/DK BLUE INSTALL POWEH SI
INSTALL POWEB SHIFT LEVER ASSEMBLY
=''*: KH*b
B
ll \g/.A\ A
124wHrrE
s7wHngBROWN
ADAPTOR HARNESS.
cAS 2183 *o?ffrffi.us- f(6\--.} @
c .+-6\Y fic I u HEflE
$Bht&-
2. coNNEcroR HERE
(POWEBSHIFT HARNESS) \g/ ls&4 Ol
N g ECTOR C
101 101
LEFT HAND FUSSRE /
-&"M
LEFT HAND FUSE/RELAY BLO(:K
1. BUIXHEAD CONNECTORS
o-,N0r*\
l!11 B
to3 '103
O
I
FUSE
rcc[pJ srARr
<:
tu
=
f,
J
E
I
lt I
7T*tl €
FUSE F
o
'.*E"?O POWER SHIFT PBESSURE
swficH 1
97
oo
101
INSTALL THE TEE HARNESS HEBE
CONNECTOR L
\-i CONNECTOR H
*,,:r-l
''77 *.=,,,{ lnisE rs;1 FUSE F2o )
I
| ] DK BLUSPINK
J
103
105
€) b I o( I@( oq_J
'129 DK BLuuoK t07 LT BLUE/?INK
t---.! "*.=*
EL @
108 BROWN/PINK
rer
,,l.
l.'rlrzl
I
mTl CONNECIOR E
L-* - g
a
o
lg .. 186l I3d
/
1
/
POWER SHIFT PBE SSUHE
SWITCH 3
SSUHE
POWER SHIFT PRESSUBE
SWITCH 2 LU
ul POIVEB SH1FT MODULE
H
POWERSHIFT POWERSHIFT
@ @ 109 LT BLUE/EI3CK z oJ :f
N
J
t-----l--l
lV'rl ,ld 161 FAULT INDICATOI
LAMP
FAULT INDICATOR
LAMP
106 DK BLUE/DK
110 EROWN/€IACK (r Jtrl
o
I9
o T
----a-
131 LT BLUE/WH I .'.0
TFANSMISSION 111 LT o o (\,1 ol ct
!:
i! \ CONTBOL
BEIAY @ 112
6l
\i-
\
I
\ \$-.\J"
-+ I
ul
:)
J
I 6', o T13 LT SLUE/OK
114 BROWN/DK
11s
CREEP RELAY 1 126 CBEEP BEIAY2 (o
=\=-f
-=-:{- \x-. \\\ 5 POWEH SHIFT
POWER SHIFT
lro*r..",.,
--='
l6
POWERSHI FT SOLENO1D 4
*-/ , ]
6l SOLENOID 2 I SOLENOID 4 trl CONNECTOB J
\\ (t
@ z SOLENOIO 1 F CONNESTOR J
---L ]--'-.---
@
B
o
G,
o
@ POWEH SHIFI PHESSURE
SWITCH 4 =
Z
=
_\=\-::=
3
o-
{D Ir
t-:: TRANSMISSION OIL
TEUPEFATURE SENDER
ro
@l
126 LT BLUE/YELLOY'I
i ;\) -\-
127 S/HITE.TYELLOW
CLEAN GROUND {BATTERY NE NEGATTVE TEBMINAL)
.'- .l>>l'-=r=-='.
.
12A CLEAN GBOUND (BATTERY
_i
;) -i PowERSHtFT i
J!.,\ HARNESS -\..
ii
i..t
rBANSMlssoN
HARNESS CLFAN GROUND (BATTERY NEGATTV€ TENUIHAI'
CHASSIS GROUND
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
t
lssued 2-32
Don 8{8422
lssued 2-92 Printed in U.SA
6008-24
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
POWERSHIFT PRESSURE SWITCH OPERATING TEST
STEP 1 STEP 8
Apply the parking brake Connect the positive jumper lead between check points
2 (B) and 1a (P) of the breakout box, CAS 21'10, to
STEP 2 energize the 2nd speed solenoid. Check the 2nd speed
pressure gauge. lf there is no pressure reading the 2nd
Connect the breakout box, CAS 21 10, to the powershift speed solenoid ls failed closed.
harness, refer to Page 8. DO NOT connect the breakoul
box to the module. NOTE; lf there ls pressure on any of the other gauges
STOP the engine and check the manifold gaskets.
STEP 3
STEP 9
lnstallthe extension tubes, CAS 2009, to the powershift
manifold test ports and connect the pressure gauge Check between check points 21 (X) and 20 (W) of the
bar, CAS 10895, to the extension tubes, refer to Page 5. breakout box CAS 2110 lor continuity. lf there is
continuity then the 2nd speed pressure switch is failed
STEP 4 closed. Go to Step 14 Page 25.
Put the range lever in neutral and start the engine. Heat STEP 1O
the transmission oil to 150' F (65'C)
Connect the positive jumper lead between check points
2 (B) and 16 (S) of the breakout box, CAS 2110, to
energize the 3rd speed solenoid Check the 3rd speed
pressure gauge. lf there is no pressure reading the 3rd
speed solenoid is failed closed.
STEP 5
NOTE; lf there ls pressure on any of the other gauges
Check the pressure gauges. lf there is pressure on one STOP the engine and check the manifold gaskets.
or more of the gauges STOP the engine and check the
solenoid valve. STEP 11
STEP 7
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-25
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 13 STEP 15
Check between check points 11 (L) and 12 (M) ol the Connect the pressure swrtcir to a hydraulic hand pumc
breakout box CAS 2110 for continulty lf there ts and connect a mullimeler ic the terminals oj lhc
continuity then the 4th speed pressure swltch is failed pressure swrtch.
closed Go to Step 14 Page 25
STEP 16
NOTE: lf the solenotds orpressu,re swttch reaction tirne
rs slow due to a sticking so/enold or pressure switch the Pressurize the switch The switch should open lNo
powershift module will detect a faull and will give Nvo, continuity) on rncreasing pressure before 120 pst (8 3
five or six dragnostic f/ashes. Refer ta Page 6. bar) Replace lhe svr:ch i necessary
STEP 14 STEP 17
Stop the engine and removc thc pressure switch from Belease the pressure on the switch The switch should
thc powershr't mani'olc c ose (Continuity) between 107 io 93 psi (7 4 to 6 4 bar)
Replace the swrtch r' necessary
STEP 1
STEP 2
Don I 88422
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-26powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 9
STEP 1O
STEP 4 Make a note of the clutch pack pressures and the flow
rate.
lnstallthe extension tubes CAS 2009 to the powershift
valve tesl ports and connect the pressure gauge bar, NOTE: lf there are pressure readings on the 1st, srd or
CAS 10895 to the extension tubes, refer to Page 5' 4th speed pressure gauges check the powershift valve
b/ock gaskels and solenoids.
STEP 5
STEP 12
Put the range lever in neutral and start the engine Heat
the transmisslon oil to 150'F (65" C) and set the Connect the positive iumper lead between check points
flowmeter pressure to 1000 psi (69 bar). 2 (B) and 16 (S) cf the breakout box CAS 2110 to
energize the 3rd sPeed solenoid
STEP 13
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-27
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 12
STEP 11
tst
SPEED 2nd SPEED 3rd SPEED 4Ih SPEEO FLOW RATE
CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH
pack
NOTE: lf there are pressure readings on any ol the pressu re gauges other than the pressure gauge for the clutch
being tested check the powershift valve block and the so/enoids.
NOTE: ThereshcutdnotbemorethanO.SlJSgpm(0.44U.Kgatlmin,2.0Llmin)differenceintheflowratesrecordedfor
the clutch packs and the tlow rate noted in Step 5 Page 26.
Don 8-88422
lssued 2-92 P.rlled rn J S A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-28
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TEST RECORD SHEETS
FLOW RATE
cLUrcHlclurcrlcLUrcHtcL!I9!-
1st SPEED CLUTCH TEST
1st SPEED 2nd SPEED 3rd SPEED 4th SPEED FLOW RATE
CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH
FLOW RATE
cLUrcH I crurcH I clurcr _[ cuurcr
lst SPEED CLUTCH TEST
Don 8-88422
lssued 2-92 Printed in U.S.A
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Copyrigrt q 1992
Prrnted ln Engiano
May 1992
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
INTNODUCTION .. .
3
GENERAL INFORMATION .
3
SPECIAL TOOLS
4
SHOP EQUIPI/ENT TOOLS. . ... .
4
TOOLS TO BE MADE.
5
POWERSHIFT SYSTEM CON/PONENTS
o
POWERSHIFT FAULT INDICATOR LAMP
7
POWERSHIFT TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
B
POWERSHIFT ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING I
CircuitTesting .. . .
11
Powershift Solenoid Circuit Test.,... . ' tz
Powershilt Pressure Switch Circuit Test 14
Transmission Oil Temperature Sender Circuit Test 14
Powershift Shift Lever Switch Circuit Test ' "
'
15
Powershift Fault lndicator Lamp Circuit Test 16
lnching Pedal Positron Circuit Test "" 17
Schematic Circuit . ......,
18
POWERSHIFT PRESSURE OPEBATING TEST
19
CTUTCH PACK LEAKAGE TEST
INTRODUCTION
4 without needing to cycle the inching pedal
The powershift is the systern used to change gears 1 to
into electrical signals at the shifter assembly and
The movements of the powershift transmission lever are converted
control module receives electrical signals both from the
transmitted to the powershift control mocjule, The powershift
powershift mani{old Dependant upon the electrical signals
shifter assembly and from the pressUre switches in the
in the powershift manifold The solenoids operate the
received, the powershift control module operates solenoids
hydraulic circuits that control the clutches of gears 1 to
4
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008 3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
GENERAL INFORMATION
NOTE: All electricalchecks musl be rnade wtth tha ltacta!: parkt)cl on harC leval ground wlth the parktng brake engage:l
and the engtne OFF unless olire,'vvise s/aled
SPECIAL TOOLS
BRFAKOUI BOX CAS 211C O\,'f ziA/ CAS 2187 2 ADAPTFR HARNESS CAS 2186
trrr:ll ,iseci a)r'It:](lc t Firsl Usod On Page I
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
SHOP EQUIPMENT TOOLS
9i''9j-[=1;1fr-
-
,, ---
CONNECT TO
3 CONNECT TO
POWERSHIFT SHIFTER ASSEMBLY
POWERSHIFT CONTROL MODULE
CONNECTOR COMPRISES:
CONNECTOR COMPRISES:
CONNECTOR CASE PART NO. 245488C1
CONNECTOR CASE PART NO, 245489C1
TERMINALS CASE PART NO. 225123C1
TERMINALS CASE PAHT NO. 225120C1
CABLE SEALS CASE PART NO- 225124C1
CABLE SEALS CASE PART NO. 225124C1
l
WIEE GAUGE CONNECTOR COLOUR
(mm') PIN OUT I
I
20 (0.8) A BHOWN
20 (0.8) B RED I
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-s
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
POWERSHIFI SYSTEM MAJOR COMPONENTS
Iol
,/v
(8) \' L
l
-\ \./ /'.'
--d
n'.
..t
/i---'---- : /\-n-' \
I ----/
I" tL-'
'; :-\- .-
,/
-'-- t'
/r--i-"
t_!
\-,
F-1 \- \-
\,
COMPONENTS CONNECTOqS
6, 1ST SPEED SOLENOID J POWERSHIET HARNESS TO POWERSHIFT MODULE
6A, 2ND SPEED SOLENOID L. POWERSHIFT MODULE TO POWERSHIFT SPEED
68. 3RD SPEED SOLENOID SELECTOR LEVER SWITCH
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
POWERSHTFT FAULT INDICATOR LAMP
The check powershift fault indicator lamp is arnber and will illuminate if thci'c is a fault in the powershift system
The powershift module controls the operation of the powershift transmission When a fault occurs the
powershift fault
rault by flashing diagnostic
indicator lamp will illumrnate Also the module will give an indication to the nature of ihe
codes on the fauli tndicator lamP.
When the powersh ft indicator lamp is rlluminated hold the rnching pedal fully down and count the number of f lashes on
the iault ,16igslor lanp
ONE FLASH lndicares the module is recerving none or mulliple sh ft lever signals
TWO FLASHES lndicates the off gorng pressure swtch circuit has failed
THREE FLASHES Indicates ihe lemperature sensor crrcuit has failed open or shorted to ground
FOUR FLASHES lndicates tnat one or more of tne powershitt solenords is shorted to ground
FIVE FLASHES lndicates the on coming clutch pressLirc switcn circuit failurc
SIX FLASHES lndicates none or multiOle clutch pressui'es detected by the module
MORE THAN SIX FLASHES, Tractor still moves, incjicates clutch pedal switch circurt failure
TRACTOR DRIVES
Indicates the rnodule has received none or multrple shift lever signals
LAMP ON STEADY
TRACTOR DRIVES Should rcad one flash when the inching pedai is hcld down
lhe SHF
NOTE; tf the powershift mociule vyitl not reset without turning the engine off , then restarting the engtne Check
suporession diode module, refer to Sectron 4001 -
NOTE: The module is not equipped with therefore lhe //ashes must be counted as they
a diagnostic code memory,
occur. Turning oft' the engine or cycltng the inching pedal witl reset the rnodule and the lault code will be lost.
POWERSHIFT FAULT
INDICATOR LAMP
7Ft 7E-it
.:- i r r:'ll
(@)))
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
POWERSH IFT TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Electrcal Troubleshooting on
Page B. Circuit Testing, Tests NOTE: tf the speed shil shifted Check the solenoid circuits. Check the solenoid and
out of is known, when hen the Hefer to Powershift Electrcal pressure switch circuits. Refer
Tests 13 to 16 on Pages 9 and
Hotd the inching pedal tully down and count the 10. fault occured check ick the Troubleshooting on Page I. to Powershift Electrical
number of flashes pressure swtch crrcuit lcuit ot Circuit Testing, Tests 5 to B Troubleshootingon Page 8.
that speed anly. Refer lefer to on Page 9. Circuit Testing ,Tests 5 to 12 on
Pressure Swfch Circuit 1 lull Iesf Pages I to 10, Also carry out
Page 12. the ciutch pack leakage test on
check the temperature sensor Page't9.
circuit. Reter toPowershift Example: lf the fi fault
Elecircal Troubleshooting on occured kam speed 2 2to
Page B. Circuit Testing, Tests speed 3 check the i 2nd
Check the powershift speed
13 to 16 on Pages 9 and 10. speed pressure sw, switct't
circuit.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk selector lever switch circuit,
refer to Page 14,
Don 7-37470 issued 5-92 Printed in England
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
6008-8
Park the tractor on hard, level ground and apply the Connect the adapter harness CAS 2'1e6 to the
parking brake powershift harness (1) Do not connect the adaPter
harness to the module
STEP 2
STEP 4
STEP 5
CAS 2110
GRoUND
"*^I'.@
NOTE: The tetters on the breakout box AtoW carrespond with the idenification lefters on the pins of cannectars C ancl
J
rcfer ta the Schematic on Page 17
Don 7-3747C
issued 5-92 Printcd in Engiand
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008 9
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Circuit Testing
NOTE: Thebatterymustbealfult chargeandallconnecllonsmuslbecleanandtightbeforetesttng.Useamulttmeterfor
Ihe fests
NOTE: Connect the breakout box CAS 21 10 rc ne pa\,lershift harness 'e[er to Paqe B, DO NOT connect the breako,Lt box
to the module.
G) frru":-?,:? ctass s Ground $ Contrnu ti; Bad crrcLrit tletween the module connector
G' ard lhc batlcry negarrvc /
rPrn I
teIminai
() GroLrnd * 112 io I /8/ Ohrrs Check thc temperature sender circuit rcier
rlil:r":-l:ichassis iRcier :o taDle on :o Page 14
Pagc I 4)
Gl g.t*""n P and Chassrs Grouncl $ c 6 Ohrqs ' 1O/" Check thc powcr-shift solenoid circui[, refer
v of thc brca(out Lrox
.1
io Page I
Between S and Chassrs Ground $ 56Ohms t 10% Chcck the powersniit solcnoid crrcutt refcr
of the irreakout box 1oPage 11
Between I and Chassis Ground { 5 6 Ohms :: 10"/" Chcck tne powershiit solenoid clrcult. refcr
of the breakout box :o Pag;e 11
ss-Crl 5 g2 ;). nlCC r^ E rqlaac
f)',^ i JiAlC
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008- 1 0
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
a"t*uun V and F ot the breakout box Continuily Check the powershilt pressure switch
@ circuit, refer to Page 12
aut*u"n E and W of the breakout box Continuity Check the powcrshif t pressurc switch
@ circuit, refer lo Page 12
A**uun J and H of the breakout box Cont nuity Check the powershift pressure switch
@ circuit refer to Page 12
A.*"un L and K of the breakout box Cont nuity Check the powershift pressure switch
@ ctrcuit, re{er to Pagc 12
aut*""n C and R of the breakout box Contrnuity Check the inching pcdal position switch
Gl crrcuit, refer to Page 16
aet*"en C and A of the breakout box No Continuity Check the inching pedal position switch
Gl circuit refer to Page 16.
Between c and A of the brcakout box continuity check the inching pedal posit on switch
circuit refer to Page 16
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
5008-r 1
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Fowershift Solenoid Circuit Testing
NOTE: Connect the breakout box, CAS 21 10, ta the powe rshifl harness, reler lo Page 8. DO NOT connect the brea\aut
box to the module.
Breakoul Box (CAS 2110) Chcck Points ileading Pcssrble Causc of Bad ileadtng
NOTE: Disconnect the 1st speed powershit solenoid ltom the harness
@ Aut*""n chcck Dorrt N and termirral A oi thc Con:rnurtv Bad circui: beuccn connector J (Pin N)
solenord connector (Harness s de) and tne lsl soee d soicnord lerminal A Als<l
check connector C (Pin N)
CEI Bu,*..n chccK oornr Chass s Ground == Continuity Bad chassrs ground circuil Also chec( lne
and termrnal B of the solenoid connector chassis ground connectrons at inc
(Harness side) powershift manifold
NOTE: lf the readings are correci, connect the solenold ta the harness and cannecl the positlve jumper lead betweer'
check points I and N at the breakout box. Turn the key lo the ON pos itan tf the salerotd does nol turn ON
'clrck repca:
Iesls 77 and 18
NOTE: Discannect the Znd speed powershrfl solenotd from the ha'ness.
@ a*,*""n check pornt P anci terminal4 6f lire ContinLlry Bad circur: betr.vecn conncclcr J (Prn P) anc
solcnoid Connector (Harness Stde) lhe 2nd speed solenoid terrninal A Also
citcck conncctor C (Prn P)
fi) R"*""n cncck Do'nr Urassrs Grolrno -! ContrnL;ity Bad chassrs ground circurt Also cneck thc
-- and termrnal B of the soleno d connector chass s qrolnd connections at th{.
powcrshift manifold
(Harness side)
NOTE: tf the readings are carrect, connect the solenoid to the harness and connect the posrtive iumper lead betutaen
chcck points B and P of ihe breakout box. Turn the key to the ON position rt' the solenord ips5 not lurn ON cl:ck' repeat
lests 79 and 20
NOTE: Disconnect the 3rd speed powershrll solenard from [he harness.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-1 2
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Points Reading Possible Cause of Bad Reading
@ au*"un check point Chassis Ground * Continuity Bad chassis ground circuit. Also check the
and terminal B of the solenoid connector chassis ground connections at the
(Harness side) powershift manifold
Between terminals A and B of the solenoid 5.6 Ohms -' 1A7o Bad solenoid
NOTE: lf the readings are correct. Connect the solenoid to th€) harness and connect the positive jumper lead between
check points B and S of the breakout box. Turn the key to the ON positron if the solenord does not turn ON 'click' repeat
tests 27 and 22.
NOTE: Disconnect the 4th speed powershift solenoid from the harness.
@ a*u9n check pointT anrj terminal A of the Continuity Bad circuit between connector J (Pin T) and
solenord connector (Harness side) the 4th speed solenoid terminal A Also
check connector C (Pin T)
Between check point Chassrs Ground * Contrnuity Bad chassis grouncl circuit. Also check the
and terminal B of the solenoid conncctor chassis ground connectrons at the
(Harness side) powershifi manifold
NOTE: tf the readings are correct. Connect the solenoid to the harness and connect the positive iumper lead befween
'click' re peat
check points B and T at the breakout box. Turn the key to the ON pos itron if the solenotd does nol turn ON
fests 23 and 24
NOTE: Disconnect the 1st speed pressure switch from the harness
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Points Readrng Possible Cause of Bad Beading
.-, Continuity Bad circuit betwce n connector J (Ptn V) and
Qp Acueen check pointV and terminalA of the
pressure swrtch connector (Harness side) the 1st sPeed Pressure switch.
@ a.m".n check point F and terminal B of the contlnuity Bad circuit between connector J (Pin F) and
pressure switch connector (Harness side) the 1st sPeed Pressure switch
NOTE: lf the readings are correct, refer to pressure switch operation Page 18
f)on7'37470 lssued 5-92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008 1 3
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Potnts Bcading Possible Cause of Bad Rcadrng
Breakout Box (CAS 2110) Check Points Readtng Possible Cause of Bad ReadinE;
Between check Oornt W anrj terminal B of Continuity Bad crrcuit Oelween connector J (Pin W)
the pressure switch connector (llarncss and the 2nd speed oressure switch
s ide)
Belwee n terrn nals A and B of the pTCSSUTC Ccntinuily Bacl prcssurc switch
switch
NOTE, lt the reacltn.qs are carrect. refer to pressure svtttch operatrcn Page 18
@ nour""n checn point J and terminal A of the Continurly Bad oircuit belween connector J (Pin .J) anct
pressrlre swrtch connector (Harness sidc) the 3rd soeed cressure swiich
6lil 3",*""n clrcck pornt E and tcrrrinal B of trre Conlinurly Bad circuit betwcen conncctor J (Pirr rl)
otcssure swrlcl connccior iHarncss Srdc) and iho 3rd sPccd PrcssLro swrlch
NOTE: tf the readrngs are ccrrect reler io pressurer svtrtch operalton Page 18.
6I) Au*""n check point L and terminalA of the Continuiry Bad crrcurt betr,veen connecior J (Pin L) ano
pressure swttcl'r connector (Harness sice) tirc 4th sPeed Pressure switch
NOTE: lf the reaclings are carrect, refer to pressure switch operation Page 1B
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-1 4
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Transmission oil Temperature sender circuit Test
NOTE: Connect the breakout box, CAS 21 1A, b the powershift harness, refer to Page 8. DO NOT connect the breakout
box to the madule.
Breakout Box (cAS 2110) check Points Reading Possible cause of Bad Reading
Between check point M and the Continuity Bad circuit belween connector J (Pin M)
temperature sender and the temperature sender
Between the temperature sender and See Table Below Bad temperature sender'
chassis ground
NOTE: Put the powershift shitl lever in the 1st speed positton.
lssued 5'92 Printcd ln England
r)an 7 37110
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008 1 5
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Check points Reading Possiblc Cause of Bad Reading
Betvveen terminals A and B of the open 4 5 to 5 6 Volts Bad powershift speed select lever
Betvveen terminals A and C of the open 0 io 0 5 Volts Bad powershrft speed select lever
Belween ierminals A and C of thc open ll B to 4 6 Vol:s Bad powersh ft speed select lcvcr
connector of thc Tee Harness assembly
NOTE: Put the powershift shitt lever to the 2nd speed position'
Between terminals A and D of the open O to 0 5 Volls Baci powershifl spccd sc ect lcvcr
connector of the Tec Harness assembly
Belween terminals A and D of the ooen 3 B to 4 6 Volts Bad powershift speed select levcr
connector of thc Tec Harness assembly
Between terminals A and F o1 ihe opcn 0 1o 0 5 VoltS Bad powcrsh'il speed select rcvcr
Between terminais A and E of ihc open 3 8 to 4 6 Volts tsad powcrshrfl speed select lcvr:r
NOTE: Put the powershifl shit tever in the 4th speed posrlror
BeMeen terrninals A and F 01 lhe open o to 0 5 Volts Bad powershift speed selecl lever
Between te.rnrnas A and F of lhc ooen 38to46Volls Bad oowershrlt soeed selec[ lcvot
conneclo!- of the Tcc Harness assernb y
Terrrrinal ior wire 32g White/Brown to 9 to 14 Volls Bad circurt bctween the fault indicator l'ghl
grounrl Approximatcly anc the powershitl rlodulc aiso chcck thc
cowershrtt rnodule
ru|,* nal for wrrc 102 3rown to ground Conlrnurty Checx wirc 102 a1d the chassis ground
€i connecl!on
Dot' 7 3i41C
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-1 6
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
lnching Pedal Position Switch Circuit Test
NOTE: Connect the breakoutbox, CAS 21 10, to the powershirt harness, refer to Page 8. DO NAT connect the breakout
box to the module.
BetwecnterminalsAandBofthctnchlngContrnuityBarlrnchingpedalpositionswitch
pedai posiiion switch
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008 -1 7 6008 -1 7
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
Schematic Circuit
{ aoor-rs
j*-.- -\\ S \-
:.
\- 19
I
w
(0.75)
3*
ffr6 $r.oc (1.0)
- '/{n'
I I
FUW WIBR
{0.7s) (0.75)
')>-. I
I
L.,,,
'.' { +oor-ror
i ffi
{ -_ \ -::--:-
\-*x
I
\ -sesDery(. (1.0)-
t\
33i! DE/B
--....1 331 DB/P (1.0)
{*,
tl
re \3 324 331 DE/P (1.0)
339 LB/P (o.75)
340 BH/P (0.75)
331 DB/P (1.0) 351
LB 341 LBiB (0.75) o
,H,O (0"7s) 3€r3 DB/B (1.0) 342 BR/B (0.7s)
/'A
i0.8)
34il LB/v (0.75) 3S
001-71 344 BRrY {0.75) LB
345 LB/DG (0.75)
@\
(0.8)
346 BR/DG {0.75}
347 Y (0.75)
@
37
346
/
*i'o(
Rlu 346
BR/DG
{1.5) BR/DG
(0.7s)
142 v2 I
348
\@{
BB IR BR/W
I
(1.0) .0) I (1^s)
I __l
I
d
36 SH (1 338 BE (1.0) 338 BR (1
(1 0)
COMPONENTS CONNECTOFS
1. KEYSWTCH 2G. FUSE F27 (7.5A) 6C. 4TH SPEEB SOTENOID D SOLENOID C. POWERSHIFT HAFNESS TO INSTRI.,'MENT PANEL HARNESS mm2 Wire Gauge
2. FUSE F19 {10A) 2H. FUSE F28 (7.5A) 6D- lST SPEED PRESSURE SWITCT D PHESSURE SWTCH J. POWERSHIFT HARNESS TO POWERSHIF' MODULE
2.5 o
2A. FUSE F17 (104) 3, ACCESSOHY POWEB RETAY 6E.2ND SPEED PflESSURE SWITG D PRESSURE SWITCH L, POWERSHIFT MODULE TO POWERSHIFT SPEED SELECTOR LEVER SWTCH
1.s 5
28. FUSE F32 r.sA) 4. POWEHSHIFT FAULT INDICATOR LAtI,tP 6F. 3RD SPEED PRESSURE SWTTCT D PRESSLJHE SWITCH P1. BATIEHY POWER JUNCTION BLOCK
1.0 b
2G. FUSE F30 (10A) 5, INCHING PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 6G.4TH SPEED PHESSURE SWITO D PHESSURE SWITCH
0.8 I
2D. FUSE F20 (7.5A) 6. 1ST SP=ED SOLENOID 7. TEMPEBA?URE SENSOR ruRE SENSOR * r NorE; coNNEcrrHEffiApTER HAFNESS cAS 2186HERE. 0.75 I
2E. FUSE F25 (7.54) 6A. 2ND SPEED SOLENOID E. PO$/ERSHIFT MODULE IFT MODULE
2F. FUSE F26 (7.s4) 68. 3RD SPEED SOLENOID S. POWERSHIFT SPEED SELECTO IFT SPEED SELECTOR LEVER SWTCH :t e ruotg: coNNEcr rHE TEE HrcNEss HERE (REFER To zAGE 4).
Don 7-37470 lssued 3-92 Printed in England issued S92 Printed in England
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-1 B www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
powrquadplus
Apply the parking brake and put blocks in front and Connecl the positive jumper lead between check points
B and P of the breakout box, CAS 21 10, to energize the
behind the rear wheels.
2nd speed solenoid. Check the 2nd speed oressure
STEP 2 gauge lf there is no pressure reading the 2nd speed
solenoid is faibdffi
Connect the breakout box, CAS 2110, to the powershift
harness, refer to Page 8 Steps 1 to 5 DO NOT connect NOTE: lf there ls pressure on any af the other gauges
the breakout box to the module. SIOP the engine and check the manifold gaskers.
STEP 3 STEP 9
lnstall the extension tubes, CAS 2009, to the powershift Check between check points E and W of lhe breakout
manifold test ports and connect the pressure gauge box CAS 21 10 for continuity' lf there is continuity then
bar, CAS 10895, to the extension tubes' refer to Page 5 the 2nd speed pressure switch is failed closed. Go to
Step 14 Page 19.
STEP 4
STEP 1O
Put the forward/neutral/reverse (F-N-R) and range
levers in neutral and stari the engine. Heat the Connect ihe positive jum per lead between check poinls
B and S of the breakout box, CAS 21 10, to energize the
transmission oil to 150" F {65"C).
3rd speed solenoid Check the 3rd speed pressure
WARNING: Never operate the engine in a gauge. lf there is no pressure reading the 3rd speed
closed building. Properventilatian is required solenoid is failed closed.
un d e r al I c i rcurnsfarces.
NOTE: lf there is pressure an any of the other gauges
STEP 5 STaP the engine and check the manifold gaskels'
STEP 7
Check betrveen check points L and M of the breakout Connect ihe pressure switch to a hydraulic hand oui'.n;l
box CAS 2110 for continuity lf there is continuity then and connect a multimeter to the terrnrnals oi thc
the 4th speed pressure swilch is failed closed Go to pressure switch
Step 14 Page 19
STEP 16
NOTE: ll the sotenatds o/ Pressr,re swtlcr' teacttan ttme
rs siow due to a slicking solenotd or pressr./re swirch lhe Pi'cssirrzc the swrtoh The switch should open (No
powershift module will detect a fault and will give two, coniinurty) on increasing pressure before 120 ps (B 3
five or six diagnosttc f/ashes. Refer to Page 6 bar) Replace the switch if necessary
STEP 14 STEP 17
Stop lhe engine and remove thr-- presstrre sr,vllch from Rcle ase thc oressurc on the swttch Thc switch should
the powershifl mani{o d close (Continurly) belwecn I07 to 93 psi (7 4 to 6 4 bar)
aeplacc thc swrlch if recessary
Apply the parking brakc Pui ihe rBnQe rcver rn NEUTRAL and stari Ihe e ngtnc
ilcat lhc iransmissron oil to 150'F (65'C) and scl lhc
STEP 2 fiowmeicr cressure to 1000 psr (69 bar)
STEP 3 STEP 6
STEP 7
STEP B
STEP 4
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk
6008-20
powrquadplus www.thebestworkshopmanuals.co.uk
STEP 9 STEP 12
Make a note of the clutch pack pressures and the flow Connect the positive lumper lead between check points
rate. B and S of the breakout box, CAS 21 10, to energize the
3rd speed solenoid
NOTE: Use lhe chart below to make a note of the
readings. STEP 13
NOTE: lf there are pressure readings on the 2nd, 3rd or Make a note of the clutch pack pressures and the flow
4th speed pressure gauges check the powershtft valve rate
block gaskets and so/enoids.
NOTE: lf there are pressure readings on the 1st, 2nd or
STEP 1O 4th speed pressure gauges check the powershilt valve
btock qaskets and so/enotds.
Connect the positive jumper lead between check points
B and P of the breakout box, CAS 21 10, to energize the STEP 12
2nd speed solenoid.
Connect the posittve jumper lead between check points
STEP 1 1
B and T of the breakout box, CAS 21 10, to energize the
4th speed solenoid
Make a note of the clutch pack pressures and the flow
rate STEP 11
NOTE: lf there are pressure readings on the 1st, 3rd or Make a note oi the clutch pack pressures and the flow
4lh speed pressure gauges check the powershift valve rate.
block gaskets and so/enoids.
NOTE, lf there are pressure readings on the 1st' 2nd or
3rc1 speecl pressure gauges check the powershift valve
block gaskets and solenoids.
kaukazz@yahoo.co.uk